SONUS CORP
POS AM, 1998-03-05
NURSING & PERSONAL CARE FACILITIES
Previous: GT GLOBAL FLOATING RATE FUND INC, N-30D, 1998-03-05
Next: TROON PARTNERS LP, SC 13E4, 1998-03-05



                                                      Registration No. 333-23137
================================================================================


                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             Washington, D.C. 20549
                              --------------------

                                 POST-EFFECTIVE
                                 AMENDMENT NO. 1
                                       TO
                                    FORM SB-2
                             REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                                      UNDER
                           THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
                              --------------------

                                   SONUS CORP.
                 (NAME OF SMALL BUSINESS ISSUER IN ITS CHARTER)

                                 Alberta, Canada
                         (STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION OF
                                INCORPORATION OR
                                  ORGANIZATION)

                               5999-0903/8049-9902
                          (PRIMARY STANDARD INDUSTRIAL
                           CLASSIFICATION CODE NUMBER)

                                 Not Applicable
                                (I.R.S. EMPLOYER
                               IDENTIFICATION NO.)

                        111 S.W. Fifth Avenue, Suite 2390
                             Portland, Oregon 97204
                                 (503) 225-9152
(ADDRESS AND TELEPHONE NUMBER OF PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICES AND PRINCIPAL PLACE
                                  OF BUSINESS)


                            MN Service Corp. (Oregon)
                              111 S.W. Fifth Avenue
                                   Suite 3500
                             Portland, Oregon 97204
                                 (503) 224-5858
           (NAME, ADDRESS, AND TELEPHONE NUMBER OF AGENT FOR SERVICE)

                                 With Copies To:
                    Miller, Nash, Wiener, Hager & Carlsen LLP
                        111 S.W. Fifth Avenue, Suite 3500
                           Portland, Oregon 97204-3699
                              Attn: Mary Ann Frantz
                                 (503) 224-5858

Approximate  date of commencement  of proposed sale to the public:  From time to
time after the effective date of this registration statement.

<PAGE>

                                  [SONUS LOGO]






                                   SONUS CORP.

                             3,744,492 COMMON SHARES



         This  Prospectus  relates to 3,744,492  common shares (the "Shares") of
the capital stock of Sonus Corp. (the  "Company")  which may be offered for sale
from  time  to  time  by the  selling  shareholders  identified  under  "Selling
Shareholders."  The expenses of the  offering,  estimated  at $270,000,  will be
borne by the Company.

         The Company is an Alberta,  Canada  corporation.  Effective February 9,
1998, the Company changed its name from HealthCare  Capital Corp. to Sonus Corp.
The Company's common shares, without nominal or par value (the "Common Shares"),
began trading on the American Stock Exchange  ("AMEX") on February 10, 1998. The
last  reported  sale  price of the Common  Shares on AMEX on March 3, 1998,  was
$8.25 per share.  Until  February  10,  1998,  the Common  Shares were traded in
Canada on The Alberta Stock Exchange (the "ASE").

         The Company has been  advised that the selling  shareholders  expect to
offer the Shares  from time to time at prices and on terms  then  prevailing  on
AMEX or at prices related to the  then-current  market prices,  or in negotiated
transactions. See "Selling Shareholders" and "Plan of Distribution."

         The Shares covered by this Prospectus include approximately 1.5 million
Common Shares  issuable upon the exercise of warrants or convertible  securities
acquired by certain selling  shareholders  prior to the date of this Prospectus.
This  Prospectus  relates only to the Shares  issuable upon the exercise of such
warrants  or  convertible  securities  and not to the  warrants  or  convertible
securities themselves.

         The selling  shareholders and any broker-dealers who may participate in
sales of  Shares  covered  by this  Prospectus  may be  deemed  to be  statutory
underwriters  within the  meaning of the  Securities  Act of 1933.  See "Plan of
Distribution."

         THE SHARES  OFFERED  HEREBY  INVOLVE A HIGH  DEGREE OF RISK.  SEE "RISK
FACTORS"  BEGINNING ON PAGE 4 FOR A DISCUSSION OF CERTAIN FACTORS THAT SHOULD BE
CONSIDERED BY PROSPECTIVE PURCHASERS OF SHARES.

         NEITHER  THE  SECURITIES  AND  EXCHANGE  COMMISSION  NOR ANY STATE
         SECURITIES   COMMISSION  HAS  APPROVED  OR  DISAPPROVED  OF  THESE
         SECURITIES  OR  DETERMINED  IF  THIS  PROSPECTUS  IS  TRUTHFUL  OR
         COMPLETE.  ANY  REPRESENTATION  TO  THE  CONTRARY  IS  A  CRIMINAL
         OFFENSE.


              The date of this Prospectus is March ----, 1998.
<PAGE>

            [Map of United States and Canada Showing Sonus Corp.
                       Hearing Care Clinic Locations]

                                   - i -

<PAGE>

                             TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                            PAGE

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY.............................................................1
RISK FACTORS...................................................................4
SERVICE AND ENFORCEMENT OF LEGAL  PROCESS......................................9
SPECIAL NOTE  REGARDING  FORWARD-LOOKING  STATEMENTS...........................9
PRICE RANGE OF COMMON SHARES..................................................10
DIVIDEND  POLICY..............................................................10
CAPITALIZATION................................................................11
ACQUISITION OF SECURITIES BY  WARBURG.........................................12
SELLING  SHAREHOLDERS.........................................................13
MANAGEMENT'S  DISCUSSION  AND  ANALYSIS
 OF  FINANCIAL  CONDITION  AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS..........................21
BUSINESS......................................................................27
MANAGEMENT....................................................................36
EXECUTIVE  COMPENSATION.......................................................38
CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS..........................................................43
PRINCIPAL  SHAREHOLDERS.......................................................45
DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK..................................................46
CANADIAN  FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS...................................49
INVESTMENT CANADA ACT.........................................................51
TRANSFER AGENT................................................................51
PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION..........................................................51
LEGAL MATTERS.................................................................52
EXPERTS ......................................................................52
ADDITIONAL  INFORMATION.......................................................52
PRO FORMA FINANCIAL INFORMATION...............................................54
INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS................................................F-1

                                     - ii -

<PAGE>

                               PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

         The  following  summary is  qualified in its entirety by, and should be
read in conjunction with, the more detailed information and financial statements
appearing elsewhere in this Prospectus. Additionally, investors should carefully
consider the  information  set forth under "Risk  Factors." All dollar  amounts,
unless  otherwise  indicated,  are  expressed in United  States  dollars and, if
converted from Canadian dollars,  have been so converted using the spot exchange
rate on the date indicated as quoted by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York for
the New York Interbank Market.

                                   THE COMPANY

         The Company,  through its primary operating  subsidiaries  Sonus-Canada
Ltd., a British Columbia corporation  ("Sonus-Canada"),  and SONUS-USA,  INC., a
Washington corporation  ("Sonus-USA"),  currently owns and operates a network of
62 hearing care clinics in the United States and Western Canada. The clinics are
located  primarily in the metropolitan  areas of Tucson,  Arizona;  Los Angeles,
California;  San  Diego,  California;   Chicago,  Illinois;  Lansing,  Michigan;
Albuquerque,  New Mexico;  Portland,  Oregon;  Vancouver,  British Columbia; and
Calgary,  Alberta.  The Company  intends to expand its  network of hearing  care
clinics by acquiring clinics in its existing as well as new geographic  markets.
From August 1, 1996, to February 28, 1998, the Company  acquired 52 hearing care
clinics.

         Each  of the  Company's  hearing  care  clinics  provides  its  hearing
impaired  patients  with a full range of  audiological  products  and  services.
Substantially  all  of  the  Company's  hearing  care  clinics  are  staffed  by
audiologists.  The Company's operating strategy is to provide patients with high
quality and  cost-effective  hearing care while at the same time  increasing its
operating margins by attracting and retaining patients, recruiting qualified and
productive  audiologists,   achieving  economies  of  scale  and  administrative
efficiencies,  and pursuing large group and managed care contracts.  The Company
believes that it is well  positioned to provide  retail  hearing  rehabilitative
services to  consumers  while  simultaneously  serving the  diagnostic  needs of
referring  physicians  and meeting the access and cost  concerns of managed care
providers and insurance companies.

         The Company was incorporated under the laws of the Province of Alberta,
Canada in July 1993,  under the name "575035  Alberta Ltd." The Company  changed
its name to HealthCare  Capital Corp. in October 1994. On February 9, 1998,  the
Company  changed its name to Sonus Corp.  The  Company's  executive  offices are
located at 111 S.W. Fifth Avenue, Suite 2390, Portland,  Oregon 97204 (telephone
(503)  225-9152),  and an additional  corporate office is located at Suite 1120,
595 Howe Street, Vancouver, B.C. V6B 1NZ (telephone (604) 685-4854).

                               RECENT DEVELOPMENTS

         On December  24, 1997,  the Company  completed  the sale of  13,333,333
shares of the Company's Series A Convertible  Preferred Shares,  without nominal
or par value (the "Convertible  Shares"),  together with warrants to purchase an
additional 2,000,000 Common Shares at an exercise price of $12.00 per share (the
"Warrants"),  to Warburg Pincus Ventures,  L.P., a Delaware limited  partnership
("Warburg"),  for an aggregate price of $18,000,000  (the "Warburg  Sale").  See
"Acquisition  of  Securities  by  Warburg."  As a result  of the  Warburg  Sale,
Warburg,  Pincus & Co., the general partner of Warburg,  holds voting power with
respect to 33% of the outstanding  voting  securities of the Company.  See "Risk
Factors--Concentration of Share Ownership." Including the Common Shares issuable
upon  exercise  of  the  Warrants,  Warburg,  Pincus  &  Co.  beneficially  owns
approximately  46%  of  the  Company's   outstanding  voting   securities.   The
Convertible Shares have the rights, privileges, and preferences set forth in the
section of this Prospectus entitled  "Description of Capital  Stock--Convertible
Shares."  The Company  has  granted  Warburg  certain  registration  rights with
respect to Common Shares issuable upon conversion of the Convertible Shares.

         Under the  terms of the  Warburg  Sale,  the  Company  is  required  to
nominate and use its  reasonable  best efforts to cause to be elected and remain
as directors two persons designated by Warburg, subject to certain

                                      - 1 -

<PAGE>

conditions. See "Description of Capital Stock--Convertible  Shares." On December
24,  1997,  Gene K.  Balzer,  Ph.D.,  resigned  as a director of the Company and
Warburg's designee,  Joel Ackerman, was appointed to fill the resulting vacancy.
See  "Management."  A second  nominee  designated  by  Warburg  has not yet been
appointed as a director.

         Also on December 24, 1997, the Company finalized  employment  contracts
with  certain  of its  executive  officers  who were not  previously  parties to
employment agreements with the Company,  including Brandon M. Dawson,  President
and Chief Executive Officer, Edwin J. Kawasaki, Vice President-Finance and Chief
Financial  Officer,  and Randall E. Drullinger,  Vice  President-Marketing.  See
"Executive  Compensation--Employment  and Consulting  Agreements."  In addition,
effective  February 2, 1998, the Company granted stock options to certain of its
executive officers pursuant to the terms of the Company's 1996 Stock Award Plan.

         On February 9, 1998, the Company's shareholders approved a one-for-five
reverse stock split of the Common  Shares,  and on February 10, 1998, the Common
Shares became listed on AMEX. All share and per share values in this  Prospectus
have been restated to reflect the effect of the reverse split.

                                      - 2 -

<PAGE>

                 SUMMARY FINANCIAL, OPERATING AND PRO FORMA DATA

         The summary  historical  financial data  presented  below for the years
ended  July  31,  1996 and 1997 has  been  derived  from the  audited  financial
statements of the Company  included  elsewhere in this  Prospectus.  The summary
historical financial data presented below for the three months ended October 31,
1997, has been derived from the unaudited  financial  statements of the Company.
All summary  historical  financial data should be read in  conjunction  with the
financial statements and notes thereto included elsewhere in this Prospectus.

         The  summary  pro forma  data for the fiscal  year ended July 31,  1997
reflects the  acquisition of 11 clinics  operated by the Hearing Care Associates
Group  ("HCA")  as of October 1, 1996,  and 14 clinics  comprising  the  Midwest
Division of Hearing  Health  Services,  Inc.  (the  "Midwest  Division"),  as of
October 31, 1996, as if such  acquisitions  had occurred on August 1, 1996. Such
data should be read in conjunction  with the  information  presented  under "Pro
Forma Financial Information" herein.

<TABLE>

                 (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AND OTHER DATA)
                              Year ended July 31,           Three months ended October 31,
                              -------------------           ------------------------------
                                                   Pro Forma
                                1996      1997        1997        1996          1997
                                ----      ----        ----        ----          ----
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
<S>                          <C>      <C>         <C>          <C>          <C>     
Operating revenue            $ 2,389  $ 13,462    $ 15,027     $  1,268     $  5,307
Cost of sales                  1,017     5,010       5,527          492        1,753
Operating expenses             1,961    10,185      11,279        1,075        3,633
                           ---------------------------------------------------------------
Loss from operations            (589)   (1,733)     (1,779)        (299)         (79)
Other income (expense), net        8        32          40            1          (17)
                           ---------------------------------------------------------------
Loss before income taxes        (581)   (1,701)     (1,739)        (298)         (96)
Income tax expense (benefit)      --        --         (31)          --           --
                           ---------------------------------------------------------------
    Net loss                 $  (581) $ (1,701)   $ (1,708)    $   (298)    $    (96)
                           ===============================================================
Net loss per common share    $ (0.27) $  (0.42)   $  (0.42)    $  (0.10)    $    (.02
                           ===============================================================
 Weighted average number of
  shares outstanding           2,120     4,010       4,091        3,030         4,583
                           ===============================================================
</TABLE>

                                        July 31,                    October 31,
                                         1997                          1997
                                         ----                          ----
BALANCE SHEET DATA:

Cash and cash equivalents              $ 1,099                     $     -
 Working capital                        (1,900)                     (2,600)
Total assets                            16,544                      16,646
Long-term debt, net of current portion     765                         722
Convertible debt                         2,600                       2,600

Shareholders' equity                     8,835                       8,803


RECENT OPERATING RESULTS

The following table presents  operating  results for the Company for the periods
indicated:

                                              Quarter ended January 31,
                                                  1997         1998
                                                  ----         ----
   Net revenues                                  2,934        4,101
   Costs and expenses                            3,606        5,141
   Loss from operations                           (672)      (1,040)
   Other income (expense)                           23            7
                                                 -----        -----
   Net loss                                       (649)      (1,033)
                                                ======       ======

                                      - 3 -

<PAGE>

                                  RISK FACTORS

         The Shares  offered  hereby should be  considered a highly  speculative
investment.  Prospective  investors  should  carefully  consider  the  following
factors, in addition to the other information  contained herein, before deciding
to purchase Shares. This Prospectus contains  forward-looking  statements within
the meaning of the federal  securities  laws.  Such  forward-looking  statements
involve  risks and  uncertainties,  and actual  results  may  differ  from those
projected  due to a number of  factors,  including  those  set  forth  below and
elsewhere  in this  Prospectus.  See  "Special  Note  Regarding  Forward-Looking
Statements."

SHORT OPERATING HISTORY

         The Company has a limited history of operations consisting primarily of
operating a small number of hearing care clinics in British  Columbia  beginning
in October 1994. The Company did not begin  operating in the United States until
it purchased two hearing care clinics in Santa Maria, California,  in July 1996.
The Company currently  operates 50 hearing care clinics in the United States and
12 clinics in Canada.

OPERATING LOSSES

         For the fiscal year ended July 31,  1997,  the Company  sustained a net
loss of $1,701,000. For the three months ended October 31, 1997, the Company had
a net loss of $96,000.  Further  losses are  anticipated  as a result of planned
increases  in the  executive  and  general  management  staff of the  Company to
support  the  Company's  expansion  plans,  additional  advertising  and  public
relations   costs,   amortization  of  goodwill   related  to  past  and  future
acquisitions, and the continued development of an information management system.
There can be no assurance  that the Company will  achieve  profitability  in the
near or long term.

EXPANSION PROGRAM

         Much of the  Company's  future  success  is  dependent  upon  acquiring
hearing  care  clinics  in new  markets  in which the  Company  has no  previous
presence.  There can be no  assurance  that the Company will be able to complete
acquisitions consistent with its expansion plans, that such acquisitions will be
on terms  sufficiently  favorable to enable the Company to operate profitably or
that the Company will be able to successfully integrate the hearing care clinics
that it acquires into its business.  Successful integration of purchased clinics
will  be  dependent  upon  maintaining  payor  and  customer  relationships  and
converting  the  information  management  systems  of the  clinics  the  Company
acquires to the Company's systems. Significant expansion could place a strain on
the Company's managerial and other resources and could necessitate the hiring of
a number of new managerial and  administrative  personnel.  Unforeseen  problems
with future  acquisitions or failure to manage expansion  effectively may have a
material  adverse effect on the business,  financial  condition,  and results of
operations of the Company.

         The Company intends to issue additional Common Shares in payment of all
or a portion  of the  purchase  price of certain  acquisitions.  There can be no
assurance  that  fluctuations  in the market price of the Common Shares will not
adversely   affect  the   Company's   ability  to  use  its  Common  Shares  for
acquisitions.  The Company also uses cash to fund  acquisitions  pursuant to its
business  strategy.  The Company's  ability to use cash to make  acquisitions is
dependent upon having available cash balances.  Inadequate  access to cash could
result  in  delays  and have a  negative  effect  on the  Company's  acquisition
strategy.

IMPACT OF POLICY CHANGES BY THIRD-PARTY INSURERS

         A portion of the hearing  instruments  sold by the Company are paid for
by third-party  insurers.  Many of such insurers  impose  restrictions  in their
health insurance policies on the frequency with which hearing instruments may be
upgraded or replaced on a reimbursable  basis. Such restrictions have a negative
impact on hearing  instrument sales volume.  There can be no guarantee that such
insurers will not implement other policy restrictions

                                      - 4 -
<PAGE>

in the future in order to further minimize  reimbursement for hearing care. Such
restrictions  could have a material  adverse  effect on the Company's  business,
financial condition, and results of operations.

MANAGED CARE

         Managed care arrangements  typically shift some of the economic risk of
providing  patient care from the person who pays for the care to the provider of
the care by  capping  fees,  requiring  reduced  fees,  or  paying a set fee per
patient  irrespective of the amount of care  delivered.  With respect to hearing
care, such limits could result in reduced  payments for services or restrictions
on the types of services for which  reimbursement  is available or the frequency
of replacements or upgrades of equipment.  If managed care  arrangements  become
more  prevalent  in the  hearing  care  field  in the  future,  or the  downward
pressures on fees associated with managed care increase, the Company's business,
financial  condition,  and results of  operations  may be  materially  adversely
affected.

DEPENDENCE ON KEY PERSONNEL

         The success of the Company is dependent to a significant  degree on the
services of Brandon M.  Dawson,  president  and chief  executive  officer of the
Company,  and on the other members of its executive management team. The loss of
the services of any of these key personnel could have a material  adverse effect
on the Company's business, financial condition, and results of operations.

         The Company's success is also substantially  dependent upon its ability
to identify, attract and retain qualified employees,  particularly audiologists,
who are primarily responsible for clinic profitability as well as for attracting
and retaining customers. The Company recruits such personnel from a limited pool
of available applicants.  Although the Company attempts to enter into employment
contracts  with its  audiologists  that contain  covenants not to compete,  such
audiologists  may become  competitors of the Company.  The Company's  failure to
attract and retain  audiologists  and other key employees  would have a material
adverse effect on the business,  financial condition,  and results of operations
of the Company.

CONCENTRATION OF SHARE OWNERSHIP

         Warburg,  by virtue of its ownership of 13,333,333  Convertible Shares,
holds  approximately  33% of the outstanding  voting  securities of the Company.
Including  the  shares  issuable  upon  exercise  of the  Warrants  to  purchase
2,000,000 Common Shares,  Warburg  "beneficially  owns" approximately 46% of the
voting securities of the Company.  See "Principal  Shareholders." As a result of
Warburg's  significant  percentage  share  ownership,  as well as its  right  to
designate  two  nominees  for  director,   Warburg  will  be  able  to  exercise
substantial  influence  and control over the  Company's  affairs,  including the
election of directors and any significant corporate transactions.

         Furthermore, under the Securities Purchase Agreement dated December 24,
1997,  between Warburg and the Company,  certain  corporate  transactions by the
Company  require  Warburg's prior consent.  For as long as Warburg  beneficially
owns at least  666,667  outstanding  Common Shares  (including  for this purpose
Convertible Shares  convertible into such number of Common Shares),  the Company
may not, without Warburg's consent, (i) sell, lease,  exchange,  or transfer all
or  substantially  all of its assets to any third  party,  (ii)  amalgamate  the
Company with another corporation such that the then existing shareholders of the
Company  hold  less than 51% of the  combined  voting  power of the  amalgamated
corporation,  (iii) materially change the nature of the Company's business, (iv)
effect a liquidation, amalgamation, or sale of the Company or sell substantially
all of its or its subsidiaries'  assets, or (v) with certain exceptions,  redeem
or pay a dividend or  distribution  on its Common Shares.  See  "Acquisition  of
Securities by Warburg."

         In addition, at December 31, 1997, the executive officers and directors
of the Company  beneficially  owned 1.5  million  Common  Shares (not  including
Common Shares subject to options).  Consequently,  officers and directors retain
voting  power  with  respect  to  approximately  27%  of the  voting  securities
presently outstanding.  Accordingly, these individuals,  acting in concert, have
substantial influence over most matters requiring shareholder approval.

                                      - 5 -
<PAGE>

Such  concentration of ownership could also enable management to delay or hinder
a change in  control  of the  Company  and may  discourage  third  parties  from
attempting to acquire such control.

PUBLIC MARKET; VOLATILITY OF STOCK PRICE

         The Common Shares began trading on AMEX on February 10, 1998.  Prior to
listing on AMEX,  there was no public market for the Company's  Common Shares in
the United  States.  The Common  Shares were  traded on the ASE in Canada  until
their  delisting on February  11, 1998.  In order to maintain the listing of the
Common  Shares on AMEX,  the Company  will be  required  to comply with  certain
minimum listing  standards  imposed by AMEX.  There can be no assurance that the
Company will continue to meet such standards or that an active trading market in
Common Shares will be sustained.

         The market price of the Company's  Common  Shares may be  significantly
affected by such  factors as the  Company's  operating  results and  seasonality
therein,  changes in any earnings estimates publicly announced by the Company or
by analysts,  announcements of technological or surgical  innovations  affecting
hearing  care,  the  introduction  of new  hearing  care  products or changes in
existing  hearing care products,  the entry of competitors into the hearing care
markets or into retail hearing  instrument  sales, and various factors affecting
the economy in general.  In addition,  the U.S.  stock market has  experienced a
high level of price and  volume  volatility  and market  prices for the stock of
many companies have experienced wide price fluctuations not necessarily  related
to the operating performance of such companies.

POTENTIAL FOR FUTURE SALES OF SHARES

         This  Prospectus  relates  to the  offering  for  sale  of a  total  of
3,744,492  Shares from time to time by one or more persons  identified under the
caption "Selling  Shareholders" (the "Selling  Shareholders"),  of which (i) 2.2
million Shares are presently  outstanding,  (ii) 1.1 million Shares are issuable
upon the exercise of purchase  warrants,  and (iii) 400,000  Shares are issuable
upon the exercise of convertible notes. See "Selling  Shareholders,"  "Principal
Shareholders,"  and "Plan of  Distribution."  Of the 3.7  million  Shares  being
offered hereunder,  approximately 540,000 Shares are held by executive officers,
directors or founding  shareholders of the Company.  Each such person intends to
offer his or her shares for sale from time to time  during the next 18 months as
his or her individual circumstances dictate.

         An additional  6.1 million  Common Shares which are not covered by this
Prospectus  are issuable upon the exercise of options,  purchase  warrants,  and
convertible  securities,  of which 5.1 million were  exercisable at December 31,
1997. Also, 2.2 million  outstanding Common Shares which are not covered by this
Prospectus  are  freely   transferable  under  the  Canadian  and  U.S.  federal
securities  laws.  Sales of any  significant  number  of Common  Shares,  or the
potential  for such  sales,  in the public  market  could  adversely  affect the
prevailing  market  price of the  Common  Shares.  See  "Price  Range of  Common
Shares."

         Warburg holds Convertible Shares immediately convertible into 2,666,666
Common Shares.  Although there are certain restrictions on the sale of shares by
Warburg,  the sale of such  shares or the  threat of such sale  could  adversely
affect the market price of the Common Shares.  See "Acquisition of Securities by
Warburg."

COMPETITION

         The market in which the  Company  operates  is  intensely  competitive,
highly  fragmented,  and  characterized  by  intense  price  competition  and an
increasing  number of new  audiologists  entering  the  market.  The Company has
numerous  competitors  in each of the markets in which it operates  hearing care
clinics. Some of its competitors are better known and have substantially greater
financial and marketing resources than the Company.  In addition,  other persons
or entities may seek to acquire hearing care clinics in the markets in which the
Company hopes to operate,  thereby creating competitive  pressures in connection
with the acquisition of hearing care clinics by the Company.

                                      - 6 -
<PAGE>

LABOR UNIONS

         Although  there are no collective  bargaining  agreements in place with
respect  to the  Company's  operations,  there  can  be no  assurance  that  the
Company's  employees  will not attempt to  unionize.  Certain  individuals  have
attempted  to unionize the  employees of  Sonus-Canada,  the  Company's  primary
Canadian  operating  subsidiary,  in the past. Any unionization of the Company's
employees  could  have a  material  adverse  effect on the  business,  financial
condition, and results of operations of the Company.

ADDITIONAL FINANCING

         The Company's  strategy to acquire additional hearing care clinics will
require  substantial  additional  funding.  The Company  recently  completed the
Warburg  Sale for an  aggregate  purchase  price  of  $18,000,000  in cash.  See
"Acquisition  of  Securities  by  Warburg."  This  funding  is  expected  to  be
sufficient to finance operations and the Company's acquisition strategy over the
next 12 months.  Funding will, however,  continue to be needed to finance future
acquisitions,  for the continued  development of information  management systems
that will link each clinic with the  Company's  corporate  headquarters,  and as
additional working capital. These funding requirements may result in the Company
incurring  long-term and  short-term  indebtedness  and in the public or private
issuance,  from time to time, of additional equity or debt securities.  Any such
issuance of equity may be dilutive to current  shareholders  and debt  financing
may impose  significant  restrictive  covenants on the Company.  There can be no
assurance  that  financing will be available to the Company or will be available
on terms acceptable to the Company.

REPUTATION OF THE INDUSTRY

         Certain  segments of the hearing care industry,  in particular the sale
and  fitting  of hearing  instruments,  have been the  subject  of  governmental
investigation  and adverse  publicity  due to  unscrupulous  sales  practices by
certain  organizations.  Adverse publicity  concerning the hearing care industry
could  have a  material  adverse  effect on the  Company's  business,  financial
condition, and results of operations.

REGULATION

         The sale of hearing aid devices is  regulated  at the federal  level in
the United  States by the United  States Food and Drug  Administration  ("FDA"),
which has been granted  broad  authority to regulate the hearing care  industry.
Under federal law, hearing  instruments may only be sold to individuals who have
first obtained a medical evaluation from a licensed physician,  although a fully
informed adult may waive a medical evaluation in certain instances.  Regulations
promulgated  by the FDA  also  presently  require  that  dispensers  of  hearing
instruments  provide  customers with certain  warning  statements and notices in
connection with the sale of hearing instruments and that dispensers meet certain
labeling requirements.

         Most  states in the United  States and many  provinces  in Canada  have
established  formal  licensing  procedures  that  require the  certification  of
audiologists and/or hearing instrument specialists ("HISs"). Although the extent
of regulation varies by jurisdiction,  almost all states and provinces engage in
some degree of oversight of the industry.  The Company operates its hearing care
clinics through its wholly owned subsidiaries,  Sonus-USA, which is a Washington
general business corporation,  and Sonus-Canada, a British Columbia corporation.
The subsidiary  corporations employ licensed  audiologists who offer and perform
audiology services on behalf of the Company.

         In certain states in the United States,  business  corporations such as
Sonus-USA  may not be  authorized  to employ  audiologists  and offer  audiology
services.  For example,  in California,  where the Company  operates 27 clinics,
although the  performance  of audiology  services by  professional  corporations
owned solely by licensed  audiologists is expressly  authorized under California
law, it is unclear whether general business  corporations  such as Sonus-USA may
employ  licensed  audiologists  to  perform  audiology  services.  However,  the
California  Department  of Consumer  Affairs has  indicated by  memorandum  that
speech-language pathologists, which are regulated under statutes and regulations
similar to those  governing  audiologists,  may  practice in a general  business
corporation and that a general business corporation may provide  speech-language
pathology services through licensed

                                     - 7 -
<PAGE>

speech  pathologists.  In  Illinois,  where the  Company  has six  hearing  care
clinics,  it is also unclear whether general  business  corporations  may employ
licensed  audiologists to perform audiology  services.  Under Illinois law, only
professional  corporations  and individuals are authorized to obtain licenses to
practice audiology.

         The laws and  regulations  governing  the  practice  of  audiology  are
enforced by regulatory agencies with broad discretion. If the Company were found
to be in  violation  of such laws and  regulations  in one or more  states,  the
consequences  could  include  the  imposition  of fines and  penalties  upon the
Company and its  audiologists as well as the issuance of orders  prohibiting the
Company from operating its clinics under its present  structure.  In that event,
among the solutions the Company might consider would be the restructuring of all
or a portion  of its  operations  in a manner  similar  to that used by  certain
medical  and  dental  clinic  networks.  Under  such a  structure,  professional
corporations  owned by licensed  audiologists would contract with the Company to
perform   professional   services  and  the  Company  would  contract  with  the
professional  corporations to provide  management  services.  A restructuring of
this nature would result in material additional costs to the Company.

         No assurance can be given that the Company's  activities  will be found
to be in compliance with laws and regulations  governing the corporate  practice
of audiology or, if its activities are not in compliance,  that the  operational
structure of the Company can be modified to permit compliance.  In addition,  no
assurance  can be given  that other  states or  provinces  in which the  Company
presently  operates will not enact  prohibitions  on the  corporate  practice of
audiology or that the  regulatory  framework of certain  jurisdictions  will not
limit the  ability  of the  Company  to expand  into such  jurisdictions  if the
Company  is unable to  modify  its  operational  structure  to comply  with such
prohibitions or to conform with such regulatory  framework.  Additional laws and
regulations  may be adopted in the future at the  federal,  state,  or  province
level  that  could have a material  adverse  effect on the  business,  financial
condition, and results of operations of the Company.

         A small percentage of the revenues of the hearing care clinics operated
by the Company comes from Medicare and Medicaid programs.  Federal law prohibits
the offer,  payment,  solicitation  or receipt  of any form of  remuneration  in
return  for, or in order to induce,  (i) the  referral of a Medicare or Medicaid
patient,  (ii)  the  furnishing  or  arranging  for the  furnishing  of items or
services reimbursable under Medicare or Medicaid programs or (iii) the purchase,
lease or order of any item or service  reimbursable  under Medicare or Medicaid.
Noncompliance with the federal anti-kickback legislation can result in exclusion
from Medicare and Medicaid programs and civil and criminal penalties.

ISSUANCE OF PREFERRED SHARES AND ADDITIONAL COMMON SHARES

The Board of Directors of the Company (the  "Board") has the  authority to issue
an unlimited number of preferred shares of the Company  ("Preferred  Shares") in
one or more  series and to fix the  number of shares of any such  series and the
designations,   rights,  privileges,   restrictions,  and  conditions  attaching
thereto,  without any further vote or action by the  shareholders of the Company
other than as may be necessary to comply with the AMEX listing requirements. The
Board recently designated the Convertible Shares for issuance in connection with
the Warburg Sale. See  "Description of Capital  Stock--Convertible  Shares." The
future issuance of other series of Preferred  Shares could adversely  affect the
rights of holders of Common Shares. For example, the designation and issuance of
additional series of Preferred Shares could result in securities, similar to the
Convertible  Shares,  that would have  preference  over the Common  Shares  with
respect to  dividends  and in  liquidation  and that could (upon  conversion  or
otherwise)  have all of the rights of the Common Shares.  The Board also has the
authority to issue an unlimited  number of additional  Common Shares without any
further  vote or action by the  Company's  shareholders,  except as  required by
AMEX,  possibly  causing the  interests of the existing  shareholders  to suffer
substantial  dilution.  See "Description of Capital  Stock--Common  Shares." The
issuance of additional  series of Preferred  Shares or additional  Common Shares
could potentially be used to discourage  attempts by others to obtain control of
the Company  through merger,  tender offer,  proxy or consent  solicitation,  or
otherwise by making such attempts more costly or more difficult to achieve.

                                     - 8 -
<PAGE>

                    SERVICE AND ENFORCEMENT OF LEGAL PROCESS

         The Company is incorporated  under the laws of the Province of Alberta,
Canada. Some of the directors,  controlling persons and officers of the Company,
as  well  as  certain  of  the  experts  named  herein  and  10 of  the  Selling
Shareholders, are residents of Canada and all or a portion of the assets of such
persons  and of the  Company  are  located  outside of the United  States.  As a
result,  it may be difficult for holders of the Common Shares to effect  service
within the United States upon those directors,  controlling  persons,  officers,
experts and Selling  Shareholders  hereunder who are not residents of the United
States,  or to realize  in the United  States  upon  judgments  of courts of the
United  States  predicated  upon the civil  liability  provisions  of the United
States federal securities laws to the extent such judgments exceed such person's
United  States  assets.  The Company has been advised by its  Canadian  counsel,
Ballem MacInnes,  that there is doubt as to the enforceability in Canada against
the Company or against any of its directors,  controlling  persons,  officers or
experts or any  Selling  Shareholders  hereunder  who are not  residents  of the
United States, in original actions or in actions for enforcement of judgments of
United  States  courts,  of  liabilities  predicated  solely upon United  States
federal  securities  laws.  The  Company's  agent for  service of process in the
United States is MN Service Corp.  (Oregon),  111 S.W. Fifth Avenue, Suite 3500,
Portland, Oregon 97204, telephone (503) 224-5858.

                SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

         Statements  in this  Prospectus,  to the  extent  they are not based on
historical events, are forward-looking  statements.  Forward-looking  statements
include,  without  limitation,   statements  containing  the  words  "believes,"
"anticipates,"  "intends," "expects," and words of similar import. Investors are
cautioned  that  forward-looking  statements  involve  known and unknown  risks,
uncertainties and other factors that may cause the actual results,  performance,
or achievements  of the Company to be materially  different from those described
herein.  Factors  that  may  result  in such  variance,  in  addition  to  those
accompanying  the  forward-looking  statements,  include  economic trends in the
Company's  market  areas,  the  ability of the  Company to manage its growth and
integrate new acquisitions into its network of hearing care clinics, development
of new or  improved  medical  or  surgical  treatments  for  hearing  loss or of
technological  advances in hearing  instruments,  changes in the  application or
interpretation of applicable  governmental laws and regulations,  the ability of
the Company to complete additional acquisitions of hearing care clinics on terms
favorable  to the  Company,  the degree of  consolidation  in the  hearing  care
industry,   the  Company's   success  in  attracting  and  retaining   qualified
audiologists  and  staff to  operate  its  hearing  care  clinics,  product  and
professional  liability  claims  brought  against  the  Company  that exceed its
insurance coverage,  and the availability of and costs associated with potential
sources of  financing.  Given these  uncertainties,  prospective  investors  are
cautioned not to place undue reliance on such  forward-looking  statements.  The
Company disclaims any obligation to update or to publicly announce the result of
any  revisions  to any of the  forward-looking  statements  contained  herein to
reflect future events or developments. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis
of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and "Business."

                                     - 9 -
<PAGE>

                          PRICE RANGE OF COMMON SHARES

         The Common  Shares were traded on the ASE until  February 10, 1998,  at
which  time they  began  trading  on AMEX.  The  following  table sets forth the
reported high and low sales prices in Canadian and United States dollars for the
Common Shares for the periods indicated:

                                            CANADIAN $        UNITED STATES $(1)
FISCAL YEAR            PERIOD            HIGH       LOW      HIGH       LOW
1996                First Quarter        1.50       0.70     1.10      0.55
                    Second Quarter       3.50       1.40     2.55      1.05
                    Third Quarter       20.00       3.10    14.75      2.25
                    Fourth Quarter      20.00      10.00    14.70      7.25

1997                First Quarter       14.25      10.00    10.40      7.30
                    Second Quarter      12.90       9.30     9.45      7.00
                    Third Quarter       12.25       6.25     8.95      4.45
                    Fourth Quarter       9.85       6.25     7.10      4.50

1998                First Quarter       10.75       7.75     7.75      5.60
                    Second Quarter      13.00       8.50     9.05      6.00

(1) The high and low sales prices were  converted to United States dollars as of
the date of sale.

         As of  December  31,  1997,  there  were 84 holders of record of Common
Shares.

                                 DIVIDEND POLICY

         The  payment of  dividends  on the Common  Shares is solely  within the
discretion  of the  Board,  subject to the right of  Warburg,  for as long as it
beneficially owns at least 666,667 outstanding Common Shares (including for this
purpose  Convertible Shares  convertible into such number of Common Shares),  to
veto any proposed payment of dividends on the Common Shares. Since its inception
the  Company  has not paid cash  dividends  on its Common  Shares.  The  Company
intends to retain any future earnings for further  development and growth of its
business and does not  anticipate  paying cash dividends on the Common Shares in
the foreseeable future.

                                     - 10 -
<PAGE>

                                 CAPITALIZATION

         The   following   table  sets  forth  the   short-term   debt  and  the
capitalization  of the Company at October 31,  1997,  and as adjusted to reflect
the sale of  13,333,333  Convertible  Shares and Warrants to purchase  2,000,000
Common Shares in connection with the Warburg Sale.

<TABLE>

                                                                         As of October 31, 1997
                                                                         ----------------------
                                                                           Actual      As Adjusted
                                                                           ------      -----------
                                                                             (in thousands)

Short-term debt and capital lease obligations:
<S>                                                                    <C>             <C> 
  Bank overdraft, bank loans, and short-term notes payable             $       785     $       785
  Convertible notes payable (1)                                              2,600           2,600
  Current portion of long-term debt and capital lease obligations              458             458
                                                                       -----------     -----------
  Total short-term debt and capital lease obligations                  $     3,843     $     3,843

Long-term debt and capital lease obligations:
  Long-term debt and capital lease obligations, non-current
   portion                                                             $     1,002     $     1,002

Shareholders' equity:
  Preferred  shares,  without nominal or par value,
  unlimited  number of shares authorized; 
   Convertible Preferred Shares, actual none;
   as adjusted 13,333,333 shares (2)                                            --          15,786
  Common shares, without nominal or par value,
   unlimited number of shares authorized;
   5,451,903 shares issued and outstanding (3)                              11,259          11,259
  Notes receivable from shareholders                                          (124)           (124)
  Accumulated deficit                                                       (2,213)
                                                                                            (2,213)
  Treasury shares, 5,640 shares at cost                                        (47             (47)
  Cumulative translation adjustment                                            (72)            (72)
                                                                        -----------      ----------

     Total shareholders' equity                                              8,803           24,589
                                                                         ---------       ----------
     Total capitalization                                               $   13,648      $    29,434
                                                                        ==========      ===========
</TABLE>

(1)  Convertible  debt consists of $2,600,000  principal  amount of  convertible
subordinated  notes, of which  $1,170,000  principal  amount is due on April 30,
1998, and $1,430,000  principal amount is due on July 31, 1998. The notes do not
bear  interest  and  are  immediately  convertible  into  Common  Shares  at the
conversion price of $6.50 principal amount per share.

(2) The Convertible Shares and Warrants to purchase 2,000,000 Common Shares at a
price of $12 per share were  assumed to have been  issued for gross  proceeds of
$18,000,000 less offering expenses of $2,214,000.

(3) Shares issued and  outstanding do not include the  following:  (i) 1,566,661
Common Shares issuable upon the exercise of share purchase warrants  outstanding
at October 31, 1997;  (ii) 400,000 Common Shares issuable upon the conversion of
convertible  subordinated  notes;  and (iii) 540,400 Common Shares issuable upon
the exercise of stock options held by employees, directors, and officers of, and
consultants to, the Company.

                                     - 11 -
<PAGE>

                      ACQUISITION OF SECURITIES BY WARBURG

         On December 24,  1997,  the Company  completed  the Warburg  Sale.  The
Convertible  Shares  issued in the Warburg  Sale are  entitled to one-fifth of a
vote per share (or such  other  number  of votes  equal to the  number of Common
Shares into which a Convertible Share shall be convertible from time to time) in
the election of directors and any other matters presented to the shareholders of
the  Company  for  action  or   consideration.   See   "Description  of  Capital
Stock--Convertible Shares." Warburg's Convertible Shares represent approximately
33% of the outstanding  voting  securities of the Company.  Including the Common
Shares  issuable upon exercise of the Warburg  Warrants,  Warburg  "beneficially
owns"  approximately  46% of the voting  securities  of the  Company.  See "Risk
Factors--Concentration of Share Ownership."

         The  Convertible  Shares may be converted  at any time,  in whole or in
part, into Common Shares.  The conversion rate is currently one Common Share for
every five  Convertible  Shares  surrendered for conversion,  subject to further
adjustment   for  stock   dividends,   stock   splits,   reverse  stock  splits,
recapitalizations, and other anti-dilution adjustments.

         As long as Warburg  beneficially  owns a number of  outstanding  Common
Shares constituting at least 10% of the outstanding Common Shares (including for
this purpose the Common  Shares  issuable  upon  conversion  of the  Convertible
Shares (the "Conversion  Common Shares") but not the Common Shares issuable upon
exercise of the Warrants),  the Company will be required to nominate and use its
reasonable  best efforts to cause to be elected and to remain as  directors  two
persons,  reasonably  satisfactory  to the Company,  designated  by Warburg.  On
December  24,  1997,  in partial  satisfaction  of this  requirement,  the Board
elected Joel Ackerman, a managing director of E. M. Warburg,  Pincus & Co., as a
director of the Company,  filling the vacancy created by the resignation of Gene
K. Balzer,  Ph.D. See  "Management." A second nominee  designated by Warburg has
not yet been  appointed  as a  director.  Warburg,  Pincus & Co. is the  general
partner of Warburg.

         The number of directors as to which  Warburg has the right to designate
nominees will increase to three if and for so long as the number of positions on
the  Board  exceeds  eight.   Such  number  will  decrease  by  one  if  Warburg
beneficially owns a number of outstanding  Common Shares  constituting less than
10% of the outstanding  Common Shares  (including  Conversion Common Shares) and
will  further  decrease to none if Warburg  beneficially  owns less than 666,667
outstanding  Common Shares  (including  Conversion  Common  Shares).  As long as
Warburg  beneficially owns at least 666,667 outstanding Common Shares (including
Conversion  Common Shares),  the number of positions on the Board may not exceed
11. The right to  designate  one  nominee for  director  may be  transferred  by
Warburg to a single  purchaser of at least 6,666,667  Convertible  Shares or the
Common Shares issued upon conversion thereof.

         Prior to consummation of the transaction  with Warburg,  control of the
Company was  effectively in the hands of the Company's  directors,  particularly
Douglas F. Good, Chairman of the Board, and Brandon M. Dawson, President,  Chief
Executive Officer, and Director who together owned 20% of the outstanding Common
Shares. Messrs. Good and Dawson now hold a total of 13% of the voting securities
of the Company.

         As a result of Warburg's  significant  percentage share  ownership,  as
well as its right to designate nominees for director as discussed above, Warburg
will be able to exercise  substantial  influence  and control over the Company's
affairs.  See "Risk  Factors--Concentration  of Share Ownership." For as long as
Warburg  beneficially owns at least 666,667 outstanding Common Shares (including
Conversion Common Shares),  the Company may not, without Warburg's consent,  (i)
sell, lease,  exchange or transfer all or substantially all of its assets to any
third party, (ii) amalgamate the Company with another  corporation such that the
then  existing  shareholders  of the Company  hold less than 51% of the combined
voting power of the amalgamated corporation,  (iii) materially change the nature
of the Company's  business,  (iv) effect a liquidation,  amalgamation or sale of
the Company or sell substantially all of its or its subsidiaries' assets, or (v)
with certain exceptions,  redeem or pay a dividend or distribution on its Common
Shares.

                                     - 12 -
<PAGE>

         The net  proceeds  of the  Warburg  Sale  totaled  approximately  $15.8
million and will be used to make  acquisitions  of additional  audiology-related
businesses  and for working  capital.  In the event that Warburg  exercises  the
Warrants in full,  the Company  will  receive  additional  net proceeds of up to
$23.5 million.

                              SELLING SHAREHOLDERS

         The  following  table sets forth the name of each Selling  Shareholder,
any position,  office or other material relationship of such Selling Shareholder
with the Company within the past three years,  the number of Common Shares owned
by such Selling  Shareholder  at December  31, 1997,  the number of shares to be
offered by the Selling  Shareholder  and the amount of Common Shares to be owned
by such Selling  Shareholder  after completion of the offering  assuming all the
offered shares are sold. Figures representing the number of shares owned by each
Selling  Shareholder  are based on records  available to the Company and in some
cases,  representations  made by such  Shareholders,  and the  Company  makes no
representations as to the accuracy of such figures.

         Of the  5,834,582  Common  Shares  outstanding  at March 1,  1998,  2.2
million, or 38%, have been registered for resale pursuant to this Prospectus. In
addition,  1.5 million  Common  Shares  issuable  upon the  exercise of purchase
warrants or convertible notes have been registered for resale,  representing 24%
of the approximately 6.3 million Common Shares issuable upon the exercise of all
options,  purchase  warrants,  and other convertible  securities  outstanding at
March 1, 1998.

         Virtually all of the shares held by Selling Shareholders are restricted
securities  within the meaning of Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933 (the
"Securities Act").  Restricted securities may not be sold under Rule 144 until a
one-year  holding  period  has  been  satisfied.  In  addition,  shares  held by
executive  officers or directors of the Company are "control  shares" subject to
the  provisions of Rule 144 other than the holding  period  requirements.  Sales
under Rule 144 are, among other matters,  subject to manner of sale requirements
and  provisions  limiting  the  number of shares  which may be sold  during  any
three-month  period.  Restricted  or control  shares may also be sold in private
transactions  outside the requirements of Rule 144 or pursuant to a registration
statement.

                             NUMBER OF SHARES
                               OWNED PRIOR TO                 SHARES TO BE OWNED
NAME OF SELLING SHAREHOLDER          OFFERING   SHARES OFFERED    AFTER OFFERING
- ---------------------------  ----------------   --------------     -------------

Abbingdon Venture Partners           148,720(1)      148,720              --
Limited Partnership

Abbingdon Venture Partners            14,256(2)       14,256              --
Limited Partnership II

Aho, Donald J                          3,200(3)        3,200              --

Alfa Life Insurance Co.               80,000(3)       80,000              --

Alfa Mutual Fire Insurance           120,000(3)      120,000              --
Co. 

Alfa Mutual Insurance Co.            120,000(3)      120,000              --

Angus, Richard(4)                     14,300          14,300              --

Art, Barbara Holley V Trust            8,000(3)        8,000              --

Art, Barbara Holley VII Trust         19,200(3)       19,200              --

Aspen Limited Partnership(5)         152,060(6)      136,600          15,460

Aspen Partners, Inc. (7)              29,260          29,260

                                     - 13 -
<PAGE>

                             NUMBER OF SHARES
                               OWNED PRIOR TO                 SHARES TO BE OWNED
NAME OF SELLING SHAREHOLDER          OFFERING   SHARES OFFERED    AFTER OFFERING
- ---------------------------  ----------------   --------------     -------------

Bennett, Carissa(8)                   50,618          50,618              --(8)

Bickford, Michael D. &                16,000(3)       16,000              --
Lisbeth H

Business Development Capital          57,024(9)       57,024              --
Limited Partnership III
Caldwell, Derek(10)                   17,840(11)      17,840              --

Campbell, Murray T.A.(12)              6,340           6,340              --

Cass, Baron & Darlene                  8,000(3)        8,000              --
"Family Foundation"

Cass, A. Baron III "Childrens         32,000(3)       32,000              --
Trust"

Cass, A. Baron III                   278,902(13)     173,532         105,370

Clark, Dr. Jim & Valerie                 200             200              --

Cohen, Barton J                      112,000(14)      32,000          80,000

Cohen, Barton J. "Family               8,000(3)        8,000              --
Foundation"

Collins, William                      30,000(3)       30,000              --

Cross, Deborah Law(15)                81,600          81,600              --

Dawson, James W.(16)                   1,320           1,320              --

Dawson, Brandon M.(17)               850,000         100,000         750,000(17)

DeJong, William(18)                   16,440          16,440              --(18)

Downey, Gary B                         3,200(3)        3,200              --

Drullinger, Randall E.(19)            50,000          50,000              --(19)

Feinberg, Hill A                       8,000(3)        8,000              --

Ferrer, Christine                     32,000(3)       32,000

Finney, Stanford C., Jr              129,200(20)      32,000          97,200

Frazer, Gregory(21)                  243,093         149,381          93,712(21)

Friedman, Theodore                    16,000(3)       16,000              --

Gabbert, Jerome                        9,600           9,600              --

Good, Douglas F.(22)                 241,912         100,000         141,912(22)

Gross Foundation Inc.                 80,000(3)       80,000              --

Hill, Mark W                          20,000(3)       20,000              --

                                     - 14 -
<PAGE>

                             NUMBER OF SHARES
                               OWNED PRIOR TO                 SHARES TO BE OWNED
NAME OF SELLING SHAREHOLDER          OFFERING   SHARES OFFERED    AFTER OFFERING
- ---------------------------  ----------------   --------------     -------------

Holley, John W. and Wilson,           11,200(3)       11,200              --
Barbara

Holley, John W. Grantor               48,000(3)       48,000              --
Trust

Jacobson, Eli                         12,800(3)       12,800              --

Judge, James P.                       16,000(3)       16,000              --

Kanuk, Alan R.                        14,400(3)       14,400              --

Kaplan, Howard                        16,000(3)       16,000              --

Kawasaki, Edwin J.(23)                20,000          20,000              --(23)

Kigler, Marvin                         1,600(3)        1,600              --

King, Gail                             8,000(3)        8,000              --

King, Netta Sue Q-Tip Trust            8,000(3)        8,000              --

Lappetito, Paul                        4,000(3)        4,000              --

Lemak, John                           16,000(3)       16,000              --

Lieberman, John R.                     1,600(3)        1,600              --

Low, Nathan(24)                       53,827(25)      53,827              --

Mabry, Philip H.                       8,000(3)        8,000              --

Marshall, Marilyn E.(26)             270,007         100,000         170,007(26)

Mathis, James T.                       2,000(3)        2,000              --

McKnight, Charles                      3,200(3)        3,200              --

McNight, Netta Sue King                3,200(3)        3,200              --

Miller, Dwight(24)                    45,545(27)      45,545              --

Milstein, Edward                      32,000(3)       32,000              --

Milstein, Howard                      32,000(3)       32,000              --

Mutz, Marcus R.                       16,000(3)       16,000              --

C. M. Oliver & Company                61,720(29)      61,720              --
Limited(28)

Pinnacle Hotel Associates             90,000(30)      90,000              --
Limited Liability Company

Pretlow, Joe                           8,000(3)        8,000              --

Rachofsky, Howard E.                 169,000(31)     160,000           9,000

                                     - 15 -
<PAGE>

                             NUMBER OF SHARES
                               OWNED PRIOR TO                 SHARES TO BE OWNED
NAME OF SELLING SHAREHOLDER          OFFERING   SHARES OFFERED    AFTER OFFERING
- ---------------------------  ----------------   --------------     -------------

Rainbow Trading Partners,             42,000(32)      32,000          10,000
Ltd.

Rainbow Trading Venture               45,200(33)      35,200          10,000
Partners, L.P.

Ramsay, Bruce A.(34)                   6,680           6,680              --

Reik, William J. III                  16,000(3)       16,000              --

Riggs, Leonard M., Jr.,               26,666(3)       26,666              --
M.D.

Riggs, Peggy A.                       13,333(3)       13,333              --

Rutledge, Stephen                      2,000(3)        2,000              --

Sagit Investment Management          286,000         286,000              --
Ltd.

Saito, Karen D.                        1,320           1,320              --

Saito, Kenneth O.                        400             400              --

Saito, Linda N.                        1,320           1,320              --

Saito, Stephanie N.                      200             200              --

Sands Partnership No. 1               53,532          53,532              --
Money Purchase Pension Plan                                                     

Scharfer, Paul(35)                     8,920(36)        8,920             --

Schlosberg, Paul E.                    7,592(37)        7,592             --

State Capital Partners                16,000(3)        16,000             --

Still, Marc R. IRA(38)                30,420(39)       27,200          3,220

Stinson, John C.                      10,000(3)        10,000             --

Stone, David                          32,000(3)        32,000             --

Stone, Richard(24)                    14,536(40)       14,536             --

Strauss, John L.                     253,147(41)      213,147         40,000

Swerdoff, Alan(24)                     3,675(42)        3,675             --

Tanihana, Jami(43)                   179,875         181,195              --(43)

Thau, Andrea, Money                    1,600(3)        1,600              --
Purchase Plan

Thau, Andrea P., Profit                3,200(3)        3,200              --
Sharing Plan

The Curran Companies, Inc.            93,533(44)      93,533              --

                                     - 16 -
<PAGE>

                             NUMBER OF SHARES
                               OWNED PRIOR TO                 SHARES TO BE OWNED
NAME OF SELLING SHAREHOLDER          OFFERING   SHARES OFFERED    AFTER OFFERING
- ---------------------------  ----------------   --------------     -------------

Thomson, Craig R.(45)                 13,780          13,780              --

Thomson, Michael G.(46)               25,740          25,740              --

- -------------------------

(1)      Consists  of  shares  issuable  upon the  conversion  of a  convertible
         subordinated  promissory  note  issued by the  Company in the amount of
         $966,680 in connection with its acquisition of the Midwest  Division on
         October 31, 1996.

(2)      Consists  of  shares  issuable  upon the  conversion  of a  convertible
         subordinated  promissory  note  issued by the  Company in the amount of
         $92,664 in connection with its  acquisition of the Midwest  Division on
         October 31, 1996.

(3)      One-half  of the number of shares  shown are  issuable  to the  Selling
         Shareholder upon the exercise of the Company's  September  Warrants (as
         defined  below).  Each September  Warrant is exercisable for one Common
         Share at an  exercise  price of  $10.00  until  August  31,  1998.  See
         "Description of Capital Stock-- Warrants."

(4)      Richard  Angus,  through  Wood  Gundy,  Inc.,  assisted  in the private
         placement of the Company's  special  warrants  issued in February 1996,
         and  received  7,150  shares and 7,150  February  Warrants  (as defined
         below) in partial payment for such placement services. See "Description
         of Capital Stock--Warrants."

(5)      Aspen Limited  Partnership  received  92,800 of the shares shown as the
         designee of Dallas Research & Trading, Inc. ("Dallas Research"),  which
         acted as a placement agent in connection with the private  placement of
         the Company's  special  warrants in the United States in December 1996.
         Dallas Research received a selling  commission equal to 9% of the gross
         proceeds of the  offering  that was paid through the issuance of 36,000
         September  Warrants.  Dallas Research also received an additional 4,000
         September  Warrants  in payment  of its  corporate  finance  fee and an
         option to acquire 40,000 share purchase  warrants.  See "Description of
         Capital Stock--Warrants."

(6)      The number of shares shown  includes  43,800  shares  issuable upon the
         exercise  of the  Company's  September  Warrants.  The number of shares
         shown also includes  33,600 shares  issuable upon the exercise of share
         purchase  warrants at an exercise price of $6.25 per share until August
         31, 1998. See "Description of Capital Stock--Warrants."

(7)      Consists  of  shares  issuable  upon the  conversion  of a  convertible
         subordinated  promissory  note issued to Brown's  Creek,  Inc.,  by the
         Company in the  amount of  $1,170,000  (the  "Brown's  Creek  Note") in
         connection with its acquisition of the Midwest  Division on October 31,
         1996.  Aspen Partners,  Inc.,  purchased a portion of the Brown's Creek
         Note in December 1997.

(8)      Ms. Bennett has entered into a five-year  employment  contract with the
         Company as an area administrator.  She is married to Gregory Frazer, an
         officer and director of the Company.  She acquired her Common Shares in
         connection with the  acquisition by the Company of 11 clinics  operated
         by HCA on October 1, 1996.  The shares to be owned by Ms. Bennett after
         the offering do not include Mr.  Frazer's shares or 20,000 shares which
         Ms.  Bennett  will have the right to acquire upon the exercise of stock
         options,  half of which  are  currently  vested.  See note 21 below and
         "Management," "Principal Shareholders," and "Certain Transactions."

                                     - 17 -
<PAGE>

(9)      Consists  of  shares  issuable  upon the  conversion  of a  convertible
         subordinated  promissory  note  issued by the  Company in the amount of
         $370,656 in connection with its acquisition of the Midwest  Division on
         October 31, 1996.

(10)     Mr.  Caldwell  received  1,840 of the shares  shown as the  designee of
         Sunrise Securities Corporation ("Sunrise"),  which acted as a placement
         agent in connection with the private placement of the Company's special
         warrants in the United  States in  December  1996.  Sunrise  received a
         selling  commission  equal to 9% of the gross  proceeds of the offering
         that was paid  through  the  issuance  of  38,682  September  Warrants.
         Sunrise also received a $25,000  corporate finance fee and an option to
         acquire 42,980 share purchase  warrants.  See  "Description  of Capital
         Stock--Warrants."

(11)     The number of shares  shown  includes  8,560 shares  issuable  upon the
         exercise  of the  Company's  September  Warrants.  The number of shares
         shown also  includes  720 shares  issuable  upon the  exercise of share
         purchase  warrants at an exercise price of $6.25 per share until August
         31, 1998. See "Description of Capital Stock--Warrants."

(12)     Mr.  Campbell  was one of the  Company's  original  shareholders  and a
         former director of the Company.

(13)     The number of shares shown  includes  60,000  shares  issuable upon the
         exercise of the  Company's  September  Warrants.  See  "Description  of
         Capital Stock--Warrants."

(14)     The number of shares shown  includes  16,000  shares  issuable upon the
         exercise of the  Company's  September  Warrants.  See  "Description  of
         Capital Stock--Warrants."

(15)     Ms. Cross has entered into a three-year  employment  contract  with the
         Company as an area  administrator.  She acquired  her Common  Shares in
         connection with the  acquisition by the Company of Hearing  Dynamics in
         December  1996.  Of the  shares  shown,  a total of 15,732  shares  are
         subject to restrictions  on sale or transfer.  Such  restrictions  will
         lapse as to  one-half of such shares on November 30 in each of 1998 and
         1999.  In addition,  16,000 of the shares are being held by the Company
         (the "Contingent Shares"). If for any of the 12-month periods ending on
         November 30, 1997, 1998 or 1999, the income of Hearing  Dynamics before
         interest,  taxes,  depreciation  and amortization and after a corporate
         overhead allocation falls below 20% of the net revenues of the business
         for such year,  Ms.  Cross may elect to pay the Company  $1.00 for each
         $1.00 of shortfall or cancel  one-fifth of a Contingent  Share for each
         $1.72 of shortfall.

(16)     James W. Dawson is the father of Brandon M. Dawson,  who is  president,
         chief executive officer, and a director of the Company.

(17)     Brandon M. Dawson is president, chief executive officer, and a director
         of the  Company.  The number of shares to be owned by Mr.  Dawson after
         the offering,  which  represents  13.7% of the Common Shares  presently
         outstanding,  does not include  590,000 shares which Mr. Dawson has the
         right to acquire  pursuant to the exercise of stock options,  60,000 of
         which are currently vested. See "Management," "Principal Shareholders,"
         and "Certain Transactions."

(18)     Mr. DeJong is a director of the Company.  The shares to be owned by Mr.
         DeJong after the offering do not include 15,000 shares which Mr. DeJong
         has the right to acquire pursuant to the exercise of stock options. See
         "Management," "Principal Shareholders," and "Certain Transactions."

(19)     Mr. Drullinger is an officer of the Company.  The shares to be owned by
         Mr.  Drullinger  after the offering do not include 120,000 shares which
         Mr.  Drullinger  has the right to acquire  pursuant to the  exercise of
         stock options, 40,000 of which are currently vested. See "Management."

(20)     Includes  16,000  shares  issuable  upon the exercise of the  Company's
         September Warrants.

                                     - 18 -
<PAGE>

(21)     Mr.  Frazer is an officer and  director of the Company and acquired his
         shares in connection  with the acquisition by the Company of 11 clinics
         operated by HCA on October 1, 1996. The number of shares to be owned by
         Mr.  Frazer after the  offering,  which  represents  1.7% of the Common
         Shares presently outstanding,  does not include 80,000 shares which Mr.
         Frazer will have the right to acquire pursuant to the exercise of stock
         options,  half of which  are  currently  vested.  See note 8 above  and
         "Management," "Principal Shareholders," and "Certain Transactions."

(22)     Mr. Good is a director of the Company. The number of shares to be owned
         by Mr.  Good after the  offering  represent  2.6% of the Common  Shares
         presently outstanding.  See "Management," "Principal Shareholders," and
         "Certain Transactions."

(23)     Mr.  Kawasaki is an officer of the  Company.  The shares to be owned by
         Mr. Kawasaki after the offering do not include 230,000 shares which Mr.
         Kawasaki  will have the right to acquire  pursuant  to the  exercise of
         stock options, 20,000 of which are currently vested. See "Management."

(24)     The Selling  Shareholder  received  the shares shown as the designee of
         Sunrise. See note 10 above.

(25)     The number of shares shown  includes  17,958  shares  issuable upon the
         exercise  of the  Company's  September  Warrants.  The number of shares
         shown also includes  17,911 shares  issuable upon the exercise of share
         purchase  warrants at an exercise price of $6.25 per share until August
         31, 1998. See "Description of Capital Stock--Warrants."

(26)     The  number of shares to be owned by Ms.  Marshall  after the  offering
         represents approximately 3% of the Common Shares presently outstanding.

(27)     The number of shares shown  includes  14,067  shares  issuable upon the
         exercise  of the  Company's  September  Warrants.  The number of shares
         shown also includes  17,411 shares  issuable upon the exercise of share
         purchase  warrants at an exercise price of $6.25 per share until August
         31, 1998. See "Description of Capital Stock--Warrants."

(28)     C.M.  Oliver & Company  Limited acted as placement  agent in connection
         with the  private  placement  of the  Company's  September  Warrants in
         Canada  in  September  1996 and  received  a  selling  commission  that
         included  $48,625 in cash and 6,800 September  Warrants.  C.M. Oliver &
         Company  Limited  also  received a $61,987  syndication  fee, a $37,097
         corporate  finance fee, and an option to acquire  16,200 share purchase
         warrants. See "Description of Capital Stock--Warrants."

(29)     The number of shares  shown  includes  6,800 shares  issuable  upon the
         exercise  of the  Company's  September  Warrants.  The number of shares
         shown also includes  16,200 shares  issuable upon the exercise of share
         purchase  warrants at an exercise price of $6.25 per share until August
         31, 1998. See "Description of Capital Stock--Warrants."

(30)     Consists of shares  issuable  upon the  conversion of the Brown's Creek
         Note issued by the Company in connection  with its  acquisition  of the
         Midwest Division on October 31, 1996. Pinnacle Hotel Associates Limited
         Liability  Company  purchased  a portion of the  Brown's  Creek Note in
         December 1997.

(31)     Includes  80,000  shares  issuable  upon the exercise of the  Company's
         September Warrants.

(32)     Includes  16,000  shares  issuable  upon the exercise of the  Company's
         September Warrants.

(33)     Includes  17,600  shares  issuable  upon the exercise of the  Company's
         September Warrants.

(34)     Mr. Ramsay was one of the Company's original shareholders.

                                     - 19 -
<PAGE>

(35)     Mr.  Scharfer  received  920 of the  shares  shown as the  designee  of
         Sunrise. See note 10 above.

(36)     The number of shares  shown  includes  4,280 shares  issuable  upon the
         exercise  of the  Company's  September  Warrants.  The number of shares
         shown also  includes  360 shares  issuable  upon the  exercise of share
         purchase  warrants at an exercise price of $6.25 per share until August
         31, 1998. See "Description of Capital Stock--Warrants."

(37)     Consists of shares  issuable  upon the  conversion of the Brown's Creek
         Note issued by the Company in connection  with its  acquisition  of the
         Midwest  Division  on October  31,  1996.  Mr.  Schlosberg  purchased a
         portion of the Brown's Creek Note in December 1997.

(38)     Mr.  Still was  president  of Dallas  Research  and received the shares
         shown as the designee of Dallas Research. See note 5 above.

(39)     The number of shares shown  includes  10,400  shares  issuable upon the
         exercise  of the  Company's  September  Warrants.  The number of shares
         shown also  includes  6,400 shares  issuable upon the exercise of share
         purchase  warrants at an exercise price of $6.25 per share until August
         31, 1998. See "Description of Capital Stock--Warrants."

(40)     The number of shares  shown  includes  4,424 shares  issuable  upon the
         exercise  of the  Company's  September  Warrants.  The number of shares
         shown also  includes  5,688 shares  issuable upon the exercise of share
         purchase  warrants at an exercise price of $6.25 per share until August
         31, 1998. See "Description of Capital Stock--Warrants."

(41)     Includes  80,000  shares  issuable  upon the exercise of the  Company's
         September   Warrants  as  well  as  53,747  shares  issuable  upon  the
         conversion  of  the  Brown's  Creek  Note  issued  by  the  Company  in
         connection with its acquisition of the Midwest  Division on October 31,
         1996.  Mr.  Strauss  purchased a portion of the  Brown's  Creek Note in
         December 1997.

(42)     The number of shares  shown  includes  1,392 shares  issuable  upon the
         exercise  of the  Company's  September  Warrants.  The number of shares
         shown also  includes  890 shares  issuable  upon the  exercise of share
         purchase  warrants at an exercise price of $6.25 per share until August
         31, 1998. See "Description of Capital Stock--Warrants."

(43)     Ms. Tanihana has entered into a five-year  employment contract with the
         Company as an area administrator. She acquired her shares in connection
         with the  acquisition  by the Company of 11 clinics  operated by HCA on
         October  1,  1996.  The  shares to be owned by Ms.  Tanihana  after the
         offering do not include 20,000 shares which Ms.  Tanihana will have the
         right to acquire upon the exercise of stock options,  half of which are
         currently vested. See "Certain Transactions."

(44)     The number of shares shown  includes  20,000  shares  issuable upon the
         exercise of the  Company's  September  Warrants.  See  "Description  of
         Capital Stock--Warrants."

(45)     Craig R. Thomson was one of the Company's  original  shareholders and a
         former officer and director of the Company.

(46)     Michael G.  Thomson is employed by and a member of the capital  markets
         group of C.M. Oliver & Company Limited,  which acted as placement agent
         in connection  with the private  placement of the  Company's  September
         Warrants in Canada in September 1996, and is a wholly owned  subsidiary
         of C.M.  Oliver,  Inc. See note 28 above. In addition,  Mr. Thomson was
         one of the Company's  original  shareholders  and a former  officer and
         director of the Company. See "Certain Transactions."

                                     - 20 -
<PAGE>

                      MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
                OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

OVERVIEW

         Since 1996,  the Company has achieved  significant  growth in revenues,
primarily  due to the  acquisition  and  operation  of  additional  hearing care
clinics.  For the fiscal year ended July 31, 1997, and the quarter ended October
31,  1997,  the  Company  generated  total  revenues  of $13.5  million and $5.0
million,  respectively. As of October 31, 1997, the Company's cumulative deficit
was $2.2 million and its total  shareholders'  equity was $8.8 million.  For the
fiscal year ended July 31, 1997,  and the three  months ended  October 31, 1997,
the Company incurred net losses of $1.7 million and $96,000, respectively.

RECENT ACQUISITIONS

         On August 1, 1996, Sonus-USA acquired the assets of Santa Maria Hearing
Associates.  Consideration  for  acquisition  of the single clinic  consisted of
$50,000 in cash paid at closing and $25,000 for a covenant not to compete  which
was paid on January 5, 1997. The intangible  assets  recorded in the acquisition
of the single  clinic,  including  the  covenant  not to  compete,  amounted  to
$76,000.

         On October 1, 1996, HCA,  consisting of 11 hearing care clinics located
in Los Angeles, California, merged with Sonus-USA. The consideration paid by the
Company  consisted of $314,724 in cash and 477,907 Common Shares.  An additional
$350,861 in cash was paid for covenants not to compete.  The  intangible  assets
recorded in the transaction, including the covenants not to compete, amounted to
$2,831,000.

         On October  31,  1996,  Sonus-USA  acquired  the assets of the  Midwest
Division,  consisting  of 14  hearing  care  clinics  located  in  the  Chicago,
Illinois,  and Lansing,  Michigan  metropolitan areas. The consideration paid by
the Company consisted of a subordinated convertible note in the principal amount
of  $2,600,000,  which is  convertible  into 400,000  Common Shares at $6.50 per
share, and the assumption of certain liabilities in the amount of $360,000.  The
intangible  assets  recorded in the  transaction,  including  a covenant  not to
compete, amounted to $2,441,500.

         On December 6, 1996, Sonus-USA completed a merger with Hearing Dynamics
("HD"),  which operated four hearing care clinics in the San Diego,  California,
area. Cash in the amount of $102,600 and 81,600 Common Shares were exchanged for
all of the issued and outstanding shares of HD in connection with the merger. An
additional  $25,000 was paid to the seller for a covenant  not to  compete.  The
intangible  assets  recorded in the  transaction,  including the covenant not to
compete, amounted to $840,000.

         On December 17, 1996,  Sonus-USA  acquired all of the Common  Shares of
FHC, Inc., doing business as Family Hearing Centers ("FHC").  Consideration  for
acquisition  of the single  clinic  consisted of cash in the amount of $150,000,
the issuance of a promissory  note in the amount of $150,000 and the  assumption
and repayment of $100,000 in FHC corporate debt. An additional $112,223 was paid
to the sellers for a covenant not to compete.  The intangible assets recorded in
the transaction, including the covenant not to compete, amounted to $472,000.

         On January 9, 1997,  Sonus-USA  purchased all of the outstanding shares
of  Hearing  Care  Associates-Los  Angeles,  Inc.,  for  $301,000  in  cash.  An
additional  $112,500 was paid to the sellers for a covenant not to compete.  The
intangible  assets recorded in the  acquisition of the single clinic,  including
the covenant not to compete, amounted to $466,000.

         On February 28, 1997,  Sonus-USA acquired all of the outstanding shares
of Hearing Care Associates-  Arcadia,  Inc., for $410,338 in cash. An additional
$130,170 was paid to the sellers for a covenant not to compete.  The  intangible
assets recorded in the acquisition of the single clinic,  including the covenant
not to compete, amounted to $404,000.

                                     - 21 -
<PAGE>

         On March 6, 1997,  Sonus-USA  acquired all of the outstanding shares of
Hearing Care  Associates-Sherman  Oaks, Inc., for $26,568 in cash. An additional
$33,783 was paid to the sellers for a covenant  not to compete.  The  intangible
assets recorded in the acquisition of the single clinic,  including the covenant
not to compete, amounted to $103,000.

         On March 14, 1997,  Sonus-USA acquired all of the outstanding shares of
Auditory Vestibular Center, Inc., for $84,306 in cash. An additional $28,580 was
paid to the  sellers  for a  covenant  not to  compete.  The  intangible  assets
recorded in the acquisition of the single clinic,  including the covenant not to
compete, amounted to $67,000.

         On April 8, 1997,  Sonus-USA  acquired all of the outstanding shares of
Hearing Care  Associates-Lancaster,  Inc.,  for $136,751 in cash.  An additional
$61,877 was paid to the sellers for a covenant  not to compete.  The  intangible
assets recorded in the acquisition of the single clinic,  including the covenant
not to compete, amounted to $140,000.

         On June 6,  1997,  Sonus-USA  acquired  all the  outstanding  shares of
Hearing Improvement Center, Inc., a California corporation operating two hearing
care clinics, in exchange for $500,000 in cash, 28,368 Common Shares, a two-year
promissory   note  in  the  amount  of  $132,624   payable  in  equal  quarterly
installments  including  interest at 6% per annum,  and a three-year  promissory
note in the amount of $282,036 with accrued interest at the rate of 6% per annum
payable  at the end of the first  year and the  balance  of the note,  including
interest,  payable in equal monthly  installments  over the  remaining  term. An
additional  $50,000 was paid to the sellers for  covenants  not to compete.  The
intangible  assets  recorded in the  acquisition  of the two clinics,  including
covenants not to compete, amounted to $1,108,000.

         On July 8, 1997,  Sonus-USA  acquired  certain assets of Dakota Hearing
Aid Service for $40,000 in cash.  An  additional  $10,000 was paid to the seller
for  a  covenant  not  to  compete.   The  intangible  assets  recorded  in  the
acquisition, including the covenant not to compete, amounted to $31,000.

         On August 27, 1997,  Sonus-USA  acquired all the outstanding  shares of
Hearing Care Associates-Santa  Monica, Inc., for $258,268 in cash. An additional
$114,135 was paid to the sellers for  covenants not to compete.  The  intangible
assets  recorded in the  acquisition of the clinic,  including  covenants not to
compete, amounted to $260,000.

         On January 5, 1998,  Sonus-USA  acquired all the outstanding  shares of
Hearing Care  Associates-Inglewood,  Inc., for $100,000 in cash and a three-year
promissory  note in the amount of $97,000 which bears  interest at the rate of 6
percent  per  annum  and is  payable  in 12  equal  quarterly  installments.  An
additional $23,040 is payable in 12 equal quarterly  installments to the sellers
for covenants not to compete.  The intangible assets recorded in the acquisition
of the clinic, including covenants not to compete, amounted to $60,000.

         On January 30,  1998,  Sonus-USA  acquired  certain  assets of HearCare
Corp.  for $90,000 in cash and the assumption and repayment of $138,120 in debt.
An additional $25,000 was paid to the seller for a covenant not to compete.  The
intangible  assets  recorded in the  acquisition  of the clinic,  including  the
covenant not to compete, amounted to $200,000.

         On February 12, 1998,  Sonus-USA acquired all of the outstanding shares
of Hearing Care Associates-  Montclair,  Inc., for $50,000 in cash, the issuance
of a three-year  promissory note in the amount of $26,000 and the assumption and
repayment of $15,000 in debt. An additional  $15,000 was paid to the sellers for
covenants not to compete.  The intangible  assets recorded in the acquisition of
the clinic, including the covenant not to compete, amounted to $50,000.

         On February 27, 1998, Sonus-USA acquired certain assets of Metropolitan
Hearing Clinics,  Inc.,  consisting of five hearing care clinics in the Portland
and Eugene, Oregon, metropolitan areas. Consideration for the

                                     - 22 -
<PAGE>

acquisition  consisted  of  $500,000  in  cash,  the  issuance  of  a  five-year
promissory  note in the  amount  of  $560,000  and the  assumption  of debt.  An
additional $190,000 is payable to the seller in 12 equal quarterly  installments
for a covenant not to compete.

         On February  27,  1998,  Sonus-USA  acquired  certain  assets of Tucson
Audiology  Institute,  Inc.,  consisting  of one hearing  care clinic in Tucson,
Arizona.  Consideration  for the acquisition  consisted of $294,000 in cash, the
issuance of a three-year  promissory note in the amount of $120,000,  contingent
payments of $100,000  payable over three years and the  assumption  of debt.  An
additional  $50,000 is payable to the seller in 12 equal quarterly  installments
for a covenant not to compete.

         On February 27, 1998, Sonus-USA acquired certain assets of Katz Hearing
Aid & Audiology,  Inc.,  consisting of three hearing care clinics in the Tucson,
Arizona  metropolitan  area.  Consideration  for the  acquisition  consisted  of
$250,000 in cash, the issuance of a three-year  promissory note in the amount of
$85,000,  contingent  payments  of  $115,000  payable  over  four  years and the
assumption of debt.  An additional  $75,000 is payable to the seller in 12 equal
quarterly installments for a covenant not to compete.

Acquisition Summary

         As of  December  31,  1997,  the Company had  recorded  $10,178,000  in
intangible  assets,  including  $1,069,000  in covenants  not to compete,  which
represented  30%  of  the  Company's  total  assets.  The  amortization  of  the
unamortized  balance of $9,631,000 at December 31, 1997 will result in an annual
non-cash  charge to  earnings of  approximately  $509,000 in each of the next 20
years.  If all of the covenants not to compete  referred to above were currently
in effect, an additional  non-cash charge to earnings of approximately  $356,000
in each of the current and next two fiscal years would also be incurred.

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Three Months Ended October 31, 1997,  compared to Three Months Ended October 31,
1996

         Revenues.  Total  revenues for the three months ended October 31, 1997,
were  $5,307,000,  representing  a 319% increase over revenues of $1,268,000 for
the comparable period in fiscal 1996. The increase was primarily attributable to
the 39 clinics acquired by the Company since October 1, 1996.

         Product  sales  revenues  were  $4,601,000  for the three  months ended
October  31,  1997,  up 295%  from  $1,165,000  for the  same  period  in  1996.
Audiological  service revenues of $706,000 represented 13% of total revenues for
the three months ended  October 31, 1997, as compared to $103,000 or 8% of total
revenues for the  comparable  period in 1996.  This  increase is due to the fact
that  substantially  all of the clinics acquired in the United States separately
charge for the performance of audiological services when a hearing instrument is
purchased.  The  Company's  policy in the past was to waive the fee if a hearing
instrument was purchased.

         Gross Profit. Gross profit for the three months ended October 31, 1997,
was  $3,554,000 or 67% of revenues,  compared to $776,000 or 61% of revenues for
the comparable  period in fiscal 1996.  The increase in gross profit  percentage
was  primarily  due to  higher  volume  discounts  and  improved  product  sales
management.

         Operating  Expenses.  Operating  expenses  for the three  months  ended
October  31,  1997,  were  $3,633,000  representing  an  increase  of 238%  over
operating  expenses of $1,075,000 for the comparable period in fiscal 1996. This
increase was  attributable to the clinics  acquired by the Company since October
1, 1996, and to planned increases in corporate staff,  increases in amortization
of  intangibles,  and other  corporate  expenses  related to the  operation of a
significantly larger organization.  As a percentage of total revenues, operating
expenses  decreased to 69% for the three months ended October 31, 1997, from 85%
for the comparable  period in 1996. The Company expects that operating  expenses
as a percentage of revenues will continue to decrease  during the current fiscal
year

                                     - 23 -
<PAGE>

as the Company  acquires new clinics,  increasing the revenue base over which to
allocate its fixed general and administrative expenses.

Year Ended July 31, 1997, Compared to Year Ended July 31, 1996

         Accounts  Receivable   Turnover.   The  Company's  accounts  receivable
turnover  increased  to 74 days for the fiscal  year ended July 31, 1997 from 61
days in the prior  fiscal  year.  The  Company's  accounts  receivable  balances
consisted  primarily of insurance  proceeds to be received from managed care and
third party insurance providers.

         Revenues.  Total revenues for the fiscal year ended July 31, 1997, were
$13,462,000,  representing  a 463% increase over revenues of $2,389,000  for the
prior fiscal year. Of this  increase,  $10,015,000  was  attributable  to the 39
clinics acquired during fiscal 1997. Product sales revenues were $11,627,000 for
the 1997 fiscal year, up 395% from the $2,345,000 for fiscal 1996.  Audiological
service revenues increased from $44,000, or 2% of total revenues in fiscal 1996,
to $1,835,000, or 14% of total revenues, for the 1997 fiscal year. Substantially
all of the  clinics  acquired  in the United  States  separately  charge for the
performance of audiological services when a hearing instrument is purchased. The
Company's  policy in the past was to waive the fee if a hearing  instrument  was
purchased.

         Gross Profit on Product Sales. Product gross profit for the fiscal year
ended July 31, 1997, was $6,617,000  compared to $1,328,000 for the prior fiscal
year. Gross profit  percentage was 58% for both fiscal 1997 and fiscal 1996. The
Company  expects its gross  profit  percentage  to improve in fiscal 1998 due to
higher volume discounts and improved product sales management.

         Operating  Expenses.  Operating expenses for the fiscal year ended July
31, 1997,  were  $10,185,000,  representing  an increase of 419% over  operating
expenses of  $1,961,000  for the prior  fiscal year.  As a  percentage  of total
revenues, operating expenses decreased to 76% for the fiscal year ended July 31,
1997, from 82% for fiscal 1996, primarily due to fixed costs being spread over a
larger revenue base.

LIQUIDITY AND CASH RESERVES

         During  September 1996, the Company issued special warrants for 178,200
Common Shares in a private placement in Canada at a price of $5.68 per share for
gross  proceeds of  $1,012,500.  In December  1996,  the Company  issued special
warrants for 829,800  Common Shares in a private  placement in the United States
at a price of $6.25 per share for gross  proceeds  of  $5,186,250.  The  special
warrants issued in Canada were accompanied by share purchase warrants to acquire
a total of 178,200  additional Common Shares at a price of $10.00 per share. The
special  warrants issued in the United States were accompanied by share purchase
warrants to acquire a total of 829,800  additional  Common  Shares at a price of
$10.00  per  share.  The share  purchase  warrants  expire on August  31,  1998.
However,  if the closing bid for the Common Shares is in excess of $15 per share
for a period of 20 consecutive  trading days, the Company has the option upon 45
days' prior written notice to the holders to force the exercise or  cancellation
of the share purchase warrants. The actual uses of the proceeds of the September
and December 1996 private placements are as follows (in thousands):

                 Working capital                       $1,500
                 Capital expenditures                     600
                 Acquisitions                           3,400
                 Offering and registration costs          700
                                                       ------
                                                       $6,200
                                                       ======

         During the fiscal year ended July 31,  1997,  the  Company  acquired 39
hearing care clinics located in California,  Illinois,  Michigan, New Mexico and
North Dakota.  The acquisitions  were funded  primarily  through the issuance of
Common Shares valued at $3.3 million,  the issuance of convertible  subordinated
notes in an aggregate principal amount of $2.6 million, the issuance of $565,000
in promissory notes, cash payments totaling

                                     - 24 -
<PAGE>

$2.1 million,  and the assumption of debt totaling $460,000.  Consideration paid
for covenants not to compete amounted to $955,000.

         During the fiscal year ended July 31, 1996,  the Company  acquired four
hearing  care  clinics in Canada  and two  clinics  in the  United  States.  The
acquisitions  were funded  through the  issuance  of a  convertible  note in the
amount of  $127,000,  the  issuance  of $77,000 in  promissory  notes,  and cash
payments  totaling  $196,000.  Consideration  paid for  covenants not to compete
amounted to $15,000.

         Sonus-Canada Ltd., the Company's Canadian operating  subsidiary,  has a
revolving demand loan with the Royal Bank of Canada, providing for borrowings up
to $177,000 at October 31, 1997. As of October 31, 1997,  $7,000 was outstanding
against  this line,  compared to no advances  outstanding  as of July 31,  1997.
Advances  under the line of credit  bear  interest at 1% above the Royal Bank of
Canada prime rate.  Advances  under the revolving  line of credit are secured by
all the assets of Sonus-Canada Ltd., and personally guaranteed by a shareholder.
Sonus-USA has a $500,000 line of credit with a hearing instrument  manufacturer,
none of which is currently outstanding.

         During  fiscal 1997,  the Company  expended  approximately  $800,000 to
develop a management  information  system to link each clinic with the Company's
headquarters.  Approximately  $500,000 of this amount was financed by means of a
four-year capital lease, requiring payments of approximately $10,000 per month.

         On December 24, 1997,  the Company closed the Warburg Sale. The Company
believes  that the $15.8  million in net  proceeds  from the  Warburg  Sale will
provide  it  with  sufficient   capital  to  fund  its  operations  and  planned
acquisitions over the next 12 months.

NEW ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

         In February 1997,  the Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board ("FASB")
issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 128, "Earnings Per
Share." SFAS No. 128  supersedes  APB Opinion No. 15,  "Earnings  Per Share" and
specifies  the  computation,   presentation,  and  disclosure  requirements  for
earnings  per share  ("EPS") for  entities  with  publicly  held common stock or
potential  common  stock.  It replaces  the  presentation  of primary EPS with a
presentation  of basic EPS and fully  diluted EPS with diluted  EPS.  Basic EPS,
unlike  primary  EPS,  excludes  dilution  and is computed  by  dividing  income
available to common shareholders by the weighted average number of common shares
outstanding  for the period.  Diluted EPS reflects the  potential  dilution that
could  occur if  securities  or other  contracts  to issue  Common  Shares  were
exercised or converted  into Common Shares or resulted in the issuance of Common
Shares  that would then share in the  earnings  of the  entity.  Diluted  EPS is
computed  similarly to fully  diluted EPS under APB Opinion No. 15. SFAS No. 128
is effective for financial statements for both interim and annual periods ending
after  December 15, 1997. The Company is adopting SFAS No. 128 as of January 31,
1998, for the quarter then ended.  All prior period EPS data will be restated to
conform  with SFAS No. 128.  The Company  does not expect SFAS No. 128 to have a
significant impact on its EPS calculations.

         In  June  1997,   the  FASB  also  issued  SFAS  No.  130,   "Reporting
Comprehensive   Income,"  which  established   requirements  for  disclosure  of
comprehensive  income. The objective of SFAS No. 130 is to report all changes in
equity that result from transactions and economic events other than transactions
with  owners.  Comprehensive  income  is the total of net  income  and all other
non-owner  changes in equity.  The Company does not anticipate  any  significant
impact on reported  results of  operations  due to the adoption of SFAS No. 130.
The Company is adopting  SFAS No. 130 as of January  31,  1998,  for the quarter
then ended;  earlier  financial  statements will be reclassified for comparative
purposes.

         In June 1997, the FASB issued SFAS No. 131,  "Disclosure about Segments
of an  Enterprise  and  Related  Information,"  which  changes  the way  segment
information  is reported for public  companies and requires  those  companies to
report   selected   segment   information  in  interim   financial   reports  to
shareholders. The statement is

                                     - 25 -
<PAGE>

effective for financial statements for fiscal years beginning after December 15,
1997.  Although the Company has not fully  determined its complete  impact,  the
Company does not foresee any material  change due to adoption of this  statement
on its financial presentation to shareholders.  The Company is adopting SFAS No.
131 as of January 31,  1998,  for the  quarter  then  ended;  earlier  financial
statements will be reclassified for comparative purposes if necessary.

                                     - 26 -
<PAGE>

                                    BUSINESS

OVERVIEW

         The Company,  through its primary operating  subsidiaries Sonus-USA and
Sonus-Canada,  currently  owns and operates a network of 62 hearing care clinics
in the United  States and Western  Canada.  In  September  1997,  Sonus-USA  and
Sonus-Canada  changed their names from HealthCare Hearing Clinics,  Inc., and HC
HealthCare Hearing Clinics Ltd., respectively. By vote of the shareholders,  the
Company  changed its name to Sonus Corp.  on February 9, 1998.  Clinics owned by
the Company are located primarily in the metropolitan areas of Tucson,  Arizona;
Los Angeles,  California;  San Diego, California;  Chicago,  Illinois;  Lansing,
Michigan;   Albuquerque,   New  Mexico;  Portland,  Oregon;  Vancouver,  British
Columbia;  and Calgary,  Alberta.  The Company  intends to expand its network of
hearing  care  clinics  by  acquiring  clinics  in its  existing  as well as new
geographic markets.

         Each  of the  Company's  hearing  care  clinics  provides  its  hearing
impaired  patients  with a full range of  audiological  products  and  services.
During the fiscal year ended July 31, 1997,  approximately  86% of the Company's
revenues  were  derived  from  product  sales,  including  hearing  instruments,
batteries,  and accessories,  while the remaining 14% of the Company's  revenues
were derived from  audiological  services.  Substantially  all of the  Company's
hearing  care  clinics  are staffed by  audiologists.  The  Company's  operating
strategy is to provide  patients  with high quality and  cost-effective  hearing
care while at the same time  increasing its operating  margins by attracting and
retaining patients, recruiting qualified and productive audiologists,  achieving
economies of scale and administrative efficiencies, and pursuing large group and
managed care  contracts.  The Company  believes  that it is well  positioned  to
provide retail hearing rehabilitative services to consumers while simultaneously
serving the diagnostic needs of referring  physicians and meeting the access and
cost concerns of managed care providers and insurance companies.

INDUSTRY BACKGROUND

         Professionals  and  Clinics.  Hearing  instruments  may be dispensed by
either a dispensing  audiologist or an HIS.  Although both audiologists and HISs
may be licensed to dispense  hearing  instruments,  audiologists  have  advanced
training in audiology and hold either a masters or Ph.D. degree.

         Overall,  dispensing audiologists are much younger than HISs. The March
1997 issue of The Hearing Review,  a hearing  industry trade journal,  indicates
that approximately 27% of HISs in the U.S. are at least 61 years of age, 37% are
51-60 years of age, 25% are 41-50 years of age and only 11% are age 42 or under,
compared to 8%, 19%, 43% and 30%, respectively, for dispensing audiologists. The
Company   believes  that  many  HISs  are  facing   retirement  with  no  formal
"exit-strategy," a situation that creates an attractive  investment  opportunity
for the Company.

         The typical hearing care practice wields little  purchasing  power with
manufacturers, and must spread overhead over a relatively small revenue base. In
addition,  a typical  hearing care practice  often has  insufficient  capital to
purchase new  technologies  and lacks the systems and size  necessary to develop
economies  of  scale.  As  a  result,   the  Company  believes  that  dispensing
audiologists  and  HISs  will  find it  increasingly  attractive  to sell  their
practices to or affiliate with larger organizations, such as the Company.

         Another  factor  that may  favor  the  consolidation  of  hearing  care
practices is managed care. As managed care becomes more pervasive,  hearing care
professionals  will have an even  greater  need for the  information  resources,
management  expertise,  economies  of scale,  and access to  managed  care group
contracts  that larger  organizations  such as the Company may be better able to
provide. However, managed care is not presently a large part of the hearing care
market and  hearing  care  products  and  services  are likely to continue to be
provided predominantly on a private pay basis for the next several years.

                                     - 27 -
<PAGE>

         Notwithstanding  the factors  favoring  consolidation  of hearing  care
practices,  there are currently only a few multiple clinic networks operating in
more than one state or  province in the United  States or Canada  with  combined
annual revenues in excess of $5 million.

         Hearing  Impaired   Population.   According  to  the  1996  edition  of
Communication  Facts,   published  by  the  American   Speech-Language   Hearing
Association, the number of persons in the United States who have hearing loss is
estimated to be  approximately 28 million and the percentage of individuals with
a hearing loss relative to the general  population is approximately 2% for those
under 18 years of age,  5% for  those  between  18 and 44 years of age,  14% for
those  between 45 and 64 years of age, 23% for those  between 65 and 74 years of
age and 32% for those over 75 years of age. In addition,  the American  Tinnitus
Association  estimates  that  approximately  12  million  American  adults  have
tinnitus (a ringing sensation in the ears) that is severe enough to seek medical
help.

         The  Company  believes  that the widely  recognized  demographic  trend
toward an aging population will increase the demand for hearing instrument sales
and audiological  services and that the demand for hearing  instruments that are
less visible and for newer and superior hearing instrument  technology,  such as
digital and  programmable  hearing  instruments,  will also contribute to market
growth.  In addition,  the Company believes that some individuals  forgo hearing
care  because  of the  stigma of aging  that can be  associated  with  wearing a
hearing  instrument and that the demand for hearing instrument sales and hearing
care  services can be increased by marketing  and  education  designed to reduce
that stigma.

         Hearing Health Care Industry Segments. The hearing health care industry
serving  patients  with  hearing  and balance  disorders  is  comprised  of four
distinct service segments:

         o    hearing  rehabilitation  services,  including the  evaluation  and
              rehabilitation  of persons with hearing  impairments  by assessing
              communicative impairment and providing  amplification;
         o    advanced audio-diagnostic services, including the neuro-audiologic
              evaluation  and  non-medical  diagnosis  of  hearing  and  balance
              disorders; 
         o    industrial and preventative audiological services, including noise
              level  measurements,  dosimetry,  and  hearing  screenings;  and
         o    otolaryngologic  services,  including  surgery  and other  medical
              treatment.

The Company's  clinics primarily provide hearing  rehabilitation  services.  The
Company has one facility,  the Rockyview  Hearing and Balance  Clinic located in
Calgary,  Alberta,  that  provides  advanced  audio-diagnostic  services and one
clinic located in San Diego, California,  that provides evaluation and treatment
for patients with tinnitus.

         Hearing   rehabilitation    services   include   the   assessment   and
rehabilitation  of persons with hearing  impairments  through the use of hearing
instruments and counseling.  Rehabilitation  services,  including  amplification
systems, are provided by audiologists and HISs. The services offered include the
diagnostic audiological testing,  fitting and dispensing of hearing instruments,
follow-up rehabilitative  assistance,  the sale of hearing instrument batteries,
hearing instrument  repairs,  and the sale of swim plugs,  custom ear plugs, and
assistive listening devices.

         Advanced   audio-diagnostic   services   include  the   assessment  and
non-medical  treatment of vestibular and balance disorders and the evaluation of
patients with specific symptoms of an auditory or vestibular disorder, including
hearing loss,  tinnitus,  and balance problems.  In order to make a differential
diagnosis of hearing disorders,  an ear, nose and throat physician may employ or
refer patients to an audiologist to conduct special  diagnostic hearing tests to
differentiate between conductive, sensory, and neural pathology. If the cause of
the hearing loss is a medical  disorder in either the nervous system (neural) or
the middle ear  (conductive),  the physician  proceeds  with medical  treatment.
However,  if a non-treatable  conductive or sensory loss is found, the physician
will generally refer the patient to an audiologist for rehabilitation.

                                     - 28 -
<PAGE>

GROWTH STRATEGY

         The Company's  growth strategy is to expand its operations  through the
selective  acquisition  of hearing  clinics  located in  existing as well as new
geographic  markets.  The Company  believes  that the  fragmented  nature of the
hearing  care  industry,  the  absence  of  industry-wide   standards,  and  the
inexperience  and limited  capital  resources of many  hearing  care  providers,
combine to provide an opportunity to build an expanding  network of hearing care
clinics  devoted to providing  high-quality  hearing health care  services.  See
"Risk Factors--Expansion Program."

         The  Company  plans to expand its network of clinics in each new market
by initially  targeting for  acquisition a significant  hearing care practice in
order to secure a solid  foundation  upon which to build a  regional  network of
audiology practices. The Company will then seek to acquire additional individual
or group  practices  in  order  to  realize  economies  of scale in  management,
marketing, and administration, and hopes that its initial purchase in the region
will attract other practitioners interested in selling their businesses.  Due to
the contacts of management  with  audiologists  in the industry,  the Company is
frequently  presented with opportunities to acquire hearing care clinics.  Since
August 1, 1996,  the Company has acquired 52 clinics,  all located in the United
States.

         The Company looks at the following  factors before acquiring clinics in
a particular  geographic  market:  (a)  population  size and  distribution;  (b)
audiology  practice  density,  saturation  and  average  group  size;  (c) local
competitors;  (d) level of managed care penetration;  and (e) local industry and
economy. In acquiring particular clinics within a geographic market, the Company
seeks clinics with the following  characteristics:  (a) an  established  patient
base drawing from a substantial metropolitan population; (b) significant revenue
and profitability prior to acquisition;  (c) above-average  potential to enhance
clinic profitability after acquisition;  and (d) if a clinic has an audiologist,
a willingness by the audiologist to enter into an employment  agreement with the
Company in order to retain  continuity in patient service and  relationships and
maintain the identity of the clinic in the community where it is located.

         Prior to acquiring a hearing care  clinic,  the Company  conducts a due
diligence  investigation of the clinic's  operations that includes an analytical
review of the clinic's financial  statements,  tax returns,  and other operating
data, a review of patient  files on a random  sample  basis,  a review of credit
reports,  contracts, bank deposits, and other documents and information that the
Company deems significant,  and the preparation of financial projections.  Based
on the information  collected and analyzed during the due diligence review,  the
Company determines an appropriate purchase price for the acquisition.

         The Company  generally  uses cash,  Common  Shares,  promissory  notes,
assumption of debt, or a combination of the foregoing to fund acquisitions.  See
"Risk  Factors--Additional  Financing." The amount paid for each practice varies
on a case-by-case  basis according to historical  revenues,  projected  earnings
after  integration into the Company,  and transaction  structure.  In connection
with each acquisition,  the Company acquires  substantially all of the assets of
the practice,  including its audiological  equipment and supplies,  office lease
and improvements, receivables and patient files.

         At the time a practice is acquired, the audiologist associated with the
practice  typically  becomes an  employee  of the  Company  and  enters  into an
employment  agreement  with the Company  with an initial term of three years and
annual  renewals  thereafter.   The  employment  agreement  usually  includes  a
three-year  noncompete  provision  following  termination of employment.  If the
office of a retiring  HIS is  acquired,  a six- to 12-month  transition  plan is
usually negotiated with the HIS. See "Risk Factors--Dependence on Key Personnel"
and "Risk Factors--Expansion Program."

         There can be no  assurance  that the  Company  will be able to complete
acquisitions consistent with its expansion plans, that such acquisitions will be
on  terms  favorable  to the  Company,  or  that  the  Company  will  be able to
successfully  integrate  the hearing  care  clinics  that it  acquires  into its
business.  Successful  integration will be dependent upon maintaining  payor and
customer relationships and converting the management information systems

                                     - 29 -
<PAGE>

of the clinics  the  Company  acquires  to the  Company's  systems.  Significant
expansion  could place a strain on the Company's  managerial and other resources
and  could   necessitate   the  hiring  of  a  number  of  new   managerial  and
administrative  personnel.  Unforeseen  problems  with  future  acquisitions  or
failure to manage  expansion  effectively may have a material  adverse effect on
the business, financial condition, and results of operations of the Company.

OPERATING STRATEGY

         The Company's  operating  strategy is to provide its patients with high
quality and cost effective  hearing care products and services while at the same
time  increasing  its operating  margins by attracting  and retaining  patients,
recruiting qualified and productive  audiologists,  achieving economies of scale
and  administrative  efficiencies,  and  pursuing  large group and managed  care
contracts.

         Attracting  and  Retaining  Patients.  The Company seeks to attract new
patients and retain existing patients at each clinic by providing  patients with
friendly, comprehensive, and cost-effective hearing care at convenient times and
locations. In addition, by educating patients about hearing health issues and by
providing quality service during office visits and consistent  patient follow-up
and  support,  the Company  hopes to foster  patient  loyalty and  increase  the
likelihood of obtaining referrals and repeat visits for examinations and product
purchases.  See "Risk Factors-- Competition" and "Risk Factors--Impact of Policy
Changes by Third-Party Insurers."

         Recruiting Qualified and Productive Audiologists. Audiologists employed
by the Company are primarily responsible for clinic profitability as well as for
attracting and retaining customers. The Company seeks to employ audiologists who
share the Company's goal of delivering high-quality hearing care service and who
are also  dedicated to expanding  and  enhancing  their  practices.  The Company
believes that it can offer  significant  benefits to  audiologists  by providing
assistance  in  administrative  tasks  associated  with  operating  an audiology
practice,  thereby  allowing  them to focus on serving  patients and  increasing
productivity. The Company also believes that its size and structure enable it to
offer financial resources for practice development and enhancement that solo and
small group  practitioners  find  difficult to obtain  independently.  See "Risk
Factors--Dependence on Key Personnel."

         Achieving  Economies of Scale and  Administrative  Efficiencies.  A key
operating strategy of the Company is to achieve increased economies of scale and
administrative efficiencies at each of its clinics. When a clinic is acquired by
the Company, it immediately has available to it terms and discounts with hearing
instrument  manufacturers  that  are  generally  more  favorable  than it  could
negotiate independently.  In addition, the Company believes that by centralizing
certain  management and  administrative  functions  such as marketing,  billing,
collections,  human resources, risk management,  payroll, and general accounting
services, the profitability of a clinic can be improved by spreading the cost of
such  functions over a larger revenue base. The Company has developed an on-line
management  information  system that links a substantial number of the Company's
clinics with the Company's corporate headquarters in order to provide management
with the ability to collect and analyze clinic data,  control overhead expenses,
allow  detailed  budgeting at the clinic level,  and permit  effective  resource
management. See "Risk Factors--Expansion  Program" and "Risk Factors--Additional
Financing."

         Pursue  Large Group and Managed  Care  Contracts.  Although the Company
intends to continue to aggressively pursue private-payor  business because it is
presently more pervasive and profitable than managed care business,  the Company
believes  that by providing  comprehensive  geographic  coverage in a particular
market,  it will be strongly  positioned to offer services to group hearing care
plans in that market.  Managed  care  arrangements  typically  shift some of the
economic risk of providing patient care from the person who pays for the care to
the provider of the care by capping  fees,  requiring  reduced fees, or paying a
set fee per patient  irrespective of the amount of care delivered.  With respect
to hearing  care,  such limits could result in reduced  payments for services or
restrictions  on the types of services for which  reimbursement  is available or
the frequency of  replacements  or upgrades of  equipment.  At the present time,
managed  care  penetration  of the hearing care market is limited.  However,  if
managed care begins to play a larger role in hearing care,  the Company plans to
develop   information   systems  to   improve   productivity,   manage   complex
reimbursement methodologies,  measure patient satisfaction and outcomes of care,
and integrate information from multiple sources.

                                     - 30 -
<PAGE>

         Many third-party insurers impose restrictions in their health insurance
policies on the  frequency  with which  hearing  instruments  may be upgraded or
replaced on a reimbursable  basis.  Such  restrictions have a negative impact on
hearing  instrument  sales volume.  There can be no guarantee that such insurers
will not implement  other policy  restrictions in the future in order to further
minimize reimbursement for hearing care. Such restrictions could have a material
adverse effect on the Company's business,  financial  condition,  and results of
operations. See "Risk Factors--Competition" and "Risk Factors--Managed Care."

CLINIC STAFFING AND FACILITIES

         Typically,  each  Company  hearing  clinic is staffed with at least one
audiologist and one patient care coordinator,  who handles reception,  clerical,
and most bookkeeping  functions.  The Company currently employs approximately 90
audiologists.  Where  volume  warrants,  a  clinic  may  also  be  staffed  with
additional  audiologists and patient care coordinators.  An audiologist employed
by the Company has a masters or Ph.D.  degree in audiology.  The  audiologist is
licensed by the appropriate  state or province to dispense  hearing  instruments
and is a member of the Canadian Association of Speech/Language  Pathologists and
Audiologists or the American Speech-- Language Hearing Association.

         Each of the  Company's  hearing  clinics  operates in leased space that
ranges in size from 800 to 3,000 square feet depending on patient volume and the
extent of services  provided by the clinic.  Clinics  generally have a reception
seating area, a reception work and filing area, an office for the audiologist, a
laboratory  for hearing  instrument  repairs  and  modifications,  a  technology
demonstration  room and an evaluation room. A properly  equipped office offering
only hearing  rehabilitation  services requires  equipment that costs $50,000 to
$75,000.  The cost of equipment for a clinic offering advanced  audio-diagnostic
services is much greater and ranges from $225,000 to $250,000.

         The table below shows the  location  of each of the  Company's  hearing
care  clinics at January  31,  1997,  the date the  clinic was  acquired  by the
Company, and the revenues generated by each clinic for the periods indicated:

                                     - 31 -
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
                                                       Revenues         Revenues             Revenues           Revenues
                                       Date          for 3 months     for 3 months        for fiscal year     as of latest
Clinic and Location              Purchased/Opened    ended 1/31/98    ended 1/31/97       ended 7/31/97        fiscal year
- -------------------              ----------------    -------------    -------------       --------------       -----------

<S>                                 <C>               <C>              <C>                  <C>             <C>    
Alberta
- -------
Rockyview, Calgary(3)               April 1996        $106,352         $ 96,796             $503,789        $         -
T.H. Moore, Calgary                 April 1995          60,019           51,113              199,173            383,423
British Columbia
- ----------------
Fraserview, Abbotsford              October 1994        19,672           19,292              127,076             91,343
Fraserview, Chilliwack              October 1994        52,878           66,485              286,428            228,405
Kamloops, Kamloops                  October 1994        74,638           58,504              283,699            205,394
Langley, Langley                    January 1996        58,767           77,207              369,943            285,611
Fraserview, Maple Ridge             October 1994        37,315           45,801              170,661            145,742
Fraserview, New Westminster         October 1994        51,143           87,139              276,017            288,459
Pacific, North Vancouver(6)         April 1996          39,757           45,027              218,465                  -
Fraserview, Richmond                October 1994        35,669           47,684              169,075            152,771
Fraserview (2 clinics), Vancouver   October 1994       107,428          122,049              570,306            653,590
California
- ----------
HCA, Alhambra                       October 1996       153,511          175,896              872,677            515,144
Hearing Dynamics, Alvarado          December 1996      144,116          117,331              664,677            597,221
HCA, Arcadia                        February 1997      130,028          105,128              544,870            508,329
Allied, Arroyo Grande(1)            July 1996           18,359           39,232               84,297            119,647
HCA, Burbank                        October 1996        45,379           73,107              262,314            280,643
Hearing Dynamics, Chula Vista       December 1996       57,522           53,600              309,374            284,335
Hearing Dynamics, Coronado(1)       December 1996       63,466           21,154              159,417            106,160
HCA, Fountain Valley(1)(5)          December 1996       10,165            1,107               71,631                  -
HCA, Glendale                       October 1996       122,499          197,437              950,491            837,293
HCA, Glendora                       October 1996        58,440           91,969              343,885            267,568
HCA, Inglewood                      January 1998        43,882           37,568              400,999            323,854
HCA, Lancaster                      March 1997         108,969           67,255              390,353            453,939
HCA, Long Beach                     October 1996       154,011          140,469              604,692            393,353
HIC, Long Beach                     June 1997          246,589          220,950            1,267,750          1,208,117
HCA, Los Angeles(4)(6)              January 1997       211,111                -                    -            618,207
HCA, Mission Hills                  October 1996        95,514           92,253              425,625            341,935
HCA, Montrose(1)                    October 1996        17,720           16,120               54,964            105,861
HCA, Northridge                     October 1996       240,466          284,627            1,054,132          1,176,386
HCA, Oxnard                         October 1996        97,689           74,226              358,989            115,882
Hearing Dynamics, San Diego         December 1996      140,555           71,666              709,438            619,755
HCA, Santa Clarita Valley           October 1996        64,005           52,030              249,253            256,149
HCA, Santa Monica                   August 1997        138,932          104,260              417,144            415,559
Allied, Santa Maria                 July 1996           27,554           47,113              235,003            201,137
Santa Maria, Santa Maria(4)(6)      August 1996        100,579           85,555              228,385            157,714
HIC, Seal Beach(7)                  June 1997                -                -                    -                  -
HCA, Sherman Oaks                   March 1997          48,818           69,643              320,071            384,551
Illinois
- --------
SONUS, Berwyn                       October 1996        88,596          118,696              569,652            736,632
SONUS, Chicago                      October 1996        34,957           33,716              170,901            244,355
SONUS, Hinsdale                     October 1996        59,618           86,650              319,287            240,647
SONUS, Lombard(1)                   October 1996        30,655           35,217              128,005            177,660
SONUS, North Cicero(1)(8)           October 1996             -                -                    -                  -
SONUS, Oak Lawn                     October 1996       102,261          113,429              558,765            667,515
SONUS, Oak Park                     October 1996        24,413           48,570              236,452            247,589
Michigan
- --------
SONUS, Carson City(1)(2)            October 1996             -                -                    -                  -
SONUS, Charlotte(6)                 October 1996        26,170           21,739               71,181                  -
SONUS, Hayes Green Beach(1)(2)      October 1996             -                -                    -                  -
SONUS, Kalamazoo(4)(6)              January 1998             -                -                    -                  -
SONUS, Grand Ledge                  October 1996        82,896           69,603              414,689            437,636
SONUS, Lansing                      October 1996        95,594           86,295              365,011            310,851
SONUS, Okemos                       October 1996        79,344           74,737              301,993            241,558
New Mexico
- ----------
Family Hearing Centers, Albuquerque December 1996      194,806           95,973              969,930            991,923

North Dakota
- ------------
Dakota Hearing Aid Service(4)(6)    July 1997           19,644                -                    -                  -
</TABLE>

                                     - 32 -
<PAGE>

- ----------------------------

     (1) Designates  satellite clinic.  Satellite clinics operate less than five
     days per week and are generally  located in doctors'  offices or hospitals.
     (2) Information  combined with SONUS,  Grand Ledge.
     (3) Opened April 1996.
     (4) Quarterly  comparative  information  unavailable.
     (5) Opened December 1996. 
     (6) Annual comparative  information  unavailable.
     (7) Information  combined with Hearing  Improvement  Center, Long Beach
     (8) Information combined with SONUS, Oak Lawn.

         "Revenues for fiscal year ended 7-31-97" represents clinic revenues for
the full 12-month period ended July 31, 1997, and may include  revenues prior to
the date of  acquisition  by the Company.  "Revenues  as of latest  fiscal year"
represents clinic revenues for the most recently  completed fiscal year prior to
acquisition by the Company.  The fiscal year-ends from which these revenues were
derived  vary from clinic to clinic  depending on the  acquisition  date and the
fiscal year ending date.

PRODUCTS AND SUPPLIERS

         The hearing  instrument  manufacturing  industry is highly  competitive
with   approximately  40  manufacturers   serving  the  worldwide  market.   Few
manufacturers offer significant product  differentiation.  The Company currently
purchases hearing instruments from a number of manufacturers based upon criteria
that include  quality,  price,  and service.  Over time, the Company  intends to
reduce the number of manufacturers from whom it purchases hearing instruments in
order to achieve greater volume discounts.  In addition to hearing  instruments,
the  Company's  clinics  also  offer a  limited  selection  of  other  assistive
listening devices and hearing instrument accessories.

MARKETING

         The  Company's  marketing  program is designed to help its hearing care
clinics retain existing  patients and expand the services they receive,  attract
new patients, and develop contracts to serve large groups of patients.

         The Company believes that patient  satisfaction is the key to retaining
and  expanding  services to existing  patients.  The Company also  believes that
delivering  comfortable,  high quality  hearing care at times and locations that
are convenient for the patient will motivate patients to return to the Company's
clinics for their future  hearing care needs.  Educating  patients about hearing
health,  prescribing only necessary  hearing enhancing  products,  ensuring that
each  patient  leaves  a clinic  with a  future  visit  already  scheduled,  and
maintaining  consistent  patient  follow-up  and support are key elements of the
Company's plan to build patient loyalty and patronage.

         After a patient has obtained a hearing instrument, ongoing revenues are
generated from battery purchases and routine maintenance of the instruments. The
Company  believes that repeat  revenues are  attributable  to the length of time
that a  clinic  has  been  established  and  the  effectiveness  of its  patient
retention programs.

         The Company  believes that the same aspects of the  Company's  approach
that earn the loyalty of current  patients will also generate new patients.  The
Company's  new  patient  marketing  programs  are  designed  to help the Company
generate  referrals  from  physicians  and  existing  patients  and increase the
Company's  visibility  in the  community.  The  Company  seeks  to  foster  such
visibility  by  developing  marketing  materials  and  information  sources that
communicate the Company's  philosophy of high quality  patient-oriented  hearing
care.

         The Company's large group marketing  approach is designed to enable the
Company to develop contacts with self-insured employers and with health plans in
the  metropolitan  areas it serves and  emphasizes the  convenience,  quality of
care, and wide range of services offered by the Company.  The economies of scale
available to the Company may also allow health plans and self-insured  employers
served by the Company to reduce

                                     - 33 -
<PAGE>

administrative  burdens they might otherwise face. The Company  believes that it
is well  positioned to respond to challenges  presented by the growth of managed
care arrangements as they arise.

COMPETITION

         The hearing  care  industry  in the United  States and Canada is highly
fragmented  and intensely  competitive.  Many of the Company's  competitors  are
small  retailers  that  focus  primarily  on the  sale of  hearing  instruments.
However,  the Company also competes with other  networks of hearing care clinics
and with large  distributors  of hearing  instruments  such as Bausch & Lomb,  a
hearing instrument manufacturer that distributes its products through a national
network of over 1,000  franchised  stores (Miracle Ear), and Beltone  Electronic
Corp., a privately-owned  hearing  instrument  manufacturer that distributes its
products   primarily  through  its  nationwide   network  of  approximately  600
franchised  dealers.  These competitors are in many cases better known and owned
by companies having far greater  financial and other resources than the Company.
There can be no assurance that one or more of these competitors will not seek to
compete  directly in the markets  targeted by the Company,  nor can there be any
assurance that the largely fragmented hearing care market cannot be successfully
consolidated by other companies or through the  establishment of  co-operatives,
alliances, confederations or the like. See "Risk Factors--Competition."

REGULATION

         The sale of hearing  instrument  devices is  regulated  at the  federal
level in the United  States by the United  States  Food and Drug  Administration
("FDA"),  which has been  granted  broad  authority to regulate the hearing care
industry. Under federal law, hearing instruments may only be sold to individuals
who have first obtained a medical evaluation from a licensed physician, although
a fully  informed  adult may waive a medical  evaluation  in certain  instances.
Regulations  promulgated  by the FDA also presently  require that  dispensers of
hearing  instruments  provide  customers  with certain  warning  statements  and
notices in connection  with the sale of hearing  instruments and that such sales
be made in compliance with certain labeling requirements.

         Most  states in the United  States and many  provinces  in Canada  have
established  formal  licensing  procedures  that  require the  certification  of
audiologists   and/or  HISs.   Although  the  extent  of  regulation  varies  by
jurisdiction, almost all states and provinces engage in some degree of oversight
of the  industry.  The Company  operates its hearing  care  clinics  through its
wholly  owned  subsidiaries,   Sonus-USA  and  Sonus-Canada.   These  subsidiary
corporations  employ  licensed  audiologists  who  offer and  perform  audiology
services on behalf of the Company.

         In certain states in the United States,  business  corporations such as
Sonus-USA  may not be  authorized  to employ  audiologists  and offer  audiology
services.  For example,  in California,  where the Company  operates 27 clinics,
although the  performance  of audiology  services by  professional  corporations
owned solely by licensed  audiologists is expressly  authorized under California
law, it is unclear whether general business  corporations  such as Sonus-USA may
employ  licensed  audiologists  to  perform  audiology  services.  However,  the
California  Department  of Consumer  Affairs has  indicated by  memorandum  that
speech-language pathologists, which are regulated under statutes and regulations
similar to those  governing  audiologists,  may  practice in a general  business
corporation and that a general business corporation may provide  speech-language
pathology services through licensed speech pathologists.  In Illinois, where the
Company has eight  hearing  care  clinics,  it is also unclear  whether  general
business  corporations  may employ licensed  audiologists  to perform  audiology
services. Under Illinois law, only professional corporations and individuals are
authorized to obtain licenses to practice audiology.

         The laws and  regulations  governing  the  practice  of  audiology  are
enforced by regulatory agencies with broad discretion. If the Company were found
to be in  violation  of such laws and  regulations  in one or more  states,  the
consequences  could  include  the  imposition  of fines and  penalties  upon the
Company and its  audiologists as well as the issuance of orders  prohibiting the
Company from operating its clinics under its present  structure.  In that event,
among the solutions the Company might consider would be the restructuring of all
or a portion  of its  operations  in a manner  similar  to that used by  certain
medical and dental clinic networks. Under such a structure,

                                     - 34 -
<PAGE>

professional corporations owned by licensed audiologists would contract with the
Company to perform professional services and the Company would contract with the
professional corporations to provide management services.

         No assurance can be given that the Company's  activities  will be found
to be in compliance with laws and regulations  governing the corporate  practice
of audiology or, if its activities are not in compliance,  that the  operational
structure of the Company can be modified to permit compliance.  In addition,  no
assurance  can be given  that other  states or  provinces  in which the  Company
presently  operates will not enact  prohibitions  on the  corporate  practice of
audiology or that the  regulatory  framework of certain  jurisdictions  will not
limit the  ability  of the  Company  to expand  into such  jurisdictions  if the
Company  is unable to  modify  its  operational  structure  to comply  with such
prohibitions or to conform with such regulatory  framework.  Additional laws and
regulations  may be adopted in the future at the  federal,  state,  or  province
level  that  could have a material  adverse  effect on the  business,  financial
condition, and results of operations of the Company.

         A small percentage of the revenues of the hearing care clinics operated
by the Company comes from Medicare and Medicaid programs.  Federal law prohibits
the offer,  payment,  solicitation  or receipt  of any form of  remuneration  in
return  for, or in order to induce,  (i) the  referral of a Medicare or Medicaid
patient,  (ii)  the  furnishing  or  arranging  for the  furnishing  of items or
services reimbursable under Medicare or Medicaid programs or (iii) the purchase,
lease or order of any item or service  reimbursable  under Medicare or Medicaid.
Noncompliance with the federal anti-kickback legislation can result in exclusion
from Medicare and Medicaid programs and civil and criminal penalties.

PRODUCT AND PROFESSIONAL LIABILITY; PRODUCT RETURNS

         In the ordinary  course of its business,  the Company may be subject to
product and  professional  liability  claims alleging the failure of, or adverse
effects  claimed to have been caused by,  products sold or services  provided by
the Company. The Company maintains insurance against such claims at a level that
the Company believes is adequate.  A customer may return a hearing instrument to
the Company  and obtain a full refund up to 30 days after the date of  purchase.
Some of the  Company's  clinics offer a 60-day refund  period.  In general,  the
Company can return  hearing  instruments  returned by customers  within 30 to 60
days to the  manufacturer  for a full  refund.  The Company  maintains a reserve
based on estimated  returns to account for returns that cannot be passed through
to the manufacturers and must be absorbed by the Company.

EMPLOYEES

         At January 1, 1998,  the Company  had 163  full-time  and 54  part-time
employees,  of which 68 are audiologists  practicing full time and 21 practicing
part-time.  None of the Company's  employees are  represented  by a labor union.
Management  believes it maintains good  relationships  with its  employees.  See
"Risk Factors--Labor Unions."

PROPERTIES

         The Company's  principal executive offices are located in approximately
5,600 square feet of leased office space in downtown Portland, Oregon. The lease
covering  2,600  square feet of such space  expires in August 1998 and  requires
remaining  rental payments  totaling  $20,736.  The lease on the remaining 3,000
square feet  expires in August 1999 and  provides for an annual rent of $57,072.
Each of the Company's  hearing  clinics  operates in leased space that ranges in
size from 800 to 3,000 square feet.  All of the  locations are leased for one to
six-year terms pursuant to generally non-cancelable leases (with renewal options
in some cases). The aggregate  committed rental expense as of July 31, 1997, for
the subsequent five-year period is approximately $2.1 million.

                                     - 35 -
<PAGE>

                                   MANAGEMENT

         Information with respect to the directors and executive officers of the
Company, including their age at January 31, 1998, position with the Company, and
principal  business  experience  during the  previous  five years,  is set forth
below:

     NAME               AGE            POSITION
Brandon M. Dawson        29  President, Chief Executive Officer and Director
Douglas F. Good          56  Chairman of the Board and Director
Gregory J. Frazer, Ph.D. 45  Vice President, Business Development and Director
William DeJong           39  Director
Hugh T. Hornibrook       48  Director
Joel Ackerman            32  Director
Randall E. Drullinger    34  Vice President, Marketing
Edwin J. Kawasaki        39  Vice President, Finance and Chief Financial Officer
Kathy A. Foltner         44  Vice President, Operations

         BRANDON  M.  DAWSON.  Mr.  Dawson  has  served as  President  and Chief
Executive Officer and as a director of the Company since December 1995. From May
1992 to December  1995, he was director of U.S.  sales for Starkey  Laboratories
Inc.   ("Starkey"),   the  largest  custom   "in-the-ear"   hearing   instrument
manufacturer  in the  world.  Prior to May  1992,  Mr.  Dawson  held a number of
positions with Starkey,  including Assistant Sales Manager from December 1988 to
October 1990 and National Sales Manager from November 1990 to April 1992.

         DOUGLAS F. GOOD. Mr. Good has served as a director of the Company since
1994, and as Chairman of the Board since August 1996. From December 1995 to July
1996, he served as the Company's chief financial officer and as President of the
Company from October 1994 to December 1995.  Prior to becoming  President of the
Company,  Mr. Good was chief financial  officer and a director of  International
Retail  Systems  Inc. of Dallas,  Texas,  a software  and point of sale  systems
company.

         GREGORY J.  FRAZER,  PH.D.  Mr.  Frazer has served as Vice  President -
Business  Development  and as a director of the Company since October 1996, when
the Company  acquired 11 audiology  based  hearing  clinics  which were among 22
clinics in Southern  California of which Mr. Frazer was part owner and operator.
The Company has since acquired eight of the remaining 11 clinics. Mr. Frazer has
spent his entire  career as a hearing  care  professional  since  receiving  his
doctoral degree in audiology from Wayne State School of Medicine in 1981.

         WILLIAM DEJONG.  Mr. DeJong is a partner in the Calgary,  Alberta,  law
firm of  Ballem  MacInnes,  which he  joined  in  September  1987.  He served as
Secretary  of the Company  from shortly  after its  incorporation  in 1993 until
December 1997. He has been a director of the Company since 1994.

         HUGH T. HORNIBROOK.  Mr.  Hornibrook has been a director of the Company
since  April  1996.  From  April 1996 to January  1997,  he was Vice  President,
Corporate  Development of the Company,  and from July 1994 to April 1996, he was
an  independent  business  consultant.   He  served  as  director  of  corporate
development  for The  Loewen  Group  Inc.,  a large  funeral  home and  cemetery
operator with operations throughout North America, from 1988 to June 1994.

         JOEL ACKERMAN.  Mr.  Ackerman is a Managing  Director of E.M.  Warburg,
Pincus & Co.,  L.L.C.  From 1990 to 1993, Mr. Ackerman served as an associate at
Mercer Consulting,  a strategic management  consulting company. Mr. Ackerman was
appointed to the Board in December 1997 at the request of Warburg, the holder of
all the outstanding Convertible Shares.

                                     - 36 -
<PAGE>

         RANDALL E.  DRULLINGER.  Mr.  Drullinger has served as Vice  President,
Marketing of the Company  since April 1996.  From August 1990 to April 1996,  he
was director of financial management services at Starkey.

         EDWIN J. KAWASAKI.  Mr. Kawasaki has served as Vice President,  Finance
of the Company  since  August  1996.  Mr.  Kawasaki  was a principal of Stafford
Capital Corp., an investment buy-out firm, from September 1995 to July 1996, and
was a senior vice president at Peregrine  Holdings  Ltd., an investment  banking
boutique firm,  from January 1994 to September  1995.  From 1987 to 1993, he was
the  controller of Lewis and Clark College.  Prior to 1987,  Mr.  Kawasaki was a
supervising senior accountant with KPMG Peat Marwick LLP.

         KATHY A. FOLTNER. Ms. Foltner was appointed Vice President,  Operations
of the Company in November 1996, when the Company acquired  substantially all of
the assets of the Midwest  Division  from  Hearing  Health  Services,  Inc.  Ms.
Foltner had served as vice president of Hearing  Health  Services,  Inc.,  since
January 1995 and as director of Michigan operations,  from July 1994 to December
1994.  Prior  to  July  1994,  Ms.  Foltner  was  the  owner  and  president  of
Audio-Vestibular Testing Center, Inc.

TERM OF DIRECTORS AND BOARD COMMITTEES

         The Company's articles of incorporation provide for six directors until
the directors of the Company increase or decrease that number in accordance with
the articles of  incorporation.  Directors  are elected  annually.  The board of
directors  maintains  an  audit  committee,   consisting  of  Messrs.  Good  and
Hornibrook,  which  reviews  services  provided  by  the  Company's  independent
auditors,  makes recommendations  concerning their engagement or discharge,  and
reviews  with  management  and the  independent  auditors  the annual  financial
statements  of the  Corporation,  the  results of the  audit,  the  adequacy  of
internal accounting controls, and the quality of financial reporting.

COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS

         The  directors  of the Company do not  receive  any fees for  attending
board meetings but are reimbursed for out-of-pocket and travel expenses incurred
in  attending  board  meetings.  The Company has no other  standard  arrangement
pursuant to which directors are compensated by the Company for their services in
their capacity as directors. The Company may from time to time, as it has in the
past,  grant stock options to directors in accordance with the policies of AMEX,
the Securities and Exchange Commission,  and the securities laws and regulations
of the  jurisdictions  where the directors  reside.  Options  granted during the
fiscal year ended July 31, 1997, are included in the table titled "Option Grants
in Last Fiscal Year" under the caption "Executive Compensation."

                                     - 37 -
<PAGE>

                             EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE

         The following table sets forth for the years indicated the compensation
awarded or paid to, or earned by, the Company's chief executive  officer and the
Company's other executive  officers whose salary level and regular bonus for the
fiscal year ended July 31, 1997, exceeded $100,000.

                                        Annual              Long-Term
                                    Compensation          Compensation Awards
                                    ------------          -------------------

                                                        Number of Shares
Name and Principal Position         Year       Salary   Underlying Options
- ---------------------------         ----       ------   ------------------

Brandon M. Dawson                   1997      $130,000           --
 President and Chief                1996        86,667      130,000
 Executive Officer

Gregory J. Frazer, Ph.D.            1997       110,000       80,000
 Vice President-Business
 Development

In  addition,  three  other  executive  officers  of the  Company  were  paid an
aggregate of $317,289 in cash compensation,  including incentive compensation of
$67,454 relating to acquisitions, during the 1997 fiscal year.

OPTION GRANTS

         During the fiscal year ended July 31, 1997,  the Company  granted stock
options to employees and directors under its Stock Option Plan adopted effective
November 18, 1993, and its Stock Award Plan adopted effective December 10, 1996.
The  Second   Amended  and  Restated  Stock  Award  Plan  was  approved  by  the
shareholders at the annual meeting held December 5, 1997. Options are granted at
the discretion of the Board of Directors.  Options granted to date have terms of
five to ten years and generally  vest in two or more equal annual  installments.
The options are not transferable or assignable.

         The following table sets forth certain information concerning grants of
options to purchase Common Shares to individuals who were directors or executive
officers of the Company during the fiscal year ended July 31, 1997:

                                     - 38 -
<PAGE>

                                               OPTION GRANTS IN LAST FISCAL YEAR
<TABLE>

                                       Number of          Percentage of
                                         Shares           Total Options                      Market
                                       Underlying           Granted to         Exercise      Price on
                                         Options           Employees in          Price       Grant Date
Name                                    Granted            Fiscal Year         ($/share)     ($/share)        Expiration Date
- ----                                    -------            -----------         ---------     ---------        ---------------
<S>                                    <C>                     <C>               <C>         <C>              <C>    
Gene K. Balzer, Ph.D.                      --                   --                --           --                  --
Brandon M. Dawson                          --                   --                --           --                  --
William DeJong                             --                   --                --           --                  --
Randall E. Drullinger                      --                   --                --           --                  --
Kathy A. Foltner                       25,000(1)                8.2%             $7.25        $7.25           Feb. 5, 2002
Gregory J. Frazer, Ph.D.               80,000(2)               26.4               6.50         8.80           Oct. 1, 2001
Douglas F. Good                            --                   --                 --           --                 --
Hugh T. Hornibrook                         --                   --                 --           --                 --
Edwin J. Kawasaki                      34,000(3)               11.2               5.60         5.60            May 8, 2002

</TABLE>

- --------------

(1)      One-half of Ms.  Foltner's  options  became  exercisable on November 1,
         1997, with the balance becoming exercisable on November 1, 1998.

(2)      One-half of Mr. Frazer's options became exercisable on October 1, 1997,
         with the balance becoming exercisable on October 1, 1998.

(3)      One-half of Mr.  Kawasaki's  options  became  exercisable on August 12,
         1997, with the balance becoming exercisable on August 12, 1998.

                                     - 39 -
<PAGE>

OPTION EXERCISES AND FISCAL YEAR-END VALUES

         The following  table sets forth certain  information  regarding  option
exercises  during the fiscal year ended July 31, 1997,  and the fiscal  year-end
value of unexercised options held by individuals who were directors or executive
officers of the Company during the 1997 fiscal year:

<TABLE>
                                          AGGREGATED OPTION EXERCISES IN LAST FISCAL YEAR
                                                 AND FISCAL YEAR-END OPTION VALUES

                                                                        Number of Securities
                                                                             Underlying
                                                                             Unexercised                    Value of Unexercised
                                                                             Options at                     In-the-Money Options
                                                                           July 31, 1997                     at July 31, 1997(2)
                                                                       ----------------------                -------------------
                               Shares
                             Acquired on           Value                                                                   Unexer-
Name                          Exercise          Realized(1)     Exercisable        Unexercisable      Exercisable          cisable
- -----------------------      ----------         -----------     -----------        -------------      -----------          -------
<S>                               <C>               <C>              <C>                                <C>                <C>
Gene K. Balzer, Ph.D.             40,000          $ 170,741              --                  --                --               --
Brandon M. Dawson                 50,000            211,420          60,000                  --          $275,687               --
William DeJong                        --                 --          15,000                  --            35,275               --
Randall E. Drullinger                 --                 --          40,000                  --                --               --
Kathy A. Foltner                      --                 --              --              25,000                --               --
Gregory J. Frazer, Ph.D.              --                 --              --              80,000                --               --
Ph.D. 
Douglas F. Good                   45,000            180,118              --                  --                --               --
Hugh T. Hornibrook                    --                 --          40,000                  --                --               --
Edwin J. Kawasaki                     --                 --              --              34,000                --          $11,900
</TABLE>

- --------------

(1)      The value  realized was  calculated  based on the excess of the closing
         sale  price of the  Common  Shares  reported  on the ASE on the date of
         exercise over the exercise price.

(2)      The value shown was calculated  based on the excess of the closing sale
         price of the Common Shares  reported on the ASE on July 31, 1997,  over
         the per share exercise price of the unexercised in-the-money options.


EMPLOYMENT AND CONSULTING AGREEMENTS

The Company has entered into employment  agreements with Brandon M. Dawson,  its
President  and  Chief   Executive   Officer,   Edwin  J.   Kawasaki,   its  Vice
President-Finance  and Chief Financial Officer,  and Randall E. Drullinger,  its
Vice  President-Marketing,  effective  December  24,  1997.  The  term  of  each
agreement expires on December 24, 2001, subject to automatic one-year extensions
annually  unless  either  party  gives  six  months'  prior  written  notice  of
non-extension.  The  agreements  provide for annual base  salaries of  $195,000,
$115,000,   and  $104,000  to  Messrs.   Dawson,   Kawasaki,   and   Drullinger,
respectively,  subject to such  increases  (but not decreases) as are determined
from time to time by the Board or a  compensation  committee  designated  by the
Board.  Each  executive  will be eligible to receive an annual  incentive  bonus
beginning  with the 1998 fiscal year in an amount to be  determined by the Board
up to a specified  percentage  of the  executive's  base salary as follows:  Mr.
Dawson,  100%; Mr. Kawasaki,  50%; and Mr.  Drullinger,  50%. In addition,  upon
execution of his agreement, Mr. Kawasaki received a bonus for services performed
in the 1997 fiscal year in the amount of $42,500.  The  agreements  provide that
the  executives  will  be  entitled  to  participate  in all  of  the  Company's
compensation plans covering key executive and managerial  employees,  including,
without limitation, medical, disability and life

                                     - 40 -
<PAGE>

insurance  benefits and vacation pay, as well as reimbursement  for the lease of
an automobile up to $12,000 per year for Mr. Dawson and $6,000 per year for each
of Messrs.  Kawasaki and  Drullinger.  The Company will also provide Mr.  Dawson
with  an  equity  split-dollar  life  insurance  policy  with a face  amount  of
$2,000,000,  provided  that the  premiums  paid by the Company per year will not
exceed $20,000, to be recovered from the death benefits, surrender value or loan
proceeds payable on the policy.

         In February 1998, the Company granted nonqualified stock options to the
executives as contemplated by the employment agreements as follows:

         (a) Mr.  Dawson--353,600  shares at an exercise price of $6.75,  78,400
shares at an exercise price of $10.00, and 98,000 shares at an exercise price of
$12.00;

         (b) Mr.  Kawasaki--121,600 shares at an exercise price of $6.75, 30,400
shares at an exercise price of $10.00, and 38,000 shares at an exercise price of
$12.00;

         (c) Mr. Drullinger--44,000 shares at an exercise price of $6.75, 16,000
shares at an exercise price of $10.00, and 20,000 shares at an exercise price of
$12.00.

Each of the options will vest in four equal annual  installments  beginning  one
year  following  the date of grant and will  expire  10 years  after the date of
grant. The options will become exercisable in full in the event that, within one
year (two years in the case of Mr. Dawson)  following a change in control of the
Company, the executive's  employment is terminated by the Company without cause,
or the  executive  experiences  a material  demotion  in status or position or a
material  change in his duties  that is  inconsistent  with his  position at the
Company,  his base  salary is reduced,  or his  participation  in the  Company's
compensation  plans  is not  continued  on a level  comparable  with  other  key
executives (each of the foregoing events constitutes "good reason"). A change in
control  of the  Company  will be  deemed  to  occur  if (i) a  person  acquires
beneficial ownership of 50% or more of the combined voting power of the Company,
with certain exceptions, (ii) the incumbent directors (or nominees approved by a
majority of the incumbent directors,  including subsequently approved directors)
cease to  constitute  at least a majority of the  directors of the  Company,  or
(iii) a  reorganization,  amalgamation or sale of all or  substantially  all the
assets of the Company, with certain exceptions, is consummated. A portion of Mr.
Dawson's  options  will  also  become  exercisable  based  on the  time  elapsed
following  the date of grant in the event that his  employment  is terminated by
the Company without cause or by Mr. Dawson for "good reason."

         The agreements with Messrs. Dawson, Kawasaki, and Drullinger include an
agreement  on the part of each  executive  not to compete with the Company for a
period  of two  years  (three  years  with  respect  to Mr.  Dawson)  after  the
executive's  employment  with the  Company  is  terminated.  If the  executive's
employment  is  terminated  by  reason  of death,  the  Company  will pay to the
executive's  personal  representative his base salary through the date of death,
together  with any accrued  benefits  (including  death  benefits)  to which the
executive is entitled under the terms of the Company's  compensation  plans.  In
the event of the executive's  termination due to disability,  the executive will
be entitled to receive his base salary  reduced by any  benefits  paid under the
Company's  group long-term  disability  insurance plan for the remaining term of
the agreement and the portion of his annual bonus  relating to the period before
his disability.  If the executive's  employment is terminated by the Company for
cause or the  executive  terminates  his  employment  voluntarily  without  good
reason, the Company will pay the executive his base salary through the effective
date of termination,  together with any accrued  benefits to which the executive
is entitled under the terms of the Company's  compensation plans. Cause includes
a material act of fraud,  dishonesty  or moral  turpitude,  gross  negligence or
intentional  misconduct.  Good  reason  includes  a  material  demotion  in  the
executive's  status  or  position,  a  material  change  in his  duties  that is
inconsistent with his position,  a reduction in his base salary, or a failure to
continue  his  participation  in  the  Company's  compensation  plans  on  terms
comparable to other key executives.  If the executive's employment is terminated
by the Company  without cause or by the executive with good reason,  the Company
will pay the  executive's  base salary  through the  termination  date,  plus an
amount  of  severance  pay  equal to,  with  respect  to  Messrs.  Kawasaki  and
Drullinger,  one  times  the  executive's  base  salary  payable  in 12  monthly
installments  and,  with  respect to Mr.  Dawson,  two times the sum of his base
salary and his

                                     - 41 -
<PAGE>

average  annual  bonus for the prior two  fiscal  years  payable  in 24  monthly
installments.  In addition,  upon such  termination  without  cause or with good
reason,  the  Company  will  afford  continued  participation  in the  Company's
compensation  plans (or, if not  permitted  under the general  provisions of any
such plan, will provide a substantially  equivalent  benefit) for two additional
years in the case of Mr. Dawson and for one year in the case of Messrs. Kawasaki
and Drullinger.

         Effective  January  1,  1997,  the  Company  entered  into a  five-year
consulting agreement with Hugh T. Hornibrook,  a director of the Company,  under
which the Company  pays Mr.  Hornibrook  a retainer of $70 per month and $88 per
hour (each converted from Canadian  dollars at February 20, 1998) for consulting
services on an as-needed basis.

         Since January 1, 1997, the Company has retained  NeuroDynamic  Systems,
Inc.,  at the rate of $6,000  per  month,  to  provide  consulting  services  in
connection  with the Company's  Canadian  operations  and the  development  of a
training program for audiologists. The consulting arrangement may be canceled at
any  time by the  Company.  Gene K.  Balzer,  Ph.D.,  a former  director  of the
Company, is president and sole shareholder of NeuroDynamic Systems, Inc.

         On October 31, 1996, the Company  entered into a three-year  employment
agreement with Kathy A. Foltner,  its Vice  President-Operations,  that provides
for a salary of $85,000 per year.  The  employment  agreement  also provides for
certain employee  benefits and options to purchase up to 25,000 Common Shares at
$7.25 per share included in the table under "Option Grants" above. The agreement
contains covenants not to compete with and not to solicit employees, clients, or
customers  of the  Company  during  her  period  of  employment  and for 36 full
calendar months following termination of her employment.

         On October 1, 1996,  the Company  entered  into a five-year  employment
agreement with Gregory J. Frazer, its Vice President-Business  Development, that
provides  for a base  salary of  $110,000  per year and for a bonus based on the
aggregate  net income of the hearing  clinics  acquired by the Company that were
previously owned, in part, by Mr. Frazer. The employment  agreement provides Mr.
Frazer  with  certain  fringe  benefits  such as medical  and dental  insurance,
vacation,   professional   liability   insurance,   an   automobile   allowance,
reimbursement of certain  expenses,  and options to purchase up to 40,000 Common
Shares at $6.50 per share. Mr. Frazer also received an additional 40,000 options
to purchase  Common Shares at $6.50 per share upon his election as a director of
the Company.  Mr.  Frazer has also  entered  into an agreement  with the Company
which  contains  covenants  not to compete  with and not to  solicit  employees,
clients or customers of the Company on behalf of a competitor  during his period
of employment and for three years following termination of his employment.

OPTION PLANS

         Effective  November 18, 1993, the Board adopted and the shareholders of
the Company approved a stock option plan (the "1993 Plan").  Options to purchase
320,000 Common Shares were outstanding under the 1993 Plan at December 31, 1997.
No additional stock options will be granted under the 1993 Plan.

         Effective  December  10,  1996,  the Board  adopted a Stock  Award Plan
providing  for the grant of  options  to  employees  of the  Company.  The Board
subsequently  amended and  restated the Stock Award Plan  effective  February 5,
1997, and adopted a second amendment and restatement effective October 15, 1997,
which was approved by the  shareholders  of the Company on December 5, 1997.  On
February 9, 1998,  shareholders approved an amendment to the Stock Award Plan to
increase  the number of Common  Shares  which may be made the  subject of awards
from  600,000 to 1,800,000  Common  Shares.  At February  10,  1998,  no options
granted  under the Stock  Award Plan had been  exercised,  options to purchase a
total of 1,167,400  Common Shares were  outstanding,  and 632,600  Common Shares
were available for future grants of awards.

                                     - 42 -
<PAGE>

                              CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS

         On October 1, 1996,  the Company  acquired 11 hearing  care  clinics in
Southern  California through the acquisition of all of the outstanding shares of
three  companies  owned  by  Gregory  J.  Frazer,  Ph.D.,  who was  subsequently
appointed Vice President-Business Development and a director of the Company, his
wife,  Carissa  Bennett,  and  Jami  Tanihana  (the  "HCA  Shareholders").   The
consideration  paid by the  Company  consisted  of  $314,724 in cash and 474,907
Common  Shares of which Mr. Frazer and Ms.  Bennett  received a total of 294,071
shares.  Mr. Frazer and Ms. Bennett also received a total of $196,294 in payment
for covenants not to compete.

         The HCA  Shareholders  have the right,  until  September  30, 2001,  to
require the Company to redeem an aggregate of 3,000 of their Common Shares as of
the last  day of each  calendar  quarter  at a price of  $8.35  per  share.  The
redemption rights are noncumulative and expire if not exercised as of the end of
any calendar quarter as to such quarter. Pursuant to such redemption rights, the
Company has redeemed a total of 5,280  Common  Shares from Ms.  Tanihana,  1,320
Common  Shares  from Ms.  Bennett  and 360  Common  Shares  from Mr.  Frazer for
consideration of $44,089, $11,022, and $3,006, respectively.

         During 1997,  the Company  acquired six additional  hearing  clinics in
Southern  California in which Mr. Frazer was  part-owner.  Of the aggregate cash
purchase  price of $1,217,231  for the six clinics,  Mr. Frazer and Ms.  Bennett
received a total of $560,377.  Mr. Frazer and Ms.  Bennett also received the sum
of $147,654  in payment  for  covenants  not to compete in  connection  with the
acquisitions.  During  1998,  the Company  acquired  two  additional  clinics in
California in which Mr. Frazer was part-owner.  Mr. Frazer received  $136,500 of
the total  purchase price of $237,000.  He also received  $19,020 in payment for
covenants not to compete.

         On October 31,  1996,  the  Company  acquired  the Midwest  Division in
exchange for convertible  subordinated  notes made payable to certain affiliates
of the  seller,  Hearing  Health  Services,  Inc.,  in the  aggregate  amount of
$2,600,000,  convertible  into 400,000  Common  Shares,  and the assumption of a
promissory  note with a balance of $360,000  payable to Kathy A.  Foltner,  Vice
President-Operations  of the Company.  The  promissory  note is payable in equal
annual  installments  of $120,000 that began on July 1, 1997, and bears interest
at 6% per annum.  The balance of the  promissory  note at December 31, 1997, was
$240,000.  In addition to the promissory note, the Company also agreed to assume
an  obligation  of the Midwest  Division to pay Ms.  Foltner  $50,000 in each of
1997,  1998, and 1999, if specified  production  goals are met. The Company paid
Ms.  Foltner  $50,000 for the period from  October 1, 1996 to December 31, 1997.
The Company also agreed to register the shares  issuable upon  conversion of the
convertible subordinated notes under the Securities Act. Such shares are covered
by this Prospectus.

         From 1994  through July 31, 1996,  Douglas F. Good, a  shareholder  and
director of the Company and its former chief executive  officer,  advanced funds
to the Company for short-term working capital and acquisitions.  Interest on the
advances accrued at 9% per annum.  The Company paid Mr. Good aggregate  interest
of  $43,001  for the  three-year  period  ended  July 31,  1996 and the  highest
outstanding  balance during such period was $240,167  during January 1995. As of
July 31,  1996,  the total of the  advances  and all accrued  interest  had been
repaid.

         William DeJong is a partner in the Calgary,  Alberta law firm of Ballem
MacInnes. Mr. DeJong was among the group of individuals that founded the Company
("Founding  Shareholders")  and  currently  serves as a director of the Company.
During the period from  October 15,  1994,  to December  31,  1997,  total fees,
disbursements  and government  sales tax paid to Ballem  MacInnes by the Company
for legal services were approximately  $320,000.  Mr. DeJong was granted options
to purchase  10,000 Common Shares at $0.35 per share in November 1993,  which he
exercised on February 22, 1996.

         On May 19,  1997,  Gene K.  Balzer,  a former  director of the Company,
exercised  options to purchase  40,000 shares of Common Stock at $1.40 per share
(converted  from  Canadian  dollars on May 19, 1997).  In  connection  with such
exercise,  the Company loaned Mr. Balzer  $56,000 to pay the aggregate  exercise
price of the options. Interest on the loan accrues at 10% per annum.

                                     - 43 -
<PAGE>

         Under a settlement  agreement  between the Company and Roger W. Larose,
formerly the Company's  chief operating  officer,  the Company agreed to pay the
exercise price of 40,000  options to purchase  Common Shares held by Mr. Larose.
On April 1, 1996, Mr. Larose exercised options for 20,000 Common Shares at $1.40
per share and  Douglas F. Good,  as an advance to and on behalf of the  Company,
paid the exercise  price of $28,048 to the Company.  On September 30, 1996,  Mr.
Larose  exercised  options for an  additional  20,000 Common Shares at $1.40 per
share and Mr.  Good,  as an  advance to and on behalf of the  Company,  paid the
exercise price of $27,900 to the Company.

         Brandon M. Dawson  subsequently  executed  promissory notes in favor of
Mr.  Good equal to the  amounts  advanced  by Mr.  Good in  connection  with the
options exercised by Mr. Larose,  and Mr. Dawson was substituted for Mr. Good as
the obligee with respect to such advances.  Interest on the advances  accrued at
the rate of 9% per annum. The advances were repaid to Mr. Good by the Company on
December  26,  1997,  along  with  interest  in the  amount of  $7,147,  thereby
satisfying Mr. Dawson's obligations to Mr. Good.

         On October 5, 1997, the Company loaned Mr. Dawson $85,000 in connection
with the purchase of his residence.  The loan accrues  interest at 10% per annum
and is due on August 6, 1998.  On December  26,  1997,  the  Company  loaned Mr.
Dawson  $30,639 in order to allow Mr.  Dawson to repay an advance from Mr. Good
in  connection  with the  exercise by Mr.  Dawson of options to purchase  20,000
Common Shares.  The loan accrues  interest at 10% per annum and is due on August
6, 1998. The loans are secured by a pledge of 30,000 Common Shares.

         On April 1, 1996, Brandon M. Dawson exercised options for 20,000 Common
Shares at $1.40 per share. In connection with such exercise, Mr. Dawson paid the
Company $28,048.  On May 8, 1997, Mr. Dawson exercised options for 50,000 Common
Shares at $1.35 per share. In connection with such exercise,  the Company loaned
Mr. Dawson $67,500 to pay the aggregate exercise price of the options. The loan,
which accrues interest at 10% per annum, is due May 8, 1998.

         On August  16,  1996,  Douglas  F. Good,  a  director  of the  Company,
exercised  options for 45,000 Common Shares at $3.65 per share  (converted  from
Canadian dollars at August 16, 1996). In connection with such exercise, Mr. Good
paid the Company $163,744.

         On January  11,  1996,  Michael  G.  Thomson,  a Founding  Shareholder,
exercised  options for 40,000 Common Shares at $0.35 per share  (converted  from
Canadian  dollars at January 11, 1996). In connection  with such exercise,  Mr.
Thomson paid the Company $14,657.

                                     - 44 -
<PAGE>
                             PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS


         The  following  table  gives   information   regarding  the  beneficial
ownership of Common  Shares as of February 20,  1998,  by each of the  Company's
directors,  by certain of the Company's executive officers, and by the Company's
present  directors  and  executive  officers as a group.  In addition,  it gives
information,  including  addresses,  regarding each person or group known to the
Company to own  beneficially  more than 5% of the  outstanding  Common Shares or
Convertible  Shares.  Information as to beneficial  stock  ownership is based on
data furnished by the persons concerning whom such information is given.  Unless
otherwise indicated,  all shares listed as beneficially owned are held with sole
voting and investment  power.  The numbers in the table include Common Shares as
to which a person  has the right to acquire  beneficial  ownership  through  the
exercise or conversion of options,  purchase warrants or convertible  securities
within 60 days after February 20, 1998.


<TABLE>
=============================================================================================================================
                                                                      Amount and
                                                    Class               Nature                 % of               % of
                                                     of             of "Beneficial            Common            Preferred
                    Name                           Shares        Ownership"(1)(2)          Shares(1)(2)          Shares
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                               <C>                 <C>                    <C>                   <C>
Joel Ackerman                                      Common                 --                    --                  --
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
A. Baron Cass III                                  Common                326,702(3)             5.9%                --
5005 LBJ Freeway, Ste. 1130
Dallas, Texas 75244
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Brandon M. Dawson                                  Common                910,000               16.5%                --
111 S.W. Fifth Ave., Ste. 2390
Portland, Oregon 97204
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
William DeJong                                     Common                 31,440                   *                --
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Kathy A. Foltner                                   Common                 13,800                   *                --
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Gregory J. Frazer, Ph.D.                           Common                342,391(4)             6.2%                --
18531 Roscoe Blvd., Ste. 201
Northridge, California 91324
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Douglas F. Good                                    Common                241,912                4.4                 --
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Hugh T. Hornibrook                                 Common                 40,000                   *                --
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Warburg, Pincus & Co.(5)                           Common              4,666,666(5)            46.1%                --
466 Lexington Avenue                              Preferred           13,333,333(5)              --                100%
New York, New York 10017-3147
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
All directors and executive officers as a           Common             1,709,544               30.1%                --
group (9 persons)
=============================================================================================================================
</TABLE>

- --------------
*Less than 1% of the outstanding Common Shares.

(1)      "Beneficial  ownership"  includes Common Shares that the person has the
         right to  acquire  through  the  exercise  or  conversion  of  options,
         purchase  warrants  or  convertible  securities  within  60 days  after
         January 2, 1998, as follows: A. Baron Cass III, 106,766 shares; Brandon
         M. Dawson,  60,000 shares;  William  DeJong,  15,000  shares;  Kathy A.
         Foltner, 12,500 shares; Gregory J. Frazer, Ph.D., 50,000

                                     - 45 -
<PAGE>

         shares;  Hugh T.  Hornibrook,  40,000  shares;  Warburg,  Pincus & Co.,
         4,666,666 shares;  and all directors and executive officers as a group,
         237,500 shares.

(2)      Calculated in accordance  with Rule  13d-3(d)(1)  under the  Securities
         Exchange  Act of 1934,  pursuant to which  Common  Shares as to which a
         person  has the  right to  acquire  beneficial  ownership  through  the
         exercise or conversion  of options,  purchase  warrants or  convertible
         securities  within 60 days after February 20, 1998,  have been included
         in shares deemed to be outstanding for purposes of computing percentage
         ownership by such person.

(3)      Includes   Common  Shares   beneficially   owned  by  the  Cass  Family
         Foundation,  the Cass Childrens  Trust,  and the Prime Petroleum Profit
         Sharing Trust.

(4)      Includes  49,298 Common Shares held by Carissa  Bennett,  Mr.  Frazer's
         wife.

(5)      Warburg,  Pincus  & Co.  is the  general  partner  of  Warburg,  Pincus
         Ventures,  L.P.,  the record owner of  13,333,333  Convertible  Shares,
         together  with  warrants  to purchase  2,000,000  Common  Shares.  Each
         Convertible  Share is entitled to one-fifth of a vote. The  Convertible
         Shares vote  together  with the Common  Shares as a single  class.  The
         Convertible  Shares held by Warburg represent  approximately 33% of the
         combined  voting power of the Shares.  Of the  4,666,666  Common Shares
         shown as beneficially owned by Warburg,  2,666,666 shares represent the
         Common Shares  issuable upon  conversion of the 13,333,333  Convertible
         Shares outstanding.


                          DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

         The  authorized  capital stock of the Company  consists of an unlimited
number of Common Shares and an unlimited number of Preferred Shares. As of March
1, 1998,  the  Company  had  outstanding  5,834,582  Common  Shares,  13,333,333
Convertible  Shares, and certain options and warrants for the purchase of Common
Shares and Convertible  Securities,  convertible into Common Shares as set forth
in detail below. The Company is incorporated under the laws of Alberta, Canada.

         The Board has the  authority to issue  Preferred  Shares in one or more
series  and to fix the  number  of shares  comprising  any such  series  and the
designations,   rights,  privileges,   restrictions,  and  conditions  attaching
thereto,  including the rate or amount of dividends or the method of calculating
dividends, the dates of payment of dividends, the redemption,  purchase,  and/or
conversion  price or prices and the terms and conditions of any such redemption,
purchase, and/or conversion,  and any sinking fund or other provisions,  without
any further vote or action by the holders of Common Shares. The only outstanding
series of Preferred Shares is the Convertible  Shares,  consisting of 13,333,333
Preferred Shares issued to Warburg on December 24, 1997. A summary of certain of
the  preferences,  limitations and relative rights of the Convertible  Shares is
set forth below.

COMMON SHARES

         Voting  Rights.  Holders of Common  Shares are entitled to one vote per
share at all  meetings  of  shareholders  of the  Company.  Except as  otherwise
required  by law or unless  the Board  determines  otherwise  with  respect to a
particular  series of  Preferred  Shares,  the  Common  Shares and all series of
Preferred Shares having voting rights will vote together as one class. Under the
Business  Corporations  Act  (Alberta),  the holders of each class of shares are
generally  entitled  to vote as a  separate  class  (whether  or not such  class
otherwise has voting  rights) upon any proposal to amend the Company's  articles
of incorporation  ("Articles") to (i) increase or decrease the maximum number of
authorized  shares of that class, (ii) increase the maximum number of authorized
shares of another class having  rights or privileges  equal or superior to those
of that class, (iii) effect an exchange, reclassification or cancellation of all
or a portion of the shares of that class, (iv) add, change or remove the rights,
privileges,  restrictions or conditions attached to that class, (v) increase the
rights or privileges of any class having

                                     - 46 -
<PAGE>

rights or privileges equal or superior to those of that class, (vi) create a new
class  having  rights or  privileges  equal or  superior to those of that class,
(vii)  change the rights or  privileges  of any class  with  inferior  rights or
privileges  such  that  they are equal to or  superior  to those of that  class;
(viii)  effect an  exchange  of shares of another  class into the shares of that
class,  or (ix)  restrict  the issue or  transfer of the shares of that class or
extend or remove that restriction.

         Other.  All Common Shares rank ratably with regard to dividends (if and
when  declared by the Board).  In the event of a  liquidation,  dissolution,  or
winding up of the  Company,  holders  of Common  Shares  are  entitled  to share
equally and ratably in the assets of the Company,  if any,  remaining  after the
payment of all liabilities of the Company and the liquidation  preference of any
outstanding class or series of Preferred  Shares.  The Common Shares do not have
preemptive   rights.   All   outstanding   Common  Shares  are  fully  paid  and
nonassessable.

CONVERTIBLE SHARES

         Certain of the  preferences,  limitations  and  relative  rights of the
Convertible Shares are summarized below.

         Voting  Rights.  Each  Convertible  Share is entitled to one-fifth of a
vote (or such other  number of votes  equal to the number of Common  Shares into
which such  Convertible  Share  shall be  convertible  from time to time) in the
election of directors and any other matters presented to the shareholders of the
Company  for their  action or  consideration.  Except  to the  extent  otherwise
required by law or the Company's Articles,  holders of Convertible Shares and of
any other  outstanding  Series of Preferred  Shares will vote  together with the
holders  of Common  Shares as a single  class.  Any  change  in the  rights  and
preferences of the  Convertible  Shares will require the approval of the holders
of at least 66-2/3% of the outstanding  Convertible Shares, voting separately as
a class.

         Dividends.  Each Convertible Share is entitled to receive, when, as and
if declared  by the Board out of the  Company's  assets  legally  available  for
payment,  cumulative  dividends  from the  date of  original  issuance,  payable
annually  at a rate of 5% per annum on a base  amount  of $1.35  per share  (the
"Base  Amount").  All accrued and unpaid  dividends  will be forfeited  upon the
conversion  of the  Convertible  Shares.  The  dividend  rate will be subject to
increase  on  specified  dates  in  the  event  that  certain   conditions  (the
"Triggering  Conditions")  have not been met. The  Triggering  Conditions are as
follows:

                  (a)  The  Common  Shares  are  listed  on the New  York  Stock
         Exchange,  the American Stock  Exchange,  or the Nasdaq National Market
         (each a "U.S. Principal Market");

                  (b) The Common Shares are traded on a U.S. Principal Market at
         a daily  closing  price greater than $12.00 per Common Share on each of
         the ten consecutive trading days preceding the applicable date; and

                  (c) The Company's net income before income taxes, dividends on
         the Convertible  Shares, and amortization of goodwill and covenants not
         to compete for the three  consecutive  fiscal  quarters  preceding  the
         applicable  date shall have  averaged  at least $.35 per fully  diluted
         Common  Share  per  fiscal   quarter  (for   purposes  of  making  this
         calculation,  the  Common  Shares  issuable  upon the  exercise  of the
         Warrants will not be counted).

         If the Triggering Conditions have not been met by:

                  (x) January 1, 2003, the dividend rate will  thereafter be 15%
         per annum of the Base Amount;

                  (y) January 1, 2004, the dividend rate will  thereafter be 18%
         per annum of the Base Amount; or

                  (z) January 1, 2005, the dividend rate will  thereafter be 21%
         per annum of the Base Amount.

                                     - 47 -
<PAGE>

As soon as the Triggering Conditions have been satisfied, the dividend rate will
revert to 5% per annum of the Base Amount.  All  references to per share amounts
or prices with  respect to the  Triggering  Conditions  will be adjusted for any
subdivision, consolidation, or reclassification of the Common Shares.

         Dividends on the Convertible Shares may, in the discretion of the Board
and subject to applicable  regulatory  approvals at the time of payment, be paid
in Common Shares based on the market price of such shares. Accruals of dividends
on the Convertible Shares will not bear interest.

         No dividends on the Common Shares or any other share  capital  ranking,
as to dividends,  equal to or junior to the  Convertible  Shares as to dividends
may be declared or paid unless full  accumulated  dividends  on the  Convertible
Shares  have  been  paid or  declared  and  sufficient  funds set aside for such
payment. The foregoing  prohibition will not apply to dividends or distributions
payable in Common Shares or certain other comparable actions.

         Liquidation  Preference.  In the event of any voluntary or  involuntary
liquidation,  dissolution, or winding up of the Company subject to the rights of
holders of any  securities  of the  Company  ranking  senior to the  Convertible
Shares upon liquidation,  the holders of Convertible  Shares will be entitled to
receive,  out of the  assets  of  the  Company  available  for  distribution  to
shareholders,  before  any  distribution  of assets is made to holders of Common
Shares or any other  securities  ranking junior to the  Convertible  Shares upon
liquidation, a liquidating distribution in an amount equal to the greater of (i)
$1.35 per share plus any  accrued and unpaid  dividends  or (ii) the amount that
would  have been  distributable  to such  holders  if they had  converted  their
Convertible  Shares into Common Shares  immediately  prior to such  dissolution,
liquidation,  or winding up, plus any  accrued and unpaid  dividends.  The sale,
conveyance,  mortgage, pledge or lease of all or substantially all the assets of
the Company  will be deemed to be a  liquidation  of the Company for purposes of
the liquidation  rights of the holders of Convertible  Shares.  After payment of
the full amount of the liquidating  distribution to which they are entitled, the
holders of Convertible  Shares will have no right to any of the remaining assets
of the Company.

         Optional Redemption.  The Convertible Shares may not be redeemed before
January 1, 2003.  Thereafter,  the  Convertible  Shares may be  redeemed  at the
option of the  Company,  in whole or in part.  The  redemption  price will be an
amount  equal to the  greater of (i) $1.35 per share plus any accrued and unpaid
dividends or (ii) the fair market value of a Convertible  Share as determined by
a nationally recognized  independent  investment banking firm selected by mutual
agreement  of the  Company  and the  holder  of a  majority  of the  outstanding
Convertible  Shares.  The  Convertible  Shares  are  not  subject  to  mandatory
redemption or any sinking fund provisions.

         Conversion Rights. The Convertible Shares may be converted at any time,
in whole or in part, at the option of the holder  thereof,  into Common  Shares.
The  conversion  rate is  presently  equal to one  Common  Share for every  five
Convertible Shares surrendered for conversion. The conversion rate is subject to
further  adjustment for stock dividends,  stock splits,  recapitalizations,  and
other anti-dilution adjustments.  Upon the conversion of any Convertible Shares,
any accrued and unpaid  dividends with respect to such shares will be forfeited.
The Company has the right to force  conversion  of the  Convertible  Shares,  in
whole or in part,  upon  satisfaction of all the Triggering  Conditions.  Common
Shares issuable upon conversion of the Convertible Shares will be fully paid and
nonassessable and will not have preemptive rights.

         Preemptive  Rights.  The  Convertible  Shares  do not  have  preemptive
rights.

WARRANTS

         At  February  28,  1997,  the Company had  outstanding  share  purchase
warrants as follows:

                  (1)  Share  purchase   warrants  (the  "September   Warrants")
         governed by an  indenture  dated  September  17,  1996 (the  "September
         Warrants"), between the Company and the Trustee, as trustee and warrant
         agent,  to purchase  1,093,482  Common  Shares at an exercise  price of
         $10.00 per share  until  

                                     - 48 -
<PAGE>

         August 31, 1998.  If the closing bid for the Common Shares is in excess
         of $15.00 per share on each of 20 consecutive trading days, the Company
         has the option,  upon 45 days' prior written notice to the holders,  to
         force the exercise or cancellation of the September Warrants.

                  (2) Share purchase  warrants,  issued as part of the fees paid
         to  the  Company's  placement  agents  in  private  placements  of  the
         Company's  securities  in Canada and the United  States during 1996, to
         purchase  99,180 Common Shares at an exercise  price of $6.25 per share
         until August 31,  1998.  The Company has the option upon 45 days' prior
         written notice to force the exercise or cancellation of the warrants if
         the  closing bid for the Common  Shares on AMEX is at least  $15.00 per
         share on each of 20 consecutive trading days.

                  (3) Share  purchase  warrants  issued in  connection  with the
         private  placement  of the  Convertible  Shares  in  December  1997  to
         purchase  2,000,000  Common  Shares at an exercise  price of $12.00 per
         share until  December 24,  2002.  The Company may force the exercise of
         the warrants upon satisfaction of all the Triggering Conditions.

         The share amounts and exercise prices of all outstanding share purchase
warrants are subject to adjustment  under certain  circumstances,  including any
subdivision,  consolidation,  or  reclassification  of the Common  Shares or any
reorganization of the Company.

CONVERTIBLE SECURITIES AND STOCK OPTIONS

         At  February  10,  1998,  the  Company  had   outstanding   convertible
subordinated  notes in an aggregate  principal amount of $2,600,000  convertible
into 400,000 Common  Shares,  13,333,333  Convertible  Shares  convertible  into
2,666,666  Common  Shares,  and stock options held by  employees,  directors and
officers  of,  and  consultants  to,  the  Company  exercisable  for a total  of
1,462,400 Common Shares.


                   CANADIAN FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS

         Following is a summary of the  principal  Canadian  federal  income tax
considerations by Felesky Flynn,  Barristers and Solicitors,  tax counsel to the
Company,  under the Income Tax Act (Canada) (the "Tax Act") and the  regulations
thereunder  generally applicable to a holder who acquires Common Shares pursuant
to this  offering  and who,  for  purposes of the Tax Act,  holds such shares as
capital property and deals at arm's length with the Company.  Generally,  Common
Shares will be considered to be capital property to a holder provided the holder
does not hold the Common  Shares in the course of carrying on a business and has
not acquired them in one or more  transactions  considered to be an adventure in
the nature of trade. Special rules apply to non-resident  insurers that carry on
an insurance business in Canada and elsewhere.

         This summary is based upon the provisions of the Tax Act in force as of
the date  hereof,  all  specific  proposals  to amend the Tax Act that have been
publicly  announced  prior to the date hereof (the  "Proposed  Amendments")  and
counsel's  understanding of the current published  administrative  and assessing
policies and practices of Revenue Canada, Customs, Excise and Taxation ("Revenue
Canada"). For the purposes of this summary, it has been assumed that the Tax Act
will be amended as proposed,  although no assurance can be given in this regard.
This summary is not exhaustive of all possible  federal income tax  consequences
and, except for the Proposed Amendments,  does not anticipate any changes in the
law, whether by legislative,  governmental or judicial  decision or action,  nor
does it take into account provincial, territorial or foreign tax considerations,
which may differ  significantly from those discussed herein. This summary is not
applicable to  subscribers  who are traders or dealers in  securities,  a holder
that is a "financial  institution" as defined in the Tax Act for purposes of the
mark-to-market  rules,  or to a  holder  of an  interest  which  would be a "tax
shelter investment" as defined in the Proposed Amendments.

                                     - 49 -
<PAGE>


         THIS SUMMARY IS OF A GENERAL NATURE ONLY AND IS NOT INTENDED TO BE, AND
SHOULD NOT BE  CONSTRUED TO BE,  LEGAL OR TAX ADVICE TO ANY  PARTICULAR  HOLDER.
ACCORDINGLY,  HOLDERS SHOULD CONSULT THEIR  INDEPENDENT  TAX ADVISERS FOR ADVICE
WITH  RESPECT  TO THE  INCOME  TAX  CONSEQUENCES  RELEVANT  TO THEIR  PARTICULAR
CIRCUMSTANCES.

         The following  applies to holders who acquire Common Shares pursuant to
this  offering,  who are not  resident in Canada for purposes of the Tax Act and
who do not use or hold and are not deemed to use or hold their Common Shares in,
or in the course of, carrying on a business in Canada.

DISPOSITIONS OF COMMON SHARES

         A non-resident holder will, upon a disposition or deemed disposition of
Common Shares,  not be subject to taxation in Canada on any gain realized on the
disposition  unless the shares are "taxable Canadian  property" for the purposes
of the Tax Act and no relief is  afforded  under an  applicable  tax  convention
between  Canada and the country of  residence  of the  holder.  Since the Common
Shares are listed on a  prescribed  stock  exchange  for the purposes of the Tax
Act, Common Shares held by a non-resident  holder will generally not be "taxable
Canadian  property" unless, at any time during the five-year period  immediately
preceding  the  disposition,  the  non-resident  holder,  persons  with whom the
non-resident  holder did not deal at arm's length,  or the  non-resident  holder
together with such persons, owned or had the right to acquire 25% or more of the
issued shares of any class of the capital of the Company. Any interest in shares
or options  in respect of shares  will be  considered  to be the  equivalent  of
ownership  of such shares for  purposes of the  definition  of taxable  Canadian
property.

         Subject to the comments set out below in respect of the  application of
the Canada-United States Income Tax Convention,  1980 (the "Convention") to U.S.
resident  holders,  non-residents  whose  shares  constitute  "taxable  Canadian
property"  will be subject  to  taxation  thereon on the same basis as  Canadian
residents  unless  otherwise  exempted by an applicable tax  convention  between
Canada and the country of residence of the holder.

         Pursuant  to the  Convention,  shareholders  of the  Company  that  are
residents in the U.S. for the purposes of the  Convention and whose shares might
otherwise be "taxable Canadian property" may be exempt from Canadian taxation in
respect of any gains on the  disposition  of the  Common  Shares,  provided  the
principal  value of the Company is not  derived  from real  property  located in
Canada at the time of disposition.

         Non-resident  holders  who might hold their  Common  Shares as "taxable
Canadian  property"  should  consult  their own tax advisers with respect to the
income tax consequences of a disposition of their Common Shares.

         Non-resident  holders  whose  shares are  repurchased  by the  Company,
except in respect of certain  purchases  made by the Company in the open market,
will be deemed to have  received  the payment of a dividend by the Company in an
amount equal to the excess paid over the paid-up capital of the Common Shares so
purchased.  Such deemed dividend will be excluded from the holder's  proceeds of
disposition  of the Common Shares for the purposes of computing any capital gain
or loss but will be  subject to  Canadian  non-resident  withholding  tax in the
manner described below under "--Dividends."

DIVIDENDS

         Dividends  received by a  non-resident  holder of Common Shares will be
subject to  Canadian  withholding  tax at the rate of 25% of the amount  thereof
unless the rate is reduced under the  provisions of an applicable tax convention
between Canada and the country of residence of the holder. The provisions of the
Convention generally reduce the rate to 15%. A further reduction to 5% under the
Convention  will be available if the  recipient is a company which owns at least
10% of the voting shares of the Company.

                                     - 50 -
<PAGE>


                              INVESTMENT CANADA ACT

         The  Investment  Canada Act (the "ICA")  prohibits the  acquisition  of
control of a Canadian  business by non-Canadians  without review and approval of
the Investment  Review Division of Industry Canada,  the agency that administers
the ICA,  unless such  acquisition is exempt from review under the provisions of
the ICA. The Investment  Review  Division of Industry Canada must be notified of
such exempt  acquisitions.  The ICA covers  acquisitions of control of corporate
enterprises,  whether by purchase of assets,  shares or "voting interests" of an
entity that  controls,  directly or  indirectly,  another  entity  carrying on a
Canadian  business.  The ICA will have no effect  on the  acquisition  of Shares
covered by this Prospectus.

         Apart  from the ICA,  there  are no other  limitations  on the right of
nonresident or foreign owners to hold or vote securities imposed by Canadian law
or the Company's  Articles.  There are no other decrees or regulations in Canada
that  restrict  the  export or import of  capital,  including  foreign  exchange
controls, or that affect the remittance of dividends, interest or other payments
to  nonresident  holders of the  Company's  Common  Shares,  except as discussed
elsewhere herein.

OTHER

         The foregoing is only a brief description of the rights and limitations
of the  Common  Shares  and is  subject to and  qualified  by  reference  to all
applicable  provisions  of the  Business  Corporations  Act  (Alberta)  and  the
Company's Articles.

                                 TRANSFER AGENT

         CIBC Mellon Trust Company and ChaseMellon  Shareholder  Services L.L.C.
are co-transfer agents and co-registrars for the Common Shares.

                              PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

         The Shares  offered hereby may be offered and sold from time to time by
the  Selling  Shareholders.  Such  offers and sales may be made at prices and on
terms then prevailing or at prices related to the then-current  market price, or
in  negotiated  transactions.  The  methods by which such Shares may be sold may
include,  but not be limited to, the  following:  (a) a block trade in which the
broker or dealer so  engaged  will  attempt  to sell the Shares as agent but may
position  and  resell a portion  of the block as  principal  to  facilitate  the
transaction; (b) purchases by a broker or dealer as principal and resale by such
broker or dealer for its account;  (c) an exchange  distribution  in  accordance
with  the  rules of such  exchange;  (d)  ordinary  brokerage  transactions  and
transactions in which the broker solicits  purchasers;  (e) privately negotiated
transactions;  (f) short  sales;  and (g) a  combination  of any such methods of
sale. In effecting sales, brokers or dealers engaged by the Selling Shareholders
may receive  commissions or discounts from the Selling  Shareholders or from the
purchasers  in  amounts  to be  negotiated  immediately  prior to the sale.  The
Selling  Shareholders may also sell Shares in accordance with Rule 144 under the
Securities  Act.  The Company  reserves  the right to suspend  transfers  of the
Shares  offered  hereby  if, in its  reasonable  judgment,  such  suspension  is
necessary  to ensure that all  material  information  about the Company has been
properly disseminated to the public.

         The Company has advised each Selling Shareholder that he or she and any
such brokers,  dealers or agents who effect a sale of the Shares  offered hereby
are subject to the prospectus  delivery  requirements  under the Securities Act.
The Company  also has advised each  Selling  Shareholder  that in the event of a
"distribution" of his shares, such Selling Shareholder and any broker, dealer or
agent  who  participates  in such  distribution  may be  subject  to  applicable
provisions of the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934 (the "Exchange  Act") and the
rules  and  regulations   thereunder,   including,   without   limitation,   the
anti-manipulation rules under the Exchange Act.

         The Selling  Shareholders  and any brokers  participating in such sales
may be deemed to be underwriters within the meaning of the Securities Act. There
can be no assurance  that the Selling  Shareholders  will sell any or all of the
Shares offered hereby.

                                     - 51 -
<PAGE>


         Any  commission  paid or any  discounts or  concessions  allowed to any
broker,  dealer,  underwriter,  agent or market  maker and, if any such  broker,
dealer,  underwriter,  agent or market maker purchases any of the Shares offered
hereby as principal,  any profits received on the resale of such Shares,  may be
deemed to be underwriting commissions or discounts under the Securities Act.

         The  Company   agreed  to  register  the  shares  of  certain   Selling
Shareholders  under the  Securities  Act  pursuant  to various  agreements.  The
Company is bearing  substantially  all of the costs relating to the registration
of the  Shares  offered  hereby,  except  commissions,  discounts  or other fees
payable to a broker,  dealer,  underwriter,  agent or market maker in connection
with the sale of any of such  Shares and the legal fees  incurred by the Selling
Shareholders,  all of  which  will be  borne by the  Selling  Shareholders.  The
Company will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of the Shares offered
hereby.

                                  LEGAL MATTERS

         The legality of the shares  offered hereby has been passed upon for the
Company by Ballem  MacInnes,  Calgary,  Alberta.  William  DeJong,  a partner in
Ballem MacInnes, is a director of the Company.

                                     EXPERTS

         The  consolidated  financial  statements  of the Company as of July 31,
1997,  and for the year then  ended have been  included  in this  Prospectus  in
reliance  upon the  report  of KPMG  Peat  Marwick  LLP,  independent  auditors,
appearing  elsewhere  herein and upon the  authority  of said firm as experts in
accounting and auditing.

         The  consolidated  statement of  operations of the Company for the year
ended July 31, 1996,  has been included in this  Prospectus in reliance upon the
report of Shikaze Ralston, Chartered Accountants, appearing elsewhere herein and
upon the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

         The  financial  statements of the Hearing Care  Associates  Group as of
July 31, 1996,  and July 31, 1995,  and the financial  statements of the Midwest
Division of Hearing  Health  Services,  Inc., as of June 30, 1996,  and June 30,
1995, have been included in this Prospectus in reliance upon the reports of KPMG
Peat Marwick LLP, independent auditors,  appearing elsewhere herein and upon the
authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

         Effective  December 20, 1996, upon the  recommendation  of the board of
directors  and  approval by the  shareholders,  the Company  retained  KPMG Peat
Marwick LLP as its independent auditors,  replacing Shikaze Ralston. The Company
made the change in  independent  auditors  due to its  significant  and  growing
operations  in the  United  States  and its need to draw upon the  services  and
expertise of a large  international  accounting and auditing firm. The report of
Shikaze Ralston on the consolidated financial statements of the Company referred
to above does not contain an adverse opinion or disclaimer of opinion and is not
qualified as to uncertainty, audit scope, or accounting principles. In addition,
there were no  disagreements  with Shikaze  Ralston on any matter of  accounting
principles or practices,  financial statement  disclosure,  or auditing scope or
procedure,  which disagreements,  if not resolved to the satisfaction of Shikaze
Ralston,  would have caused them to make  reference to the subject matter of the
disagreements in connection with their report. Before engaging KPMG Peat Marwick
LLP as its new independent  certified  public  accountants,  the Company did not
consult with them regarding any matters related to the application of accounting
principles,  the type of audit  opinion that might be rendered on the  Company's
financial statements or any other such matters.

                             ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

         A  Registration  Statement on Form SB-2 relating to the shares  offered
hereby has been filed by the Company with the Securities and Exchange Commission
(the "Commission").  This Prospectus does not contain all of the 

                                     - 52 -
<PAGE>

information set forth in such  Registration  Statement and the exhibits thereto.
For further  information  with  respect to the  Company  and the Shares  offered
hereby, reference is made to such Registration Statement and exhibits.

         The Company is also subject to the periodic  reporting  requirements of
the Exchange Act, and in accordance  therewith files reports,  proxy statements,
and other information with the Commission.  A copy of the Registration Statement
and other reports,  proxy statements,  or other information filed by the Company
may found at the  Commission's  site on the World Wide Web.  The address of such
site is http://www.sec.gov. All such reports may also be inspected and copied at
the offices of the  Commission at 450 Fifth  Street,  N. W.,  Washington,  D. C.
20549 and at regional offices of the Commission located at 7 World Trade Center,
13th Floor,  New York, New York 10048 and at Citicorp  Center,  500 West Madison
Street,  Suite 1400,  Chicago,  Illinois 60661. Copies of all or any part of the
Registration  Statement may be obtained from the Public Reference Section of the
Commission,  Washington,  D. C., upon the payment of the fees  prescribed by the
Commission.

         The  Company  intends  to furnish to its  shareholders  annual  reports
containing  financial  statements  audited by an independent  public  accounting
firm.

                                     - 53 -
<PAGE>

                         PRO FORMA FINANCIAL INFORMATION

         The  "Sonus  Combined"  column  set  forth in the  unaudited  pro forma
condensed  combined  statement of  operations  for the year ended July 31, 1997,
assumes that the acquisition of the Hearing Care Associates  Group on October 1,
1996, and the  acquisition of the Midwest  Division of Hearing Health  Services,
Inc., on October 31, 1996 (the "Acquisitions"),  had occurred on August 1, 1996.
The  unaudited  pro forma  combined  financial  information  includes all of the
operations of the 25 clinics acquired in the Acquisitions.

         The unaudited pro forma condensed  combined  financial  information set
forth below is not necessarily  indicative of the Company's  combined  financial
position or the results of operations  that actually  would have occurred if the
transactions had been  consummated on such dates. In addition,  such information
is not intended to be a projection of results of operations that may be obtained
by the  Company  in the  future.  The  unaudited  pro forma  combined  financial
information  should  be read in  conjunction  with  the  consolidated  financial
statements and related notes thereto included elsewhere in this Prospectus.

<TABLE>
                              UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
                                             FOR THE YEAR ENDED JULY 31, 1997

                                                                   ACQUIRED              PRO FORMA                SONUS
                                                 SONUS             CLINICS(A)           ADJUSTMENTS             COMBINED
                                                              (in thousands, except per share amounts)

<S>                                              <C>                   <C>                   <C>              <C>      
Net revenues                                     $ 13,462              $ 1,565               $      -          $ 15,027
Costs and expenses:
  Product cost of sales                             5,010                  517                      -             5,527
  Operational expenses                              9,395                1,265                  (276)(b)         10,384

  Depreciation and amortization                       790                   53                    52(c)             895
    Total operating expenses                       15,195                1,835                  (224)            16,806
                                                   ------                -----                  ----             ------

    Loss from operations                           (1,733)                (270)                 (224)            (1,779)

Other income                                           32                   81                     -                 40
Loss before income taxes                           (1,701)                (262)                 (224)            (1,789)

Income tax expense                                      -                  (31)                    -                (31)
                                                   ------                -----                  ----             ------

 Net loss                                        $ (1,701)          $     (231)            $    (224)         $  (1,708)
                                                 ========           ==========             =========          ========= 

Pro forma:
  Net loss per common share                                                                                       (0.42)
                                                                                                              =========
  Weighted average number
    of shares outstanding
                                                                                                                  4,091
                                                                                                              =========
</TABLE>

NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

(1)  BASIS OF PRESENTATION

         The  "Sonus  Combined"  column  set  forth in the  unaudited  pro forma
condensed  combined  statements of operations  for the year ended July 31, 1997,
gives effect to the Acquisitions as if such  transactions had occurred on August
1, 1996.

                                     - 54 -
<PAGE>

(2)  PRO FORMA ADJUSTMENTS

         (a)  Reflects the historical  operations of the acquired  clinics prior
              to their acquisition by the Company.

         (b)  To record the elimination of non-recurring  acquisition bonuses in
              the amount of  $276,000  paid to  certain  employees  of  acquired
              clinics immediately prior to the closing date.

         (c)  To record  amortization  of goodwill for the  Acquisitions  in the
              amount of  $52,000  for the year ended  July 31,  1997,  as if the
              Acquisitions had occurred on August 1, 1996.


ACQUISITIONS  (FOR  PERIODS  FROM  AUGUST  1,1996  TO DATE OF  ACQUISITION)  (IN
THOUSANDS)

<TABLE>
                                    Hearing Care Associates               Midwest Division
                                     August 1, 1996 through            August 1, 1996 through
                                       September 30, 1996                 October 31, 1996                Total
                                     ----------------------            ----------------------             -----

STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
<S>                                       <C>                                  <C>                      <C>     
Net patient service revenues              $   789                              $   776                  $  1,565

Costs and expenses:
  Product cost of sales                       248                                  269                       517
  Operational expenses                        697                                  568                     1,265
  Depreciation and amortization                20                                   33                        53
                                           ------                               ------                    ------

    Total operating expenses                  965                                  870                     1,835
                                           ------                               ------                    ------
    Losses from operations                   (176)                                 (94)                     (270)
Other income, net                               8                                    -                         8
                                           ------                               ------                    ------

Net loss before income taxes                 (168)                                 (94)                     (262)
Income tax benefit                              -                                  (31)                      (31)
                                           ------                               ------                    ------

Net loss                                  $  (168)                                 (63)                  $  (231)
                                          =======                               ======                   ========
</TABLE>

                                     - 55 -
<PAGE>

                          INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


SONUS CORP.

<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                                             <C>
Report of KPMG, Independent Auditors ...........................................................................F-2
Auditor's Report................................................................................................F-3
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of July 31, 1997 and October 31, 1997 (unaudited)................................F-4
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended July 31, 1997 and 1996,
  and for the three-month periods ended October 31, 1997 and 1996 (unaudited)...................................F-5
Consolidated Statements of Shareholders' Equity for the years ended July 31, 1997
  and 1996 and the three-month period ended October 31, 1997 (unaudited)........................................F-6
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended July 31, 1997 and 1996
  and the three-month periods ended October 31, 1997 and 1996 (unaudited).......................................F-7
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements......................................................................F-9

HEARING CARE ASSOCIATES GROUP

Independent Auditors' Report...................................................................................F-24
Balance Sheet as of July 31, 1996..............................................................................F-25
Statements of Operations for the years ended July 31, 1996 and 1995............................................F-26
Statements of Stockholders' Equity (Deficit) for the years ended July 31, 1996 and 1995........................F-27
Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended July 31, 1996 and 1995............................................F-28
Notes to Financial Statements..................................................................................F-29

THE MIDWEST DIVISION OF HEARING HEALTH SERVICES, INC.

Independent Auditors' Report...................................................................................F-33
Balance Sheets as of June 30, 1996 and October 31, 1996 (unaudited)............................................F-34
Statements of Operations and Accumulated Earnings for the years ended June 30,
  1996 and 1995, and the four months ended October 31, 1996 and 1995 (unaudited)...............................F-35
Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended June 30, 1996 and 1995, and the
  four months ended October 31, 1996 and 1995 (unaudited)......................................................F-36
Notes to Financial Statements..................................................................................F-37
</TABLE>

                                     - F-1 -
<PAGE>


              REPORT OF KPMG PEAT MARWICK LLP, INDEPENDENT AUDITORS



TO THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS
SONUS CORP.:


         We have audited the  accompanying  consolidated  balance sheet of Sonus
Corp.  (previously  HealthCare  Capital Corp.) and  subsidiaries  as of July 31,
1997,  and the related  consolidated  statements  of  operations,  shareholders'
equity,  and cash flows for the year then ended.  These  consolidated  financial
statements   are  the   responsibility   of  the   Company's   management.   Our
responsibility  is  to  express  an  opinion  on  these  consolidated  financial
statements based on our audit.

         We conducted our audit in accordance with generally  accepted  auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles  used and  significant  estimates  made by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

         In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above
present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of
Sonus Corp. and subsidiaries as of July 31, 1997, and the  consolidated  results
of their  operations  and their cash flows for the year then ended in conformity
with generally accepted accounting principles.




                              KPMG Peat Marwick LLP



Portland, Oregon
October 24, 1997, except for note 15, as to which the date is February 9, 1998

                                     - F-2 -
<PAGE>

                                AUDITORS' REPORT



To the Shareholders of
HealthCare Capital Corp.

We have audited the consolidated  balance sheet of HealthCare  Capital Corp. and
subsidiaries  as of July 31, 1996, and the related  statements of operations and
retained earnings  (deficit),  cash flows and shareholders'  equity for the year
then ended.  These consolidated  financial  statements are the responsibility of
the company's  management.  Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these
financial statements based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards.
Those standards  require that we plan and perform an audit to obtain  reasonable
assurance   about  whether  the  financial   statements  are  free  of  material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles  used and  significant  estimates  made by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated  financial statements referred to above present
fairly,  in all material  respects,  the results of the  consolidated  financial
position of HealthCare  Capital Corp. and  subsidiaries as of July 31, 1996, and
the consolidated results of their operations,  and their cash flows for the year
then ended in  accordance  with  generally  accepted  accounting  principles  as
adopted in the United States of America.



Vancouver, Canada                                                Shikaze Ralston
October 24, 1996                                           Chartered Accountants

                                     - F-3 -
<PAGE>

                                                      SONUS CORP.
                                              CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET
                                           (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)

<TABLE>
                                                                                   July 31,                October 31,
                                                                                    1997                       1997
                                                                                 ------------              -----------
                                                                                                           (unaudited)

                                                        ASSETS
Current assets:
<S>                                                                                <C>                      <C>      
  Cash and cash equivalents                                                         $  1,099                 $      -
  Accounts receivable, net of allowance
    for doubtful accounts and contractual
    write downs of $361 and $393, respectively                                         2,514                    2,714
Other receivables                                                                        314                      410
Inventory                                                                                425                      626
Prepaid expenses                                                                         260                      491
                                                                                     -------                  -------
         Total current assets                                                          4,612                    4,241

Property and equipment, net                                                            2,277                    2,490
Other assets                                                                             136                      189
Goodwill and covenants not to compete, net                                             9,519                    9,726
                                                                                    --------                 --------
                                                                                   $  16,544                $  16,646
                                                                                    ========                 ========

                                         LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
Current liabilities:
  Bank overdraft                                                                       $   -                  $   275
  Bank loans and short-term notes payable                                                 59                      510
  Accounts payable and accrued liabilities                                             3,395                    2,998
  Convertible notes payable                                                            2,600                    2,600
  Capital lease obligation, current portion                                              101                      101
  Long term debt, current portion                                                        357                      357
                                                                                     -------                  -------
         Total current liabilities                                                     6,512                    6,841

Capital lease obligation, non-current position                                           305                      280
Long term debt, non-current portion                                                      765                      722
Convertible notes payable                                                                127                        -
                                                                                    --------                 --------
         Total liabilities                                                             7,709                    7,843

Shareholders' equity
  Common stock, no par value per share,
    unlimited number of shares authorized,
    5,451,903 and 5,427,657 shares, respectively,
    issued and outstanding                                                            11,131                   11,259
  Notes receivable from shareholders                                                    (124)                    (124)
  Accumulated deficit                                                                 (2,117)                  (2,213)
  Treasury stock, 3,960 and 5,640 shares,
    respectively, at cost                                                                (33)                     (47)
  Cumulative translation adjustment                                                      (22)                     (72)
                                                                                    --------                 --------
          Total shareholders' equity                                                   8,835                    8,803
                                                                                    --------                 --------
                                                                                   $  16,544                $  16,646
                                                                                    ========                 ========


                                    See accompanying notes to financial statements
</TABLE>

                                     - F-4 -
<PAGE>

                                                    SONUS CORP.
                                       CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
                                       (in thousands, except per share data)



<TABLE>
                                                              Year ended                                Three months ended
                                                               July 31,                                     October 31,
                                             --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                                         1997                   1996                   1997                1996
                                             --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<S>                                                    <C>                    <C>                     <C>                <C>   
Net revenues                                          $   13,462              $  2,389             $   5,307             $ 1,268

Costs and expenses:
  Cost of products sold                                    5,010                 1,017                 1,753                 492
  Clinical expenses                                        5,985                 1,197                 2,244                 646
  General and administrative expenses                      3,410                   639                 1,112                 377
  Depreciation and amortization                              790                   125                   277                  52
                                                      ----------              --------             ---------             -------

Total costs and expenses                                  15,195                 2,978                 5,386               1,567
                                                      ----------              --------             ---------             -------

Loss from operations                                      (1,733)                 (589)                  (79)               (299)

Other income (expense):
  Interest income                                             76                     8                     9                   1
  Interest expense                                           (47)                    -                   (26)                  -
  Other, net                                                   3                     -                     -                   -
                                                       ---------              --------             ---------             -------

Net loss                                              $   (1,701)             $   (581)            $     (96)            $  (298)
                                                      ==========              ========             =========             =======

Weighted average outstanding shares                        4,010                 2,120                 4,583               3,030
                                                      ==========              ========             =========             =======


Net loss per share                                    $    (0.42)             $  (0.27)            $   (0.02)            $ (0.10)
                                                      ==========              ========             =========             =======

                                   See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
</TABLE>

                                     - F-5 -
<PAGE>


<TABLE>
                                                            SONUS CORP.
                                          CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
                                                 (in thousands, except share data)


                                                          Shareholder                                  Cumulative        Total
                                              Common         Notes       Accumulated      Treasury    Translation     Shareholders
                                              Stock        Receivable      Deficit         Stock       Adjustment        Equity
                                       ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<S>                                           <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>         <C>                <C>   
BALANCE AT JULY 31, 1995                      $  175         $    -         $  165         $   -       $     (2)          $  338
  Issuance of 600,000 shares of
    common stock under private
    placement (net proceeds)                     416              -              -             -              -              416
  Exercise of stock options for
    120,000 shares of common stock               102              -              -             -              -              102
  Issuance of 174,400 shares of
    common stock upon conversion
    of Company's promissory note                 160              -              -             -              -              160
  Issuance of 239,149 shares of
    common stock under private
    placement (net proceeds)                   1,072              -              -             -              -            1,072
  Translation adjustment                           -              -              -             -              5                5
  Net loss                                         -              -           (581)            -              -             (581)
                                              ------         ------          -----         -----          -----           ------
BALANCE AT JULY 31, 1996                       1,925              -           (416)            -              3            1,512

Issuance of 22,560 shares of
  common stock in connection
  with receipt of tax credit                      38              -              -             -              -               38
Exercise of stock options for
  155,000 shares of common stock                 316           (124)             -             -              -              192
Issuance of 587,876 shares of
  common stock in connection
  with acquisitions                            3,291              -              -             -              -            3,291
Issuance of 1,093,482 shares of
  common stock under private
  placement (net proceeds)                     5,529              -              -             -              -            5,529
Exercise of warrants for
  7,150 shares of common                          32              -              -             -              -               32
Repurchase of 3,960 shares of
  treasury stock                                   -              -              -           (33)             -              (33)
Translation adjustment                             -              -              -             -            (25)             (25)
Net loss                                           -              -         (1,701)            -              -           (1,701)
                                              ------         ------          -----         -----          -----           ------
BALANCE AT JULY 31, 1997                     $11,131        $  (124)     $  (2,117)       $  (33)        $  (22)          $8,835

  Issuance of 25,925 shares of
    common stock for conversion
    of convertible note                          128              -              -             -              -              128
  Repurchase of 1,680 shares of
    treasury stock                                 -              -              -           (14)             -              (14)
  Translation adjustment                           -              -            (50)            -              -              (50)
  Net (loss)                                       -              -            (96)            -              -              (96)
                                              ------         ------          -----         -----          -----           ------
BALANCE AT OCTOBER 31, 1997                 $ 11,259     $     (124)     $  (2,213)    $     (47)      $    (72)        $  8,803
                                              ======      =========      =========     =========       ========         ========
 (UNAUDITED)



                                   See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements
</TABLE>

                                                    - F-6 -
<PAGE>


<TABLE>
                                                            SONUS CORP.
                                               CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                                                          (in thousands)

                                                                   Years ended                        Three months ended
                                                                    July 31,                             October 31,
                                                     ------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                                               1997                1996                1997                1996
                                                     ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Cash flows from operating activities:
<S>                                                         <C>                 <C>                  <C>                <C>     
  Net loss                                                  $ (1,701)           $  (581)             $  (96)            $  (298)
  Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash
    used in operating activities:
    Provision for bad debt expense                                47                  -                  28                   -
    Depreciation and amortization                                790                125                 277                  52
  Changes in non-cash working capital:
    Accounts receivable                                       (2,158)                (7)               (228)                (17)
    Other receivables                                           (314)                 -                 (96)                  -
    Inventory                                                   (281)               (16)               (201)                (72)
    Prepaid expenses                                            (219)               (25)               (231)                  1
    Income taxes recoverable                                       9                 14                   -                   -
    Accounts payable and accrued liabilities                   2,932                 45                (396)                199
    Deferred purchase discounts                                    -                (23)                  -                (135)
                                                              ------             ------               -----              ------
      Net cash used in operating activities                     (895)              (468)               (943)               (135)
                                                              ------             ------               -----              ------

Cash flows from investing activities:
  Incorporation and trademark costs                                -                  -                   -                   3
  Purchase of property and equipment                          (1,941)              (293)               (324)               (111)
  Deferred acquisition costs, net                                132               (268)                (53)                 19
  Net cash paid on business acquisitions                      (3,389)              (238)               (372)               (616)
                                                              ------             ------              ------              ------
    Net cash used in investing activities                     (5,198)              (799)               (749)               (705)
                                                              ------             ------              ------              ------

Cash flows from financing activities:
  Net proceeds (repayments) of long term debt
    and capital lease obligations                              1,382               (101)                (69)                 59
  Deferred financing costs, net                                   42                (42)                  -                 (22)
  Advances (repayments) of bank loans and
    short-term notes payable                                      26                (75)                451                  99
  Advances from (repayments) to shareholders                    (124)              (235)                  -                   -
  Bank overdraft                                                   -                  -                 275                   -
  Issuance (redemption) of convertible notes                       -                (33)                  -                   -
  Issuance of common stock for cash,
    net of costs                                               5,915              1,750                                   1,151
  Acquisition of treasury stock                                  (33)                 -                 (14)                  -
                                                             -------              -----              ------              ------
      Net cash provided by financing activities                7,208              1,264                 643               1,287
                                                             -------              -----              ------              ------
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents           1,115                 (3)             (1,049)                447

Effect on cash and cash equivalents of changes
  in foreign translation rate                                    (27)                (2)                (50)                 14
                                                             -------              -----              ------              ------

Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the
  period                                                          11                 16               1,099                  11
                                                             -------             ------               -----              ------

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the period           $ 1,099             $   11                   -                 472
                                                             =======             ======               =====              ======

                                                              - F-7 -

<PAGE>


                                                                   Years ended                        Three months ended
                                                                    July 31,                             October 31,
                                                     ------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                                               1997                1996                1997                1996
                                                     ------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Required supplemental disclosures:
  Interest paid during period                                $    41             $   14              $   26                   -

Non-cash financing activities:
  Issuance and assumption of long-term debt                  $ 1,025             $  206                   -             $   360
     in acquisitions
  Issuance of convertible notes in acquisitions              $ 2,600             $    -                   -             $ 2,602
  Issuance of common stock in acquisitions                   $ 3,291             $    -                   -             $ 2,390
  Conversion of convertible note                                   -                  -             $  (128)                  -
  Issuance of common stock upon conversion                         -                  -             $   128                   -


                                    See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements
</TABLE>

                                     - F-8 -

<PAGE>


NOTE 1.  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

         Description of Company
         ----------------------

         Sonus Corp. (previously  HealthCare Capital Corp.) (the "Company"),  an
Alberta,  Canada  corporation,   through  its  primary  operating  subsidiaries,
Sonus-Canada  Ltd.  (formerly HC HealthCare  Hearing  Clinics  Ltd.),  a British
Columbia,  Canada corporation,  and Sonus-USA, Inc. (formerly HealthCare Hearing
Clinics, Inc.), a Washington corporation,  currently owns and operates a network
of 52 hearing care clinics in the United States and Western Canada.  The clinics
are located primarily in the metropolitan areas of Los Angeles,  California; San
Diego,  California;  Chicago,  Illinois;  Lansing,  Michigan;  Albuquerque,  New
Mexico; Vancouver, British Columbia; and Calgary, Alberta. Each of the Company's
hearing care clinics provides its hearing impaired patients with a full range of
audiological products and services. The Company intends to expand its network of
hearing  care  clinics by  acquiring  clinics in its  existing,  as well as new,
geographic markets.

         Principles of Consolidation
         ---------------------------

         The  consolidated  financial  statements  include the Company's  wholly
owned subsidiaries.  All significant intercompany accounts have been eliminated.
The  functional  currency of all of the  Company's  Canadian  operations  is the
Canadian dollar while the functional  currency of the Company's U.S.  operations
is the U.S.  dollar.  In  accordance  with  Statement  of  Financial  Accounting
Standards  No.  52,  "Foreign  Currency  Translation",  assets  and  liabilities
recorded in Canadian  dollars are  remeasured  at current  rates in existence on
July 31,  1997.  Exchange  gains and  losses  from  remeasurement  of assets and
liabilities  recorded in Canadian  dollars are treated as  unrealized  gains and
losses and reported as a separate component of stockholders' equity.

         Revenue Recognition
         -------------------

         Revenues from the sale of hearing instrument products are recognized at
the time of delivery.  Revenues  from the  provision of hearing care  diagnostic
services are recognized at the time that such services are performed. As of July
31, 1997 and 1996, net revenues consisted of the following (in thousands):

                                                1997                       1996
                                              --------                   ------

          Product revenue                      $11,627                   $2,345
          Service revenue                        1,835                       44
                                               -------                   ------
                                               $13,462                   $2,389
                                               =======                   ======

         Income Taxes
         ------------

         The Company  accounts  for income  taxes under the asset and  liability
method.  Under  the  asset  and  liability  method,   deferred  tax  assets  and
liabilities  are  recognized  for the future tax  consequences  attributable  to
differences  between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets
and liabilities and their respective tax bases and operating loss and tax credit
carryforwards.  Deferred tax assets and  liabilities  are measured using enacted
tax rates  expected  to apply to  taxable  income  in the  years in which  those
temporary  differences  are expected to be  recovered or settled.  The effect on
deferred tax assets and  liabilities  of a change in tax rates is  recognized in
income in the period that includes the enactment date.


         Cash and Cash Equivalents
         -------------------------

         Cash equivalents consist of short-term,  highly liquid investments with
original maturities of 90 days or less.


                                     - F-9 -
<PAGE>

NOTE 1.  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)


         Inventory
         ---------

         Inventories  are stated at the lower of cost  (first in,  first out) or
net realizable value.

         Property and Equipment
         ----------------------

         Property and equipment are recorded at cost and depreciated as follows:

         Professional equipment                   20% declining balance
         Office equipment                         30% declining balance
         Automotive equipment                     30% declining balance
         Leasehold improvements                   Straight line over five years
         Computer equipment                       30% declining balance

         In the year of acquisition,  depreciation is calculated at one-half the
above noted rates. Property and equipment purchased under capitalized leases are
amortized over the shorter of the lease term or their estimated  useful life and
such depreciation is included with depreciation expense.  Property and equipment
at July 31, 1997 consists of the following (in thousands):

              Professional equipment                       $    930
              Office equipment                                  481
              Automotive equipment                               16
              Leasehold improvements                            405
              Computer equipment                              1,144
                                                          ---------
                                                              2,976
              Less accumulated depreciation               $    (699)
                                                          ---------
                                                          $   2,277

         Advertising Expenses
         --------------------

         The Company defers its  advertising  costs until the  advertisement  is
actually run, at which time the full expense is recognized. Deferred advertising
costs  were  $89,000  and $0 for  the  years  ended  July  31,  1997  and  1996,
respectively.  Advertising expense was $786,000 and $207,000 for the years ended
July 31, 1997 and 1996, respectively.

         Goodwill and Covenants not to Compete
         -------------------------------------

         The  unallocated  purchase  costs in excess of the net assets  acquired
(goodwill)  is being  amortized on the  straight-line  basis over twenty  years.
Non-compete agreements are amortized on the straight-line basis upon termination
of the contracted employee for any reason. Goodwill and covenants not to compete
as of July 31, 1997 are as follows (in thousands):

              Goodwill                                       $   8,966
              Covenants not to compete                             955
              Less:  accumulated amortization                     (402)
                                                             ---------
                                                             $   9,519
                                                             =========

         The Company  assesses the  recoverability  of this intangible  asset by
determining  whether the amortization of the goodwill balance over its remaining
life can be  recovered  through  discounted  projected  future cash flows of the
acquired  businesses  from which the  goodwill  arose.  Amortization  charged to
operations  was $364,000 and $17,000 for the years ended July 31, 1997 and 1996,
respectively.


                                    - F-10 -
<PAGE>

NOTE 1.  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)


         Deferred Acquisition and Financing Costs
         ----------------------------------------

         Costs  related to the  acquisition  of clinics are deferred  and,  upon
successful completion of acquisitions,  are allocated to the assets acquired and
are  subject  to the  accounting  policies  outlined  above.  Costs  related  to
potential  acquisitions  that are  unsuccessful  are  expensed in the periods in
which it is determined  that such  acquisitions  are unlikely to be consummated.
Costs  related  to issuing  shares are  deferred  and upon the  issuance  of the
related shares, are applied to reduce the net proceeds of the issue.

         Earnings Per Share
         ------------------

         Earnings  per share is based on the weighted  average  number of common
shares  outstanding  in each period.  Common share  equivalents  represented  by
convertible debt and contingent  shares held in escrow have not been included in
the calculation of earnings per share as the effect would be anti-dilutive.

         Concentrations of Credit Risk
         -----------------------------

         Financial  instruments,   which  potentially  subject  the  Company  to
concentration of credit risk, consist principally of cash and trade receivables.
The Company  places its cash with high credit  quality  institutions.  At times,
such amounts may be in excess of the FDIC insurance limits.  The Company's trade
accounts  receivable  are  derived  from  numerous  private  payers,   insurance
carriers,    health   maintenance   organizations   and   government   agencies.
Concentration  of credit risk relating to trade  accounts  receivable is limited
due to the diversity and number of patients and payers.

         Fair Value of Financial Instruments
         -----------------------------------

         The  carrying  value  of  financial  instruments  such as cash and cash
equivalents,  trade  receivables,  notes  receivable,  trade  payables and notes
payable, approximate their fair value.

         Use of Estimates
         ----------------

         Management   of  the  Company  has  made  a  number  of  estimates  and
assumptions  relating  to the  reporting  of  assets  and  liabilities  and  the
disclosure  of contingent  assets and  liabilities  to prepare  these  financial
statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting  principles.  Actual
results could differ from those estimates.

         Reclassifications
         -----------------

         Certain amounts in the 1996 financial statements have been reclassified
in order to conform to the 1997 presentation.

         Interim Financial Statements
         ----------------------------

         The interim financial statements reflect all adjustments, consisting of
only normal  recurring  adjustments,  which are,  in the opinion of  management,
necessary for a fair statement of the results for the interim periods presented.
The results of operations for an interim period are not  necessarily  indicative
of the results of operations for a full year.

NOTE 2.  ACQUISITIONS

         During the fiscal year ended July 31,  1997,  the Company  purchased 39
hearing care clinics based in the United States in 12 separate transactions.  In
each transaction,  the acquisitions were accounted for as purchase transactions.
The acquired assets and liabilities were recorded at their estimated fair values
at the date of acquisition, 

                                    - F-11 -
<PAGE>

NOTE 2.  ACQUISITIONS (CONTINUED)


and the  unallocated  excess  purchase price  (goodwill) is being amortized on a
straight line basis over 20 years.  Purchase price  adjustments may arise in the
event  working  capital on the closing date  deviates  from the minimum  working
capital requirement  specified in the purchase agreement.  The operating results
of each  acquired  clinic have been included in the  consolidated  statements of
operations from each respective acquisition date.

         Certain  acquisitions  have been structured  using the Company's common
shares or debt  convertible into the Company's common shares as a portion of the
consideration of the  transaction.  The valuation of the Company's common shares
given in  consideration  is based on the market  price for a  reasonable  period
before and after the date the terms of an acquisition  are agreed to,  announced
and approved by regulatory authorities.

         Santa Maria Hearing Associates
         ------------------------------

         On August 1, 1996, Sonus-USA,  Inc. acquired for cash certain assets of
Santa Maria Hearing  Associates at a cost of $50,000.  The seller entered into a
three year covenant not to compete with  Sonus-USA,  Inc. for  consideration  of
$25,000 which was paid on January 5, 1997.

         Hearing Care Associates Group
         -----------------------------

         On October 1, 1996,  Sonus-USA,  Inc.  completed  the merger of Hearing
Care Associates - Northridge,  Inc.,  Hearing Care Associates - Glendora,  Inc.,
and Hearing Care  Associates - Glendale,  Inc.  (collectively  "HCA")  through a
merger of these HCA corporations at a cost of $2,704,260.  As consideration  for
this merger,  the Company paid cash of $314,724 and issued 477,907 common shares
of the Company at a price of $5.00 per share. For cash consideration of $314,724
paid on closing plus $36,137 paid on November 1, 1996, the sellers  entered into
covenants  not to compete for a period of three  years  after  their  employment
terminates.

         Hearing Health Services, Inc.
         -----------------------------

         On October 31, 1996, Sonus-USA, Inc. purchased substantially all of the
assets of the Midwest  Division of Hearing  Health  Services,  Inc. at a cost of
$2,960,000.  Consideration  for this  acquisition  was in the form of a  secured
$2,600,000  convertible  note payable due October 31, 1997 and  assumption  of a
$360,000 note payable. The former note is convertible into 400,000 common shares
of the Company at a rate of $6.50 per share.

         Hearing Dynamics
         ----------------

         On December 6, 1996,  Sonus-USA,  Inc.  merged  with  Hearing  Dynamics
("HD"),  a California  corporation.  The merger of HD into  Sonus-USA,  Inc. was
consummated  as a tax-free  merger  whereby  common  shares of the Company  were
exchanged for all the issued and outstanding shares of HD at a cost of $804,360.
Consideration  for this acquisition was $102,600 cash paid on closing and 81,600
common  shares of the Company  issued at a price of $8.60 per share.  A total of
23,600 shares are subject to restrictions on sale or transfer. Such restrictions
will lapse as to one-third of such shares on November 30 in each of 1997,  1998,
and 1999.  In addition,  16,000 of the shares are being held by the Company (the
"Contingent Shares"). If for any of the three years ending on November 30, 1997,
1998 or  1999,  the  income  of HD  before  interest,  taxes,  depreciation  and
amortization  and after a corporate  overhead  allocation falls below 20% of the
net  revenues  of the  business  for such year,  the seller may elect to pay the
Company  $1.00 or cancel  one-fifth  of a  Contingent  Share  for each  $1.72 of
shortfall.  One-fifth of a Contingent Share is also required to be canceled or a
dollar  retained for each $1.72 of long-term  liabilities  of the business as of
the  date of  closing  of the  acquisition  and for each  $1.72 of net  accounts
receivable  that remains  uncollected  after a specified  time period.  For cash
consideration of $25,000 paid on closing, the seller entered into a covenant not
to compete for a period of one year after employment terminates.

                                    - F-12 -
<PAGE>

NOTE 2.  ACQUISITIONS (CONTINUED)


         FHC, Inc.
         ---------

         On December 17, 1996,  Sonus-USA,  Inc. acquired all of the outstanding
shares  of  FHC,  Inc.,  a  New  Mexico  corporation,  at a  cost  of  $400,000.
Consideration  for this  acquisition  was  $250,000  cash paid on closing  and a
three-year promissory note of $150,000 bearing interest at 6 1/2% per annum. For
consideration  of $112,233  payable over a three-year  period,  the sellers also
entered into  covenants not to compete for a period of three years from the date
of closing.

         Hearing Care Associates - Los Angeles, Inc.
         -------------------------------------------

         On January 9, 1997,  Sonus-USA,  Inc.  purchased all of the outstanding
shares of Hearing Care Associates -Los Angeles,  Inc. for total consideration of
$301,000. For cash consideration of $112,500, the sellers entered into covenants
not to compete for a period of three years after employment terminates.

         Hearing Care Associates - Arcadia, Inc.
         ---------------------------------------

         On February 28, 1997, Sonus-USA,  Inc. purchased all of the outstanding
shares of Hearing  Care  Associates - Arcadia,  Inc. at a cost of $410,338  cash
paid on closing.  For cash  consideration of $130,170,  the sellers entered into
covenants  not  to  compete  for  a  period  of  three  years  after  employment
terminates.

         Hearing Care Associates - Sherman Oaks, Inc.
         --------------------------------------------

         On March 6, 1997,  Sonus-USA,  Inc.  purchased  all of the  outstanding
shares of Hearing Care Associates  -Sherman Oaks, Inc. at a cost of $26,568 cash
paid on closing.  For cash  consideration  of $33,783,  the sellers entered into
covenants  not  to  compete  for  a  period  of  three  years  after  employment
terminates.

         Auditory Vestibular Center, Inc.
         --------------------------------

         On March 14, 1997,  Sonus-USA,  Inc.  purchased all of the  outstanding
shares of Auditory  Vestibular Center,  Inc. for total consideration of $84,306.
For cash  consideration  of $28,580,  the sellers  entered into covenants not to
compete for a period of three years after employment terminates.

         Hearing Care Associates - Lancaster, Inc.
         -----------------------------------------

         On April 8, 1997,  Sonus-USA,  Inc.  purchased  all of the  outstanding
shares of Hearing Care Associates  -Lancaster,  Inc. for total  consideration of
$136,751.  For cash consideration of $61,877, the sellers entered into covenants
not to compete for a period of three years after employment terminates.

         Hearing Improvement Center, Inc.
         --------------------------------

         On June 6,  1997,  Sonus-USA,  Inc.  purchased  all of the  outstanding
shares of Hearing  Improvement  Center,  Inc. for consideration of $500,000 cash
paid on closing,  28,368 common shares of the Company issued at a price of $7.05
per share,  a two-year  promissory  note in the  amount of  $132,624  payable in
quarterly  installments  including  interest  at 6% per annum  and a  three-year
promissory note in the amount of $282,036 with accrued  interest at a rate of 6%
per annum  payable  at the end of the first  year and the  balance  of the note,
including  interest,  payable in equal monthly  installments  over the remaining
term. For cash consideration of $50,000,  the sellers entered into covenants not
to compete for a period of three years after employment terminates.

                                    - F-13 -
<PAGE>

NOTE 2.  ACQUISITIONS (CONTINUED)


         Dakota Hearing Aid Service
         --------------------------

         On July 8, 1997,  Sonus-USA,  Inc.  acquired for cash certain assets of
Dakota  Hearing  Aid  Service at a cost of $40,000.  The seller  entered  into a
three-year  covenant not to compete with Sonus-USA,  Inc. for cash consideration
of $10,000.

NOTE 3.  FINANCING ARRANGEMENTS

         Bank Loan
         ---------

         Sonus-Canada  Ltd.  maintains  a revolving  bank  demand  loan  bearing
interest at the bank's  prime rate plus 1% per annum  (5.75% at July 31,  1997),
secured by a general  security  agreement  covering  all assets of  Sonus-Canada
Ltd.,  the  postponement  of claim by the  shareholders  and the  guarantee of a
shareholder.  The loan provides for a maximum credit limit of $182,000.  At July
31, 1997, no amounts were outstanding under the loan.

         Line of Credit
         --------------

         In July 1997,  Sonus-USA,  Inc. obtained a $500,000 line of credit from
Phonak, Inc., a hearing instrument  manufacturer.  The line of credit is secured
by a portion of  Sonus-USA,  Inc.'s  accounts  receivable,  is guaranteed by the
Company,  and bears interest at the prime rate on a fully floating  basis.  Debt
service is interest only,  payable monthly until July 16, 1998, when all amounts
outstanding  under the line of credit will be due. At July 31, 1997,  no amounts
were outstanding under the line of credit.

         Short-term Notes Payable
         ------------------------

         Sonus-USA,  Inc. and  Sonus-Canada  Ltd. have entered into  short-term,
non-interest  bearing notes with certain hearing instrument  manufacturers.  The
outstanding balance of the notes as of July 31, 1997 was $59,000.

NOTE 4.  LONG-TERM DEBT

         Long-term debt consists of the following at July 31, 1997 (in thousands
except for installment amounts):

<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                                              <C>
         Secured  bank loan  payable  in  installments  of $726 per  month  plus
         interest calculated at the bank prime
         rate plus 1-1/2% per annum.............................................................................. $ 7

         Equipment loan from a supplier.  The loan requires
         fifty-two equal installments every four weeks of $2,124
         including interest calculated at the rate of 10% per annum..............................................  75

         Unsecured note payable in annual installments of
         $50,000 plus interest calculated at 6.5% per annum,
         maturing on December 17, 1999........................................................................... 150

         Unsecured, non-interest bearing note payable in
         quarterly installments of $9,352, maturing on
         December 31, 1999.......................................................................................  94


                                                    - F-14 -
<PAGE>


NOTE 4.  LONG-TERM DEBT (CONTINUED)

         Equipment loans from suppliers,  with maturities  ranging from October,
         1999 to  December,  2018 and monthly  payments,  including  interest at
         rates ranging
         from 0% to 9% per annum aggregating $3,165..............................................................  82

         Unsecured note payable in monthly installments of
         $1,357 including interest calculated at the rate of
         8% per annum, maturing on February 1, 1999..............................................................  23

         Note payable requiring monthly  installments of $351 including interest
         calculated at 18% per annum, maturing on
         April 15, 2002..........................................................................................  13

         Note payable  requiring  payment of accrued interest of $17,395 on June
         6, 1998,  and  monthly  installments  thereafter  of $12,500  including
         interest calculated at 6%
         per annum compounded monthly, maturing on June 6, 2000.................................................. 282

         Note payable  requiring  quarterly  installments  of $17,716  including
         interest calculated at 6% per annum, maturing on
         June 6, 1999...........................................................................................  133

         Secured note payable requiring monthly installments
         of $1,000 including interest calculated at 6% per
         annum, maturing February 1, 1999........................................................................  23

         Note payable  requiring  annual  installments of $120,000 plus interest
         calculated at 6% per annum, maturing on
         July 1, 1999........................................................................................     240
                                                                                                             --------
                                                                                                                1,122
         Less current portion                                                                                    (357)
                                                                                                             --------
                                                                                                            $     765
                                                                                                             ========
</TABLE>

         The maturities of long-term debt are as follows (in thousands):  1998 -
$357; 1999 - $459; 2000 - $237; 2001 - $11; 2002 - $4; thereafter $54.


                                    - F-15 -
<PAGE>


NOTE 5.  CAPITAL LEASES

         The following is a schedule by year of future  minimum  lease  payments
under  capital  leases  together with the present value of the net minimum lease
payments as of July 31, 1997 (in thousands):

     1998.................................................           $   132
     1999.................................................               127
     2000.................................................               126
     2001.................................................                88
                                                                  ----------
     Total minimum lease payments.........................               473
     Less:  amount representing interest..................               (67)
                                                                  ----------
     Present value of minimum lease payments..............               406
     Less current portion.................................              (101)
                                                                  ----------
                                                                     $   305

         Total assets under capitalized  leases at July 31, 1997, were $305,000,
net of accumulated depreciation of $131,000.

NOTE 6.  CONVERTIBLE NOTES PAYABLE

         Convertible notes payable consist of the following at July 31, 1997 (in
thousands except for per share amounts):

Non-interest bearing note due on demand;
  convertible into common shares of
  the Company at a rate of $5.00 per share................           $   127

Non-interest bearing note due October 31, 1997;
  convertible into common shares of
  the Company at a rate of $6.50 per share................             2,600
                                                                  ----------
                                                                     $ 2,727

NOTE 7.  SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY

         Common Stock
         ------------

         On February 28, 1996, the Company issued 340,000 special  warrants at a
price of $3.70 for gross proceeds of $1,250,690.  The special warrants  provided
for the  conversion of each  February  special  warrant to 1.1 units.  Each unit
consisted  of one common  share and one share  purchase  warrant.  The  February
special  warrants were converted into common shares at no additional cost to the
holder on February 28, 1997. Each share purchase warrant represents the right to
purchase one common share at a price of $5.50 until  expiration  on February 28,
1998.

         A  private   placement  in  Canada  of  162,000  special  warrants  was
consummated  by the Company in  September  1996 and a private  placement  in the
United  States of 829,800  special  warrants was  consummated  by the Company in
December  1996.  Such  special  warrants  are  collectively  referred  to as the
September  special  warrants.  The  aggregate  offering  price for the September
special  warrants was  $1,012,500  for those sold in Canada and  $5,186,250  for
those sold in the United States.  Each of the September  special warrants placed
in Canada  entitled  the  holder to  receive  1.1  common  shares  and 1.1 share
purchase warrants,  with each such warrant exercisable for one common share at a
price of $10.00 per share.  Each of the September special warrants placed in the
United  States  entitled the holder  thereof

                                    - F-16 -
<PAGE>


NOTE 7.  SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY (CONTINUED)

to receive  one common  share and one share  purchase  warrant  to  purchase  an
additional common share for $10.00 per share.


         In connection  with the offering of the September  special  warrants in
Canada,  the Company's  placement  agent (the Canadian Agent) received a selling
commission  consisting of $48,625 in cash and 6,800 September  special  warrants
exercisable  for one common share and one share purchase  warrant to purchase an
additional  common  share for  $10.00  per share  and was  granted  an option to
acquire 16,200 share purchase warrants, each exercisable for one common share at
a price of  $6.25  per  share.  The  Canadian  Agent  also  received  a  $61,987
syndication fee and a $37,097 corporate finance fee.

         In connection with the placement of the September  special  warrants in
the United  States,  the Company's two placement  agents (the U.S.  Agents) each
received a selling  commission  equal to 9 percent of the gross  proceeds in the
form of  September  special  warrants,  or a total of 74,682  September  special
warrants.  One of the U.S. Agents also received 4,000 September special warrants
in payment of its corporate  finance fee. Such  September  special  warrants are
exercisable  for one common share and a share  purchase  warrant to purchase one
additional  common  share for $10.00 per share.  In  addition,  the U.S.  Agents
received  an option to  acquire  42,980  and  40,000  share  purchase  warrants,
respectively,  with each warrant  exercisable for one common share at a price of
$6.25 per share.  All of the share  purchase  warrants  issued in  September  or
December 1996 are subject to certain  rights of the Company to force exercise or
cancellation.

         A total of 1,050,000 outstanding shares were held in escrow at July 31,
1997. All such shares are registered in the shareholders'  respective names with
all  voting  rights  attached  and  exercisable  by  the  respective  registered
shareholder.  The escrowed  shares are  restricted  as to  transferability.  The
release of 200,000  shares was subject to lapse of time  provisions;  the shares
were released on October 21, 1997.  The release of the remaining  850,000 shares
is subject to the following provisions:

         o  One share will be released for each $0.40 of cash flow  generated by
            the Company;

         o  Release shall only be made pursuant to a written  application to The
            Alberta Stock Exchange; and

         o  The  maximum  number  of  shares  to be  released  in any  year to a
            shareholder shall be one-third of the original number of shares held
            in escrow on behalf of such shareholder.

         Stock Option Plans
         ------------------

         The Company has two stock  option  plans,  the Stock Option Plan ("1993
Plan") and the Stock Award Plan ("1996 Plan")  pursuant to which the Company may
grant  to  officers,   directors,   employees  and  consultants   incentive  and
non-qualified  options to purchase up to 10% of the  outstanding  common  shares
under the 1993 Plan and up to 600,000 common shares under the 1996 Plan, subject
to  applicable  regulatory  limits.  The 1996  Plan is  subject  to  shareholder
approval at the Company's  1997 annual  meeting.  The exercise  price of options
granted under the plans may not be less than 75% of the fair market value of the
Company's common shares at the date of grant (100% for  tax-qualified  incentive
stock  options).  Options  become  exercisable  at the date of grant or in equal
annual  installments  over a period of one to four years from the date of grant.
The options generally expire five years after the date of grant.

         The 1996 Plan also  provides  for the  granting  of stock  appreciation
rights,  restricted units,  performance awards and other stock-based awards. The
Company had no such awards or rights outstanding at July 31, 1997 or 1996.


                                    - F-17 -
<PAGE>


NOTE 7.  SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY (CONTINUED)

         The  activity  during  the years  ended  July 31,  1997 and 1996 was as
follows:

<TABLE>
                                                1997                                        1996
                                            ------------                                ------------
                                                               Weighted-                                  Weighted-
                                                                Average                                    Average
                                          Options           Exercise Price            Options           Exercise Price
                                    -------------------   ----------------------   ----------------    ------------------

<S>                                       <C>                     <C>                <C>                   <C>  
Outstanding - beginning of year             340,000               $4.15                90,000                $1.40
      Granted                               368,400               $6.85               370,000                $3.95
      Exercised                            (155,000)              $2.05              (120,000)               $ .85
      Canceled                              (65,000)              $7.50                     -                $   -
                                     -------------------   ---------------------   -------------------   ----------------
Outstanding - end of year                   488,400               $6.40               340,000                $4.15
                                     ===================   =====================   ===================   ================

Exercisable at end of year                  177,500               $5.95
                                                                  -----

Weighted-average fair
value of options granted
during the year                                                   $4.45                                      $6.15
</TABLE>

         The  following  table  summarizes   information   about  stock  options
outstanding at July 31, 1997:

<TABLE>
                                          Options Outstanding                                Options Exercisable
                      -----------------------------------------------------------  ----------------------------------------

                                                Weighted-
                             Number              Average            Weighted-             Number              Weighted -
     Range of             Outstanding           Remaining            Average            Exercisable            Average
  Exercise Prices            as of             Contractual          Exercise               as of               Exercise
                         July 31, 1997             Life               Price            July 31, 1997            Price
- --------------------  --------------------  ------------------  -----------------  ---------------------  ------------------
<S>                         <C>                    <C>              <C>                    <C>                 <C>
  $0.25 -- $1.00             10,000                2.66              $0.90                 10,000              $ 0.90
  $1.25 -- $1.50             60,000                3.39              $1.40                 60,000              $ 1.40
  $3.50 -- $3.75             25,000                3.55              $3.60                 17,500              $ 3.60
  $5.50 -- $5.75             50,000                4.77              $5.60                      -              $    -
  $6.25 -- $6.75            120,000                4.18              $6.50                      -              $    -
  $7.00 -- $7.50            133,400                4.49              $7.30                      -              $    -
  $9.75 -- $10.50            90,000                3.57             $10.00                 90,000              $10.00
- --------------------  --------------------  ------------------  -----------------  ---------------------  ------------------

  $0.05 -- $2.10            488,400                4.05              $6.40                177,000               $5.95
</TABLE>


         The  Company  accounts  for  stock  option  grants in  accordance  with
Accounting  Principles  Board  Opinion No. 25,  "Accounting  for Stock Issued to
Employees." Accordingly,  no compensation cost has been recognized for its stock
option grants. Pro forma information  regarding net income (loss) and net income
(loss) per share is required under Statement of Financial  Accounting  Standards
No. 123,  "Accounting  for Stock-Based  Compensation"  ("SFAS 123") and has been
determined  as if the Company had  accounted  for all 1997 and 1996 stock option
grants based on the fair value method. The pro forma information presented below
is not  representative  of the effect  stock  options will have on pro forma net
income (loss) or net income (loss) per share for future years.

         The fair value of each option  grant is  estimated on the date of grant
using the Black-Scholes  multiple  option-pricing  model. The following weighted
average  assumptions were used for grants in 1997 and 1996:  risk-free  interest
rates of 5.94% and 6.43%,  respectively,  an expected  option life of 4.92 years
and 4.24 years,  respectively,  expected volatility of 96% and dividend yield of
zero.

         The  Black-Scholes  method is one of many models used to calculate  the
fair value of options that are freely tradable, fully transferable and that have
no  vesting   restrictions.   These  models  also  require   highly   subjective
assumptions,  including  future stock price  volatility  and expected time until
exercise, which greatly affect the calculated values.

                                    - F-18 -
<PAGE>


NOTE 7.  SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY (CONTINUED)

         Had compensation cost for these plans been determined based on the fair
value of awards at the grant date,  as  prescribed  by SFAS 123, net loss or net
loss per share would have been as follows:

<TABLE>
                                                                                      1997           1996
                                                                                      ----           ----
                                                                                     (in thousands, except
                                                                                        per share data)
         Net loss applicable to common shareholders:
<S>                                                                               <C>             <C>     
              As reported                                                         $(1,701)        $  (581)
              Pro forma (1)                                                       $(2,121)        $(1,172)
         Net loss per share:
              As reported                                                         $ (0.42)        $ (0.27)
              Pro forma (1)                                                       $ (0.55)        $ (0.55)
</TABLE>



(1) SFAS 123 applies to awards granted in fiscal years that begin after December
15,  1994.  Consequently,  the effects of  applying  SFAS 123 shown here are not
likely to be  representative of the effects in future years due to the exclusion
of awards  granted in prior years but vesting (and  therefore  expensed) in 1996
and 1997.

NOTE 8.  INCOME TAXES

         HealthCare  Capital Corp. and its Canadian  subsidiaries  file separate
corporate income tax returns on a stand-alone basis in Canada.  Sonus-USA,  Inc.
files separate corporate income tax returns in the United States.

         There was no  provision  for income  taxes for the years ended July 31,
1997 and 1996 as the Company incurred net operating losses.

         The components of temporary  differences  that give rise to significant
portions of deferred  income  taxes at July 31, 1997 and 1996 are as follows (in
thousands):

<TABLE>
                                                                                           1997               1996
                                                                                           ----               ----
         Deferred tax assets:
<S>                                                                                   <C>                 <C>     
                    Net operating losses carried forward                              $     839          $     344
                    Allowance for doubtful accounts                                          44                ---
                    Other                                                                    --                 24
                                                                                      ---------          ---------
                                                                                            883                368
         Deferred tax liabilities:
                    Goodwill and start-up costs                                             (54)               ---
                    Other                                                                   ---                (21)
                                                                                      ---------          ---------
                                                                                            829                347
           Less valuation allowance                                                        (829)              (347)
                                                                                      ---------          ---------
                                                                                      $     ---          $     ---
                                                                                      =========          =========
</TABLE>



         A  reconciliation  of the  Company's  expected  tax  expense  using the
statutory income tax rate to the actual effective rate is as follows:


                                    - F-19 -
<PAGE>

NOTE 8.  INCOME TAXES (CONTINUED)

<TABLE>
                                                                                             1997           1996
                                                                                             ----           ----
<S>                                                                                        <C>              <C>  
           Tax benefit at statutory rate                                                   (34)%            (34)%
           Adjustment for higher Canadian tax rate                                          ---             (11)
           Capitalized costs deducted for tax purposes                                      ---              (6)
           Expenses not deductible for tax purposes                                           5              10
           Change in valuation allowance                                                     29              41
                                                                                            ---             ---
           Tax rate per financial statements                                                ---%            ---%
                                                                                           ====            ====
</TABLE>

         At July 31,  1997,  the  Company had  approximate  net  operating  loss
carryforwards for tax purposes which, if not utilized, expire in the years ended
as follows (in thousands):

<TABLE>
                                                                            UNITED
                                                   CANADA                   STATES                      TOTAL
                                                   ------                   ------                      -----

<S>      <C>                                    <C>                    <C>                          <C>     
         2001                                   $      18              $       ---                  $     18
         2002                                          35                      ---                        35
         2003                                         711                      ---                       711
         2004                                          45                      ---                        45
         2011                                         ---                      303                       303
         2012                                         ---                      906                       906
                                                ---------               ----------                  --------
                                                $     809               $    1,209                  $  2,018
                                                =========               ==========                  ========
</TABLE>

NOTE 9.  RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

         William DeJong is a partner in the Calgary,  Alberta law firm of Ballem
MacInnes  and is a  director  of the  Company.  Total  fees,  disbursements  and
government  sales tax paid to Ballem  MacInnes by the Company for legal services
as of July 31, 1997 and 1996 were $168,000 and $37,000,  respectively (converted
from Canadian dollars at July 31, 1997 and 1996).

         In connection with the  acquisition of the Midwest  Division of Hearing
Health Services, Inc., Sonus-USA,  Inc. assumed a promissory note with a balance
of $360,000 payable to Kathy Foltner, an officer of the Company.  The promissory
note is payable in equal annual installments of $120,000 beginning July 1, 1997,
and bears interest at 6% per annum.

         Gregory J. Frazer, Ph.D., an officer and director of the Company, was a
shareholder in certain  Hearing Care Associates  corporations  which the Company
acquired during the year ended July 31, 1997.  Total  consideration  paid to Mr.
Frazer  and  his  wife  in  connection   with  the   acquisitions   and  related
noncompetition  agreements totaled $933,000 in cash and 294,071 common shares of
the Company at a price of $5.00 per share.

         Brandon M. Dawson,  an officer and  director of the Company,  exercised
options for 50,000  shares of Common  Stock at $1.35 per share  (converted  from
Canadian dollars at May 8, 1997). In connection with such exercise,  the Company
loaned Mr. Dawson  $67,500 to pay the aggregate  exercise  price of the options.
The loan is secured by the stock  underlying  the  exercise  of the  options and
accrues  interest at 10% per annum.  Gene K.  Balzer,  Ph.D.,  a director of the
Company,  exercised  options  for  40,000  common  shares  at  $1.40  per  share
(converted  from  Canadian  dollars at May 19, 1997).  In  connection  with such
exercise,  the Company loaned Mr. Balzer  $56,000 to pay the aggregate  exercise
price of the options.  The loan is secured by the stock  underlying the exercise
of the options and accrues interest at 10% per annum.

                                    - F-20 -
<PAGE>


NOTE 10.  401(K) PLAN

         The Company sponsors a 401(k) plan for all employees who have satisfied
minimum  service and age  requirements.  Employees  may  contribute up to 20% of
their   compensation   to  the  plan.   The  Company  does  not  match  employee
contributions.

NOTE 11.  COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

         Operating Leases
         ----------------

         The following is a schedule by year of future  minimum  lease  payments
for non-cancelable operating leases at July 31, 1997 (in thousands):

         1998                                                $   658
         1999                                                    531
         2000                                                    468
         2001                                                    229
         2002                                                    107
         Thereafter                                              146
                                                             -------
         Total minimum lease payments                        $ 2,139
                                                             =======

         Rental expense under operating leases was $810,000 and $208,000 for the
years ended July 31, 1997 and 1996, respectively.

         Insurance
         ---------

         In the normal course of business, the Company may become a defendant or
plaintiff in various lawsuits. Although a successful claim for which the Company
is not fully  insured could have a material  effect on the  Company's  financial
condition,  management  is of the opinion that it maintains  insurance at levels
sufficient to insure itself against the normal risk of operations.

NOTE 12.  SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

    On August 27, 1997, Sonus-USA,  Inc. purchased all of the outstanding shares
of Hearing Care Associates  -Santa Monica,  Inc. at a cost of $258,268 cash paid
on  closing.  For cash  consideration  of  $114,135,  the sellers  entered  into
covenants  not  to  compete  for  a  period  of  three  years  after  employment
terminates.

NOTE 13.  CANADIAN VERSUS U.S. GAAP

    As of July 31,  1997 and 1996,  there were no material  differences  between
Canadian generally accepted accounting principles ("GAAP") and U.S. GAAP.


                                    - F-21 -
<PAGE>


NOTE 14.  QUARTERLY RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (UNAUDITED)

         The  following is a tabulation of the  unaudited  quarterly  results of
operations  for the year ended  July 31,  1997 (in  thousands,  except per share
data):

<TABLE>
                                                                                   Quarter ended
                                                         -----------------------------------------------------------------
                                                            October           January            April             July
                                                             1996              1997              1997              1997
                                                             ----              ----              ----              ----

<S>                                                      <C>               <C>               <C>              <C>        
Net revenue                                              $    1,268        $    2,933        $    4,355       $     4,906
Operating loss                                                 (299)             (672)             (444)             (318)
Net loss                                                       (298)             (649)             (432)             (322)

Earnings before interest,
   depreciation and amortization (1)                           (247)             (454)             (251)                9

Net loss per share                                       $    (0.10)       $    (0.15)      $     (0.10)      $     (0.05)
</TABLE>


(1) Earnings before interest,  depreciation and amortization is provided because
it is a measure  commonly  used by  acquisition  companies.  It is  presented to
enhance an understanding of the Company's  operating results and is not intended
to represent  cash flow or results of operations in  accordance  with  generally
accepted accounting principles for the periods indicated.

NOTE 15.  REVERSE STOCK SPLIT

         Effective  February 9, 1997, the  shareholders  approved a one-for-five
reverse stock split of the Common  Shares.  All share and per share  information
appearing in the  accompanying  financial  statements and related notes has been
restated to give effect to the reverse stock split of the Common Shares.

                                    - F-22 -
<PAGE>

                          INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT




To the Shareholders and Board of Directors
HealthCare Capital Corp.:


We have audited the accompanying  balance sheet of Hearing Care Associates Group
as of July 31, 1996,  and the related  statements of  operations,  stockholders'
equity  (deficit),  and cash  flows for each of the years in the two years  then
ended.  These  financial  statements  are the  responsibility  of the  Company's
management.  Our  responsibility  is to express  an  opinion on these  financial
statements based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards.
Those standards  require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable
assurance   about  whether  the  financial   statements  are  free  of  material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles  used and  significant  estimates  made by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion,  the financial  statements  referred to above present fairly, in
all material  respects,  the financial position of Hearing Care Associates Group
as of July 31, 1996,  and the results of its  operations  and its cash flows for
each of the years in the two year period then ended in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles.




KPMG Peat Marwick LLP

Portland, Oregon
February 14, 1997

                                    - F-23 -
<PAGE>

                                        HEARING CARE ASSOCIATES GROUP

                                                BALANCE SHEET

                                                July 31, 1996


                                                   ASSETS

Current assets:

<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                             <C>         
    Cash and cash equivalents                                                                   $    243,167
    Trade accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $22,130                     711,028
    Related party receivable                                                                          97,372
    Prepaid expenses and other current assets                                                         22,013
                                                                                                 -----------

       Total current assets                                                                        1,073,580

Equipment and fixtures, net                                                                          209,717
Intangible assets, at cost, less accumulated amortization                                            163,387
Deferred taxes                                                                                        20,600
Other assets, net                                                                                      9,678
                                                                                                 -----------

       Total assets                                                                             $  1,476,962
                                                                                                 ===========

                               LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT)

Current liabilities:
    Accounts payable                                                                            $    575,362
    Notes payable                                                                                    106,438
    Related party payable                                                                            437,512
    Accrued payroll and related costs                                                                141,175
    Other accrued expenses and current liabilities                                                   261,719
                                                                                                 -----------

       Total current liabilities                                                                   1,522,206

Stockholders' equity (deficit):
    Common stock; authorized 24,000 shares;
       issued and outstanding 2,600 shares                                                            70,000
    Accumulated deficit                                                                             (115,244)
                                                                                                 -----------

       Total stockholders' deficit                                                                   (45,244)
                                                                                                $  1,476,962
</TABLE>
See accompanying notes to financial statements.

                                    - F-24 -
<PAGE>

                                 HEARING CARE ASSOCIATES GROUP

                                    STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

                               Years ended July 31, 1996 and 1995


<TABLE>
                                                              1996                    1995
                                                              ----                    ----

<S>                                                      <C>                      <C>          
Product sales                                            $   3,480,056            $   2,740,612
Product cost of sales                                        1,393,554                  659,941
                                                          ------------             ------------

                                                             2,086,502                2,080,671

Net patient service revenue                                    673,115                  513,129

Expenses:
    Selling expenses                                         2,949,340                2,147,185
    General and administrative expenses                        320,763                  151,433
                                                          ------------             ------------

                                                             3,270,103                2,298,618
                                                          ------------             ------------

        (Loss) income from operations                         (510,486)                 295,182

    Other income (expense) net                                  11,727                   (9,817)

        (Loss) income before income taxes                     (498,759)                 285,365
                                                         -------------            -------------

    Income tax (benefit) expense                               (22,900)                 108,883
                                                         -------------            -------------

        Net (loss) income                               $     (475,859)          $      176,482
                                                         =============            =============
</TABLE>


See accompanying notes to financial statements.

                                    - F-25 -
<PAGE>

                                     HEARING CARE ASSOCIATES GROUP

                              STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT)

                                   Years ended July 31, 1996 and 1995




<TABLE>
                                                                                             Total
                                                                                         Stockholders'
                                        Common Stock           Accumulated                   Equity
                                           Shares          Par Value         Deficit        (Deficit)
                                           ------          ---------         -------        ---------

<S>                                    <C>              <C>              <C>               <C>         
Balances at July 31, 1994                      2,600    $      70,000    $      184,133    $    254,133

Net income                                         -                -           176,482         176,482
                                       -------------    -------------    --------------    ------------

Balances at July 31, 1995                      2,600           70,000           360,615         430,615

Net loss                                           -                -          (475,859)       (475,859)
                                       -------------    -------------    --------------    ------------


Balances at July 31, 1996                      2,600    $      70,000    $    (115,244)    $    (45,244)
                                       =============    =============    =============     ============
</TABLE>


See accompanying notes to financial statements.

                                                - F-26 -
<PAGE>

                                          HEARING CARE ASSOCIATES GROUP
                                             STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                                        Years ended July 31, 1996 and 1995

<TABLE>
                                                                                1996                    1995
                                                                                ----                    ----
Cash flows from operating activities:
<S>                                                                        <C>                      <C>          
    Net (loss) income                                                      $   (475,859)            $     176,482
    Adjustments to reconcile net (loss) income to
    net cash provided by (used in) operations:
        Depreciation and amortization                                            68,091                    61,422
        Deferred income taxes                                                    54,000                   (34,178)
        Changes in current assets and liabilities:
            Increase in accounts receivable                                    (147,794)                 (358,299)
            Decrease (increase) in notes receivable - related party              57,067                   (20,131)
            (Increase) decrease in prepaid
                expenses and other current assets                               (37,548)                   13,568
            Increase in accounts payable                                        173,483                    56,197
            Increase in accrued expenses and
                other current liabilities                                       223,671                    71,144
                                                                           ------------             -------------

                Net cash used in operating activities                           (84,889)                  (33,795)
                                                                           ------------             -------------

Cash flows from investing activities:
    Purchases of equipment and fixtures                                         (66,597)                  (17,313)
    Acquisition of intangible assets                                            (17,493)                   (3,245)
                                                                           ------------             -------------

                Net cash used in investing activities                           (84,090)                  (20,558)
                                                                           ------------             -------------

Cash flows from financing activities:
    Net proceeds from related parties                                           248,578                  255,095
    Repayments on notes payable                                                 (85,176)                 (71,800)
                                                                           ------------             ------------

                Net cash provided by financing activities                       163,402                  183,295
                                                                           ------------             ------------

                Net increase (decrease) in cash and
                  cash equivalents                                               (5,577)                 128,942

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year                                  248,744                  119,802
                                                                           ------------             ------------

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year                                   $    243,167             $    248,744
                                                                           ============             ============

Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:
    Interest paid                                                          $     21,104             $     13,349
                                                                           ============             ============

    Income taxes paid                                                      $          0             $    143,061
                                                                           ============             ============
</TABLE>

See accompanying notes to financial statements.

                                    - F-27 -
<PAGE>

                          HEARING CARE ASSOCIATES GROUP
                          Notes to Financial Statements
                                  July 31, 1996


(1) ORGANIZATION AND OPERATIONS

    Hearing Care Associates  Group (the "Company")  consists of three California
    corporations:  Hearing Care  Associates  -  Northridge,  Inc.,  Hearing Care
    Associates - Glendale, Inc., and Hearing Care Associates -Glendora, Inc. The
    Company provides hearing rehabilitation services through a network of eleven
    clinics located in the Los Angeles, California, metropolitan area.

    The accompanying  financial  statements  reflect the combined  operations of
    these three corporations.

(2) SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

    (a) CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

    For purposes of reporting cash flows, cash and cash equivalents include cash
    on hand and short-term  investments  with original  maturities of 90 days or
    less.

    (b) NET REVENUES

    Revenues from the sale of hearing instrument  products are recognized at the
    time of delivery.  Revenues  from the  provision of hearing care  diagnostic
    services are recognized at the time that such services are performed.

    (c) EQUIPMENT AND FIXTURES

    Equipment and fixtures are stated at cost less accumulated  depreciation and
    amortization. Additions and betterments are capitalized, and maintenance and
    repairs are charged to current  operations  as incurred.  The cost of assets
    retired or otherwise  disposed of and the related  accumulated  depreciation
    and amortization are removed from the accounts, and the gain or loss on such
    dispositions is reflected in current  operations.  Amortization of leasehold
    improvements is provided on an accelerated  basis over the term of the lease
    or estimated useful lives of the assets,  whichever is less. Depreciation is
    provided on an accelerated basis. Estimated useful lives of the assets are:

        Professional equipment                       7 - 10 years
        Furniture and fixtures                       7 - 10 years
        Office equipment                              5 - 7 years
        Leasehold improvements                            7 years

    (d) INCOME TAXES

    The Company accounts for income taxes under the asset and liability  method.
    Under the asset and liability  method,  deferred tax assets and  liabilities
    are recognized for the future tax  consequences  attributable to differences
    between the  financial  statement  carrying  amounts of existing  assets and
    liabilities and their respective tax bases and operating loss and tax credit
    carryforwards.  Deferred  tax  assets and  liabilities  are  measured  using
    enacted tax rates  expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which
    those  temporary  differences  are expected to be recovered or settled.  The
    effect on deferred  tax assets and  liabilities  of a change in tax rates is
    recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date.

                                    - F-28 -
<PAGE>

    (e) INTANGIBLE ASSETS

    Intangible  assets  consist of  non-compete  agreements,  purchased  patient
    listings  and  goodwill  (the  cost in excess of net  assets  acquired  in a
    purchase transaction).  Goodwill and patient listings are being amortized on
    a straight-line basis over 15 years. Non-compete agreements are amortized on
    a straight-line basis over the life of the contract.

    (f) CONCENTRATIONS OF CREDIT RISK

    Financial   instruments,   which   potentially   subject   the   Company  to
    concentration  of  credit  risk,  consist  principally  of  cash  and  trade
    receivables.   The  Company   places  its  cash  with  high  credit  quality
    institutions.  At times such amounts may be in excess of the FDIC  insurance
    limits.  The Company's  trade accounts  receivable are derived from numerous
    private payors,  insurance  carriers,  health maintenance  organizations and
    government agencies. Concentration of credit risk relating to trade accounts
    receivable  is  limited  due to the  diversity  and number of  patients  and
    payors.

    (g) FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

    The  carrying  value  of  financial   instruments  such  as  cash  and  cash
    equivalents,  trade receivables,  notes receivable, trade payables and notes
    payable, approximate their fair value.

    (h) USE OF ESTIMATES

    Management  of the Company has made a number of  estimates  and  assumptions
    relating to the reporting of assets and  liabilities  and the  disclosure of
    contingent  assets and liabilities to prepare these financial  statements in
    conformity with generally  accepted  accounting  principles.  Actual results
    could differ from those estimates.

(3) EQUIPMENT AND FIXTURES

    Equipment and fixtures consist of the following at July 31, 1996:

        Professional equipment                              $    254,431
        Office equipment                                         193,736
        Furniture and fixtures                                   143,921
        Leasehold improvements                                    76,627
                                                            ------------

                                                                 668,715

        Less accumulated depreciation                            458,998
                                                            ------------

                                                            $    209,717
                                                            ============

    Depreciation  expense  for fiscal  1996 and 1995 was  $57,172  and  $49,236,
respectively.

(4) NOTES PAYABLE

        Equipment loans payable to supplier.
        The loans  are due  April 15,  1998,
        and    require     total     monthly
        installments  of  $2,000,  including
        interest calculated at the rate of 9
        percent per annum.                                  $    106,438
                                                            ============

(5) INCOME TAXES

    The components of the 1996 and 1995 provision (benefit) for income taxes are
as follows:

                                    - F-29 -
<PAGE>

                                              Year Ended July 31
                                       ------------------------------
                                            1996            1995
                                       -------------    -------------

         Current:
            Federal                    $     (76,900)   $     120,449
            State                                  0           22,612
                                       -------------    -------------

                                             (76,900)         143,061


         Deferred:
            Federal                           45,465          (28,776)
            State                              8,535           (5,402)
                                       -------------    -------------

                                              54,000          (34,178)
                                       -------------    -------------

              Total                    $     (22,900)   $     108,883
                                       =============    =============


    At July 31, 1995,  the  difference  between the total income tax expense and
    the income tax expense computed using the statutory  federal income tax rate
    was due primarily to state tax expense,  net of federal tax benefit. At July
    31, 1996, the difference between the total income tax benefit and the income
    tax benefit  computed  using the statutory  federal  income tax rate was due
    primarily  to  state  tax  benefit,  net of  federal  effect,  as well as an
    increase in the valuation allowance.

    The net deferred tax asset of $20,600 at July 31, 1996,  consists  primarily
    of net operating loss  carryovers and  differences  resulting from using the
    cash method of accounting  for income tax purposes.  No valuation  allowance
    was  deemed  necessary  at July  31,  1995.  An  increase  in the  valuation
    allowance during the year resulted in a valuation allowance at July 31, 1996
    of approximately $156,000.

    At July 31, 1996,  the Company has a net  operating  loss  carryforward  for
    federal income tax purposes of approximately $274,000.



(6) OPERATING LEASES

    The Company  leases  offices and  equipment  under  noncancelable  operating
    leases which require future minimum annual rentals as follows:

         Year ending July 31:
           1997                                 $     241,139
           1998                                       207,000
           1999                                       208,908
           2000                                       212,731
           2001                                       216,665
           Thereafter                                 376,956
                                                -------------

                                                $   1,463,399
                                                =============

                                    - F-30 -
<PAGE>

    Certain of the leases contain renewal  options and escalation  clauses which
    require  payments of  additional  rent to the extent of increases in related
    operating  costs.  Rent  expense for fiscal 1996 and 1995 was  $208,868  and
    $236,293, respectively.

(7) RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

    The Company receives  advances to fund operations from  stockholders who are
    also  employees  and  officers  of the  Company.  The  balance  due to these
    stockholders  is $437,512 at July 31, 1996.  Employees who are  stockholders
    have also received periodic advances from the Company.  The total amount due
    to the Company  from these  employees  is $97,372 at July 31,  1996,  all of
    which is due within the next fiscal year.

(8) SUBSEQUENT EVENT

    As of October 1, 1996,  the  Company  was  acquired  by  HealthCare  Hearing
    Clinics,  Inc., a Washington  corporation  and a wholly-owned  subsidiary of
    HealthCare  Capital  Corp.,  a corporation  organized  under the laws of the
    province of Alberta, Canada.

    As of September 30, 1996,  the Company  declared a bonus to a clinic manager
    in the amount of $236,000.  The bonus was payable upon the completion of the
    acquisition of the Company by HealthCare Hearing Clinics, Inc.

                                    - F-31 -
<PAGE>

                          INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT



To the Shareholders and Board of Directors
HealthCare Capital Corp.:


We have  audited  the  accompanying  balance  sheet of the  Midwest  Division of
Hearing  Health  Services,  Inc. dba Sonus as of June 30, 1996,  and the related
statements of operations and accumulated earnings and cash flows for each of the
years  in  the  two  years  then  ended.  These  financial  statements  are  the
responsibility of the Company's management.  Our responsibility is to express an
opinion on these financial statements based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards.
Those standards  require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable
assurance   about  whether  the  financial   statements  are  free  of  material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles  used and  significant  estimates  made by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion,  the financial  statements  referred to above present fairly, in
all material respects, the financial position of the Midwest Division of Hearing
Health  Services,  Inc.  dba Sonus as of June 30,  1996,  and the results of its
operations  and cash  flows  for each of the years in the two year  period  then
ended in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.



KPMG Peat Marwick LLP

Portland, Oregon
January 16, 1997

                                    - F-32 -
<PAGE>


                                          THE MIDWEST DIVISION OF HEARING
                                          HEALTH SERVICES, INC. DBA SONUS

                                                  BALANCE SHEETS


<TABLE>
                                                                             June 30,                October 31,
                                                                               1996                     1996
                                                                           -------------            -------------
                                                                                                     (Unaudited)
                                                      ASSETS
Current Assets
<S>                                                                        <C>                      <C>          
    Cash and cash equivalents                                              $     139,396            $     108,240
    Trade accounts receivable, net of allowance
        for doubtful accounts of $57,297                                         313,614                  301,567
    Accounts receivable - other                                                      965                      512
    Inventory                                                                     62,619                   43,161
    Prepaid expenses and other current assets                                     11,049                   35,808
                                                                           -------------            -------------

            Total current assets                                                 527,643                  489,288

Equipment and fixtures, net                                                      389,523                  364,879
Deferred taxes                                                                    39,179                   39,179
Other assets, net                                                                 25,628                   24,212
                                                                           -------------            -------------

                                                                                 454,330                  428,270
                                                                           -------------            -------------

            Total assets                                                   $     981,973            $     917,558
                                                                           =============            =============

                                         LIABILITIES AND RETAINED EARNINGS

Current liabilities:
    Accounts payable                                                       $     221,399            $     224,238
    Accrued payroll and related costs                                            127,164                  101,433
    Patient deposits                                                              23,927                   36,330
    Other accrued expenses                                                        23,538                   27,937
    Capital lease obligations                                                      8,875                    1,775
                                                                           -------------            -------------

            Total current liabilities                                            404,903                  391,713

Related party payable                                                            277,923                  279,126
                                                                           -------------            -------------

            Total liabilities                                                    682,826                  670,839
                                                                           -------------            -------------

Retained earnings                                                                299,147                  246,719
                                                                           -------------            -------------

            Total liabilities and retained earnings                        $     981,973            $     917,558
                                                                           =============            =============

See accompanying notes to financial statements.
</TABLE>

                                    - F-33 -
<PAGE>


                                    THE MIDWEST DIVISION OF HEARING
                                    HEALTH SERVICES, INC. DBA SONUS

                           STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS AND ACCUMULATED EARNINGS




<TABLE>
                                                                                    Four Months
                                              Years Ended June 30                Ended October 31
                                       ----------------------------------------------------------------
                                            1996            1995              1996             1995
                                       -------------    -------------    --------------    ------------
                                                                                    (Unaudited)

<S>                                    <C>              <C>              <C>               <C>         
Product sales                          $   2,983,955    $   2,878,986    $      930,926    $  1,147,596
Product cost of sales                        934,038        1,031,409           337,488         355,090
                                       -------------    -------------    --------------    ------------

                                           2,049,917        1,847,577           593,438         792,506

Net patient service revenue                  478,702          463,383           174,913         166,412

Expenses:
   Selling expenses                        1,981,736        1,827,201           709,106         687,539
   General and administrative
     expenses                                424,943          356,999           142,957         126,731
                                       -------------    -------------    --------------    ------------

                                           2,406,679        2,184,200           852,063         814,270
                                       -------------    -------------    --------------    ------------

     Income (loss) from operations           121,940          126,760          (83,712)         144,648
                                       -------------    -------------    -------------     ------------

   Interest income                             1,593                -               485               -
                                       -------------    -------------    --------------    ------------

                                               1,593                -               485               -
                                       -------------    -------------    --------------    ------------

     Net income (loss) before
        income taxes                         123,533          126,760          (83,227)         144,648
                                       -------------    -------------    -------------     ------------

Income tax expense (benefit)                  47,687           41,024          (30,799)          57,298
                                       -------------    -------------    -------------     ------------

Net income (loss)                             75,846           85,736          (52,428)          87,350

Accumulated earnings,
    beginning of period                      223,301          137,565           299,147         223,301
                                       -------------    -------------    --------------    ------------

Accumulated earnings, end of period    $     299,147    $     223,301    $      246,719    $    310,651
                                       =============    =============    ==============    ============
</TABLE>

See accompanying notes to financial statements.

                                    - F-34 -
<PAGE>

                                    THE MIDWEST DIVISION OF HEARING
                                    HEALTH SERVICES, INC. DBA SONUS
                                        STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
<TABLE>
                                                                                        Four Months
                                                            Years Ended June 30       Ended October 31
                                                           ----------------------    ----------------------
                                                              1996          1995         1996        1995
                                                           ---------    ---------    ---------    ---------
                                                                                           (Unaudited)
Cash flows from operating activities:
<S>                                                        <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>      
  Net income (loss)                                        $  75,846    $  85,736    $ (52,428)   $  87,350
  Adjustments to reconcile net income
    (loss) to net cash provided by
    (used in) operations:
     Depreciation                                            108,430       90,677       41,200       16,218
     Deferred taxes                                          (13,471)       7,226            -            -
     Changes in current assets and liabilities:
     (Increase) decrease in accounts receivable              (18,170)    (199,543)      12,047       53,717
     Decrease (increase) in inventory                         49,179       (9,676)      19,458       46,672
     Decrease (increase) in prepaids and
       other assets                                           11,302      (27,126)     (22,890)       1,144
     (Decrease) increase in accounts payable                 (80,598)      94,897        2,839     (117,433)
     Increase (decrease) in accrued liabilities               15,918       (2,906)     (25,731)      (3,536)
     (Decrease) increase in patient deposits                 (20,926)      18,439       12,403        8,897
     (Decrease) increase in other liabilities                 (1,037)      58,974      (26,400)      43,115
                                                           ---------    ---------    ---------    ---------

       Net cash provided by (used in)
         operating activities                                126,473      116,698      (39,502)     136,144
                                                           ---------    ---------    ---------    ---------

Cash flows from investing activities:
  Purchases of equipment and fixtures                       (103,853)    (202,904)     (16,556)     (41,243)
                                                           ---------    ---------    ---------    ---------

       Net cash used in investing activities                (103,853)    (202,904)     (16,556)     (41,243)
                                                           ---------    ---------    ---------    ---------

Cash flows from financing activities:
  Net payments on capital leases                             (24,556)           -       (7,100)     (10,356)
  Net (repayments to) proceeds from
    related parties                                           (6,188)     180,497       32,002      (19,799)
                                                           ---------    ---------    ---------    ---------

       Net cash (used in) provided by
         financing activities                                (30,744)     180,497       24,902      (30,155)
                                                           ---------    ---------    ---------    ---------

Net (decrease) increase in cash and
    cash equivalents                                          (8,124)      94,291      (31,156)      64,746

Cash and cash equivalents at
   beginning of period                                       147,520       53,229      139,396      147,520

Cash and cash equivalents at
  end of period                                            $ 139,396    $ 147,520    $ 108,240    $ 212,266
                                                           =========    =========    =========    =========

Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:
    Interest paid                                          $   4,068    $  14,437    $     820    $   1,025
                                                           =========    =========    =========    =========
    Income taxes paid                                      $  61,158    $  33,798    $       0    $  57,298
                                                           =========    =========    =========    =========

Schedule of non cash investing and financing activities:
    Capital lease obligation                         $             -    $  33,431    $       -    $       -
                                                           =========    =========    =========    =========
</TABLE>

See accompanying notes to financial statements.

                                    - F-35 -
<PAGE>

                         THE MIDWEST DIVISION OF HEARING
                         HEALTH SERVICES, INC. DBA SONUS

                          Notes to Financial Statements


(1) ORGANIZATION AND OPERATIONS

    The  Midwest  Division  of  Hearing  Health  Services,  Inc.  dba Sonus (the
    Company) consists of the Michigan and Illinois  operations of Hearing Health
    Services,  Inc., a Delaware  corporation.  The Company provides  diagnostic,
    rehabilitation and preventative hearing health care products and services to
    patients through 14 clinics located in Michigan and Illinois.

    The  Michigan and  Illinois  operations  of Hearing  Health  Services,  Inc.
    operated under  separate  management  independent  from other Hearing Health
    Services, Inc., locations. The accompanying financial statements reflect all
    significant  costs of operations for the Midwest  Division of Hearing Health
    Services, Inc.

(2) SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

  (a) CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

      For purposes of reporting cash flows,  cash and cash  equivalents  include
      cash on-hand and  short-term  investments  with original  maturities of 90
      days or less.

  (b) NET REVENUES

      Revenues from the sale of hearing  instrument  products are  recognized at
      the  time of  delivery.  Revenues  from  the  provision  of  hearing  care
      diagnostic  services  are  recognized  at the time that such  services are
      performed.

  (c) INVENTORY

      Inventory  is  stated at the lower of cost,  determined  on the  first-in,
      first-out  method,  or  market  value.   Inventory   consists  of  hearing
      instruments  and  batteries,  which have been  purchased  from vendors for
      resale to customers.

  (d) EQUIPMENT AND FIXTURES

      Equipment  and fixtures are stated at cost less  accumulated  depreciation
      and   amortization.   Additions  and  betterments  are  capitalized,   and
      maintenance and repairs are charged to current operations as incurred. The
      cost  of  assets  retired  or  otherwise   disposed  of  and  the  related
      accumulated  depreciation  and amortization are removed from the accounts,
      and  the  gain  or  loss on such  dispositions  is  reflected  in  current
      operations.  Amortization  of  leasehold  improvements  is provided on the
      straight-line  method over the term of the lease or estimated useful lives
      of  the  assets,  whichever  is  less.  Depreciation  is  provided  on the
      straight-line method. Estimated useful lives of the assets are:

             Professional equipment                       7 years
             Furniture and fixtures                       5 years
             Office equipment                             5 years
             Leasehold improvements                   1 - 5 years
                                                                     (Continued)

                                    - F-36 -
<PAGE>

                         THE MIDWEST DIVISION OF HEARING
                         HEALTH SERVICES, INC. DBA SONUS

                          Notes to Financial Statements



  (e) INCOME TAXES

      The  Company  accounts  for  income  taxes  under the asset and  liability
      method.  Under the asset and  liability  method,  deferred  tax assets and
      liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to
      differences  between the financial  statement carrying amounts of existing
      assets and liabilities  and their  respective tax bases and operating loss
      and tax credit  carryforwards.  Deferred  tax assets and  liabilities  are
      measured  using enacted tax rates  expected to apply to taxable  income in
      the  years  in  which  those  temporary  differences  are  expected  to be
      recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of
      a change in tax rates is  recognized in income in the period that includes
      the enactment date.

  (f) CONCENTRATIONS OF CREDIT RISK

      Financial   instruments,   which   potentially   subject  the  Company  to
      concentration  of  credit  risk,  consist  principally  of cash and  trade
      receivables.  The  Company  places  its  cash  with  high  credit  quality
      financial institutions. At times such amounts may be in excess of the FDIC
      insurance limits. The Company's trade accounts receivable are derived from
      numerous   private  payors,   insurance   carriers,   health   maintenance
      organizations  and  government  agencies.  Concentration  of  credit  risk
      relating to trade accounts  receivable is limited due to the diversity and
      number of patients and payors.

  (g) FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

      The  carrying  value  of  financial  instruments  such  as cash  and  cash
      equivalents,   trade  receivables,   notes  payable  and  trade  payables,
      approximate their fair value.

  (h) USE OF ESTIMATES

      Management of the Company has made a number of estimates  and  assumptions
      relating to the reporting of assets and  liabilities and the disclosure of
      contingent assets and liabilities to prepare these financial statements in
      conformity with generally accepted accounting  principles.  Actual results
      could differ from those estimates.

  (i) INTERIM FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

      In the opinion of management, the interim financial statements include all
      adjustments,  consisting only of normal recurring  adjustments,  necessary
      for a fair statement of the results for the interim periods presented.

                                                                     (Continued)

                                    - F-37 -
<PAGE>

                         THE MIDWEST DIVISION OF HEARING
                         HEALTH SERVICES, INC. DBA SONUS

                          Notes to Financial Statements


(3) EQUIPMENT AND FIXTURES

    Equipment and fixtures consist of the following at June 30, 1996:

     Professional equipment                             $     329,453
     Office equipment                                         194,327
     Furniture and fixtures                                    74,445
     Leasehold improvements                                    64,480
                                                        -------------

                                                              662,705

     Less accumulated depreciation and amortization          (273,182)

                                                        $     389,523
                                                        =============

    Property  and  equipment at June 30, 1996  includes  assets  acquired  under
    capital leases of $23,402, net of accumulated depreciation of $10,029.

    Depreciation  expense  for  fiscal  years  1996 and 1995  was  $108,430  and
    $90,677, respectively.

(4) INCOME TAXES

    The Company is a division  of, and its  operations  are  included in the tax
    return for, Hearing Health  Services,  Inc. Income taxes on the accompanying
    financial  statements are provided on a stand-alone  basis as if the Company
    filed its own tax return.

    The components of the 1996 and 1995 provision (benefit) for income taxes are
    as follows:


                                                        Year Ended June 30,
                                                 ------------------------------

                                                      1996             1995
                                                 -------------     ------------

Current:
   Federal                                       $      51,492     $     28,456
   State                                                 9,666            5,342
                                                 -------------     ------------

                                                        61,158           33,798
                                                 -------------     ------------
Deferred:
   Federal                                             (11,342)           6,083
   State                                                (2,129)           1,143
                                                 -------------     ------------
                                                       (13,471)           7,226
                                                 -------------     ------------

     Total                                       $      47,687     $     41,024
                                                 =============     ============
                                                                     (Continued)

                                    - F-38 -
<PAGE>

                         THE MIDWEST DIVISION OF HEARING
                         HEALTH SERVICES, INC. DBA SONUS

                          Notes to Financial Statements

The  difference  between the total income tax expense and the income tax expense
computed  using the statutory  federal  income tax rate for the years ended June
30, 1996 and 1995 is as follows:

                                                       1996             1995
                                                       ----             ----

         Computed tax expense at
         statutory rate                                34.0%            34.0%
         State tax expense, net of
         federal taxes                                  4.0%             2.1%
         Nondeductible expenses                         0.6%             4.2%
                                                        ---              ---

         Total                                         38.6%            40.3%
                                                       =====            ====


The deferred  income tax asset of $39,179 at June 30, 1996 relates  primarily to
certain  reserves  not  currently  deductible  for tax  purposes.  No  valuation
allowance  was  deemed  necessary  and  there  was no  change  in the  valuation
allowance from the prior year. It is more likely than not that the entire amount
of the deferred  tax asset will be realized  due to the taxable  income from the
carryback availability in prior years.

(5) LEASES

    (a)      OPERATING LEASES

    The Company  leases  office and  equipment  under  noncancellable  operating
    leases which require future minimum annual rentals as follows:

           Year ending June 30
           1997                                      $ 171,811
           1998                                        152,483
           1999                                        101,023
           2000                                         54,387
           2001                                         50,156
           Thereafter                                   89,090
                                                        ------

                                                     $ 618,950
                                                     =========

    Certain of the leases contain renewal  options and escalation  clauses which
    require  payments of  additional  rent to the extent of increases in related
    operating  costs.  Rent  expense for fiscal 1996 and 1995 was  $195,369  and
    $194,821, respectively.

                                                                     (Continued)

                                    - F-39 -
<PAGE>

                         THE MIDWEST DIVISION OF HEARING
                         HEALTH SERVICES, INC. DBA SONUS

                          Notes to Financial Statements



   (b) CAPITAL LEASES

       The Company leases certain  professional  equipment  under capital leases
       expiring  through 1996.  Future minimum lease payments related to capital
       leases at June 30, 1996 are as follows:

               Total minimum lease payments
                 (payable in fiscal year 1997)               $ 9,900
               Amounts representing interest                   1,025

               Present value of net minimum
               lease payments                                $ 8,875
                                                             =======


(6)    RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

            The  Company  receives  advances  to fund  operations  from  related
            partnerships managed by Foster Management.  The balance due from the
            Company to these partnerships is $277,923 at June 30, 1996.

            The  balance  of the  related  party  payable  was  not  assumed  by
            HealthCare Hearing Clinics,  Inc., in its acquisition of the Company
            subsequent  to year-end (see note 8).  Therefore,  the related party
            payable  balance is  reflected  as a  non-current  liability  on the
            accompanying financial statements.

            The Company also leases  corporate office space from a related party
            under an agreement  which  expires in February,  2003.  Rent expense
            recorded for fiscal 1996 was $12,528.

(7)    DEFINED CONTRIBUTION PLAN

            The  Company  sponsors  a defined  contribution  plan that  provides
            eligible employees  (employees that have been employed for 12 months
            from their date of hire) the  opportunity  to  accumulate  funds for
            their retirement.  The plan does not require Company  contributions,
            nor have any  contributions  been made by the  Company for the years
            ended June 30, 1996 and 1995.

(8)      SUBSEQUENT EVENT

            As of October  31,  1996,  the Company  was  acquired by  HealthCare
            Hearing Clinics,  Inc., a Washington  corporation and a wholly-owned
            subsidiary  of HealthCare  Capital  Corp.,  a corporation  organized
            under the laws of the Province of Alberta, Canada.

                                    - F-40 -
<PAGE>

                PART II - INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

ITEM 24.  INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

                  Part 8 of the  Registrant's  bylaws requires the Registrant to
indemnify,  to the extent  permitted by the Business  Corporations Act (Alberta)
(the "Act"),  directors and  officers,  former  directors and officers,  and any
person who acts or acted at the Registrant's request as a director or officer of
a body  corporate of which the Registrant is or was a shareholder or a creditor,
and his heirs and legal representatives, from and against:

                  (a) all costs, charges, and expenses,  including any amount to
         settle an action or satisfy a judgment  reasonably  incurred  by him in
         respect of any civil,  criminal, or administrative action or proceeding
         to which  he is made a party  by  reason  of  being  or  having  been a
         director or officer of the Registrant; and

                  (b)  all  other  costs,  charges,  and  expenses  incurred  in
         connection with the defense of any civil,  criminal,  or administrative
         action or  proceeding to which he is made a party by reason of being or
         having been a director or officer of the Registrant.

                  The effect of this provision of the  Registrant's  bylaws when
considered  in  light of Part 9,  Section  119 of the Act is to grant a right of
indemnification  to  the  above  referenced  individuals  against  all  expenses
(including  attorney fees and settlement costs)  reasonably  incurred in each of
the following circumstances:

                  (a) the individual (i) acted honestly and in good faith with a
         view to the best  interests of the Registrant and (ii) in the case of a
         criminal or  administrative  action or proceeding that is enforced by a
         monetary  penalty,  had reasonable  grounds to believe that his conduct
         was lawful;

                  (b) the individual was substantially  successful on the merits
         on his defense of the action or  proceeding  and acted  honestly and in
         good faith with a view to the best interests of the Registrant,  and in
         the case of a criminal or administrative action, had reasonable grounds
         for believing his conduct was lawful; and

                  (c) in the case of an action on  behalf of the  Registrant  to
         procure a judgment  in its  favor,  to which the  individual  is made a
         party by reason of being or having  been a  director  or officer of the
         Registrant, the individual acted honestly and in good faith with a view
         to the best  interests of the  Registrant,  and the court approves such
         indemnification.

                  The Act also permits the  Registrant  to purchase and maintain
insurance  for the  protection  of (i) its  directors  and officers and (ii) any
director  or officer  of another  body  corporate  acting at the  request of the
Registrant, against liabilities incurred in such person's capacity as a director
or officer of the Registrant or of such other body  corporate,  except when such
liability  relates to such  person's  failure to act  honestly and in good faith
with  a view  to the  best  interests  of the  Registrant  or  such  other  body
corporate.

                                      II-1
<PAGE>

ITEM 25.  OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION

         The following table sets forth an itemized statement of expenses of the
Registrant  in connection  with the sale of the Common  Shares being  registered
hereby. All of the expenses are estimated,  except for the SEC registration fee.
None of the expenses will be borne by the Selling Shareholders identified in the
Prospectus contained in this registration statement.


<TABLE>
=======================================================================================================================
                                         STATEMENT OF EXPENSES OF REGISTRANT
=======================================================================================================================
<S>                                                                                                       <C>      
SEC registration fee                                                                                        $13,117
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Printing and engraving expenses                                                                              10,000*
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Legal fees and expenses                                                                                     110,000*
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Auditors' fees and expenses                                                                                 120,000*
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Transfer Agent and Registrar fees                                                                             5,000*
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Miscellaneous expenses                                                                                       11,883*
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TOTAL                                                                                                      $270,000*
=======================================================================================================================
</TABLE>

*  Estimated

ITEM 26.  RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES

         Within the last three years the Registrant has sold securities  without
registration under the Securities Act in the transactions and in reliance on the
exemptions described below. The numbers of Common Shares,  special warrants, and
warrants and related  issue and  exercise  prices set forth in this section have
been  adjusted to reflect  the  one-for-five  reverse  stock split of the Common
Shares effective February 9, 1998.

SPECIAL WARRANTS

         During 1996, the Registrant undertook two separate offerings of Special
Warrants.  The first warrant offering was a private  placement in Canada and the
U.S.  of  340,000  special  warrants  (the  "February  Special  Warrants").  The
aggregate  offering  price for the  February  Special  Warrants  was  $1,241,000
(converted  from Canadian  dollars at February 28,  1996).  Each of the February
Special  Warrants  entitled the holder to acquire 1.1 Common  Shares and a share
purchase  warrant to purchase 1.1  additional  Common Shares.  As a result,  the
Registrant  issued 374,000 Common Shares and share purchase warrants to purchase
an additional  374,000 Common Shares.  The number of February  Special  Warrants
issued to U.S.  holders totaled 80,000 and were sold to one individual and three
entities as set forth below. The private placement to U.S. investors of February
Special  Warrants  was  made in  reliance  on the  exemption  from  registration
contained  in Section  4(2) of the  Securities  Act.  The issuance of shares and
purchase  warrants upon the exercise or deemed exercise of the February  Special
Warrants occurred on February 28, 1997.

                  The February  Special Warrants were issued with the assistance
of Wood Gundy,  Inc. ("Wood Gundy").  In  consideration  for its services,  Wood
Gundy was granted  6,500  February  Special  Warrants at a deemed issue price of
$3.65 per February Special Warrant  (converted from Canadian dollars at February
28, 1996) and also received $65,000 in cash.

                  The  purchasers  of the  February  Special  Warrants  were  as
follows:

                                      II-2
<PAGE>

PURCHASER                                                         NUMBER OF
                                                                   SPECIAL
                                                                   WARRANTS

Sagit Investment Management Ltd.                                    260,000

A. Baron Cass III                                                    24,334

Sands Partnership No. I Money Purchase Pension Plan                  24,333

The Curran Companies, Inc.                                           24,333

Aspen Limited Partnership                                             7,000
                                                                    -------

                                                                    340,000
                                                                    =======

         In February 1998, purchasers of February Special Warrants exercised all
of the outstanding  share purchase  warrants and purchased 374,000 Common Shares
at an exercise  price of $5.28 per share.  The Registrant  received  proceeds of
$2.0 million in connection with the exercise of warrants. Sales of Common Shares
to U.S.  investors were completed in reliance on the exemption from registration
contained in Section 4(2) of the Securities Act.

         The second warrant offering related to a private placement in Canada of
162,000 special warrants  consummated in September 1996 and a private  placement
in the U.S. of 829,800  special  warrants  consummated  in December  1996.  Such
special warrants are collectively  referred to herein as the "September  Special
Warrants." The aggregate  offering price for the September  Special Warrants was
$1,012,500  for those sold in Canada and  $5,186,250  for those sold in the U.S.
Each of the September Special Warrants placed in the U.S. entitled the holder to
acquire  one  Common  Share and one  share  purchase  warrant  to  purchase  one
additional  Common  Share for $10.00.  Each of the  September  Special  Warrants
placed in Canada  entitled  the holder to acquire 1.1 Common  Shares and a share
purchase warrant to purchase 1.1 Common Shares for $10.00. The September Special
Warrants  issued to U.S.  holders were sold through two placement  agents to the
individuals  and  entities  set  forth  below.  The  private  placement  to U.S.
investors  of  September  Special  Warrants  was made in reliance on Rule 506 of
Regulation D under the Securities Act. All of the U.S. investors were accredited
investors as defined in Rule 501 of Regulation D under the Securities Act.

         C.M. Oliver & Company Limited (the "Canadian Agent") acted as agent for
the Registrant in connection with the offering of the September Special Warrants
in Canada.  The Canadian Agent received 6,800 September Special  Warrants,  each
exercisable  for one Common  Share and a share  purchase  warrant to purchase an
additional Common Share for $10.00 in partial payment of its selling  commission
and was  granted  an option to  acquire  16,200  share  purchase  warrants  (the
"Agent's  Option"),  each  exercisable for one Common Share at a price of $6.25.
The warrants are subject to certain  rights of the  Registrant to force exercise
or cancellation of the Agent's Option.

         Sunrise  Securities  Corporation  ("Sunrise")  and  Dallas  Research  &
Trading, Inc. ("Dallas Research"), served as placement agents in connection with
the placement of the September  Special  Warrants in the United States.  Sunrise
and Dallas Research each received a selling commission equal to 9 percent of the
gross proceeds in the form of September Special  Warrants,  or a total of 74,682
September  Special  Warrants.  Dallas  Research  also received  4,000  September
Special Warrants in payment of its corporate finance fee. Such September Special
Warrants are each  exercisable for one Common Share and a share purchase warrant
to purchase an  additional  Common Share for $10.00.  In  addition,  Sunrise and
Dallas  Research  received an option to acquire 42,980 and 40,000 share purchase
warrants,  respectively, with each warrant exercisable for one Common Share at a
price of $6.25.  The warrants are subject to certain rights of the Registrant to
force the exercise or cancellation of the warrants.

         The purchasers of the September Special Warrants were as follows:

                                      II-3
<PAGE>


                                  UNITED STATES

PURCHASER                                                      NUMBER OF SPECIAL
                                                               WARRANTS ISSUED

Baron & Darlene Cass "Family Foundation"                                4,000

A. Baron Cass III "Childrens Trust"                                    16,000

A. Baron Cass III                                                      60,000

 William J. Reik III                                                    8,000

Philip H. Mabry                                                         4,000

Marcus R. Mutz                                                          8,000

James T. Mathis                                                         1,000

Barton J. Cohen                                                        16,000

Barton J. Cohen "Family Foundation"                                     4,000

The Curran Companies, Inc.                                             20,000

Michael D. & Lisbeth H. Bickford                                        8,000

Gary B. Downey                                                          1,600

Howard Kaplan                                                           8,000

Leonard M. Riggs Jr., M.D.                                             13,333

Peggy A. Riggs                                                          6,667

John L. Strauss                                                        80,000

Howard E. Rachofsky                                                    80,000

John C. Stinson                                                         5,000

Alan R. Kanuk                                                           7,200

Paul Lappetito                                                          2,000

William Collins                                                        15,000

Mark W. Hill                                                           10,000

Hill A. Feinberg                                                        4,000

Alfa Life Insurance Co.                                                40,000

 Alfa Mutual Insurance Co.                                             60,000

Alfa Mutual Fire Insurance Co.                                         60,000

John W. Holley Grantor Trust                                           24,000

Barbara Wilson and John W. Holley                                       5,600

Barbara Holley Art V Trust                                              4,000

Barbara Holley Art VII Trust                                            9,600

                                      II-4
<PAGE>

Rainbow Trading Partners, Ltd.                                         16,000

Rainbow Trading Venture Partners, L.P.                                 17,600

Stanford C. Finney, Jr.                                                16,000

 Jerome Gabbert                                                         4,800

John Lemak                                                              8,000

James P. Judge                                                          8,000

Charles McKnight                                                        1,600

Gail King                                                               4,000

Netta Sue King McNight                                                  1,600

Netta Sue King Q-Tip Trust                                              4,000

Andrea P. Thau Profit Sharing Plan                                      1,600

 Andrea Thau Money Purchase Plan                                          800

John R. Lieberman                                                         800

Donald J. Aho                                                           1,600

Marvin Kigler                                                             800

Stephen Rutledge                                                        1,000

Eli Jacobson                                                            6,400

David Stone                                                            16,000

State Capital Partners                                                  8,000

Christine Ferrer                                                       16,000

Theodore Friedman                                                       8,000

Gross Foundation Inc.                                                  40,000

 Howard Milstein                                                       16,000

Edward Milstein                                                        16,000

Paul Scharfer                                                           4,000

Joe Pretlow                                                             4,000

Derek Caldwell                                                          8,000

Aspen Limited Partnership                                              14,200
                                                                      -------

                                                                      829,800
                                                                      =======

                                     CANADA

PURCHASER                                                      NUMBER OF SPECIAL
                                                               WARRANTS ISSUED

Sharon Woodward                                                        12,000

                                      II-5
<PAGE>

Tom Kay RRSP                                                           12,000

Kathleen Margaret Kay                                                  12,000

Sandy Pascuzzi                                                         12,000

John B. Lansdell                                                       12,000

Carl Vandenbrink                                                       12,000

230666 Alberta Ltd.                                                    12,000

Denise Nobert                                                          12,000

 Clint Stewart                                                         12,000

Fulton Park                                                            18,000

Jim Bresett                                                            12,000

523905 B.C. Ltd.                                                       24,000
                                                                      -------

                                                                      162,000
                                                                      =======

PRIVATE PLACEMENT IN CANADA

         The Registrant  issued  600,000 Common Shares in a private  offering in
Canada that was completed on December 14, 1995.  The following  individuals  and
corporations received Common Shares:


                                                                    NUMBER OF
                                                                  COMMON SHARES
PURCHASER

Douglas F. Good                                                        32,000

Donald Risk                                                             8,000

Marilyn E. Marshall                                                   150,000

Carsam Investments                                                     50,000

Chelsea Capital Corporation                                            60,000

Harris McLean Financial Group Ltd.                                    100,000

Pacific Growth Ventures Corp.                                          50,000

Figtree Investments Limited                                           150,000
                                                                      -------

                                                                      600,000
                                                                      =======

SALE OF CONVERTIBLE SHARES TO WARBURG

         On December 24, 1997, the  Registrant  completed the sale of 13,333,333
Convertible  Shares,  together with warrants to purchase 2,000,000 Common Shares
at a  price  of  $12.00  per  share,  to  Warburg  for  an  aggregate  price  of
$18,000,000.  The  Company  completed  the  Warburg  Sale in  reliance  upon the
exemption from registration provided by Section 4(2) of the Securities Act.

                                      II-6
<PAGE>

COMMON SHARES ISSUED IN ACQUISITIONS

         On June 6, 1997, the Registrant  issued 28,368 Common Shares to the two
owners of Hearing Improvement Center,  Inc., in connection with its acquisition.
On December 5, 1996, the  Registrant  issued 81,600 Common Shares to Deborah Law
Cross in connection with the acquisition of Hearing Dynamics, Inc. In connection
with the  acquisition  of certain  hearing care clinics on October 31, 1996, the
Registrant  issued  convertible  subordinated  notes in the aggregate  principal
amount of $2,600,000 to four  affiliates of Hearing  Health  Services,  Inc. The
notes are convertible into Common Shares at $6.50 principal amount per share. On
October 1, 1996,  the  Registrant  issued  243,453  Common  Shares to Gregory J.
Frazer,  59,618 Common Shares to Carissa  Bennett,  and 183,835 Common Shares to
Jami  Tanihana,  to acquire  certain  hearing care  clinics  located in Southern
California.  The Registrant relied on the exemption  provided by Section 4(2) of
the  Securities  Act  with  respect  to  the  securities  issued  in  the  above
acquisitions.

         On May 1, 1996, the Registrant issued a non-interest bearing promissory
note in the principal amount of $126,830 (converted from Canadian dollars at May
30, 1997) to a Canadian  resident in connection  with the  acquisition of all of
the issued and outstanding shares of Pacific Hearing Clinics, Inc., and Oakridge
Hearing Clinics, Inc., which operated hearing care clinics in Vancouver, British
Columbia.  The note was  converted  into 25,925 Common Shares in October 1997 at
$4.70 per share.  In January 1995, the Registrant  issued  convertible  notes in
aggregate principal amount of $177,260 to three Canadian residents in connection
with the Registrant's  acquisition of Thomas H. Moore Audiology Ltd. These notes
were  converted in December  1995,  July 1996,  and  November  1996 into 196,960
Common Shares at $0.90, $0.90, and $0.95 per share, respectively.

EMPLOYEE STOCK OPTIONS

         In  reliance  on Rule 701  under the  Securities  Act,  the  Registrant
granted options for 695,000 Common Shares to certain  employees,  officers,  and
directors  under the  Registrant's  Stock Option Plan ("1993 Plan").  The option
prices range from $1.32 per share to $9.93 per share  (converted  from  Canadian
dollars at February 10, 1998).  In addition,  the Registrant has granted 183,400
options  exercisable at prices ranging from $5.60 to $7.50 per share pursuant to
its Stock Award Plan in reliance on Rule 701. The  Registrant has issued a total
of 245,000 Common Shares to employees,  officers, and directors upon exercise of
stock  options  granted  pursuant to the 1993 Plan.  No Common  Shares have been
issued pursuant to the exercise of options granted under the Stock Award Plan.

ITEM 27.  EXHIBITS

         The  exhibits to this  registration  statement  required by Item 601 of
Regulation S-B are listed in the accompanying index to exhibits.

ITEM 28.  UNDERTAKINGS

         The Registrant will:

                  (1)  File,  during  any  period  in which it  offers  or sells
         securities,  a post-effective  amendment to this registration statement
         to:

                           (i)  Include  any  prospectus   required  by  Section
                  10(a)(3) of the Securities Act;

                           (ii)  Reflect in the  prospectus  any facts or events
                  which,  individually  or  together,  represent  a  fundamental
                  change  in  the  information  in the  registration  statement.
                  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  any  increase or decrease in
                  volume of securities offered (if the total dollar value of the
                  securities offered would not exceed that which was registered)
                  and any  deviation  from the low or high end

                                      II-7
<PAGE>

                  of the estimated  maximum  offering  range may be reflected in
                  the form of prospectus  filed with the Commission  pursuant to
                  Rule  424(b) if, in the  aggregate,  the changes in volume and
                  price  represent  no more  than a 20%  change  in the  maximum
                  aggregate  offering  price  set forth in the  "Calculation  of
                  Registration   Fee"  table  in  the   effective   registration
                  statement; and

                           (iii)  Include  any  additional  or changed  material
                  information on the plan of distribution.

                  (2) For determining  liability under the Securities Act, treat
         each  post-effective  amendment as a new registration  statement of the
         securities offered,  and the offering of the securities at that time to
         be the initial bona fide offering.

                  (3)  File  a   post-effective   amendment   to   remove   from
         registration any of the securities that remain unsold at the end of the
         offering.

         Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities
Act may be  permitted to  directors,  officers  and  controlling  persons of the
Registrant pursuant to the foregoing  provisions,  or otherwise,  the Registrant
has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities  and Exchange  Commission
such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act
and is, therefore,  unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification
against such  liabilities  (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses
incurred or paid by a director,  officer or controlling person of the Registrant
in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such
director,  officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being
registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter
has been  settled by  controlling  precedent,  submit to a court of  appropriate
jurisdiction the question whether such  indemnification  by it is against public
policy as  expressed  in the  Securities  Act and will be  governed by the final
adjudication  of such issue.  The undertaking of the Registrant in the preceding
sentence  does not  apply to  insurance  against  liability  arising  under  the
Securities Act.

                                      II-8
<PAGE>

                                   SIGNATURES

         In accordance with the  requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the
Registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all
of  the   requirements   for  filing  on  Form  SB-2  and  has  authorized  this
Post-Effective  Amendment  No. 1 to  Registration  Statement  on Form SB-2 to be
signed on its behalf by the undersigned,  thereunto duly authorized, in the City
of Portland, State of Oregon, on the 3rd day of March, 1998.


                          SONUS CORP.


                          By  /s/ Edwin J. Kawasaki
                             Vice President, Finance and Chief Financial Officer

         In accordance with the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this
Post-Effective  Amendment No. 1 to Registration  Statement on Form SB-2 has been
signed by the following persons in the capacities indicated on March 3, 1998.


Signature                                            Title
- ---------                                            -----

PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICER:


                                                  President, Chief Executive
BRANDON M. DAWSON*                                     Officer, and Director


PRINCIPAL FINANCIAL AND ACCOUNTING OFFICER:


/s/ Edwin J. Kawasaki                            Vice President, Finance and
Edwin J. Kawasaki                                    Chief Financial Officer


A MAJORITY OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS:

HUGH T. HORNIBROOK*                                  Director
WILLIAM DeJONG*                                      Director
DOUGLAS F. GOOD*                                     Director
GREGORY FRAZER, Ph.D.*                               Director
JOEL ACKERMAN*                                       Director


*By /s/ Edwin J. Kawasaki
    Attorney-in-fact

                                      II-9
<PAGE>

                                  EXHIBIT INDEX

EXHIBIT             DESCRIPTION OF EXHIBIT
- -------             ----------------------

3.1     Articles of Incorporation of the Registrant.

3.2     Bylaws of the Registrant.

5       Opinion of Ballem MacInnes as to legality of securities.

8       Opinion of Felesky Flynn as to certain Canadian tax matters.

10.1    Form of agreement for purchase of February Special Warrants.*

10.2    Special  Warrant  Indenture  between  the  Registrant  and The R-M Trust
        Company dated February 28, 1996.*

10.3    Warrant Indenture between the Registrant and The R-M Trust Company dated
        February 28, 1996.*

10.4    Form of agreement for purchase of September  Special  Warrants  (British
        Columbia).*

10.5    Form of agreement  for purchase of September  Special  Warrants  (United
        States).*

10.6    Special  Warrant  Indenture  between  the  Registrant  and The R-M Trust
        Company  dated   September   17,  1996   ("September   Special   Warrant
        Indenture").*

10.7    Supplemental Indenture to September Special Warrant Indenture.*

10.8    Second Supplemental Indenture to September Special Warrant Indenture.*

10.9    Warrant Indenture between the Registrant and the R-M Trust Company dated
        September 17, 1996. ("September Warrant Indenture").*

10.10   Supplemental Indenture to September Warrant Indenture.*

10.11   Sponsorship Agreement dated March 13, 1996.*

10.12   Securities Purchase Agreement between the Registrant and Warburg, Pincus
        Ventures,  L.P.  ("Warburg"),  dated November 21, 1997.  Incorporated by
        reference to Exhibit 99.2 to the Registrant's current report on Form 8-K
        dated November 25, 1997.

10.13   Warrant  Agreement between the Registrant and Warburg dated December 24,
        1997.

10.14   [RESERVED]

10.15   [RESERVED]

10.16   Agency  Agreement  dated for  reference  August 22,  1996,  between  the
        Registrant and the C.M. Oliver & Company Limited.*

10.17   U.S.  Placement  Agreement dated for reference October 14, 1996, between
        the Registrant and Dallas Research & Trading, Inc.*

                                      II-10
<PAGE>

10.18   U.S.  Placement  Agreement dated for reference October 14, 1996, between
        the Registrant and Sunrise Securities Corporation.*

10.19   Stock Purchase and Sale Agreement dated as of February 28, 1997, between
        Gregory J.  Frazer and Laurie Van  Duivenbode  and  SONUS-USA,  Inc.,  a
        Washington corporation ("Sonus-USA").*

10.20   Merger  Agreement  dated as of October 1,  1996,  among the  Registrant,
        Hearing    Care    Associates-    Glendale,     Inc.,    Hearing    Care
        Associates-Glendora, Inc., and Hearing Care Associates-Northridge, Inc.,
        and Gregory J. Frazer, Carissa Bennett, and Jami Tanihana.*

10.21   Asset  Purchase  Agreement  effective as of October 31, 1996,  among the
        Registrant,   Sonus-USA  and  Hearing   Health   Services,   Inc.,   and
        Audio-Vestibular   Testing   Center,   Inc.   (the   "Midwest   Division
        Agreement").*

10.22   Merger  Agreement  dated  as of  December  2,  1996,  by and  among  the
        Registrant, Sonus-USA, and Hearing Dynamics and Deborah Law Cross.*

10.23   Stock Purchase and Sale Agreement  dated as of December 17, 1996, by and
        between certain selling shareholders and Sonus-USA.*

10.24   Stock  Purchase and Sale  Agreement  dated as of January 9, 1997, by and
        between Gregory J. Frazer and Stephen Martinez and Sonus-USA.*

10.25   Form of Convertible  Subordinated  Note relating to the Midwest Division
        Agreement.*

10.26   1993 Stock Option Plan.*

10.27   Second  Amended and Restated  Stock Award Plan (as amended  December 18,
        1997).

10.28   Employment  Agreement  dated  October 1, 1996,  between  Sonus-USA,  and
        Gregory J. Frazer.*

10.29   Employment Agreement dated as of November 1, 1996, among the Registrant,
        Sonus-USA, and Kathy Foltner.*

10.30   Employment Agreement dated December 24, 1997, between the Registrant and
        Brandon M. Dawson.

10.31   Employment Agreement dated December 24, 1997, between the Registrant and
        Edwin J. Kawasaki.

10.32   Employment Agreement dated December 24, 1997, between the Registrant and
        Randall E. Drullinger.

10.33   Consulting  Agreement  effective  as of  January 1,  1997,  between  the
        Registrant and Hugh T. Hornibrook.*

10.34   Stock  Purchase and Sale  Agreement  dated as of March 6, 1997,  between
        Gregory J. Frazer, Alfred S. Gaston and Sonus-USA.*

10.35   Stock  Purchase and Sale  Agreement  dated as of March 14, 1997,  by and
        between  Gregory J.  Frazer,  David N.  Jankins,  and Jami  Tanihana and
        Sonus-USA.*

10.36   Stock  Purchase  and Sale  Agreement  dated as of April 6, 1997,  by and
        between Susan Diaz, Gregory J. Frazer, and Jami Tanihana and Sonus-USA.*

                                      II-11
<PAGE>

10.37   Equipment  Lease  Agreement  dated as of April 1, 1997,  between Siemens
        Hearing Instruments, Inc., and Sonus-USA.*

10.38   Promissory  Note of  Brandon  M.  Dawson and  related  Pledge  Agreement
        between  the  Registrant  and  Mr.  Dawson,  each  dated  May  8,  1997.
        Incorporated  by reference to Exhibit 10.36 to the  Registrant's  annual
        report on Form  10-KSB  for the year  ended  July 31,  1997  (the  "1997
        10-KSB").

10.39   Promissory Note of Gene K. Balzer,  Ph.D.,  and related Pledge Agreement
        between  the  Registrant  and Mr.  Balzer,  each  dated  May  19,  1997.
        Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.37 to the 1997 10-KSB.

10.40   Stock Purchase  Agreement  dated August 27, 1997, by and between Carissa
        D. Bennett,  Gregory J. Frazer,  and Evelyn L. Gong and Sonus-USA,  Inc.
        Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.35 to 1997 10-KSB.

10.41   Stock Purchase  Agreement  dated January 5, 1998, by and between Gregory
        J. Frazer, Rhonda Jesperson and Sonus-USA.

10.42   Stock Purchase Agreement dated February 12, 1998, by and between Gregory
        Frazer, Donal M. Welch and Sonus-USA.

16      Letter of Shikaze Ralston,  Chartered  Accountants,  regarding change in
        certifying accountant.*

21      The  Registrant's   subsidiaries  are  SONUS-USA,   Inc.,  a  Washington
        corporation,   and  Sonus-Canada   Ltd.,  a  British  Columbia  (Canada)
        corporation.

23.1    Consent of Shikaze Ralston, Chartered Accountants.

23.2    Consent of KPMG Peat Marwick LLP.

23.3    Consent of Ballem MacInnes (included in Exhibit 5).

23.4    Consent of Felesky Flynn regarding tax (included in Exhibit 8).

24      Power of attorney of certain officers and directors.*

24.1    Power of attorney for Joel Ackerman, director.

27      Financial Data Schedule.

- ----------------------------

* Previously filed.


                                      II-12


                                   EXHIBIT 3.1
                 TERMS OF SERIES A CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED SHARES

                           BUSINESS CORPORATIONS ACT
                              (SECTION 27 OR 171)


ALBERTA                                                                   FORM 4
MUNICIPAL AFFAIRS
     Registries                                            ARTICLES OF AMENDMENT
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. NAME OF CORPORATION:                 2. ALBERTA CORPORATE ACCESS NUMBER:

HEALTHCARE CAPITAL CORP.                20575035

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

3.  (i) ITEM NO. 1 OF THE ARTICLES OF THE ABOVE NAMED  CORPORATION IS AMENDED IN
    ACCORDANCE  WITH  THE  PROVISIONS  OF  SECTION  167(1)(a)  OF  THE  BUSINESS
    CORPORATIONS ACT (ALBERTA) AS FOLLOWS:

    The name of the  Corporation  as set forth in Item No. 1 is changed to SONUS
    CORP.

    (ii) ITEM NO. 2 OF THE ARTICLES OF THE ABOVE NAMED CORPORATION IS AMENDED IN
    ACCORDANCE  WITH  THE  PROVISIONS  OF  SECTION  167(1)(f)  OF  THE  BUSINESS
    CORPORATIONS ACT (ALBERTA) BY THE ADDITION OF THE FOLLOWING PROVISIONS:

    Simultaneously  with the effective date of this  amendment  (the  "Effective
    Date"),  each of the  Corporation's  Common Shares,  without  nominal or par
    value,  issued and outstanding  immediately prior to the Effective Date (the
    "Old Common Shares") shall  automatically and without any action on the part
    of the holder thereof be reclassified as and changed into one-fifth (1/5) of
    a Common  Share,  without  nominal or par value (the "New  Common  Shares"),
    subject to the treatment of fractional  share interests as described  below.
    Each holder of a certificate or certificates  which immediately prior to the
    Effective  Date   represented   outstanding  Old  Common  Shares  (the  "Old
    Certificates,"  whether  one or more)  shall be  entitled  to  receive  upon
    surrender of such Old Certificates to the  Corporation's  Transfer Agent for
    cancellation, a certificate or certificates (the "New Certificates," whether
    one or more)  representing  the number of whole New Common Shares into which
    and for  which  the Old  Common  Shares  formerly  represented  by such  Old
    Certificates so surrendered,  are reclassified under the terms hereof.  From
    and after the Effective  Date,  Old  Certificates  shall  represent only the
    right to receive New Certificates  (and, where  applicable,  cash in lieu of
    fractional  shares, as provided below) pursuant to the provisions hereof. No
    certificates or scrip representing  fractional share interests in New Common
    Shares will be issued,  and no such  fractional  share interest will entitle
    the  holder  thereof  to vote,  or to any  rights  of a  shareholder  of the
    Corporation.  A holder of Old  Certificates  shall  receive,  in lieu of any
    fraction  of a New  Common  Share to which the  holder  would  otherwise  be
    entitled,  a cash payment  therefor on the basis of the closing price of the
    Old Common Shares on The Alberta Stock Exchange on the Effective Date (or in
    the event the Common  Shares are not so traded on the Effective  Date,  such
    closing price on the next  preceding day on which such shares were traded on
    The  Alberta  Stock  Exchange).  If more than one Old  Certificate  shall be
    surrendered at one time for the account of the same shareholder,  the number
    of whole New Common Shares for which New Certificates  shall be issued shall
    be  computed  on the  basis of the  aggregate  number of Old  Common  Shares
    represented by the Old  Certificates so  surrendered.  In the event that the
    Corporation's  Transfer Agent  determines that a holder of Old  Certificates
    has not tendered all his certificates for exchange,

<PAGE>

    the  Transfer  Agent shall  carry  forward  any  fractional  share until all
    certificates  of that  holder have been  presented  for  exchange  such that
    payment for  fractional  shares to any one person shall not exceed the value
    of four Old common Shares.  If any New Certificate is to be issued in a name
    other than that in which the Old  Certificates  surrendered for exchange are
    issued,  the Old Certificates so surrendered  shall be properly endorsed and
    otherwise in proper form for transfer,  and the person or persons requesting
    such exchange shall affix any requisite stock transfer tax stamps to the Old
    Certificates surrendered,  or provide funds for their purchase, or establish
    to the satisfaction of the Corporation's  Transfer Agent that such taxes are
    not  payable.  From and  after the  Effective  Date the  amount  of  capital
    represented by the New Common Shares into which and for which the Old Common
    Shares  are  reclassified  under the terms  hereof  shall be the same as the
    amount of  capital  represented  by the Old Common  Shares so  reclassified,
    until thereafter reduced or increased in accordance with applicable law.


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DATE                            SIGNATURE                    TITLE

  1998 February 9          /s/ Keith J. Engel              Solicitor 

- ------------------                                      TELEPHONE NUMBER
  YEAR MONTH DAY              Keith J. Engel             (403) 292-9822
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FOR DEPARTMENTAL USE ONLY                                      FILED


<PAGE>

                           BUSINESS CORPORATIONS ACT
                              (SECTION 27 OR 171)


ALBERTA                                                                   FORM 4
MUNICIPAL AFFAIRS
     Registries                                            ARTICLES OF AMENDMENT
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. NAME OF CORPORATION:                 2. ALBERTA CORPORATE ACCESS NUMBER:

HEALTHCARE CAPITAL CORP.                20575035

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

3.  THE ARTICLES OF THE ABOVE NAMED  CORPORATION  ARE AMENDED IN ACCORDANCE WITH
    THE PROVISIONS OF SECTION 27 OF THE BUSINESS  CORPORATIONS  ACT (ALBERTA) AS
    FOLLOWS:

    Pursuant  to the  Resolutions  of the  Directors  of the  Corporation,  duly
    passed, and in accordance with subsection 27(5) of the Business  Corporation
    Act  (Alberta),  the Articles of the  Corporation  are amended such that the
    first  series of  Preferred  Shares of the  Corporation  are  designated  as
    "Series  A  Convertible  Preferred  Shares"  with such  rights,  privileges,
    restrictions  and  conditions  attaching to the shares of such series as are
    set forth in Schedule "A" attached hereto and forming part of these Articles
    of Amendment.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DATE                            SIGNATURE                    TITLE

 1997 December 16          /s/ William DeJong   Assistant Secretary and Director

- ------------------                                      TELEPHONE NUMBER
  YEAR MONTH DAY              William DeJong             (403) 292-9859
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FOR DEPARTMENTAL USE ONLY                                      FILED


<PAGE>


       SCHEDULE "A" TO ARTICLES OF AMENDMENT OF HEALTHCARE CAPITAL CORP.

                     SERIES A CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED SHARES


               "1.  Number and  Designation.  The number of shares to constitute
        this series shall be 13,333,333 and the designation of such shares shall
        be the "Series A Convertible Preferred Shares" (hereinafter called "this
        Series"). The number of shares constituting this Series may be decreased
        from time to time by action of the  Board,  but not below the  number of
        shares of this Series then outstanding.  All shares of this Series shall
        be identical with each other in all respects.  The shares of this Series
        shall rank  senior to the common  shares  (the  "Common  Shares") of the
        Corporation  as to cash  dividends  and upon  liquidation,  as described
        below. Any amounts herein  referencing share prices or numbers of shares
        shall be subject to  appropriate  adjustments  in the event of any stock
        splits, consolidations or the like.

               "2.     Dividend Rights.

               (a) Subject to the  provisions  of this Section 2, the holders of
        shares of this  Series  shall be  entitled  to receive  when,  as and if
        declared  by  the  Board,  out of  assets  legally  available  therefor,
        cumulative  dividends  ("Dividends")  at the  applicable  rate per annum
        specified  in Section  2(b) hereof from the date of issuance and payable
        in accordance  with Section 2(c) hereof.  Dividends  shall be cumulative
        from the date of  initial  issuance  of the shares of this  Series  (the
        "Initial  Issuance Date"),  whether or not there shall be assets legally
        available for the payment of such Dividends. In the event that the Board
        shall declare a Dividend,  subject to applicable  regulatory  approvals,
        such Dividend may, at the discretion of the Board,  be payable in Common
        Shares.  The  number of Common  Shares  to be issued to the  holders  of
        shares of this Series  upon the  payment of a Dividend in Common  Shares
        shall be the amount of the Dividends  payable to such holder pursuant to
        this  Section 2 divided  by either  (i) (if the  Common  Shares  are not
        traded on the New York Stock  Exchange,  the American  Stock Exchange or
        the Nasdaq National Market) U.S. $1.35 or (ii) (if the Common Shares are
        traded on the New York Stock  Exchange,  the American  Stock Exchange or
        the Nasdaq  National  Market)  the  average  Market  Price of the Common
        Shares  as such term is  defined  below  for the ten (10)  trading  days
        immediately preceding the Record Date as such term is defined in Section
        2(c) hereof.

                       For all purposes  hereof,  the term "Market  Price of the
        Common  Shares" as of any specified  date shall mean:  (i) if the Common
        Shares are listed or admitted  for trading on one or more United  States
        national  securities  exchanges,  the daily closing price for the Common
        Shares  on the  principal  exchange  in the  United  States on which the
        Common  Shares are listed;  (ii) if the Common  Shares are not listed or
        admitted for trading on any United States national securities  exchange,
        the daily closing price for the Common Shares on the Nasdaq  National or
        Nasdaq Small-Cap Market  ("Nasdaq");  (iii) if the Common Shares are not
        listed or admitted for trading on a United  States  national  securities
        exchange or on Nasdaq,  the daily  closing price of the Common Shares on
        the  principal  stock  exchange in Canada on which the Common Shares are
        listed  (expressed in United  States  dollars based upon the noon buying
        rate in New  York  City for  cable  transfers  in  Canadian  dollars  as
        certified for customs purposes by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York);
        (iv) if the Common  Shares are not listed or  admitted to trading on any
        United States national


<PAGE>
                                     - 2 -


        or Canadian national  securities  exchange or on Nasdaq,  the average of
        the reported bid and asked prices on the trading day preceding such date
        in the  over-the-counter  market as furnished by the National  Quotation
        Bureau,  Inc.,  or, if such firm is not then  engaged in the business of
        reporting  such  prices,  as  furnished  by any  member of the  National
        Association of Securities Dealers,  Inc. selected by the Company; or (v)
        if the Common Shares are not publicly traded,  the Market Price for such
        day shall be the fair market  value  thereof  determined  jointly by the
        Company  and the holder of a majority  of the shares of this Series then
        outstanding; provided, however, that if such parties are unable to reach
        agreement within a reasonable  period of time, the Market Price shall be
        determined  in good faith by the  independent  investment  banking  firm
        selected  jointly by the  Company  and the  holder of a majority  of the
        shares of this Series then  outstanding or, if that selection  cannot be
        made within an additional 15 days, by an independent  investment banking
        firm selected by the American Arbitration Association in accordance with
        its rules.

               "(b) The  Dividend  per share of this  Series  shall be  computed
        based  upon a rate per annum of 5% on a base  amount  of U.S.  $1.35 per
        share of this Series (the "Base  Amount").  The Dividend  rate per annum
        shall be subject  to  increase  in the event  that all of the  following
        conditions (the "Triggering  Conditions") have not been satisfied by the
        dates specified  below: (i) the Common Shares are listed on the New York
        Stock  Exchange,  the  American  Stock  Exchange or the Nasdaq  National
        Market;  (ii)  the  Common  Shares  are  traded  on the New  York  Stock
        Exchange, the American Stock Exchange or the Nasdaq National Market at a
        Market Price greater than U.S.  $2.40 per Common Share on each of the 10
        consecutive   trading   days   preceding   such  date;   and  (iii)  the
        Corporation's  net income  (excluding  profit or loss on  disposal  of a
        significant  part of the Company's  assets or separate  segment thereof,
        gains on restructuring  payables,  gains or losses on the extinguishment
        of debt, expropriations of property, gains or losses that are the direct
        result  of  a  major  casualty,   or  one-time  losses   resulting  from
        prohibition  under a  newly-enacted  law or  regulation)  before  income
        taxes,  Dividends  on the  shares of this  Series  and  amortization  of
        goodwill and covenants not to compete for the three  consecutive  fiscal
        quarters  preceding  such  date,  as  reported  in or  derived  from the
        Corporation's  quarterly or annual reports filed with the Securities and
        Exchange  Commission,  shall have averaged at least U.S. $0.07 per fully
        diluted Common Share per fiscal quarter,  provided,  however,  in making
        such  calculation,  the Common  Shares  issuable  upon  exercise  of the
        warrants issued to Warburg Pincus Ventures,  L.P. ("Warburg"),  pursuant
        to that certain  Warrant  Agreement  between the Corporation and Warburg
        relating to warrants to purchase  10,000,000 Common Shares (the "Warrant
        Agreement"),  shall be  excluded  but Common  Shares  issuable  upon the
        conversion of the shares of this Series shall not. All references to per
        share amounts or prices with respect to the Triggering  Conditions shall
        be  appropriately  adjusted  for  any  subdivision,   consolidation,  or
        reclassification of the Common Shares.  Until the Triggering  Conditions
        have been satisfied,  the Dividend rate per annum shall be (A)15% of the
        Base Amount per share of this Series from and after  January 1, 2003 and
        payable in  accordance  with Section 2(c) hereof  commencing  January 1,
        2004; (B) 18% of the Base Amount per share of this Series from and after
        January 1, 2004 and  payable in  accordance  with  Section  2(c)  hereof
        commencing  January 1, 2005; and (C) thereafter,  21% of the Base Amount
        per share of this Series  from and after  January 1, 2005 and payable in
        accordance with Section 2(c) hereof commencing January 1, 2006. Upon the
        satisfaction of all the Triggering Conditions, the Dividend per share of
        this Series  shall be computed  based upon a rate per annum of 5% of the
        Base  Amount.  Accruals  of  Dividends  shall  not  bear  interest.  All
        Dividends  declared upon the shares of this Series shall be declared pro
        rata per share.

<PAGE>
                                     - 3 -

               "(c) The  record  date for the  determination  of the  holders of
        shares of this Series who shall be entitled  to receive  Dividends  (the
        "Record  Date") shall be the first  business day of each calendar  year,
        and only the  holders  of shares of this  Series of record on the Record
        Date shall be entitled to receive such Dividends.  All Dividends payable
        to such  holders  of  record  shall be paid on the  tenth  business  day
        following the Record Date on each issued and  outstanding  share of this
        Series.

               "(d)  Dividends  payable on shares of this  Series for any period
        other than a full  dividend  period  shall be computed on the basis of a
        360-day year  consisting of twelve 30-day months.  Any Dividend  payment
        made on  shares of this  Series  shall  first be  credited  against  the
        earliest accumulated but unpaid Dividends due with respect to the shares
        of this Series.

               "(e) No  dividends  shall be  declared  or paid or set  aside for
        payment  on  any  share  capital  of  the  Corporation  ranking,  as  to
        dividends,  on a parity with or subordinate to the shares of this Series
        for  any  period  unless  full   accumulated   Dividends  have  been  or
        contemporaneously are declared and paid or declared and a sum sufficient
        for the payment thereof set aside for such payment on the shares of this
        Series for all Dividend  periods  terminating on or prior to the date of
        payment of such  dividends.  When  Dividends are not paid in full on the
        shares of this Series and any other preferred  shares of the Corporation
        ranking with respect to payment of dividends on a parity with the shares
        of this  Series,  all  dividends  declared  or paid upon  shares of this
        Series and such other  preferred  shares  shall be declared and paid pro
        rata so that the amount of dividends  declared and paid on the shares of
        this Series and such other  preferred  shares shall in all cases bear to
        each other the same ratio that accumulated dividends per share (which in
        the  case of  noncumulative  preferred  shares  shall  not  include  any
        accumulation in respect of unpaid dividends for prior dividend  periods)
        on shares of this  Series and such other  preferred  shares bear to each
        other.  Except  as  provided  in the  preceding  sentence,  unless  full
        accumulated  Dividends  have been paid or declared and a sum  sufficient
        for the payment thereof set aside for payment,  no dividends (other than
        dividends or distributions  paid in Common Shares, or options,  warrants
        or rights to subscribe for or purchase Common Shares,  or, in each case,
        any other series of shares of the Corporation ranking subordinate to the
        shares of this Series as to  dividends  and upon  liquidation)  shall be
        declared and paid or a sum sufficient for the payment  thereof set aside
        for payment or any other  distribution  declared or made upon the Common
        Shares  or  any  other  class  of  shares  of  the  Corporation  ranking
        subordinate  to or on a parity  with the  shares  of this  Series  as to
        dividends or upon  liquidation.  No Common Shares or shares of any other
        class of shares of the Corporation ranking subordinate to or on a parity
        with the shares of this Series as to dividends or upon liquidation shall
        be redeemed,  purchased or otherwise acquired for any consideration (and
        no funds shall be paid to or made  available  for a sinking fund for the
        redemption  of any such share  capital)  by the  Corporation  (except by
        conversion  into or  exchange  for  shares  of the  Corporation  ranking
        subordinate  to the  shares  of this  Series  as to  dividends  and upon
        liquidation or except with respect to Common Shares that the Corporation
        has become  obligated  to redeem  prior to the issuance of any shares of
        this Series upon the occurrence of specified  circumstances)  unless, in
        each  case,  the full  accumulated  Dividends  shall  have  been paid or
        declared  and a sum  sufficient  for the  payment  thereof set aside for
        payment.  Holders of shares of this Series  shall not be entitled to any
        dividend,  whether payable in cash,  property or stock, in excess of the
        full Dividends on such shares.


<PAGE>
                                     - 4 -


               "(f) Upon  conversion  of any shares of this Series by any holder
        thereof pursuant to Section 7 hereof,  any Dividends accrued and payable
        to such holder  shall be  forfeited  and the  Corporation  shall have no
        further  obligation  to such  holder of shares of this  Series  for such
        accumulated Dividends.

               "3.  Liquidation  Rights.  (a) In the event of any  voluntary  or
        involuntary  dissolution,  liquidation,  or winding up of the affairs of
        the Corporation, after payment or provision for payment of the debts and
        other  liabilities  of the  Corporation  and  any  preferential  amounts
        payable with respect to securities of the  Corporation  ranking prior to
        the shares of this Series ("Senior  Preferred  Shares"),  the holders of
        shares of this Series  shall be entitled to receive out of the assets of
        the Corporation  available for distribution to shareholders,  before any
        distribution  of assets is made to holders  of the Common  Shares or any
        other share capital of the Corporation ranking subordinate to the shares
        of this Series,  a  liquidating  distribution  in an amount equal to the
        greater of (i) U.S.  $1.35 per share of this Series plus an amount equal
        to any accrued and unpaid Dividends  (including  accumulated  Dividends,
        whether or not declared) to and including  the date of  distribution  or
        (ii) the amount distributable to the holders of shares of this Series as
        if such  holders had  converted  their shares of this Series into Common
        Shares  pursuant  to  Section  7  hereof   immediately   prior  to  such
        dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation
        (plus accumulated Dividends,  whether or not declared).  Amounts payable
        pursuant to clause (i) or (ii) of this Section 3(a) shall be distributed
        ratably  among the holders of shares of this Series in proportion to the
        number of shares of this Series  held.  After  payment to the holders of
        shares of this  Series  of the full  amount to which  such  holders  are
        entitled as set forth above,  the holders of shares of this Series shall
        have  no  right  or  claim  to  any  of  the  remaining  assets  of  the
        Corporation.

               "(b) If upon any such  dissolution,  liquidation or winding up of
        the  affairs  of  the   Corporation,   the  assets  of  the  Corporation
        distributable among the holders of shares of this Series and the holders
        of all other classes or series of shares of the Corporation ranking on a
        parity with the shares of this Series  shall be  insufficient  to permit
        the payment to them of the full  preferential  amounts to which they are
        entitled, then the entire assets of the Corporation so to be distributed
        shall be distributed  ratably among the holders of shares of this Series
        and such  other  classes  or  series of  shares  of the  Corporation  in
        proportion to the sum of the  accumulated  dividends and the liquidation
        preferences per share.

               "(c) The sale,  conveyance,  mortgage,  pledge or lease of all or
        substantially  all the assets of the Corporation shall be deemed to be a
        liquidation,  dissolution or winding up of the  Corporation for purposes
        of this Section 3.

               "4. Optional Redemption. (a) The shares of this Series may not be
        redeemed  before the fifth  anniversary  of the Initial  Issuance  Date.
        Thereafter,  the shares of this Series shall be  redeemable  (subject to
        subsection 4(d) below) at the option of the Corporation,  in whole or in
        part,  at the  redemption  price,  which shall be an amount equal to the
        greater of (i) U.S.  $1.35 per share of this  Series  plus the amount of
        any accrued  and unpaid  Dividends  per share of this Series  (including
        accumulated Dividends,  whether or not declared) or (ii) the Fair Market
        Value of a share of this Series (as defined below). For purposes hereof,
        the Fair Market Value shall be  determined  by a  nationally  recognized
        independent   investment   banking  firm  mutually   agreed  to  by  the
        Corporation


<PAGE>
                                     - 5 -


        and  the  holder  of a  majority  of the  shares  of  this  Series  then
        outstanding, whose determination shall be conclusive.

               "(b) (i) In case the  Corporation  shall  desire to exercise  its
        right to redeem any shares of this Series,  it shall give notice of such
        redemption  to holders of the shares of this  Series to be  redeemed  as
        hereinafter provided in this Section 4(b).

                       "(ii) Notice of redemption  shall be given to the holders
               of shares of this Series to be redeemed by mailing such notice by
               first-class  mail to their last  addresses  as they shall  appear
               upon the register for the shares of this Series not less than 120
               calendar days prior to the date fixed for redemption.

                       "(iii) Each such notice of  redemption  (A) shall specify
               the date fixed for redemption  and the redemption  price at which
               shares of this  Series are to be  redeemed,  (B) shall state that
               payment of the redemption  price for the shares of this Series to
               be redeemed  will be made at the principal  executive  offices of
               the Corporation,  upon presentation and surrender of certificates
               representing such shares of this Series, and (C) if less than all
               the shares of this Series are to be redeemed,  shall  specify the
               number  of  shares  of this  Series  held by  each  holder  to be
               redeemed.  In case any  certificate  representing  shares of this
               Series is to be redeemed in part only,  the notice of  redemption
               which  relates  to such  certificate  shall  state the  number of
               shares  of this  Series  represented  by such  certificate  to be
               redeemed and shall state that on and after the  redemption  date,
               upon  surrender  of  such  certificate,   a  new  certificate  or
               certificates  for a number of shares of this Series  equal to the
               unredeemed portion thereof will be issued.

                       "(iv) If less than all the  shares of this  Series are to
               be redeemed,  the  Corporation  shall effect such  redemption pro
               rata among the holders  thereof (based on the number of shares of
               this Series held on the date of notice of redemption).

               "(c) (i) If the  giving of notice of  redemption  shall have been
        completed as provided above, the shares of this Series specified in such
        notice shall become redeemable, and shall be redeemed by the Corporation
        upon  presentation  and surrender of the certificate  representing  such
        shares,  on the date  and at the  place  stated  in such  notice  at the
        redemption  price,  and on and  after  such date  fixed for  redemption,
        notwithstanding that any certificate for shares of this Series so called
        for redemption shall not have been surrendered for cancellation,  unless
        there shall have been a default in payment of the redemption  price, all
        shares of this Series called for redemption shall no longer be deemed to
        be  outstanding,  and all rights  with  respect  to such  shares of this
        Series shall forthwith cease and terminate  except only the right of the
        holders thereof to receive from the  Corporation  the redemption  price,
        without  interest,  of the shares to be redeemed,  and such shares shall
        not  thereafter be  transferred  on the books of the  Corporation  or be
        deemed to be outstanding for any purpose whatsoever.

                       "(ii) Upon  presentation of any certificate  representing
               shares of this Series only a portion of which are to be redeemed,
               the Corporation  shall immediately  issue, at its expense,  a new
               certificate  or  certificates  representing  the  shares  of this
               Series not redeemed.


<PAGE>
                                     - 6 -


               "(d) Except as provided in paragraph (a) above,  the  Corporation
        shall have no right to redeem the shares of this  Series.  Any shares of
        this Series so redeemed shall be permanently retired, shall no longer be
        deemed  outstanding and shall not under any  circumstances  be reissued,
        and  the  Corporation  may  from  time  to time  take  such  appropriate
        corporate action as may be necessary to reduce the authorized  shares of
        this Series  accordingly.  Nothing  herein  contained  shall  prevent or
        restrict  the purchase by the  Corporation,  from time to time either at
        public or private  sale,  of the whole or any part of the shares of this
        Series at such price or prices as the Corporation may determine, subject
        to the provisions of applicable law.

               "5. No Mandatory Redemption.  The shares of this Series shall not
        be subject to mandatory redemption by the Corporation.

               "6. Voting Rights.  (a) Each issued and outstanding share of this
        Series  shall be  entitled to the number of votes equal to the number of
        Common  Shares of the  Corporation  into  which  each such share of this
        Series is convertible (as adjusted from time to time pursuant to Section
        7(a) hereof),  at each meeting of shareholders  of the Corporation  with
        respect to any and all  matters  presented  to the  shareholders  of the
        Corporation  for their  action or  consideration.  Except as provided by
        law,  by the  provisions  of  paragraph  (b) below or by the  provisions
        establishing  any other  series of preferred  stock of the  Corporation,
        holders  of the  shares  of this  Series  and of any  other  outstanding
        preferred stock shall vote together with the holders of Common Shares as
        a single class.

               (b)  In  addition  to any  other  rights  provided  by  law,  the
        Corporation  shall not amend,  alter or repeal the preferences,  special
        rights  or other  powers  of the  shares  of this  Series  or any  other
        provision of the Corporation's constating documents that would adversely
        affect  the  rights  of  the  holders  of the  shares  of  this  Series,
        including,  without limitation,  any increase in the number of shares of
        this  Series,  without the written  consent or  affirmative  vote of the
        holders of at least 66-2/3% of the then outstanding  aggregate number of
        such adversely  affected  shares of this Series,  given in writing or by
        vote at a meeting,  consenting or voting (as the case may be) separately
        as a class.  For this  purpose,  the  authorization  or  issuance of any
        series of preferred stock of the Corporation with preference or priority
        over,  or being on a parity  with the  shares  of this  Series as to the
        right  to  receive  either  dividends  or  amounts   distributable  upon
        liquidation,  dissolution  or  winding  up of the  Corporation  shall be
        deemed to adversely affect the shares of this Series.

               "7. Conversion. (a) Each share of this Series may be converted at
        any time, at the option of the holder thereof, in the manner hereinafter
        provided,  into fully-paid and  nonassessable  Common Shares,  provided,
        however,  that on any  redemption  of any  shares of this  Series or any
        liquidation of the Corporation,  the right of conversion shall terminate
        at the close of business on the full  business  day next  preceding  the
        date  fixed  for  such  redemption  or for the  payment  of any  amounts
        distributable  on  liquidation  to the  holders  of the  shares  of this
        Series.  The initial  conversion rate for shares of this Series shall be
        one  Common  Share for each one  share of this  Series  surrendered  for
        conversion,  representing an initial  conversion  price (for purposes of
        Section 7(g)) of U.S. $1.35 per share of the Corporation's Common Shares
        (hereinafter,  the "Conversion Price").  The applicable  conversion rate
        and  Conversion  Price  from  time to  time in  effect  are  subject  to
        adjustment as hereinafter provided.


<PAGE>
                                     - 7 -


               "(b) Whenever the Conversion  Price shall be adjusted as provided
        in Section 7(g) hereof,  the  Corporation  shall  forthwith file at each
        office  designated  for the  conversion of the shares of this Series,  a
        statement,  signed by any of the Chairman of the Board,  the  President,
        any Vice  President  or the  Treasurer  of the  Corporation,  showing in
        reasonable  detail the facts requiring such adjustment.  The Corporation
        shall also cause a notice setting forth any such  adjustments to be sent
        by mail, first class,  postage prepaid,  to each record holder of shares
        of this Series at his or its address appearing on the stock register. If
        such notice relates to an adjustment resulting from an event referred to
        in  paragraph  7(g)(vii),  such notice  shall be included as part of the
        notice  required  to be mailed and  published  under the  provisions  of
        paragraph 7(g)(vii) hereof.

               "(c) The right of conversion  shall be exercised by the holder by
        the surrender of the certificates  representing shares of this Series to
        be converted to the Corporation at any time during normal business hours
        at the office or agency  then  maintained  by it for the  conversion  of
        shares of this Series (the "Conversion Office"),  accompanied by written
        notice to the  Corporation of such holder's  election to convert and, if
        so required by the Corporation or any conversion agent, by an instrument
        of  transfer,  in  form  satisfactory  to  the  Corporation  and  to any
        conversion  agent,  duly  executed by the  registered  holder or by such
        holder's  duly  authorized  attorney,  and  transfer tax stamps or funds
        therefor, if required pursuant to Section 7(k).

               "(d)  As  promptly  as   practicable   after  the  surrender  for
        conversion of one or more  certificates  representing any shares of this
        Series in the manner provided in Section 7(c) and the payment in cash of
        any amount  required by the provisions of Section 7(k), the  Corporation
        will  deliver or cause to be delivered  at the  Conversion  Office to or
        upon the written order of the holder of such shares,  a  certificate  or
        certificates representing the number of full Common Shares issuable upon
        such conversion, issued in such name or names as such holder may direct,
        subject to any applicable contractual  restrictions and any restrictions
        imposed by applicable  securities  laws. Such conversion shall be deemed
        to have been made immediately prior to the close of business on the date
        of such surrender of certificates  representing shares of this Series in
        proper order for conversion, and all rights of the holder of such shares
        as a holder of such shares  shall cease at such time,  and the person or
        persons in whose name or names the  certificates  for such Common Shares
        are to be issued shall be treated for all purposes as having  become the
        record holder or holders thereof at such time; provided,  however,  that
        any such  surrender  on any date  when the stock  transfer  books of the
        Corporation  shall be closed shall  constitute  the person or persons in
        whose name or names the  certificates  for such Common  Shares are to be
        issued  as the  record  holder  or  holders  thereof  for  all  purposes
        immediately prior to the close of business on the next succeeding day on
        which such stock transfer books are opened.

               "(e) "Upon conversion in the manner provided in this Section 7 of
        only a portion of the number of shares of this Series  represented  by a
        certificate so surrendered for conversion,  the Corporation  shall issue
        and deliver or cause to be delivered at the Conversion Office to or upon
        the written order of the holder of the  certificate so  surrendered  for
        conversion,  at the expense of the  Corporation,  a new  certificate  or
        certificates   representing   the  number  of  shares  of  this   Series
        representing the unconverted  portion of the certificate so surrendered,
        issued in such name or names as such holder may  direct,  subject to any
        applicable  contractual  restrictions  and any  restrictions  imposed by
        applicable securities laws.


<PAGE>
                                     - 8 -


               "(f) All shares of this Series which shall have been  surrendered
        for  conversion  as  herein  provided  shall no  longer  be deemed to be
        outstanding  and all rights with respect to such shares,  including  the
        rights,  if any, to receive  notices and to vote,  shall forthwith cease
        and  terminate  except  only the right of the holder  thereof to receive
        Common  Shares  in  exchange  therefor.  Any  shares  of this  Series so
        converted  shall be retired and canceled and shall not be reissued,  and
        the  Corporation may from time to time take such  appropriate  action as
        may be  necessary  to  reduce  the  authorized  shares  of  this  Series
        accordingly.

               (g)     Anti-Dilution Provisions.

               (i) In order to prevent dilution of the right granted  hereunder,
the  Conversion  Price  shall be  subject  to  adjustment  from  time to time in
accordance with this paragraph  7(g)(i).  At any given time the Conversion Price
shall be that dollar (or part of a dollar)  amount the payment of which shall be
sufficient at the given time to acquire one Common Share of the Corporation upon
conversion  of shares of this Series.  Upon each  adjustment  of the  Conversion
Price  pursuant to this Section 7(g),  the  registered  holder of shares of this
Series shall thereafter be entitled to acquire upon exercise,  at the Conversion
Price  resulting  from such  adjustment,  the  number  of  Common  Shares of the
Corporation obtainable by multiplying the Conversion Price in effect immediately
prior to such  adjustment  by the  number  of  shares  of  Common  Shares of the
Corporation  acquirable  immediately  prior to such  adjustment and dividing the
product  thereof by the Conversion  Price  resulting from such  adjustment.  For
purposes  of this  Section  7(g),  the term  "Number  of  Common  Shares  Deemed
Outstanding" at any given time shall mean the sum of (x) the number of shares of
the  Corporation's  Common Shares  outstanding  at such time,  (y) the number of
Common Shares of the Corporation  issuable  assuming  conversion at such time of
all  outstanding  shares  of  the  Corporation's  other  series  of  convertible
preferred  stock, if any, and (z) the number of Common Shares of the Corporation
deemed to be  outstanding at such time under  subparagraphs  7(g)(ii)(1) to (8),
inclusive.

               (ii) Except as provided in paragraph 7(g)(iii) or 7(g)(vi) below,
if and whenever on or after the Initial  Issuance  Date, the  Corporation  shall
issue or sell, or shall in accordance  with  subparagraphs  7(g)(ii)(1)  to (8),
inclusive,  be deemed to have  issued or sold (such  issuance  or sale,  whether
actual  or  deemed,  the  "Triggering  Transaction")  any  Common  Shares  for a
consideration per share less than

               (I) (if the  Common  Shares  are not traded on the New York Stock
        Exchange, the American Stock Exchange or the Nasdaq National Market) the
        Conversion  Price  in  effect  immediately  prior  to the  time  of such
        issuance  or  sale,  then  forthwith  upon  such  issuance  or sale  the
        Conversion  Price  shall,  subject to  subparagraphs  (1) to (8) of this
        Section 7(g)(ii),  be reduced to the Conversion Price (calculated to the
        nearest tenth of a cent) determined by dividing:  (i) an amount equal to
        the sum of (x) the product  derived by multiplying  the Number of Common
        Shares  Deemed   Outstanding   immediately   prior  to  such  Triggering
        Transaction  by the  Conversion  Price  then  in  effect,  plus  (y) the
        consideration, if any, received by the Company upon consummation of such
        Triggering  Transaction,  by (ii) an amount  equal to the sum of (x) the
        Number of Common Shares  Deemed  Outstanding  immediately  prior to such
        Triggering  Transaction  plus (y) the number of Common Shares issued (or
        deemed to be issued in accordance with subparagraphs 7(g)(ii)(1) to (8))
        in connection with the Triggering Transaction; or


<PAGE>
                                     - 9 -


               (II) (if the  Common  Shares  are  traded  on the New York  Stock
        Exchange, the American Stock Exchange or the Nasdaq National Market) the
        average Market Price for the ten trading days immediately preceding such
        issuance or sale, then forthwith upon such Triggering  Transaction,  the
        Conversion  Price  shall,  subject to  subparagraphs  (1) to (8) of this
        Section 7(g)(ii),  be reduced to the Conversion Price (calculated to the
        nearest tenth of a cent)  determined by multiplying the Conversion Price
        in effect  immediately prior to the time of such Triggering  Transaction
        by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the sum of (x) the Number
        of Common Shares Deemed Outstanding immediately prior to such Triggering
        Transaction  and (y) the  number of Common  Shares  which the  aggregate
        consideration  received by the Company upon such Triggering  Transaction
        would  purchase at the  average  Market  Price for the ten trading  days
        immediately preceding such Triggering  Transaction,  and the denominator
        of  which  shall be the  Number  of  Common  Shares  Deemed  Outstanding
        immediately after such Triggering Transaction.

               For purposes of determining the adjusted  Conversion  Price under
this paragraph 7(g)(ii), the following subsections (1) to (8), inclusive,  shall
be applicable:

                       (1) In case  the  Corporation  at any  time  shall in any
               manner  grant   (whether   directly  or  by   assumption   in  an
               amalgamation  or  otherwise)  any rights to  subscribe  for or to
               purchase,  or any options for the purchase of,  Common  Shares or
               any stock or other  securities  convertible  into or exchangeable
               for Common  Shares  (such rights or options  being herein  called
               "Options"  and  such   convertible  or   exchangeable   stock  or
               securities being herein called "Convertible Securities"), whether
               or not such  Options or the right to convert or exchange any such
               Convertible Securities are immediately exercisable, and the price
               per share for which the Common Shares are issuable upon exercise,
               conversion  or exchange  (determined  by  dividing  (x) the total
               amount,  if any,  received or  receivable by the  Corporation  as
               consideration  for  the  granting  of  such  Options,   plus  the
               aggregate  amount  of  additional  consideration  payable  to the
               Corporation  upon the exercise of all such Options,  plus, in the
               case of such Options which relate to Convertible Securities,  the
               aggregate  amount of additional  consideration,  if any,  payable
               upon the issue or sale of such  Convertible  Securities  and upon
               the  conversion  or exchange  thereof,  by (y) the total  maximum
               number  of  Common  Shares  issuable  upon the  exercise  of such
               Options  or  the  conversion  or  exchange  of  such  Convertible
               Securities) shall be less than the average Market Price in effect
               for the ten  trading  days  immediately  prior to the time of the
               granting of such  Option (if the Common  Shares are traded on the
               New York Stock  Exchange,  the  American  Stock  Exchange  or the
               Nasdaq  National  Market)  or  the  Conversion  Price  in  effect
               immediately  prior to the time of such  issuance  or sale (if the
               Common Shares are not traded on the New York Stock Exchange,  the
               American Stock Exchange or the Nasdaq National Market),  then the
               total maximum amount of Common Shares  issuable upon the exercise
               of such  Options  or,  in the  case of  Options  for  Convertible
               Securities,  upon the conversion or exchange of such  Convertible
               Securities, shall (as of the date of granting of such Options) be
               deemed to be outstanding  and to have been issued and sold by the
               Corporation  for such  price  per  share.  No  adjustment  of the
               Conversion  Price shall be made upon the actual  issuance of such
               Common Shares or such Convertible Securities upon the exercise of
               such Options,  except as otherwise  provided in subparagraph  (3)
               below.


<PAGE>
                                     - 10 -


                       (2) In case  the  Corporation  at any  time  shall in any
               manner  issue   (whether   directly  or  by   assumption   in  an
               amalgamation  or otherwise) or sell any  Convertible  Securities,
               whether or not the rights to exchange or convert  thereunder  are
               immediately exercisable, and the price per share for which Common
               Shares are issuable upon such conversion or exchange  (determined
               by dividing (x) the total amount  received or  receivable  by the
               Corporation  as  consideration  for  the  issue  or  sale of such
               Convertible  Securities,  plus the aggregate amount of additional
               consideration,  if  any,  payable  to the  Corporation  upon  the
               conversion or exchange  thereof,  by (y) the total maximum number
               of Common Shares  issuable upon the conversion or exchange of all
               such  Convertible  Securities)  shall be less  than  the  average
               Market Price in effect for the ten-day trading period immediately
               prior to the time of such issue or sale (if the Common Shares are
               traded  on the  New  York  Stock  Exchange,  the  American  Stock
               Exchange or the Nasdaq National  Market) or the Conversion  Price
               in effect  immediately prior to the time of such issuance or sale
               (if the  Common  Shares  are not  traded  on the New  York  Stock
               Exchange,  the  American  Stock  Exchange or the Nasdaq  National
               Market),  then the total maximum number of Common Shares issuable
               upon  conversion or exchange of all such  Convertible  Securities
               shall  (as of the date of the  issue or sale of such  Convertible
               Securities) be deemed to be  outstanding  and to have been issued
               and  sold  by the  Corporation  for  such  price  per  share.  No
               adjustment of the Conversion  Price shall be made upon the actual
               issuance  of such Common  Shares  upon  exercise of the rights to
               exchange or convert under such Convertible Securities,  except as
               otherwise provided in subparagraph (3) below.

                       (3) If the  purchase  price  provided  for in any Options
               referred to in subparagraph (1), the additional consideration, if
               any,  payable upon the conversion or exchange of any  Convertible
               Securities  referred to in subparagraphs  (1) or (2), or the rate
               at which any Convertible  Securities  referred to in subparagraph
               (1) or (2) are convertible into or exchangeable for Common Shares
               shall  change  at any time  (other  than  under or by  reason  of
               provisions  designed to protect against  dilution of the type set
               forth in paragraphs  7(g)(ii) or 7(g)(iv)),  the Conversion Price
               in  effect  at  the  time  of  such  change  shall  forthwith  be
               readjusted  to the  Conversion  Price  which  would  have been in
               effect at such time had such  Options or  Convertible  Securities
               still  outstanding  provided  for such  changed  purchase  price,
               additional consideration or rate, as the case may be, at the time
               initially granted, issued or sold. If the purchase price provided
               for in any Option referred to in subparagraph  (1) or the rate at
               which any Convertible Securities referred to in subparagraphs (1)
               or (2) are convertible  into or  exchangeable  for Common Shares,
               shall be  reduced  at any time  under or by reason of  provisions
               with respect thereto designed to protect against  dilution,  then
               in case of the delivery of Common Shares upon the exercise of any
               such  Option  or  upon   conversion   or  exchange  of  any  such
               Convertible  Security,   the  Conversion  Price  then  in  effect
               hereunder shall  forthwith be adjusted to such respective  amount
               as would  have  been  obtained  had such  Option  or  Convertible
               Security  never  been  issued as to such  Common  Shares  and had
               adjustments  been made upon the  issuance  of the  Common  Shares
               delivered  as  aforesaid,  but  only  if  as  a  result  of  such
               adjustment  the  Conversion  Price  then in effect  hereunder  is
               hereby reduced.


<PAGE>
                                     - 11 -


                       (4) On the expiration of any Option or the termination of
               any right to convert or exchange any Convertible Securities,  the
               Conversion  Price then in effect  hereunder  shall  forthwith  be
               increased to the Conversion Price which would have been in effect
               at the time of such  expiration or termination had such Option or
               Convertible  Securities,  to the extent  outstanding  immediately
               prior to such expiration or termination, never been issued.

                       (5) In case any  Options  shall be issued  in  connection
               with the issue or sale of other  securities  of the  Corporation,
               together comprising one integral transaction in which no specific
               consideration  is  allocated  to  such  Options  by  the  parties
               thereto, such Options shall be deemed to have been issued without
               consideration.

                       (6) In case any Common  Shares,  Options  or  Convertible
               Securities  shall be issued or sold or deemed to have been issued
               or sold for cash, the  consideration  received  therefor shall be
               deemed to be the  amount  received  by the  Corporation  therefor
               (before  deduction  for  expenses or  underwriters'  discounts or
               commissions  related to such  issue or sale).  In case any Common
               Shares, Options or Convertible Securities shall be issued or sold
               for  a   consideration   other  than  cash,  the  amount  of  the
               consideration  other than cash received by the Corporation  shall
               be the fair value of such  consideration  as  determined  in good
               faith by the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

                       (7) In case the  Corporation  shall declare a dividend or
               make  any  other  distribution  upon  the  share  capital  of the
               Corporation  payable in Common  Shares,  Options,  or Convertible
               Securities,  then in such  case any  Common  Shares,  Options  or
               Convertible  Securities,  as the case may be, issuable in payment
               of such  dividend  or  distribution  shall be deemed to have been
               issued or sold without consideration.

                       (8) For purposes of this paragraph 7(g)(ii),  in case the
               Corporation  shall  take a record of the  holders  of its  Common
               Shares  for the  purpose  of  entitling  them  (x) to  receive  a
               dividend or other distribution payable in Common Shares,  Options
               or in Convertible Securities, or (y) to subscribe for or purchase
               Common  Shares,  Options  or  Convertible  Securities,  then such
               record  date  shall be deemed to be the date of the issue or sale
               of the Common  Shares deemed to have been issued or sold upon the
               declaration  of  such  dividend  or  the  making  of  such  other
               distribution  or the  date  of the  granting  of  such  right  or
               subscription or purchase, as the case may be.

               (iii) In the event the Corporation  shall declare a dividend upon
the Common  Shares (other than a dividend  payable in Common  Shares  covered by
subparagraph  7(g)(ii)(7))  payable  otherwise  than out of  earnings  or earned
surplus, determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles,
including the making of appropriate  deductions for minority interests,  if any,
in subsidiaries (herein referred to as "Liquidating  Dividends"),  then, as soon
as possible after the conversion of any shares of this Series,  the  Corporation
shall,  subject to applicable  law, pay to the person  converting such shares of
this Series an amount equal to the aggregate  value at the time of such exercise
of all  Liquidating  Dividends  (including  but not limited to the Common Shares
which would have been issued at the time of such earlier  exercise and all other
securities  which would have been issued with  respect to such Common  Shares by
reason of stock splits,  stock dividends,  amalgamations or reorganizations,  or
for any other reason). For the


<PAGE>
                                     - 12 -


purposes of this  paragraph  7(g)(iii),  a dividend  other than in cash shall be
considered  payable out of earnings  or earned  surplus  only to the extent that
such earnings or earned surplus are charged an amount equal to the fair value of
such dividend as determined in good faith by the Board.

               (iv) In case the Corporation  shall at any time subdivide  (other
than by means of a  dividend  payable  in Common  Shares  covered  by  paragraph
7(g)(ii)(7)) its outstanding  Common Shares into a greater number of shares, the
Conversion  Price  in  effect  immediately  prior to such  subdivision  shall be
proportionately reduced, and, conversely,  in case the outstanding Common Shares
of the  Corporation  shall be  combined  into a smaller  number of  shares,  the
Conversion  Price  in  effect  immediately  prior to such  combination  shall be
proportionately increased.

               (v) If any  capital  reorganization  or  reclassification  of the
share  capital of the  Corporation,  or  amalgamation  of the  Corporation  with
another  corporation,  or the sale of all or substantially  all of its assets to
another  corporation  shall be  effected  in such a way that  holders  of Common
Shares shall be entitled to receive  stock,  securities,  cash or other property
with respect to or in exchange for Common  Shares,  then, as a condition of such
reorganization,  reclassification,  amalgamation  or sale,  lawful and  adequate
provision  shall be made whereby the holders of shares of this Series shall have
the right to acquire and receive upon  conversion  of the shares of this Series,
which  right  shall be prior to the rights of the  holders  of stock  ranking on
liquidation  junior to this  Series  (but  after and  subject  to the  rights of
holders of Senior Preferred Shares,  if any), such shares of stock,  securities,
cash or other  property  issuable  or  payable  (as part of the  reorganization,
reclassification,  amalgamation or sale) with respect to or in exchange for such
number of  outstanding  Common  Shares  of the  Corporation  as would  have been
received upon  conversion of the shares of this Series at the  Conversion  Price
then in effect.  The Corporation will not effect any such  amalgamation or sale,
unless prior to the  consummation  thereof the  amalgamated  corporation  or the
corporation  purchasing such assets shall assume by written instrument mailed or
delivered  to the  holders of the shares of this  Series at the last  address of
each such holder  appearing on the books of the  Corporation,  the obligation to
deliver to each such holder such  shares of stock,  securities  or assets as, in
accordance  with the  foregoing  provisions,  such  holder  may be  entitled  to
receive. If a purchase,  tender or exchange offer is made to and accepted by the
holders of more than 50% of the  outstanding  Common Shares of the  Corporation,
the Corporation shall not effect any amalgamation or sale with the person having
made such offer or with any Affiliate (as defined below) of such person,  unless
prior to the consummation of such amalgamation or sale the holders of the shares
of this Series shall have been given a reasonable  opportunity  to then elect to
receive  upon the  conversion  of the  shares of this  Series  either the stock,
securities  or assets then  issuable  with  respect to the Common  Shares of the
Corporation or the stock,  securities or assets,  or the  equivalent,  issued to
previous  holders  of the  Common  Shares in  accordance  with such  offer.  For
purposes  hereof,  the term  "Affiliate"  with respect to any given person shall
mean any person  controlling,  controlled  by or under  common  control with the
given person.

               (vi) The  provisions  of this Section 7(g) shall not apply to any
Common  Shares  issued,  issuable  or  deemed  outstanding  under  subparagraphs
7(g)(ii)(1)  to (8) inclusive:  (i) to any person  pursuant to any stock option,
stock  purchase or similar plan or  arrangement  for the benefit of employees of
the Corporation or its  subsidiaries  in effect on the Initial  Issuance Date or
thereafter  adopted by the Board of Directors of the Corporation,  (ii) pursuant
to options,  warrants and conversion rights in existence on the Initial Issuance
Date,  (iii) upon exercise of the warrants of the Corporation  issued to Warburg
pursuant to


<PAGE>
                                     - 13 -


the Warrant  Agreement or (iv) on conversion of the shares of this Series or the
sale of any additional shares of this Series.

               (vii) In the event that:

               (1) the  Corporation  shall  declare any cash  dividend  upon its
        Common Shares, or

               (2) the  Corporation  shall  declare any dividend upon its Common
        Shares  payable  in  stock  or  make  any  special   dividend  or  other
        distribution to the holders of its Common Shares, or

               (3) the Corporation  shall offer for subscription pro rata to the
        holders of its Common Shares any additional shares of stock of any class
        or other rights, or

               (4) there shall be any capital reorganization or reclassification
        of the share capital of the  Corporation,  including any  subdivision or
        combination of its  outstanding  Common Shares,  or  amalgamation of the
        Corporation  with, or sale of all or substantially all of its assets to,
        another corporation, or

               (5)  there  shall  be a  voluntary  or  involuntary  dissolution,
        liquidation or winding up of the Corporation;

then, in connection with such event,  the Corporation  shall give to the holders
of the shares of this Series:

               (A)     at least  twenty (20) days' prior  written  notice of the
                       date on which the books of the Corporation shall close or
                       a record shall be taken for such  dividend,  distribution
                       or subscription  rights or for determining rights to vote
                       in respect of any such reorganization,  reclassification,
                       amalgamation,  sale, dissolution,  liquidation or winding
                       up; and

               (B)     in the case of any such reorganization, reclassification,
                       amalgamation,  sale, dissolution,  liquidation or winding
                       up, at least  twenty (20) days' prior  written  notice of
                       the date when the same shall take place.

Such notice in accordance with the foregoing  clause (A) shall also specify,  in
the case of any such dividend,  distribution or subscription rights, the date on
which the holders of Common Shares shall be entitled thereto, and such notice in
accordance  with the  foregoing  clause (B) shall also specify the date on which
the holders of Common  Shares shall be entitled to exchange  their Common Shares
for  securities  or  other  property   deliverable  upon  such   reorganization,
reclassification, amalgamation, sale, dissolution, liquidation or winding up, as
the case may be. Each such  written  notice  shall be given by first class mail,
postage  prepaid,  addressed  to the holders of the shares of this Series at the
address of each such holder as shown on the books of the Corporation.

               (viii)  If at any  time or from  time  to  time on or  after  the
Initial Issuance Date, the Corporation  shall grant,  issue or sell any Options,
Convertible  Securities or rights to purchase  property (the "Purchase  Rights")
pro rata to the record holders of the Common Shares of the  Corporation and such
grants,


<PAGE>
                                     - 14 -


issuances or sales do not result in an adjustment of the Conversion  Price under
paragraph  7(g)(ii)  hereof,  then each holder of shares of this Series shall be
entitled  to acquire  (within  thirty  (30) days after the later to occur of the
initial  exercise date of such Purchase  Rights or receipt by such holder of the
notice  concerning  Purchase Rights to which such holder shall be entitled under
paragraph  7(g)(vii))  and upon the terms  applicable  to such  Purchase  Rights
either:

               (A)     the  aggregate  Purchase  Rights  which such holder could
                       have  acquired if it had held the number of Common Shares
                       acquirable  upon  conversion  of  shares  of this  Series
                       immediately  before the grant,  issuance  or sale of such
                       Purchase  Rights;  provided  that if any Purchase  Rights
                       were  distributed to holders of Common Shares without the
                       payment  of  additional  consideration  by such  holders,
                       corresponding Purchase Rights shall be distributed to the
                       exercising  holders of the shares of this  Series as soon
                       as  possible  after  such  exercise  and it shall  not be
                       necessary for the exercising holder of the shares of this
                       Series  specifically to request  delivery of such rights;
                       or

               (B)     in the event  that any such  Purchase  Rights  shall have
                       expired or shall  expire  prior to the end of said thirty
                       (30) day  period,  the  number  of  Common  Shares or the
                       amount of property  which such holder could have acquired
                       upon  such  exercise  at the time or  times at which  the
                       Corporation granted, issued or sold such expired Purchase
                       Rights.

               (ix) If any  event  occurs  as to which,  in the  opinion  of the
Board,  the  provisions  of this Section 7(g) are not strictly  applicable or if
strictly  applicable  would not fairly  protect the rights of the holders of the
shares of this Series in accordance with the essential  intent and principles of
such  provisions,  then the Board shall make an adjustment in the application of
such provisions,  in accordance with such essential intent and principles, so as
to protect such rights as aforesaid,  but in no event shall any adjustment  have
the effect of increasing the Conversion Price as otherwise  determined  pursuant
to  any of the  provisions  of  this  Section  7(g)  except  in  the  case  of a
combination of shares of a type  contemplated in paragraph  7(g)(iv) and then in
no event to an amount larger than the Conversion  Price as adjusted  pursuant to
paragraph 7(g)(iv).

               "(h) No  fractional  Common  Shares  shall  be  issued  upon  the
        conversion  of any  share or shares of this  Series.  If any  fractional
        interest in a Common  Share  would,  except for the  provisions  of this
        Section 7(h), be deliverable  upon the conversion of any share or shares
        of  this  Series,  the  Corporation  shall  in lieu  of  delivering  the
        fractional  Common Share therefor  satisfy such  fractional  interest by
        payment to the holder of such surrendered share or shares of this Series
        of an amount in cash equal (computed to the nearest cent) to the current
        market value of such fractional  interest,  computed on the basis of the
        Market  Price  of the  Common  Shares  on the  date of such  conversion,
        provided,  however,  that no amount shall be paid by the  Corporation to
        such holder of less than U.S. $5.00.

               "(i) The  Corporation  shall be entitled to effect the  mandatory
        conversion,  in  whole or in  part,  of the  shares  of this  Series  in
        accordance with this Section 7 if all of the Triggering  Conditions (set
        forth in Section 2(b) hereof)  shall have been  satisfied as of the date
        of the notice  described  below.  Upon such mandatory  conversion,  each
        share of this Series subject to such


<PAGE>
                                     - 15 -


        conversion  shall be converted  into Common Shares at the then effective
        Conversion Price for such shares.  In case the Corporation  shall desire
        to exercise  the right to convert all or, as the case may be, any shares
        of this Series in  accordance  with the right to do so, it shall provide
        notice to the  holders of the shares of this Series to be  converted  as
        hereinafter provided in this Section 7(i).

                       "(i) A notice of conversion shall be given to the holders
        of shares of this Series to be converted by mailing by first-class  mail
        to their last  addresses  as they shall  appear  upon the  register  for
        shares of this Series not less than 120 calendar  days prior to the date
        fixed for conversion.

                       "(ii) Each such notice of  conversion  (A) shall  specify
        the date fixed for conversion  and the number of Common Shares  issuable
        to the holder of a share of this Series upon such conversion,  (B) shall
        state the offices or agencies to be  maintained by the  Corporation  for
        the purpose of such conversion,  upon presentation and surrender of such
        shares of this Series and (C) if less than all the shares of this Series
        are to be  converted,  shall specify the number of shares of this Series
        held by each holder, and the serial numbers of the certificates thereof,
        to be converted.  In case any  certificate  representing  shares of this
        Series is to be converted in part only,  the notice of conversion  which
        relates  to such  certificate  shall  state the number of shares of this
        Series  represented by such  certificate to be converted and shall state
        that  on  and  after  the  conversion   date,  upon  surrender  of  such
        certificate, a new certificate or certificates for a number of shares of
        this Series equal to the unconverted portion thereof will be issued.

               "(j)  The  Corporation   will  at  all  times  reserve  and  keep
        available, solely for the purposes of the issuance of Common Shares upon
        conversion  of the  shares  of this  Series,  the full  number of Common
        Shares as shall be issuable upon the conversion of all such  outstanding
        shares of this Series.

               "The Corporation will endeavor to comply with all securities laws
        regulating  the offer and delivery of Common  Shares upon  conversion of
        the shares of this Series and, that if any Common Shares  required to be
        reserved  for purposes of  conversion  of the shares  hereunder  require
        registration  with or approval of any  governmental  authority under any
        U.S. (federal or state) or Canadian law before such Common Shares may be
        validly issued or delivered upon  conversion,  the Corporation  will, in
        good faith and as  expeditiously  as  possible,  endeavor to secure such
        registration or approval, as the case may be.

               "All Common  Shares which shall be issued upon  conversion of the
        shares of this Series will upon issuance be fully paid and nonassessable
        and not subject to preemptive rights.

               "(k)  The  issuance  of  certificates   for  Common  Shares  upon
        conversion of shares of this Series shall be made without charge for any
        stamp or other similar tax in respect of such issuance.  However, if any
        such certificate is to be issued in a name other than that of the holder
        of record of the share or shares of this Series so converted, the holder
        thereof shall pay to the  Corporation the amount of any tax which may be
        payable in respect of any  transfer  involved in such  issuance or shall
        establish to the  satisfaction of the Corporation that such tax has been
        paid or is not payable.


<PAGE>
                                     - 16 -

               "(l) In case (A) the  Corporation  shall  take any  action  which
        would require an  adjustment in the number of Common Shares  issuable to
        holders of shares of this Series  upon  conversion  thereof  pursuant to
        Section  7(g) above;  or (B) there shall be a voluntary  or  involuntary
        dissolution,   liquidation   or  winding  up  of  the   affairs  of  the
        Corporation;

        then the  Corporation  shall  cause to be  given to the  holders  of the
        shares of this Series at least ten days prior to the  applicable  record
        date hereinafter  specified,  a notice of (X) the date on which a record
        is to be taken for the purpose of any dividend, distribution or grant to
        holders of Common Shares which would require such an adjustment,  or, if
        a record is not to be taken,  the date as of which the holders of Common
        Shares of record to be entitled to such dividend, distribution, or grant
        are to be  determined  or (Y) the  date on  which  such  reorganization,
        reclassification, amalgamation, sale, transfer, dissolution, liquidation
        or winding up is expected to become effective,  and the date as of which
        it is expected that holders of Common Shares of record shall be entitled
        to exchange  their Common  Shares for  securities  or other  property or
        other assets  deliverable  upon such  reorganization,  reclassification,
        amalgamation,  sale, transfer, dissolution,  liquidation, or winding up.
        Failure to give such notice or any defect  therein  shall not affect the
        legality or validity of any proceedings  described in subparagraphs  (A)
        or (B) of this Section 7(l).

               "8. Hold  Period.  A holder of shares of this Series  shall in no
event sell or otherwise transfer any of the shares of this Series, or any Common
Shares issued upon the due conversion of any shares of this Series, for a period
of six months from the Initial  Issuance  Date. The  Corporation  shall issue or
cause to be  issued  certificates  representing  shares of this  Series,  and of
Common  Shares issued upon due  conversion  of any shares of this Series,  which
contain such legends as the  Corporation  in its  discretion  deems  adequate to
reflect the hold period described in this Section 8.

               "9.     Miscellaneous.

               "(a)    For the purposes hereof:

                       "(i) the term  "outstanding",  when used in  reference to
               shares of this Series,  shall mean issued  shares of this Series,
               excluding shares of this Series called for redemption; and

                       "(ii)  the term  "subsidiary"  shall  mean any  company a
               majority of whose  outstanding  voting  capital stock (other than
               directors'  qualifying  shares),  at the  time  as of  which  any
               determination is being made, shall be owned by the parent of such
               company either directly or through other subsidiaries; and

                       "(iii)  any  shares of a series or class of shares of the
               Corporation shall be deemed to rank:

                              "(A)  prior to shares of this  Series,  whether or
                       not  the  dividend  rates,   dividend  payment  dates  or
                       redemption  or  liquidation  prices per share  thereof be
                       different  from  those of shares of this  Series,  if the
                       holders  of such  shares  of a series  or class of shares
                       shall be  entitled  to receipt  from the  Corporation  of
                       dividends or 

<PAGE>
                                     - 17 -


                       of amounts distributable upon liquidation, dissolution or
                       winding up, in  preference  or priority to the holders of
                       shares of this Series, as the case may be;

                              "(B) on a parity  with or equal to  shares of this
                       Series,  whether  or not  the  dividend  rates,  dividend
                       payment  dates or redemption  or  liquidation  prices per
                       share  thereof be different  from those of shares of this
                       Series,  if the  holders  of such  shares  of a series or
                       class of shares shall be entitled to the receipt from the
                       Corporation of dividends or of amounts distributable upon
                       liquidation  to  their   respective   dividend  rates  or
                       liquidation  prices,  without  preference or priority one
                       over the other as between the holders of such shares of a
                       series or class of shares  and the  holders  of shares of
                       this Series; and

                              "(C) subordinate to shares of this Series, whether
                       or not the  dividend  rates,  dividend  payment  dates or
                       redemption  or  liquidation  prices per share  thereof be
                       different  from  those of shares of this  Series,  if the
                       rights of the holders of such shares of a series or class
                       of  shares  shall be  subordinate  to the  rights  of the
                       holders  of  shares  of this  Series  in  respect  of the
                       receipt from the  Corporation of dividends and of amounts
                       distributable  upon  liquidation,  dissolution or winding
                       up, including,  without limitation,  the Common Shares of
                       the Corporation.

               "(b) So long as any shares of this Series are outstanding, in the
        event of any conflict  between the  provisions  hereof and any corporate
        document of the  Corporation  (both as  presently  existing or hereafter
        amended and  supplemented)  the  provisions  hereof,  as the same may be
        amended or supplemented, shall be and remain controlling.

               "(c) The  holders  of the  shares of this  Series  shall  have no
        preemptive rights."
<PAGE>

                            ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION


                              ARTICLES OF AMENDMENT


1.       NAME OF CORPORATION:  HEALTHCARE CAPITAL CORPORATION

2.       CORPORATE ACCESS NUMBER:  20575035

3.       ITEM NO. 2 OF THE ARTICLES OF THE ABOVE-NAMED CORPORATION IS
         AMENDED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 167(1)(d) OF THE BUSINESS
         CORPORATIONS ACT OF ALBERTA.

         The authorized  capital of the Corporation be increased by the creation
         of an unlimited number of Preferred Shares without nominal or par value
         that shall have attached thereto the rights,  privileges,  restrictions
         and conditions hereinafter set forth:

         PROVISIONS ATTACHING TO THE PREFERRED SHARES

         Directors' Authority to Issue in One or More Series

         i)       The Preferred Shares may from time to time be issued in one or
                  more  series and  subject  to the  following  provisions,  and
                  subject to the sending of articles of amendment in  prescribed
                  form,  and the  issuance  of a  certificate  of  amendment  in
                  respect  thereof,  the  directors  may fix  from  time to time
                  before  such issue the number of shares  which is to  comprise
                  each   series  and  the   designation,   rights,   privileges,
                  restrictions  and  conditions  attaching  to  each  series  of
                  Preferred Shares including, without limiting the generality of
                  the  foregoing,  the rate or amount of dividends or the method
                  of calculating  dividends,  the dates of payment thereof,  the
                  redemption,  purchase and/or  conversion  prices and terms and
                  conditions of redemption,  purchase and/or conversion, and any
                  sinking fund or other provisions;

         ii)      The Preferred Shares of each series shall, with respect to the
                  payment of dividends and the  distribution of assets or return
                  of  capital  in  the  event  of  liquidation,  dissolution  or
                  winding-up   of  the   Corporation,   whether   voluntary   or
                  involuntary, or any other return of capital or distribution of
                  assets  of the  Corporation  among  its  shareholders  for the
                  purpose of winding up its  affairs,  rank on a parity with the
                  Preferred  Shares of every  other  series and be  entitled  to
                  preference over the Common Shares and over any other shares of
                  the Corporation  ranking junior to the Preferred  Shares.  The
                  Preferred  Shares of any  series  may also be given such other
                  preferences, not inconsistent with


                                      - 1 -
<PAGE>


                  these articles, over the Common Shares and any other shares of
                  the Corporation ranking junior to such Preferred Shares as may
                  be fixed in accordance with clause (i) above;

         iii)     If any cumulative  dividends or amounts  payable on the return
                  of capital in respect of a series of Preferred  Shares are not
                  paid in full,  all  series  of  Preferred  Shares  participate
                  rateably  in respect of  accumulated  dividends  and return of
                  accumulated dividends and return of capital; and

         iv)      Unless the  directors  otherwise  determine in the articles of
                  amendment  designating a series, the holder of each share of a
                  series of  Preferred  Shares  shall not,  except as  otherwise
                  specifically   provided  in  the  Business   Corporations  Act
                  (Alberta),  be  entitled  to receive  notice of or vote at any
                  meeting of the shareholders.

                  ITEM NO. 6 OF THE ARTICLES OF THE ABOVE-NAMED
                  CORPORATION IS AMENDED IN ACCORDANCE WITH
                  SECTION 167(1) OF THE BUSINESS CORPORATIONS ACT OF
                  ALBERTA BY THE ADDITION OF THE FOLLOWING PROVISION:

         "6.      OTHER PROVISIONS IF ANY:

                  Meetings of shareholders of the Corporation may be held in the
                  province  of Alberta,  in  Vancouver,  British  Columbia or in
                  Portland, Oregon, U.S.A. as the directors may designate in the
                  notice relating to such meeting."








         DATE                    SIGNATURE                           TITLE




                                      - 2 -
<PAGE>



January 30, 1997                                                 Director

FOR DEPARTMENTAL USE ONLY                                     FILED




                                      - 3 -

<PAGE>



                              ARTICLES OF AMENDMENT


1.       NAME OF CORPORATION:  ADVENTURE CAPITAL CORPORATION

2.       CORPORATE ACCESS NO.:  20575035

3.       ITEM NO. 1 OF THE ARTICLES OF THE ABOVE-NAMED CORPORATION IS
         AMENDED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 167(1)(a) OF THE BUSINESS
         CORPORATIONS ACT.

         (i) The name of the  Corporation  as set forth in Item No. 1 is changed
         to HEALTHCARE CAPITAL CORP.









         DATE                     SIGNATURE                           TITLE

October 7, 1994          /s/ William DeJong                        Director

FOR DEPARTMENTAL USE ONLY                                         FILED


                                      - 1 -
<PAGE>


                              ARTICLES OF AMENDMENT


1.       NAME OF CORPORATION:  ADVENTURE CAPITAL CORPORATION

2.       CORPORATE ACCESS NO.:  20575035

3.       THE ARTICLES OF THE ABOVE-NAMED CORPORATION ARE AMENDED AS
         FOLLOWS:

Pursuant to a Special  Resolution duly passed by all of the  Shareholders of the
Corporation  and  pursuant to sections  167(1)(c),  (e) and (k) of the  Business
Corporations  Act of Alberta  the  Articles  of the  Corporation  are amended as
follows:

         1.       The authorized  Redeemable Preferred Shares of the Corporation
                  are eliminated by the cancellation thereof in their entirety;

         2.       The rights, privileges,  restrictions and conditions attaching
                  to the authorized and issued Common Shares of the  Corporation
                  be altered and changed to the rights, privileges, restrictions
                  and  conditions set forth in new item No. 2 of the Articles of
                  the  Corporation  which is added to the  Articles by virtue of
                  paragraph 3 below;

         3.       Item  No.  2 of the  Articles  of the  Corporation  is  hereby
                  amended by deleting the current Item No. 2 in its entirety and
                  substituting therefor the following:

                  "2. The Corporation is authorized to issue an unlimited number
                  of Common  Shares  without  nominal or par  value.  The Common
                  Shares  shall have  attached  thereto  the  following  rights,
                  privileges, restrictions and conditions:

                  Voting Rights

                  (a) At all meetings of the  shareholders  of the  Corporation,
                  the holders of the Common  Shares shall be entitled to one (1)
                  vote for each such share so held.

                  Dividends and Other Distributions

                  (b) The  holders of the Common  Shares  shall be  entitled  to
                  receive  such  dividends as the  directors of the  Corporation
                  may, in their discretion, declare thereon.

                  (c) In the event of the liquidation, dissolution or winding-up
                  of the  Corporation or other  distribution of its assets among
                  the shareholders, the


                                      - 1 -
<PAGE>


                  holders of the Common  Shares shall be entitled to receive the
                  remaining property of the Corporation."

                  4. Item No. 4 of the Articles of the  Corporation,  as amended
                  on  November  18,  1993,  is  hereby  further  amended  by the
                  deletion thereof in its entirety and the substitution therefor
                  of the following:

                  "4.      Number (or Minimum and Maximum Number) of Directors:

                  The  Corporation  shall have not less than three (3) directors
                  nor more than eleven (11) directors. Subject to the provisions
                  of the Business  Corporations  Act of Alberta,  the  directors
                  may,  between  annual  general  meetings,  appoint one or more
                  additional  directors  of the  Corporation  to serve until the
                  next annual general meeting of the  Corporation  provided that
                  the total number of directors shall not at any time exceed the
                  maximum hereinbefore prescribed."







         DATE                       SIGNATURE                           TITLE

January 25, 1994                
 William DeJong                  Secretary

FOR DEPARTMENTAL USE ONLY                                           FILED


                                      - 2 -
<PAGE>



                              ARTICLES OF AMENDMENT


1.       NAME OF CORPORATION:  575035 ALBERTA LTD.

2.       CORPORATE ACCESS NO.:  20575035

3.       ITEM NO. 1 OF THE ARTICLES OF THE ABOVE-NAMED CORPORATION IS
         AMENDED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 167(1)(a) OF THE BUSINESS
         CORPORATIONS ACT.

         The name of the  Corporation  as set forth in Item No. 1 is  changed to
         ADVENTURE CAPITAL CORPORATION.

         ITEM NO. 3 OF THE ARTICLES OF THE ABOVE-NAMED CORPORATION IS
         AMENDED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 167(1)(l) OF THE BUSINESS
         CORPORATIONS ACT BY DELETING THIS ITEM IN ITS ENTIRETY AND
         REPLACING IT AS FOLLOWS:

         RESTRICTIONS IF ANY ON SHARE TRANSFERS:
         None.

         ITEM NO. 4 OF THE ARTICLES OF THE ABOVE-NAMED CORPORATION IS
         AMENDED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 167(1)(k) OF THE BUSINESS
         CORPORATIONS ACT BY DELETING THIS ITEM IN ITS ENTIRETY AND
         REPLACING IT AS FOLLOWS:

         NUMBER (OR MINIMUM AND MAXIMUM NUMBER) OF DIRECTORS:
         The  Corporation  shall have not less than three (3) directors nor more
         than Eleven (11) directors.

         ITEM NO. 6 OF THE ARTICLES OF THE ABOVE-NAMED CORPORATION IS
         AMENDED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 167(l)(m) OF THE BUSINESS
         CORPORATIONS ACT BY DELETING THIS ITEM IN ITS ENTIRETY AND
         REPLACING IT AS FOLLOWS:

         OTHER PROVISIONS IF ANY:
         None.


         DATE                      SIGNATURE                           TITLE

October 26, 1993               /s/ Michael G. Thomson               Director

FOR DEPARTMENTAL USE ONLY                                           FILED


                                      - 1 -
<PAGE>


                            ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION


1.       NAME OF CORPORATION:  575035 ALBERTA LTD.

2.       THE CLASSES AND ANY MAXIMUM NUMBER OF SHARES THAT THE
         CORPORATION IS AUTHORIZED TO ISSUE:

         The  Corporation  is authorized to issue an unlimited  number of Common
         Shares  without  nominal  or par  value  and  an  unlimited  number  of
         Redeemable  Preferred  Shares without nominal or par value.  The Common
         Shares and the Redeemable  Preferred Shares shall have attached thereto
         the following rights, privileges, restrictions and conditions:

         Voting Rights

         (a) At all meetings of the  shareholders of the Corporation the holders
         of the Common  Shares  shall be  entitled to one (1) vote for each such
         share so held.

         (b)  Subject to the  provisions  of the  Business  Corporations  Act of
         Alberta,  the holders of the Redeemable  Preferred  Shares shall not be
         entitled to notice of or to vote at meetings of the shareholders of the
         Corporation.

         Dividends and Other Distributions

         (c) The Redeemable Preferred Shares shall not confer upon their holders
         any rights to dividends. Subject to the provisions of contained herein,
         the holders of the Common  Shares  shall be  entitled  to receive  such
         dividends as the directors may, in their  discretion,  declare thereon.
         In no event  shall  dividends  be paid on the Common  shares  where the
         payment  of such  dividends  would  result  in the  Corporation  having
         insufficient  assets  to  enable it to  redeem  all of the  issued  and
         outstanding  Redeemable  Preferred  Shares  at a  price  of One  Dollar
         ($1.00) per share in  accordance  with the  provisions  of the Business
         Corporations Act of Alberta.  The price of One Dollar ($1.00) per share
         is hereinafter referred to as the "Redemption Amount".

         (d) In the event of the  liquidation,  dissolution or winding-up of the
         Corporation or other distribution of its assets among the shareholders:

         (i)      the  holders  of the  Redeemable  Preferred  Shares  shall  be
                  entitled  to receive in  priority to the holders of the Common
                  Shares  an  amount  of  assets  having  a value  equal  to the
                  Redemption  Amount  of each  such  share  so held.  Except  as
                  provided  for in  this  sub-clause  2(d)  the  holders  of the
                  Redeemable  Preferred Shares shall not be entitled to share in
                  any distribution of the property or assets of the Corporation.


                                      - 1 -
<PAGE>


         (ii)     the holders of the Common  Shares shall be entitled to receive
                  the  remaining  property  of the  Corporation,  if any,  after
                  payment or  distribution  of  property  to the  holders of the
                  Redeemable  Preferred Shares as provided for in this subclause
                  2(d).

         Restriction on Purchase by Corporation of Common Shares

         (e) In no event shall the  Corporation  make any payment to purchase or
         otherwise acquire any of the Common Shares if such payment would result
         in the Corporation  having  insufficient  assets to enable it to redeem
         all of the issued and outstanding  Redeemable  Preferred  Shares at the
         Redemption  Amount per share in accordance  with the  provisions of the
         Business Corporations Act of Alberta.

         Redemption of Redeemable Preferred Shares

         (f) The Redeemable  Preferred Shares shall be redeemable in whole or in
         part at the option of either the holder thereof or the directors of the
         Corporation at a price per share equal to the Redemption Amount. In the
         event  that a part only of the then  outstanding  Redeemable  Preferred
         Shares is at any time to be redeemed at the option of the  directors of
         the  Corporation,  the number of such shares so to be redeemed shall be
         selected by lot, in such manner as the  directors  in their  discretion
         shall decide,  or, if the  directors so determine,  may be redeemed pro
         rata,  disregarding   fractions,   and  the  directors  may  make  such
         adjustments  as may be necessary to avoid the  redemption of fractional
         shares.  Not less than  thirty  (30)  days'  notice in  writing  of any
         redemption  of the  Redeemable  Preferred  Shares at the  option of the
         directors  shall be given by  mailing  such  notice  to the  registered
         holders of the Redeemable  Preferred Shares to be redeemed,  specifying
         the date and place or places of such redemption.  If notice of any such
         redemption be given by the  Corporation in the manner  aforesaid and an
         amount sufficient to redeem the shares shall have been deposited in any
         chartered  bank in  Canada,  trust  company,  or  Province  of  Alberta
         Treasury  Branches  as  specified  in the  notice on or before the date
         fixed for redemption,  the holders thereof shall have no rights against
         the  Corporation  in respect  thereof  except,  upon the  surrender  of
         certificates for such Redeemable  Preferred  Shares, to receive payment
         therefor out of the monies  deposited.  After the Redemption  Amount of
         such shares has been deposited in any chartered  bank in Canada,  trust
         company or Province of Alberta Treasury Branches, as aforesaid,  notice
         shall be given to the holders of any Redeemable Preferred Shares called
         for redemption who have failed to present the certificates representing
         such shares within two (2) months of the date  specified for redemption
         that the money has been so deposited and may be obtained by the holders
         of the  said  Redeemable  Preferred  Shares  upon  presentation  of the
         certificates  representing  such shares  called for  redemption  at any
         chartered bank in Canada, trust company or Province of Alberta Treasury
         Branches,  as the case may be; where a holder of  Redeemable  Preferred
         Shares  desires  that all or a portion  of such  shares  held by him be
         redeemed, he shall give notice in writing to the Corporation specifying
         the number of Redeemable Preferred Shares that he wishes to


                                      - 2 -
<PAGE>


         be  redeemed.  Within  sixty (60) days of receipt of such  notice,  the
         Corporation   shall,   subject  to  the   provisions  of  the  Business
         Corporations Act of Alberta,  redeem the number of Redeemable Preferred
         Shares specified in such notice,  and upon surrender of the certificate
         or certificates  for such Redeemable  Preferred  Shares the Corporation
         shall pay to the holder  thereof  the  Redemption  Amount in respect of
         each such Redeemable Preferred Share so redeemed.

         Variance of Shareholders' Rights

         (g) The rights, privileges, restrictions and conditions attached to the
         Common Shares or the Redeemable  Preferred Shares may only be varied if
         the  variation  is consented to by all of the holders of all the Common
         shares and the Redeemable  Preferred Shares which are outstanding.  The
         Corporation shall not without the approval of all of the holders of the
         Common Shares and the Redeemable  Preferred  Shares create or issue any
         class of shares  ranking as to capital  or  dividends  prior to or on a
         parity with the Common Shares and the Redeemable Preferred Shares.

3.       RESTRICTIONS IF ANY ON SHARE TRANSFERS:

         The right of shareholders to transfer or dispose of their shares in the
         Corporation shall be subject to the following restrictions:

         (a)      Except where a transfer is made pursuant to the  provisions of
                  sub-clause   3(b)  below,   any  transfer  of  shares  in  the
                  Corporation  shall  require  a  resolution  of  the  Board  of
                  directors of the Corporation approving such transfer.

         (b)      Any share of a deceased  shareholder may be transferred by his
                  executors  or  administrators  to any  child or  other  issue,
                  son-in-law, daughter-in-law,  father, mother, brother, sister,
                  nephew,  niece, widow or widower of such deceased  shareholder
                  or to any other beneficiary named in the Will of such deceased
                  shareholder and any shares of the Corporation  standing in the
                  name of the trustees of the Will of any  deceased  shareholder
                  may be transferred upon any change of trustees to the trustees
                  for the time being of such Will.

4.       NUMBER (OR MINIMUM AND MAXIMUM NUMBER) OF DIRECTORS:

         The Corporation shall have not less than one (1) director nor more than
         nine  (9)  directors.   Subject  to  the  provisions  of  the  Business
         Corporations Act of Alberta,  the directors may, between annual general
         meetings,  appoint one or more additional  directors of the Corporation
         to serve  until the next  annual  general  meeting  of the  Corporation
         provided  that the  total  number  of  directors  shall not at any time
         exceed the maximum hereinbefore prescribed.


                                      - 3 -
<PAGE>


5.       RESTRICTIONS IF ANY ON BUSINESSES THE CORPORATION MAY CARRY
         ON:

         There  shall  be  no  restrictions  as  to  the  businesses  which  the
         Corporation may carry on.

6.       OTHER PROVISIONS IF ANY:

         (a)      The number of shareholders of the Corporation shall be limited
                  to not more than fifty (50) persons, (exclusive of persons who
                  are in  the  employment  of  the  Corporation  or  that  of an
                  affiliate within the meaning of the Business  Corporations Act
                  of Alberta  and also  exclusive  of persons  who,  having been
                  formerly  in  the  Corporation's  employment  or  that  of  an
                  affiliate, were, while in that employment, shareholders of the
                  Corporation  and  have  continued  to be  shareholders  of the
                  Corporation after  termination of that  employment);  provided
                  that where two (2) or more  persons hold one or more shares in
                  the  Corporation  jointly they shall,  for the purpose of this
                  sub-clause 6(a), be treated as a single shareholder.

         (b)      No  invitation  shall be made to the public to  subscribe  for
                  securities of the Corporation.

         (c)      The Corporation  shall have a lien on shares registered in the
                  name of any shareholder who is indebted to the Corporation for
                  any amount.

7.       INCORPORATORS

         Date:  July 26, 1993

                  NAMES      ADDRESS                     SIGNATURE

         Deborah L. Watson   40th Floor, West Tower    /s/ Deborah L. Watson

                             Petro-Canada Centre
                             150 - 6th Avenue S.W.
                             Calgary, Alberta
                             T2P 3Y7






FOR DEPARTMENTAL USE ONLY

CORPORATE ACCESS NO.                                        INCORPORATION DATE


                                      - 4 -


                                  BY-LAW NO. 1B


AMENDMENT  TO BY-LAW  3.05

A BY-LAW  RELATING  GENERALLY  TO THE  CONDUCT OF THE  BUSINESS  AND  AFFAIRS OF
HEALTHCARE CAPITAL CORP. (HEREINAFTER CALLED THE "CORPORATION").

3.05 QUORUM OF SHAREHOLDERS: A quorum of Shareholders is present at a Meeting of
Shareholders  if not less than 33-1/3% of the issued shares  entitled to vote at
the Meeting are represented in person or by proxy.

<PAGE>

                                  BY-LAW NO. 1A

     A BY-LAW RELATING GENERALLY TO THE CONDUCT OF THE BUSINESS AND AFFAIRS
    OF ADVENTURE CAPITAL CORPORATION (HEREINAFTER CALLED THE "CORPORATION").

                                     PART I
                                 INTERPRETATION

1.01 In this By-law and all other By-laws of the Corporation, unless the context
otherwise specifies or requires:

"ACT"  means  the  Business  Corporations  Act  (Alberta),  as from time to time
amended, and every statute in substitution thereof;

"ARTICLES" means, as the case may require,  the original or restated articles of
incorporation,  articles of  amendment,  articles of  amalgamation,  articles of
continuance,  articles of reorganization,  articles of arrangement,  articles of
dissolution  and  articles  of  revival  of the  Corporation,  and  includes  an
amendment to any of them;

"BOARD" means the board of Directors, as such board may be constituted from time
to time;

"BY-LAW" means this by-law and all other by-laws of the Corporation from time to
time in force and effect;

"DIRECTORS" means the directors of the Corporation;

"MEETING  OF  SHAREHOLDERS"  includes  an annual  or other  general  meeting  of
Shareholders and a meeting of any class or classes of Shareholders;

"SHAREHOLDER" means a shareholder of the Corporation;

"CHIEF  EXECUTIVE  OFFICER" means the President or, if the Corporation  does not
have a President  or if the office of  President  is vacant,  the officer of the
Corporation holding the paramount office.

                                     PART 2
                                    DIRECTORS

2.01 BORROWING POWERS OF DIRECTORS: Without limiting the powers of the Directors
as set forth in the Act, but subject to the  Articles,  the  Directors  may from
time  to  time  on  behalf  of the  Corporation,  without  authorization  of the
Shareholders:

(a)      borrow money upon the credit of the Corporation;


                                      - 1 -
<PAGE>


(b)      issue,  reissue,  sell or  pledge  bonds,  debentures,  notes  or other
         evidences of  indebtedness  or guarantee  of the  Corporation,  whether
         secured or unsecured;

(c)      to the extent  permitted by the Act,  give a guarantee on behalf of the
         Corporation to secure performance of an obligation of any person; and

(d)      mortgage,  hypothecate,  pledge or  otherwise  create an interest in or
         charge on all or any currently owned or subsequently  acquired property
         of the  Corporation  to secure  payment of a debt or performance of any
         other obligation of the Corporation.

2.02 DELEGATION:  Subject to the Articles,  the Directors may from time to time,
by  resolution,  delegate to a committee of Directors,  a single  Director or an
officer or officers of the  Corporation,  all or any of the powers  conferred on
the Directors by the preceding section of this By-law or by the Act.

2.03 POWER TO ADOPT SEAL AND AUTHORIZE  USE: The Directors  may, by  resolution,
adopt a seal for the Corporation, and authorize persons to affix the seal and to
attest by their signatures that the seal was duly affixed.

2.04  DIRECTORS'  POWER  TO  ISSUE  SHARES:  Subject  to the  Articles,  the
Directors may, by resolution,  issue shares of the  Corporation at such time, to
such persons and,  subject to the Act, for such  consideration  as the Directors
may from time to time determine.

2.05  DIRECTORS'  POWER TO MAKE.  AMEND OR REPEAL  BY-LAWS:  Subject  to the
Articles and the Act, the Directors  may, by resolution,  make,  amend or repeal
any By-laws that regulate the business or affairs of the Corporation.

2.06     DIRECTORS' POWER TO APPOINT OFFICERS:  Subject to the Articles:

(a)      the Directors may designate the officers of the Corporation, appoint as
         officers  individuals  of full  capacity  who  may,  but need  not,  be
         Directors of the  Corporation,  specify their duties and,  except where
         delegation is prohibited by the Act,  delegate to them powers to manage
         the business and affairs of the Corporation;

(b)      a Director may be appointed to any office of the Corporation; and

(c)      two (2) or more  offices  of the  Corporation  may be held by the  same
         person.

2.07     DIRECTORS'  POWER TO FIX  REMUNERATION  OF DIRECTORS  AND OFFICERS:
         Subject to the Articles,  the Directors may fix the remuneration of the
         Directors and of the officers of the Corporation.

2.08 FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE:  Subject to the Articles,  the Directors shall not be
required to place  before the annual  meeting of  Shareholders  any  information
respecting  the  financial  position  of the  Corporation  or the results of its
operations except that information required by the Act.


                                      - 2 -
<PAGE>


2.09  REMUNERATION AND EXPENSES:  The Directors shall be paid such  remuneration
for their services as the Board may from time to time  determine.  The Directors
shall also be  entitled  to be  reimbursed  for  travelling  and other  expenses
properly  incurred by them in attending  meetings of the Board or any  committee
thereof.  Nothing  contained herein shall preclude any Director from serving the
Corporation in any other capacity and receiving remuneration therefor.

2.10              DIRECTORS' MEETINGS:

(a)      CONVENING MEETINGS:  Any Director may convene a meeting of Directors.

(b)      NOTICE OF MEETING OF DIRECTORS:  At least  forty-eight  (48) hours'
         notice  (inclusive of the day on which the notice is  communicated,  or
         deemed to be  communicated,  and the day of the meeting) shall be given
         of a meeting of the Directors,  and the notice shall specify the place,
         the day and the hour of the meeting.  Except where required by the Act,
         the notice need not specify the purpose of the meeting or the  business
         to be transacted thereat.

(c)      NOTICE OF ADJOURNED MEETING OF DIRECTORS: If a meeting of the Directors
         is adjourned by one or more  adjournments,  it is not necessary to give
         notice of the adjourned meeting, other than by announcement at the time
         of the adjournment, if:

                  (i)      all of the  Directors  are present at the time of the
                           announcement; or

                  (ii)     those  Directors  who were not present at the time of
                           the  announcement  attend the  adjourned  meeting and
                           participate in the meeting;

but in all other cases,  notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given as if it
were a new meeting,  provided  that if the  adjournment  is for a period of time
which makes it impossible or  impracticable  to give forty-eight (48) hours'
notice, the notice shall be deemed to have been properly given if transmitted on
the next business day following the adjournment.

(d)      MANNER OF TRANSMITTING  NOTICES:  Notice of a meeting of the Directors,
         or any other communication required to be made, may be given or made to
         a Director either:

                  (i)      in writing:

                           (1)      by  first  class  mail,   postage   prepaid,
                                    addressed    to   the    Director   at   the
                                    Director's  latest  address  as shown in
                                    the records of the Corporation;

                           (2)      by  delivery  to the  Director's  latest
                                    address  as  shown  in  the  records  of the
                                    Corporation  and  leaving  the notice in the
                                    custody  of an  adult  person  found  there,
                                    placing  it in a  mail  receptacle  at  that
                                    address


                                      - 3 -
<PAGE>


                                    or  affixing it to a door or placing in some
                                    other place at that address where the notice
                                    or communication is likely to be found;

                           (3)      by personally  serving it upon the Director;
                                    or

                           (4)      by  any   electronic   device   capable   of
                                    transmitting a printed  message  directed to
                                    the  Director at a place where the  Director
                                    has access to a device  capable of receiving
                                    the message; or

                  (ii)     verbally,   whether  by  means  of  a  telephone   or
                           otherwise.

         All  notices  or  other  communication  given  or  made in  writing  in
         accordance   with  the   foregoing   shall  be   deemed  to  have  been
         communicated:

         (i)      if given or made by mail, at the time it would be delivered in
                  the  ordinary  course  of mail  unless  there  are  reasonable
                  grounds for  believing  that the  Director did not receive the
                  notice or communication at that time, or at all;

         (ii)     if  delivered  or  personally  served,  on the day that it was
                  delivered or served; and

         (iii)    if by electronic device, one (1) hour following transmission.

(e)      WAIVER  OF  NOTICE:  Notice  of  any  meeting  of  Directors  or of any
         committee of Directors or the time for the giving of any such notice or
         any  irregularity in any meeting or in the notice thereof may be waived
         by any  Director in writing or by  telecopy,  telegram,  cable or telex
         addressed  to the  Corporation  or in any  other  manner,  and any such
         waiver may be validly given either before or after the meeting to which
         such  waiver  relates.  Attendance  of a  Director  at any  meeting  of
         Directors  or of any  committee  of  Directors is a waiver of notice of
         such meeting,  except when a Director attends a meeting for the express
         purpose of objecting to the  transaction of any business on the grounds
         that the meeting is not lawfully called.

(f)      OMISSION  OF NOTICE:  The  accidental  omission  to give  notice of any
         meeting  of  Directors,  or of  any  committee  of  Directors,  or  the
         non-receipt  of any  notice  by any  person  shall not  invalidate  any
         resolution passed or any proceeding taken at such meeting.

(g)      PLACE OF MEETINGS OF DIRECTORS:  Subject to the  Articles,  meetings of
         the  Directors  may be held at any  place in  Alberta,  or at any place
         outside of Alberta if all Directors  entitled to attend and vote at the
         meeting  either  participate  in the  meeting or  consent,  verbally or
         otherwise, to the meeting being held at that place.

(h)      CHAIRMAN OF MEETINGS OF DIRECTORS OR COMMITTEE OF DIRECTORS: Unless and
         until the  Directors  have  elected a Chairman of the Board,  the Chief
         Executive  Officer  shall  act  as  chairman  of  all  meetings  of the
         Directors  but if the  Chairman  of the  Board or the  Chief  Executive
         Officer,  as the case may be, is absent or refuses to act as  chairman,
         the


                                      - 4 -
<PAGE>


         Directors in  attendance  shall by a vote of the majority of them elect
         some other  Director  present at the  meeting to act as chairman of the
         meeting.

(i)      SECRETARY  OF  MEETINGS  OF  DIRECTORS:  The  chairman  of a meeting of
         Directors  may appoint a Director to act as  secretary  of a meeting of
         Directors, and in the absence of such appointment,  the chairman of the
         meeting shall also act as secretary of the meeting.

(j)      QUORUM OF DIRECTORS:  Subject to the Articles,  a majority of Directors
         shall constitute a quorum at any meeting of Directors.

(k)      PARTICIPATION BY TELEPHONE:  A Director may participate in a meeting of
         Directors by means of telephone or other communication  facilities that
         permit all persons participating in the meeting to hear each other.

(l)      RESOLUTION  BY  MAJORITY:  Subject to the  Articles,  every  resolution
         submitted  to a meeting  of  Directors  shall be decided by a vote of a
         majority  of the  Directors  participating  in  the  meeting,  and  the
         declaration  of the  chairman  of the meeting on the result of the vote
         shall be final.  In case of an equality of votes,  the  chairman of the
         meeting shall not have a casting vote.

2.11 MEETINGS OF COMMITTEES OF DIRECTORS: The provisions of Section 2.10 of this
By-law shall apply  equally to meetings of  committees  of  Directors,  but when
applying those  provisions to a meeting of a committee of Directors,  the phrase
"meeting of Directors"  shall mean "meeting of a committee of Directors" and the
word "Director" shall mean "member of a committee of Directors".

2.12  WRITTEN  RESOLUTION  IN  LIEU  OF  MEETING:  Subject  to the  Articles,  a
resolution  in  writing  signed by all the  Directors  entitled  to vote on that
resolution at a meeting of Directors or committee of Directors is as valid as if
it had been passed at a meeting of  Directors  or a committee  of  Directors.  A
resolution in writing may be signed in any number of counterparts which together
shall be construed as a single  instrument.  A resolution  in writing shall take
effect on the date when it is expressed to be effective notwithstanding that the
effective  date is  before  or after  the date on  which  it was  signed  by the
Directors or any of them.  A resolution  in writing  transmitted  by  telegraph,
telex or other device capable of  transmitting a printed  message and purporting
to be sent by a Director  shall be valid as a  counterpart  of a  resolution  in
writing of the Directors or committee of Directors.

                                     PART 3
                           SHAREHOLDERS' MEETINGS

3.01 CHAIRMAN OF MEETING OF SHAREHOLDERS:  The Chairman of the Board, or failing
him the President of the  Corporation,  shall act as chairman at all Meetings of
Shareholders.  If the Chairman of the Board and the President are both absent or
refuse to act as chairman of the meeting,  the  Shareholders in attendance shall
elect  some  other  person  in  attendance  at the  meeting,  who  need not be a
Shareholder, to act as chairman of the meeting.


                                      - 5 -
<PAGE>


3.02  PLACE OF  SHAREHOLDERS'  MEETINGS:  Subject  to the  Articles  and the
provisions of the Act permitting a Meeting of Shareholders to be held outside of
Alberta,  a  Meeting  of  Shareholders  shall be held at the  place  in  Alberta
determined by the Directors.

3.03  PARTICIPATION  IN MEETING BY TELEPHONE:  A Shareholder or any other person
entitled to attend a Meeting of  Shareholders  may participate in the meeting by
means of telephone  or other  communication  facilities  that permit all persons
participating in the meeting to hear each other,  and a person  participating in
such a  meeting  by those  means is  deemed  for the  purposes  of the Act to be
present at the meeting.

3.04 NOTICE OF ADJOURNED  MEETING:  If a Meeting of Shareholders is adjourned by
one or more  adjournments  for an aggregate of less than thirty (30) days, it is
not  necessary  to  give  notice  of  the  adjourned  meeting,   other  than  by
announcement at the time of the adjournment.

3.05 QUORUM OF SHAREHOLDERS: A quorum of Shareholders is present at a Meeting of
Shareholders,  if two persons present and representing in person or by proxy not
less than 10% of the issued shares entitled to vote at a meeting.

3.06 LOSS OF QUORUM DURING  MEETING:  If a quorum is present at the opening of a
Meeting of Shareholders,  the Shareholders present may proceed with the business
of the  meeting  notwithstanding  that a quorum is not  present  throughout  the
meeting.

3.07 VOTING  JOINTLY HELD SHARES:  If two (2) or more persons hold shares of the
Corporation  jointly,  one of those holders present at a Meeting of Shareholders
may, in the absence of the  others,  vote the shares,  but if two (2) or more of
those persons who are present,  in person or by proxy,  vote, they shall vote as
one on the shares jointly held by them.

3.08  VOTING:  Voting at a  Meeting  of  Shareholders  shall be by show of hands
except  when a vote by ballot is  demanded  by a  Shareholder  or a  proxyholder
entitled to vote at the meeting. If a vote by ballot is demanded at a meeting in
which a Shareholder, or other person entitled to attend and vote at the meeting,
is  participating  by  telephone  or  other   communication   facilities,   such
Shareholder  or other  person may verbally  appoint  some person  present at the
meeting to cast a ballot on his behalf and a ballot so cast shall be valid as if
it were personally cast by the Shareholder or other person so participating.

3.09  WRITTEN  RESOLUTION  IN  LIEU  OF  MEETING:  Subject  to the  Articles,  a
resolution in writing  signed by all the  Shareholders  entitled to vote on that
resolution at a Meeting of  Shareholders is as valid as if it had been passed at
a Meeting of  Shareholders.  A resolution in writing may be signed in any number
of  counterparts  which  together shall be construed as a single  instrument.  A
resolution  in writing  shall take effect on the date when it is expressed to be
effective notwithstanding that the effective date is before or after the date on
which it was signed by the  Shareholders or any of them. A resolution in writing
transmitted  by  telegraph,  telex or other  device  capable of  transmitting  a
printed  message and purporting to be sent by a Shareholder  shall be valid as a
counterpart of a resolution in writing of the Shareholders.


                                      - 6 -
<PAGE>


                                     PART 4
                                 LIEN ON SHARES

4.01  If  the  Articles  provide  that  the  Corporation  has a lien  on  shares
registered in the name of a Shareholder or his legal  representative  for a debt
of that  Shareholder to the Corporation,  such lien may be enforced,  subject to
the Act and to any  other  provision  of the  Articles,  by the  sale of  shares
thereby affected or by any other action, suit, remedy or proceedings  authorized
or permitted by law or by equity and, pending such enforcement,  the Corporation
may refuse to register a transfer of the whole or any part of such shares.

                                     PART 5
                     VOTING RIGHTS IN OTHER BODIES CORPORATE

5.01 The signing officers of the Corporation may execute and deliver instruments
of proxy and arrange for the issuance of voting  certificates  or other evidence
of the right to exercise the voting rights  attaching to any securities  held by
the Corporation.  Such  instruments,  certificates or other evidence shall be in
favour of such person or persons as may be determined  by the person  signing or
arranging for them. In addition,  the Board may direct the manner in which,  and
the person or persons by whom, any  particular  voting rights or class of voting
rights may or shall be exercised.

                                     PART 6
                          SHARES AND SHARE CERTIFICATES

6.01 ALLOTMENT:  Subject to the Articles, the Board may from time to time allot,
or grant options to purchase,  and issue the whole or any part of the authorized
and unissued shares of the Corporation at such times and to such persons and for
such consideration as the Board shall determine, provided that no share shall be
issued  until the  consideration  for the share is fully paid as provided for in
the Act.

6.02  COMMISSIONS:  The Board may from time to time authorize the Corporation to
pay a reasonable  commission to any person in consideration of his purchasing or
agreeing to purchase shares of the Corporation  from the Corporation or from any
other person,  or procuring or agreeing to procure  purchasers for shares of the
Corporation.

6.03  NON-RECOGNITION  OF TRUSTS:  Subject  to the  provisions  of the Act,  the
Corporation  may treat the  person in whose  name a share is  registered  in the
securities  register  as the  absolute  owner of the share as if that person had
full  legal  capacity  and  authority  to  exercise  all  rights  of  ownership,
irrespective  of any indication to the contrary  through  knowledge or notice or
description in the Corporation's records or on the share certificate.

6.04 SHARE  CERTIFICATES:  Every holder of one or more shares of the Corporation
shall  be  entitled,   at  his  option,  to  a  share   certificate,   or  to  a
non-transferable   written  acknowledgment  of  his  right  to  obtain  a  share
certificate,  stating  the  name  of the  person  to  whom  the  certificate  or
acknowledgment  was issued, and the number and class or series of shares held by
him as


                                      - 7 -
<PAGE>


shown on the securities  register.  Share certificates and acknowledgements of a
Shareholder's  right to a share  certificate,  shall,  subject to the Act, be in
such form as the Board shall from time to time  approve.  Any share  certificate
shall be signed by any number of signing officers as the Board may determine and
need not be under the corporate seal,  provided that, unless the Board otherwise
determines,  certificates  representing  shares in  respect  of which a transfer
agent  and/or   registrar  has  been   appointed   shall  not  be  valid  unless
countersigned  by or on behalf of such  transfer  agent  and/or  registrar.  The
signature of a sole signing officer or two signing officers, as the case may be,
may be printed or mechanically  reproduced in facsimile upon share  certificates
and every such  facsimile  signature  shall for all purposes be deemed to be the
signature of the officer whose signature it reproduces and shall be binding upon
the  Corporation.  A share  certificate  executed  as  aforesaid  shall be valid
notwithstanding  that  one or both of the  officers  whose  facsimile  signature
appears thereon no longer holds office at the date of issue of the certificate.

6.05  REPLACEMENT  OF  SHARE  CERTIFICATE:  The  Board or any  officer  or agent
designated by the Board may in its or his  discretion  direct the issue of a new
share  certificate in lieu of and upon  cancellation of a share certificate that
has been mutilated or in substitution  for a share  certificate  claimed to have
been lost,  destroyed or wrongfully  taken, on payment of such fee not exceeding
such  amount as may be  allowed by the Act,  and on such terms as to  indemnity,
reimbursement  of  expenses  and  evidence of loss and of title as the Board may
from time to time prescribe, whether generally or in any particular case.

6.06 JOINT SHAREHOLDERS:  If two or more persons are registered as joint holders
of any  share,  the  Corporation  shall  not be  bound to  issue  more  than one
certificate in respect thereof,  and delivery of such certificate to one of such
persons shall be sufficient delivery to all of them. Any one of such persons may
give effectual receipts for the certificate issued in respect thereof or for any
dividend, bonus, return of capital or other money payable or warrant issuable in
respect of such share.

6.07 FRACTIONAL  SHARE: The Corporation may issue a certificate for a fractional
share or may  issue in its  place,  as may be  determined  by the  Board,  scrip
certificates  in a form that entitles the holder to receive a certificate  for a
full share by  exchanging  scrip  certificates  aggregating  a full  share.  The
Directors may attach  conditions to any scrip  certificates,  including that the
scrip certificates become void if they are not exchanged for a share certificate
representing  a full share by a  specified  date,  and that any shares for which
those scrip certificates are exchangeable may,  notwithstanding  any pre-emptive
right,  be issued by the  Corporation  to any person and the  proceeds  of those
shares distributed rateably to the holders of the scrip certificates.

6.08  TRANSFER AND  TRANSMISSION  OF SHARES:  Shares of the  Corporation  may be
transferred  in  the  form  of  a  transfer  of  endorsement   endorsed  on  the
certificates issued for the shares of the Corporation or in any form of transfer
which may be approved by the Board.

6.09 REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER: Subject to the provisions of the Act, no transfer
of shares shall be registered in a securities  register except upon presentation
of the certificate


                                      - 8 -
<PAGE>


representing such shares with a transfer endorsed thereon or delivered therewith
duly  executed by the  registered  holder or by his attorney or  successor  duly
appointed,  together  with such  reasonable  assurance or evidence of signature,
identification  and  authority  to  transfer  as the Board may from time to time
prescribe,  upon payment of all applicable  taxes and any fees prescribed by the
Board.

6.10  RIGHTS  OF  REPRESENTATIVES:  The  Corporation  may  treat a  person  as a
registered  Shareholder  entitled to exercise all rights of the  Shareholder  he
represents  if  that  person  produces  to the  Board  such  evidence  as may be
reasonably  required  that he is the  executor,  administrator,  heir  or  legal
representative  of the  heirs of the  estate  of a  deceased  Shareholder,  or a
guardian, committee or trustee representing a registered Shareholder.

6.11 NO DUTY TO THIRD PERSON:  The  Corporation  is not required to enquire into
the existence of, or see to the performance or observance of, any duty owed to a
third person by a registered  holder of any of its shares,  or by anyone whom it
treats, subject to the Act, as the owner or registered holder of its shares.

6.12 TRANSFER AGENTS AND REGISTRARS: The Board may from time to time appoint one
or more trust  companies  registered  under the Trust Companies Act (Alberta) as
its agent or agents to maintain the central  securities  register or  registers,
and an agent or agents to maintain branch  securities  registers.  Such a person
may be designated as transfer agent or registrar  according to his functions and
one person may be appointed both registrar and transfer agent.
The Board may at any time terminate any such appointment.

                                     PART 7
                      INFORMATION AVAILABLE TO SHAREHOLDERS

7.01 AVAILABLE INFORMATION:  Except as provided by the Act, no Shareholder shall
be  entitled  to obtain  information  respecting  any  details or conduct of the
Corporation's business which in the opinion of the Directors would not be in
the interest of the Corporation to communicate to the public.

7.02 INSPECTION OF INFORMATION:  The Directors may from time to time, subject to
those rights conferred by the Act,  determine  whether,  to what extent, at what
time and place and under what  conditions or regulations  the documents,  books,
registers and accounting records of the Corporation or any of them shall be open
to the inspection of  Shareholders,  and no Shareholder  shall have any right to
inspect any document,  book,  register or accounting  record of the  Corporation
except as conferred by statute or  authorized by the Board or by a resolution of
the Shareholders.


                                      - 9 -
<PAGE>


                                     PART 8
          INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS OF THE CORPORATION

8.01 In all circumstances  permitted by the Act, the Corporation shall indemnify
a Director or officer of the  Corporation,  a former  Director or officer of the
Corporation, or a person who acts or acted at the Corporation's request as a
director or officer of a body  corporate  of which the  Corporation  is or was a
shareholder  or a creditor,  and his heirs and legal  representatives,  from and
against:

(a)      all  costs,  charges  and  expenses,  including  an amount to settle an
         action or satisfy a judgment  reasonably  incurred by him in respect of
         any civil,  criminal or administrative action or proceeding to which he
         is made a party by reason of being or having been a Director or officer
         of the Corporation or such body corporate; and

(b)      all other costs, charges and expenses reasonably incurred in connection
         with the  defence of any civil,  criminal or  administrative  action or
         proceeding  to which he is made a party by  reason  of being or  having
         been a Director or officer of the Corporation or such body corporate.

         Enacted by resolution of the Board of Directors  passed at a meeting of
the  Directors of the  Corporation  held at Calgary,  Alberta on the 25th day of
January, 1994.



                                            President



                                            Secretary

         Confirmed by the  shareholders  in accordance with the Act the 25th day
of January, 1994.



Michael G. Thomson                          Craig R. Thomson



Murray T.A. Campbell                        Bruce Ramsay



William DeJong


                                     - 10 -

March 2, 1998



Sonus Corp.
Suite 2390
111 SW 5th Avenue Portland, Oregon 97204 U.S.A.

Dear Sirs:

                  Re:  Sonus Corp. - Form SB-2 Registration
                  -----------------------------------------

                  We have acted as Alberta counsel for Sonus Corp. ("Sonus"),  a
body corporate  organized under the laws of the Province of Alberta,  Canada, in
connection   with  the  preparation  of  a   post-effective   amendment  to  the
Registration Statement on Form SB-2 to be filed by Sonus with the Securities and
Exchange  Commission  (the  "SEC")  on or  shortly  after  March  2,  1998  (the
"Registration  Statement"),  respecting the proposed resale of 3,744,492  common
shares  without  par  value of  Sonus  (the  "Offered  Shares")  by the  Selling
Shareholders identified in the Registration Statement.

                  The Offered Shares are comprised of the following:

                  (i)      2,151,830  common shares which are  presently  issued
                           and outstanding;

                  (ii)     1,093,482   common  shares  (the  "Purchase   Warrant
                           Shares")  which are  issuable  upon the  exercise  of
                           purchase warrants (the "Purchase Warrants") issued by
                           Sonus in a private  placement of special  warrants in
                           September  and  December  of  1996  (the   "September
                           Special Warrant Offering");

                  (iii)    99,180 common shares (the "Option  Shares") which are
                           issuable upon the exercise of purchase  warrants (the
                           "Option  Warrants")  issuable  upon the  exercise  of
                           options granted to the placement agents in connection
                           with the September Special Warrant Offering; and

                  (iv)     400,000  common shares (the "Note  Shares") which are
                           issuable  upon  exercise  of  the  conversion  rights
                           associated  with  convertible  promissory  notes (the
                           "Notes")  issued  by  Sonus  in  connection  with the
                           acquisition 


                                      - 1 -
<PAGE>


                           of the Midwest  Division of Hearing Health  Services,
                           Inc., in October 1996.

                  In our capacity as Alberta counsel for Sonus, we have reviewed
and  examined  the  Certificates  and  Articles  of Sonus  and its  by-laws  and
applicable  resolutions  and minutes of meetings of directors  and  shareholders
contained in its corporate  minute book.  For the purposes of this  opinion,  we
have assumed such minute book is complete and accurate in all material aspects.

                  In addition,  we have  reviewed all such other  documents  and
have made such further  investigations  as we have  considered  appropriate  and
necessary in order to enable us to give the opinions  expressed herein, and have
made such  examinations of law as we have deemed  appropriate for the purpose of
giving the opinions expressed herein.

                  We also have been furnished  with and have examined  originals
or copies,  certified or otherwise  identified to our satisfaction,  of all such
records of Sonus, agreements and other instruments, certificates of officers and
representatives  of Sonus,  certificates of public officials and other documents
as we have deemed  necessary or relevant as a basis for the opinion  hereinafter
expressed. In particular, as to various questions of fact, we have relied upon a
certificate  of an  Officer  of Sonus  (the  "Certificate"),  a copy of which is
attached  hereto.  Insofar as the opinions herein relate to the number of issued
and  outstanding  securities of Sonus and to any issued and  outstanding  common
shares  of  Sonus  being  fully-paid,   we  have  relied  exclusively  upon  the
Certificate.

                  In  making  such   examinations,   we  have  assumed  (i)  the
genuineness of all signatures;  (ii) the authenticity of all documents submitted
to us as originals;  (iii) the conformity to original documents of all documents
submitted to us as certified  copies or  photocopies;  (iv) the authority of all
persons signing  documents on behalf of Sonus; and (v) the identity and capacity
of all individuals acting or purporting to act as public officials.

                  We are solicitors qualified to carry on the practice of law in
the Province of Alberta only and we express no opinion as to any laws or matters
governed  by any laws other  than the laws of the  Province  of Alberta  and the
federal laws of Canada applicable therein.

                  Based on the foregoing, we are of the option that:

                  1.       The Purchase Warrant Shares have been duly authorized
                           and  when  the  Purchase   Warrants  have  been  duly
                           exercised and the Purchase  Warrant  Shares have been
                           duly delivered  against payment therefor  pursuant to

                                      - 2 -
<PAGE>

                           the  terms of the  Purchase  Warrants,  the  Purchase
                           Warrant Shares will be validly issued, fully paid and
                           non-assessable.

                  2.       The Option Shares have been duly  authorized and when
                           the Option  Warrants have been duly exercised and the
                           Option  Shares  have  been  duly  delivered   against
                           payment therefor  pursuant to the terms of the Option
                           Warrants,  the Option Shares will be validly  issued,
                           fully paid and non-assessable.

                  3.       The Note  Shares have been duly  authorized  and when
                           the  holders of the Notes have duly  exercised  their
                           rights  of  conversion  pursuant  to the terms of the
                           Notes and the Note Shares  have been duly  delivered,
                           the Note  Shares will be validly  issued,  fully paid
                           and non-assessable.

                  4.       The Offered  Shares,  excluding the Purchase  Warrant
                           Shares,  Option  Shares  and Note  Shares,  have been
                           validly issued and are fully paid and non-assessable.

                  5.       The  statements  in the  prospectus  included  in the
                           Registration  Statement (the "Prospectus")  under the
                           heading "Service and Enforcement of Legal Process" to
                           the extent that such matters represent matters of law
                           or  legal  conclusions,  are  accurate  and  complete
                           statements  or  summaries  of the  matters  set forth
                           therein.

                  We hereby  consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit
to the Registration  Statement.  We further consent to the use of our name under
the headings  "Legal  Matters" and "Service and Enforcement of Legal Process" in
the Prospectus.

                                       Yours very truly,

                                       BALLEM MacINNES

                                       /s/ Ballem MacInnes



                                      - 3 -
<PAGE>
                                   CERTIFICATE

TO:      Ballem MacInnes

Re:      Form SB-2 Registration Statement



I, Edwin J. Kawasaki,  Vice  President-Finance  and Chief  Financial  Officer of
Sonus Corp.  (the "Company") DO HEREBY CERTIFY in my capacity as such and not in
my personal capacity, that:

1.       The  corporate  minute book of the Company is complete  and accurate in
         all  material   respects  and  all  minutes  of  the  meetings   and/or
         resolutions  of the  shareholders  and  directors  of the  Company  are
         recorded  therein,  and,  no steps  have been  taken or are  pending to
         cancel the  Company's  incorporation,  to strike the  Company  from the
         register or to dissolve or wind up the Company.

2.       The authorized  capital of the Company  consists of an unlimited number
         of Common Shares -------  without par value and an unlimited  number of
         preferred  shares  without  par  value  issuable  in  series,  of which
         5,834,582 Common Shares and 13,333,333  Series A Convertible  Preferred
         Shares are  issued  and  outstanding.  All of such  outstanding  Common
         Shares and Series A Convertible  Preferred  Shares have been authorized
         for  issuance  by the  Board  of  Directors  of  the  Company  and  are
         fully-paid.  Additionally, an aggregate of 7,721,728 Common Shares have
         been  authorized  for issuance by the Board of Directors of the Company
         as follows:  (i) 1,462,400  stock options;  (ii)  1,192,662  issued and
         outstanding  warrants of the Company;  (iii) 400,000 Common Shares upon
         the conversion of issued and outstanding convertible subordinated notes
         of the  Company;  and (iv)  4,666,666  Common  Shares  pursuant  to the
         conversion of 13,333,333 Series A Convertible  Preferred Shares and the
         exercise of 2,000,000 warrants issued by the Company.

THIS CERTIFICATE is delivered to you in order to confirm certain facts to enable
you to render your legal opinion  respecting the Registration  Statement on Form
SB-2 to be filed  with the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  and,  in that
regard, you and the Securities and Exchange Commission are entitled to rely upon
same.

DATED at the City of  Portland,  in the State of Oregon,  this 2nd day of March,
1998.

                              /s/ Edwin J. Kawasaki
                              Edwin J. Kawasaki
                              Vice President-Finance and Chief Financial Officer

                                  FELESKY FLYNN
                             BARRISTERS & SOLICITORS
                           3400 FIRST CANADIAN CENTRE
                               350 - 7 AVENUE S.W.
                         CALGARY, ALBERTA CANADA T2P 3N9
                               TEL (403) 260-3300


                                February 27, 1998


Board of Directors
Sonus Corp.
111 S.W. Fifth Avenue, Suite 2390
Portland, Oregon  97204

Ladies and Gentlemen:

                  We have acted as tax counsel for Sonus Corp.  (the  "Company")
in connection with the  registration  of certain shares of the Company's  common
stock under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended ("Securities Act"). We hereby
confirm the opinion  described  under the caption  "Canadian  Federal Income Tax
Considerations"  in the  prospectus  included  in the  Company's  post-effective
amendment No. 1 to its  registration  statement on Form SB-2,  Registration  No.
333-23137 ("Registration Statement").

                  We also  hereby  consent  to the  use of our  name  under  the
caption  "Canadian  Federal  Income  Tax  Considerations"  in  the  Registration
Statement.  In giving this consent,  we do not thereby admit that we come within
the  category  of persons  whose  consent  is  required  under  Section 7 of the
Securities Act or the rules and regulations thereunder.

                                       Yours truly,

                                       FELESKY FLYNN
                                       
                                       /s/ H. George McKenzie

                                       Per:  H. GEORGE MCKENZIE, Q.C.




                            HEALTHCARE CAPITAL CORP.

                          -----------------------------

                                WARRANT AGREEMENT

                          -----------------------------

                  WARRANTS TO PURCHASE 10,000,000 COMMON SHARES

                          -----------------------------


        THIS WARRANT AGREEMENT (this  "Agreement") dated as of December 24, 1997
is made and entered into by and between  HealthCare Capital Corp., a corporation
organized under the laws of Alberta, Canada (the "Company"),  and Warburg Pincus
Ventures, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (the "Warrantholder").

        Subject to the terms and conditions  hereof, the Company agrees to issue
to the  Warrantholder,  pursuant to a Securities  Purchase Agreement dated as of
November  21,  1997,  by and  between the  Company  and the  Warrantholder  (the
"Securities Purchase  Agreement"),  warrants,  as hereinafter  described and the
form of which is attached hereto as Exhibit 1 (the  "Warrants"),  to purchase up
to an aggregate of  10,000,000  common  shares  without par value of the Company
(the  "Common  Shares"),  at a Warrant  Price of U.S.  $2.40 per  Common  Share,
subject to adjustment  pursuant to Section 6 hereof. As used herein (i) the term
"Shares" shall mean,  unless the context  otherwise  requires,  collectively the
Common Shares  issuable  upon  exercise of the Warrants  together with any other
securities or other property  issuable upon such exercise as provided in Section
6 of this Agreement; (ii) the term "Warrants" shall include any and all warrants
outstanding  pursuant  to  this  Agreement,   including  those  evidenced  by  a
certificate  or  certificates  issued upon  division,  exchange or  substitution
pursuant to this  Agreement;  and (iii) the term "Warrant  Price" shall mean the
price per Share at which Shares shall at any time be  purchasable  upon exercise
of the Warrants.  Terms which are  capitalized but not defined herein shall have
the same meanings as in the Securities  Purchase  Agreement.  Any amounts herein
referencing  share prices or numbers of shares  shall be subject to  appropriate
adjustments in the event of any stock splits, consolidations or the like.

        For the purpose of defining the terms and provisions of the Warrants and
the  respective  rights  and  obligations   thereunder,   the  Company  and  the
Warrantholder, for value received, hereby agree as follows:


                                        1
<PAGE>

        Section 1. Restrictions on Transfer and Form of Warrants.

        1.1.  Registration.   Certificates  evidencing  the  Warrants  shall  be
numbered and shall be  registered  on the books of the Company  when issued,  in
accordance with Alberta corporate practice.

        1.2. Restriction on Transfer of the Warrants.  The Warrants shall not be
transferable  and  may  not  be  sold,   assigned,   hypothecated  or  otherwise
transferred  by the  Warrantholder  without the express  written  consent of the
Company, such consent not to be unreasonably  withheld. Any transferee permitted
under this Section 1.2 shall acquire title to such  transferred  Warrants and to
all rights represented thereby.

        1.3. Form of Warrants.  The form of certificate  evidencing the Warrants
shall be substantially as set forth in Exhibit 1 hereto. Certificates evidencing
the Warrants  shall be executed on behalf of the Company by its  President or by
any Vice  President,  shall be attested  to by its  Secretary  or any  Assistant
Secretary, and shall be dated as of the date of execution thereof.

        1.4. Legends on Warrants and Common Shares. The Warrants, and the Shares
issuable  upon  the  exercise  thereof,  have  not  been  registered  under  the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities  Act"). Each certificate for
the Warrants shall bear the following legend:

               "THE WARRANTS  REPRESENTED  BY THIS  CERTIFICATE,  AND THE COMMON
               SHARES  ISSUABLE  UPON EXERCISE OF SUCH  WARRANTS,  HAVE NOT BEEN
               REGISTERED UNDER THE UNITED STATES  SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 OR THE
               SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OF THE UNITED STATES OR ANY PROVINCE
               OF  CANADA.  SUCH  WARRANTS  MAY NOT BE SOLD,  OFFERED  FOR SALE,
               ASSIGNED,   EXCHANGED,   PLEDGED  OR  HYPOTHECATED  OR  OTHERWISE
               TRANSFERRED,  IN ANY MANNER,  AND SUCH  COMMON  SHARES MAY NOT BE
               OFFERED FOR SALE, SOLD, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED OR TRANSFERRED IN
               THE  ABSENCE  OF SUCH  REGISTRATION  OR AN  OPINION  OF  COUNSEL,
               REASONABLY  SATISFACTORY  TO THE COMPANY,  THAT AN EXEMPTION FROM
               SUCH REGISTRATION IS AVAILABLE.  THE WARRANTS REPRESENTED BY THIS
               CERTIFICATE  MAY NOT BE TRADED IN CANADA  EXCEPT AS  PERMITTED BY
               RELEVANT CANADIAN SECURITIES LAWS."

                                        2
<PAGE>

Each certificate for the Shares shall bear the following legend:

               "THE COMMON SHARES  REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN
               REGISTERED UNDER THE UNITED STATES  SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 OR THE
               SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OF THE UNITED STATES OR ANY PROVINCE
               OF CANADA AND MAY NOT BE SOLD,  ASSIGNED,  EXCHANGED OR OTHERWISE
               TRANSFERRED, IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR AN OPINION OF
               COUNSEL,   REASONABLY   SATISFACTORY  TO  THE  COMPANY,  THAT  AN
               EXEMPTION FROM SUCH  REGISTRATION  IS AVAILABLE THIS  CERTIFICATE
               MAY NOT CONSTITUTE  `GOOD  DELIVERY' IN  SATISFACTION  OF A TRADE
               MADE ON A STOCK  EXCHANGE  IN  CANADA.  THIS  CERTIFICATE  IS NOT
               TRANSFERABLE  IN  CANADA  UNTIL  [THE  DATE SIX  MONTHS  FROM THE
               CLOSING DATE] EXCEPT PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM THE PROSPECTUS
               REQUIREMENTS CONTAINED IN THE APPLICABLE SECURITIES LEGISLATION."

        Any certificate  issued at any time in exchange or substitution  for any
certificate bearing such legend (except a new certificate issued upon completion
of  a  public  distribution  pursuant  to a  registration  statement  under  the
Securities Act of the Common Shares represented  thereby) shall also bear a like
legend unless, in the opinion of counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Company,
the  securities   represented   thereby  need  no  longer  be  subject  to  such
restrictions.

Section 2.     Term of Warrants; Exercise of Warrants.

        (a) Subject to the terms of this Agreement, the Warrantholder shall have
the right,  at any time and from time to time  during the period  commencing  at
9:00 a.m.,  Pacific Time,  on January --, 1998,  (the  "Commencement  Date") and
ending at 5:00 p.m.,  Pacific Time, on the third anniversary of the Commencement
Date (the  "Termination  Date") to purchase from the Company up to the number of
fully paid and  nonassessable  Shares which the Warrantholder may at the time be
entitled to purchase  pursuant to this Agreement,  upon surrender to the Company
at its  principal  office of the  certificates  evidencing  the  Warrants  to be
exercised,  with the purchase  form, in the form  attached  hereto as Exhibit 2,
duly  completed  and signed,  and upon  payment to the Company of an amount (the
"Exercise  Payment")  equal to the  Warrant  Price  multiplied  by the number of
Shares being purchased pursuant to such exercise,  payable in cash, by certified
or  official  bank  check,  or by  wire  transfer.  The  Company  shall  use its
reasonable best efforts prior to the  Termination  Date to obtain any applicable
regulatory  approvals of those regulatory  agencies having jurisdiction over the
Company  in order to extend  the  Termination  Date

                                        3
<PAGE>

for a further  period  of two  years,  in which  event  the  Company's  right of
purchase  under this Section 2(a) shall end at 5:00 p.m.,  Pacific  Time, on the
fifth anniversary of the Commencement Date.

        (b) At any time subsequent to the first  anniversary of the Commencement
Date, in lieu of exercising the Warrants as provided in Section 2(a) above,  and
subject  to  all  applicable  law  and  all  applicable   regulatory  approvals,
limitations and restrictions,  the  Warrantholder may elect to receive,  without
any cash payment, a number of Shares equal to the value (as determined below) of
any or all of the Warrants held of record by the  Warrantholder,  upon surrender
to the  Company at its  principal  office of the  certificates  evidencing  such
Warrants,  with the attached cashless exercise form attached hereto as Exhibit 3
duly  completed  and  signed,  in which  event the  Company  shall  issue to the
Warrantholder a number of Shares computed using the following formula:

               X    =         Y(A-B)
                              ------
                                A

where

               X    =    the number of Common  Shares to be issued  pursuant  to
                         this Section 2(b).

               Y    =    the number of Common  Shares  issuable upon exercise of
                         the surrendered Warrants.

               A    =    the average of the Market  Prices of the Common  Shares
                         for the sixty (60) calendar days immediately  preceding
                         the date upon  which the  certificates  evidencing  the
                         surrendered Warrants are received by the Company at its
                         principal office.

               B    =    the Warrant Price on such date.

        For all purposes of this  Agreement,  the term "Market  Price" as of any
specified  date shall mean:  (i) if the Common Shares are listed or admitted for
trading on one or more United States national  securities  exchanges,  the daily
closing  price for the Common  Shares on the  principal  exchange  in the United
States on which the Common Shares are listed;  (ii) if the Common Shares are not
listed  or  admitted  for  trading  on any  United  States  national  securities
exchange,  the daily closing price for the Common Shares on the Nasdaq  National
or Nasdaq Small-Cap Market ("Nasdaq"); (iii) if the Common Shares are not listed
or admitted for trading on a United States  national  securities  exchange or on
Nasdaq,  the daily closing  price of the Common  Shares on the  principal  stock
exchange in Canada on which the Common  Shares are listed  (expressed  in United
States  dollars  based  upon the noon  buying  rate in New York  City for  cable
transfers in Canadian  dollars as certified for customs  purposes by the Federal
Reserve Bank of New York);  (iv) if the

                                        4
<PAGE>

Common  Shares are not  listed or  admitted  to  trading  on any  United  States
national or Canadian national  securities  exchange or on Nasdaq, the average of
the reported bid and asked prices on the trading day preceding  such date in the
over-the-counter market as furnished by the National Quotation Bureau, Inc., or,
if such firm is not then engaged in the business of  reporting  such prices,  as
furnished by any member of the National Association of Securities Dealers,  Inc.
selected by the Company;  or (v) if the Common  Shares are not publicly  traded,
the Market Price for such day shall be the fair market value thereof  determined
jointly by the Company and the Warrantholder;  provided,  however,  that if such
parties are unable to reach  agreement  within a reasonable  period of time, the
Market  Price shall be  determined  in good faith by an  independent  investment
banking firm selected jointly by the Company and the  Warrantholder  or, if that
selection  cannot  be made  within  an  additional  15 days,  by an  independent
investment  banking firm  selected by the American  Arbitration  Association  in
accordance with its rules.

        If the  Warrantholder  elects to exercise the Warrants  pursuant to this
Section  2(b),  the  Warrantholder  shall  simultaneously  convert  all Series A
Convertible  Preferred  Shares of the Company (the  "Convertible  Shares")  then
owned by the Warrantholder into Common Shares.

        In the event that the  Warrantholder  elects to  exercise  the  Warrants
pursuant  to this  Section  2(b),  and the  average  Market  Price of the Common
Shares,  as defined above,  for the 60 calendar days  immediately  preceding the
date on which the certificates  evidencing the surrendered Warrants are received
by the Company at its principal  office,  is greater than U.S.  $3.20,  then the
right to a cashless  exercise  of  Warrants  shall be limited to such  number of
Warrants as would result in the issuance of 2,500,000  Shares and any  remaining
Warrants to be exercised by the Warrantholder  shall be exercised,  at such time
or times  elected by the  Warrantholder,  in accordance  with the  provisions of
Section  2(a).  Such per  share  amount  of U.S.  $3.20  shall be  appropriately
adjusted for any stock splits, consolidations or the like.

               (c) The Company may, at any time,  elect to force the exercise of
the  Warrants  by the  Warrantholder  subject  to the  terms  of this  Agreement
provided that the Company shall have  satisfied all of the following  conditions
prior to the date of such election by the Company:

                       (i) the  Common  Shares  are listed on the New York Stock
        Exchange, the American Stock Exchange or the Nasdaq National Market;

                       (ii) the  Common  Shares are traded on the New York Stock
        Exchange, the American Stock Exchange or the Nasdaq National Market at a
        Market Price  greater than U.S.  $2.40 per share for the 10  consecutive
        trading days immediately preceding the date of such election; and

                       (iii) The Company's net income  (excluding profit or loss
        on disposal of a significant  part of the  Company's  assets or separate
        segment thereof, gains on restructuring payables, gains or losses on the
        extinguishment of debt, expropriations of property, gains or losses that
        are the direct result of a major casualty,  or one-time losses

                                        5
<PAGE>

        resulting from prohibitions under a newly-enacted law or regulation) for
        the three  consecutive  fiscal quarters ended  immediately  prior to the
        date of such  election,  as reported in or derived from its quarterly or
        annual reports filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, before
        income taxes,  dividends on the Convertible  Shares and  amortization of
        goodwill and covenants not to compete for such quarterly periods,  shall
        have  averaged at least U.S.  $0.07 per fully  diluted  Common Share per
        fiscal quarter, provided, however, that in making such calculation,  the
        Common Shares  issuable upon exercise of the Warrants  shall be excluded
        but Common Shares issuable upon the conversion of the Convertible Shares
        shall not.

The foregoing  conditions (i), (ii) and (iii) shall  hereinafter be collectively
referred to as the "Triggering  Conditions." All references to per share amounts
or prices  with  respect to the  Triggering  Conditions  shall be  appropriately
adjusted for any stock splits, consolidations or the like.

        The  Company  shall  give  the  Warrantholder  written  notice  that the
Triggering  Conditions have been satisfied and that the Company intends to force
the exercise of the Warrants.  In this event,  the Termination Date shall be the
date ten (10) business days after such notice shall be effectively  delivered to
the Warrantholder as provided in Section 10 of this Agreement.

        In the event of a forced  exercise of Warrants  pursuant to this Section
2(c), in lieu of exercising the Warrants as provided in Section 2(a) above,  and
subject  to  all  applicable  law  and  all  applicable   regulatory  approvals,
limitations and restrictions,  the  Warrantholder may elect to receive,  without
any cash payment, a number of Shares equal to the value (as determined below) of
any or all of the Warrants held of record by the  Warrantholder,  upon surrender
to the  Company at its  principal  office of the  certificates  evidencing  such
Warrants,  with the attached  cashless  exercise form thereof duly completed and
signed,  in which event the Company shall issue to the holder a number of Shares
computed using the formula set forth in Section 2(b) except the term "A" in such
formula, the Market Price of the Common Shares, shall be calculated based on the
ten (10) trading days  immediately  preceding the date on which the certificates
evidencing the surrendered Warrants are received by the Company at its principal
offices.

        In the event that the  Warrantholder  elects to  exercise  the  Warrants
without any cash payment  following a forced  exercise  pursuant to this Section
2(c), and the average Market Price of the Common Shares,  as defined above,  for
the 60 calendar days  immediately  preceding the date on which the  certificates
evidencing the surrendered Warrants are received by the Company at its principal
office,  is greater than U.S.  $3.20,  then the right to a cashless  exercise of
Warrants  shall be limited to such  number of  Warrants  as would  result in the
issuance of 2,500,000  Shares and any remaining  Warrants to be exercised by the
Warrantholder  shall  be  exercised,  at  such  time  or  times  elected  by the
Warrantholder, in accordance with the provisions of Section 2(a). Such per share
amount of U.S.  $3.20  shall be  appropriately  adjusted  for any stock  splits,
consolidations or the like.

                                        6
<PAGE>

        (d) Upon the  surrender  of  Warrant  certificates  and  payment  of the
Exercise  Payment  (in cash,  except in the event of a cashless  exercise),  the
Company,  at its  expense,  shall  issue  and  cause  to be  delivered  with all
reasonable  dispatch,  and in any event within ten (10) days thereafter,  to the
Warrantholder  a certificate  or  certificates  for the number of full Shares so
acquired upon the exercise of the Warrant,  together with cash in respect of any
fractional  Shares  otherwise  issuable  upon  such  surrender,   determined  in
accordance  with Section 7 hereof.  Such  certificate or  certificates  shall be
deemed to have been issued, and the Warrantholder shall be deemed to have become
a holder of record of such  Shares,  as of the date of surrender of the Warrants
being  exercised and (in the case of exercise  pursuant to Section 2(a)) payment
of the Exercise  Payment  notwithstanding  that the  certificate or certificates
representing  such securities shall not actually have been delivered or that the
stock transfer books of the Company shall then be closed.  The Warrants shall be
exercisable at the election of the Warrantholder  either in full or from time to
time in part  and,  in the  event  that a  certificate  evidencing  Warrants  is
exercised  in respect of fewer than all of the Shares  specified  therein at any
time prior to the Termination  Date, a new certificate  evidencing the remaining
portion of the Warrants shall be issued by the Company.

        Section 3. Payment of Taxes. The Company will pay all transfer and stamp
taxes and fees, if any,  attributable to the initial issuance of the Warrants or
the issuance of Shares upon exercise of the Warrants.

        Section 4.  Mutilated or Missing  Warrants.  In case the  certificate or
certificates  evidencing  any  Warrants  shall be  mutilated,  lost,  stolen  or
destroyed,  the Company  shall,  at the request of the  affected  Warrantholder,
issue and deliver in exchange and substitution for and upon  cancellation of the
mutilated  certificate or  certificates,  or in lieu of and substitution for the
certificate or certificates lost, stolen or destroyed, a new Warrant certificate
or certificates of like tenor and  representing an equivalent right or interest,
but only upon receipt of evidence reasonably  satisfactory to the Company of the
loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of such Warrant and, if requested, at the
cost  and  expense  of  the  Warrantholder  (in  the  case  of  loss,  theft  or
destruction),  an  unsecured  bond of  indemnity  in form and amount  reasonably
satisfactory to the Company.  Such  substitute  Warrant  certificate  shall also
comply with such other reasonable regulations as the Company may prescribe.

        Section 5.  Reservation of Common Shares.  There has been reserved,  and
the  Company  shall at all times  keep  reserved  and  available  so long as any
Warrants remain outstanding, out of its authorized share capital, such number of
Shares as shall be subject to purchase  under all  outstanding  Warrants.  Every
transfer  agent for the  Common  Shares  and  other  securities  of the  Company
issuable  upon the  exercise  of Warrants  will be  irrevocably  authorized  and
directed at all times to reserve  such number of  authorized  Common  Shares and
other securities as shall be requisite for such purposes.  The Company will keep
a copy of this  Agreement  on file with  every  transfer  agent  for the  Common
Shares.  The Company will supply every such  transfer  agent with duly  executed
stock and other certificates,  as appropriate, for such

                                        7
<PAGE>

purpose  and will  provide or  otherwise  make  available  any cash which may be
payable as provided in Section 7 hereof.

        Section 6.  Adjustment of Number and Kind of Securities.  The number and
kind of securities purchasable upon the exercise of the Warrants and the Warrant
Price shall be subject to  adjustment  from time to time upon the  happening  of
certain events, as follows:

        Section 6.1. Anti-Dilution Provisions And Other Adjustments. In order to
prevent  dilution of the rights  granted  hereunder,  the Warrant Price shall be
subject to adjustment  from time to time in accordance with this Section 6. Upon
each   adjustment  of  the  Warrant  Price  pursuant  to  this  Section  6,  the
Warrantholder  shall  thereafter  be entitled to acquire upon  exercise,  at the
Warrant Price resulting from such adjustment, the number of Shares obtainable by
multiplying the Warrant Price in effect  immediately prior to such adjustment by
the  number  of  Shares  acquirable  immediately  prior to such  adjustment  and
dividing  the  product   thereof  by  the  Warrant  Price  resulting  from  such
adjustment.

               (a)  Adjustment  for Issue or Sale of Common  Shares at Less than
Specified  Prices.  Except as  provided  in  Sections  6.3 or 6.5 below,  if and
whenever  on or after the date of  issuance  hereof the  Company  shall issue or
sell, or shall in accordance with subparagraphs  6.1(a)(1) to (8), inclusive, be
deemed to have issued or sold (such issuance or sale,  whether actual or deemed,
a "Triggering Transaction") any Common Shares for a consideration per share less
than

               (I) (if the  Common  Shares  are not traded on the New York Stock
        Exchange,  the American  Stock Exchange or the Nasdaq  National  Market)
        U.S.  $1.35 then  forthwith  upon such issue or sale the  Warrant  Price
        shall,  subject to subparagraphs  (1) to (8) of this Section 6.1(a),  be
        reduced to the Warrant Price (calculated to the nearest tenth of a cent)
        determined  by  dividing:  (i) an  amount  equal  to the  sum of (x) the
        product  derived  by  multiplying  the  Number of Common  Shares  Deemed
        Outstanding  immediately  prior to such  Triggering  Transaction  by the
        Warrant  Price  then in  effect,  plus  (y) the  consideration,  if any,
        received  by  the  Company   upon   consummation   of  such   Triggering
        Transaction,  by (ii) an  amount  equal to the sum of (x) the  Number of
        Common Shares Deemed  Outstanding  immediately  prior to such Triggering
        Transaction  plus (y) the  number of shares of Common  Stock  issued (or
        deemed to be issued in accordance with  subparagraphs  6.1(a)(1) to (8))
        in connection with the Triggering Transaction; or

               (II) (if the  Common  Shares  are  traded  on the New York  Stock
        Exchange, the American Stock Exchange or the Nasdaq National Market) the
        average Market Price for the ten trading days immediately preceding such
        issuance or sale, then forthwith upon such Triggering  Transaction,  the
        Warrant Price shall, subject to subparagraphs (1) to (8) of this Section
        6.1(a), be reduced to the Warrant Price (calculated to the nearest tenth
        of a cent)  determined  by  multiplying  the  Warrant  Price  in  effect
        immediately  prior  to the  time of  such  Triggering  Transaction  by a
        fraction,  the  numerator of which shall be the

                                        8
<PAGE>

        sum of (x) the Number of Common  Shares Deemed  Outstanding  immediately
        prior to such Triggering Transaction and (y) the number of Common Shares
        which the  aggregate  consideration  received by the  Company  upon such
        Triggering  Transaction  would  purchase at the average Market Price for
        the ten trading days immediately preceding such Triggering  Transaction,
        and the denominator of which shall be the Number of Common Shares Deemed
        Outstanding immediately after such Triggering Transaction.

               For purposes of this Section 6, the term "Number of Common Shares
Deemed  Outstanding"  at any given  time shall mean the sum of (i) the number of
Common  Shares  outstanding  at such time,  and (ii) the number of Common Shares
deemed to be outstanding under  subparagraphs  6.1(a)(1) to (8),  inclusive,  at
such time.

               For purposes of determining the adjusted Warrant Price under this
Section  6.1(a),  the  following  subsections  (1) to (8),  inclusive,  shall be
applicable:

                       (1) In case the  Company  at any time shall in any manner
               grant (whether  directly or by assumption in an  amalgamation  or
               otherwise)  any rights to subscribe  for or to  purchase,  or any
               options for the purchase of,  Common Shares or any stock or other
               securities  convertible  into or  exchangeable  for Common Shares
               (such rights or options  being herein  called  "Options" and such
               convertible  or  exchangeable  stock or  securities  being herein
               called "Convertible Securities"),  whether or not such Options or
               the right to convert or exchange any such Convertible  Securities
               are  immediately  exercisable,  and the price per share for which
               the Common  Shares are  issuable  upon  exercise,  conversion  or
               exchange  (determined  by dividing (x) the total amount,  if any,
               received or  receivable by the Company as  consideration  for the
               granting of such Options,  plus the minimum  aggregate  amount of
               additional consideration payable to the Company upon the exercise
               of all such  Options,  plus,  in the case of such  Options  which
               relate to Convertible Securities, the minimum aggregate amount of
               additional consideration,  if any, payable upon the issue or sale
               of  such  Convertible  Securities  and  upon  the  conversion  or
               exchange  thereof,  by (y) the  total  maximum  number  of Common
               Shares  issuable  upon  the  exercise  of  such  Options  or  the
               conversion or exchange of such Convertible  Securities)  shall be
               less than the average  Market Price in effect for the ten trading
               days immediately prior to the time of the granting of such Option
               (if the Common Shares are traded on The New York Stock  Exchange,
               The American  Stock  Exchange or The National  Nasdaq  Market) or
               U.S.  $1.35 (if the Common  Shares are not traded on The New York
               Stock  Exchange,  The  American  Stock  Exchange,  or the  Nasdaq
               National  Market) then the total maximum  amount of Common Shares
               issuable  upon the exercise of such  Options,  or, in the case of
               Options  for  Convertible  Securities,  upon  the  conversion  or
               exchange of such Convertible Securities, shall (as of the date of
               granting of such Options) be deemed to be outstanding and to have
               been issued and sold by the Company for such price per share.  No
               adjustment  of the  Warrant  Price  shall be

                                        9
<PAGE>

               made  upon  the  actual  issue  of  such  Common  Shares  or such
               Convertible Securities upon the exercise of such Options,  except
               as otherwise provided in subparagraph (3) below.

                       (2) In case the  Company  at any time shall in any manner
               issue (whether  directly or by assumption in an  amalgamation  or
               otherwise) or sell any Convertible Securities, whether or not the
               rights  to  exchange  or  convert   thereunder  are   immediately
               exercisable,  and the price per share for which Common Shares are
               issuable upon such conversion or exchange (determined by dividing
               (x) the total  amount  received or  receivable  by the Company as
               consideration   for  the  issue  or  sale  of  such   Convertible
               Securities,  plus the  minimum  aggregate  amount  of  additional
               consideration, if any, payable to the Company upon the conversion
               or exchange  thereof,  by (y) the total maximum  number of Common
               Shares  issuable  upon the  conversion  or  exchange  of all such
               Convertible  Securities)  shall be less than the  average  Market
               Price in effect for the ten trading days immediately prior to the
               time of such  issue or sale (if the  Common  Shares are traded on
               The New York Stock Exchange,  The American Stock Exchange, or The
               Nasdaq  National  Market) or U.S. $1.35 (if the Common Shares are
               not traded on The New York Stock  Exchange,  The  American  Stock
               Exchange,  or The Nasdaq National Market), then the total maximum
               number of Common Shares  issuable upon  conversion or exchange of
               all  such  Convertible  Securities  shall  (as of the date of the
               issue or sale of such  Convertible  Securities)  be  deemed to be
               outstanding  and to have been  issued and sold by the Company for
               such price per share. No adjustment of the Warrant Price shall be
               made upon the actual issue of such Common Shares upon exercise of
               the  rights  to  exchange  or  convert  under  such   Convertible
               Securities,  except as  otherwise  provided in  subparagraph  (3)
               below.

                       (3) If the  purchase  price  provided  for in any Options
               referred to in subparagraph (1), the additional consideration, if
               any,  payable upon the conversion or exchange of any  Convertible
               Securities  referred to in subparagraphs  (1) or (2), or the rate
               at which any Convertible  Securities  referred to in subparagraph
               (1) or (2) are convertible into or exchangeable for Common Shares
               shall  change  at any time  (other  than  under or by  reason  of
               provisions  designed to protect against  dilution of the type set
               forth in Section  6.1(a) or (b)),  the Warrant Price in effect at
               the time of such change  shall  forthwith  be  readjusted  to the
               Warrant  Price  which  would have been in effect at such time had
               such Options or Convertible Securities still outstanding provided
               for such changed  purchase  price,  additional  consideration  or
               conversion  rate,  as the  case  may be,  at the  time  initially
               granted,  issued or sold. If the purchase  price  provided for in
               any Option referred to in  subparagraph  (1) or the rate at which
               any Convertible  Securities  referred to in subparagraphs  (1) or
               (2) are convertible into or exchangeable for Common Shares, shall
               be  reduced  at any time  under or by reason of  provisions  with
               respect  thereto  designed to protect against  dilution,  then in
               case of the  delivery of Common

                                       10
<PAGE>

               Shares upon the exercise of any such Option or upon conversion or
               exchange of any such Convertible Security, the Warrant Price then
               in  effect   hereunder   shall  forthwith  be  adjusted  to  such
               respective  amount as would have been obtained had such Option or
               Convertible  Security  never been issued as to such Common Shares
               and had  adjustments  been made upon the  issuance  of the Common
               Shares  delivered as  aforesaid,  but only if as a result of such
               adjustment  the Warrant Price then in effect  hereunder is hereby
               reduced.

                       (4) On the expiration of any Option or the termination of
               any right to convert or exchange any Convertible Securities,  the
               Warrant  Price  then  in  effect  hereunder  shall  forthwith  be
               increased to the Warrant Price which would have been in effect at
               the time of such  expiration  or  termination  had such Option or
               Convertible  Securities,  to the extent  outstanding  immediately
               prior to such expiration or termination, never been issued.

                       (5) In case any  Options  shall be issued  in  connection
               with  the  issue  or sale of  other  securities  of the  Company,
               together comprising one integral transaction in which no specific
               consideration  is  allocated  to  such  Options  by  the  parties
               thereto, such Options shall be deemed to have been issued without
               consideration.

                       (6) In case any Common  Shares,  Options  or  Convertible
               Securities  shall be issued or sold or deemed to have been issued
               or sold for cash, the  consideration  received  therefor shall be
               deemed to be the amount received by the Company therefor. In case
               any Common  Shares,  Options or Convertible  Securities  shall be
               issued or sold for a consideration other than cash, the amount of
               the  consideration  other than cash received by the Company shall
               be the fair value of such  consideration  as  determined  in good
               faith  by the  Board of  Directors  of the  Company.  In case any
               Common Shares,  Options or Convertible Securities shall be issued
               in connection  with any  amalgamation  in which the Company is an
               amalgamating  corporation,  the amount of consideration  therefor
               shall be deemed to be the fair  value of such  portion of the net
               assets and business of the other  corporation which is a party to
               the amalgamation as shall be attributed by the Board of Directors
               of the  Company in good faith to such Common  Shares,  Options or
               Convertible Securities, as the case may be.

                       (7) In case the Company  shall declare a dividend or make
               any other  distribution  upon the stock of the Company payable in
               Options or Convertible Securities,  then in such case any Options
               or  Convertible  Securities,  as the  case  may be,  issuable  in
               payment of such dividend or distribution  shall be deemed to have
               been issued or sold without consideration.

                                       11
<PAGE>

                       (8) For  purposes  of this  Section  6.1(a),  in case the
               Company  shall take a record of the holders of its Common  Shares
               for the  purpose of  entitling  them (x) to receive a dividend or
               other  distribution  payable  in  Common  Shares,  Options  or in
               Convertible  Securities,  or (y)  to  subscribe  for or  purchase
               Common  Shares,  Options  or  Convertible  Securities,  then such
               record  date  shall be deemed to be the date of the issue or sale
               of the Common  Shares deemed to have been issued or sold upon the
               declaration  of  such  dividend  or  the  making  of  such  other
               distribution  or the  date  of the  granting  of  such  right  or
               subscription or purchase, as the case may be.

               (b) In case the Company shall (i) pay a dividend in Common Shares
        or  make  a  distribution   in  Common  Shares  or  (ii)  subdivide  its
        outstanding Common Shares, the Warrant Price in effect immediately prior
        to such subdivision or dividend shall be proportionately  reduced by the
        same ratio as the dividend or subdivision.  In case the Company shall at
        any time combine its  outstanding  Common  Shares,  the Warrant Price in
        effect  immediately prior to such combination  shall be  proportionately
        increased  by the same ratio as the  combination.  Any  adjustment  made
        pursuant to this subsection 6.1(b) shall become effective immediately on
        the effective date of such event retroactive to the record date, if any,
        for such event.

               (c) Whenever  the number of Common  Shares  purchasable  upon the
        exercise of Warrants is adjusted as herein  provided,  the Company shall
        cause to be  promptly  delivered  to the  Warrantholder  notice  of such
        adjustment  and a  certificate  of the chief  financial  officer  of the
        Company setting forth the number of Common Shares  purchasable  upon the
        exercise of the Warrants after such  adjustment,  the Warrant Price that
        will be effective after such adjustment,  a brief statement of the facts
        requiring such  adjustment and the  computation by which such adjustment
        was made.  If such notice  relates to an  adjustment  resulting  from an
        event referred to in Section 8, such notice shall be included as part of
        the notice  required to be delivered and published  under the provisions
        of Section 8 hereof.

        6.2. No Adjustment for Dividends.  Except as provided in this Section 6,
no adjustment  to the Warrants or any provision or condition  thereof in respect
of any dividends or distributions  out of earnings shall be made during the term
of the Warrants or upon the exercise of Warrants.

        6.3. Dividends Not Paid Out of Earnings or Earned Surplus.  In the event
the  Company  shall  declare a dividend  upon the Common  Shares  (other  than a
dividend  payable in Common  Shares)  payable  otherwise than out of earnings or
earned  surplus,  determined in accordance  with generally  accepted  accounting
principles,   including  the  making  of  appropriate  deductions  for  minority
interests,   if  any,  in  subsidiaries  (herein  referred  to  as  "Liquidating
Dividends"),  then, as soon as possible after the exercise of this Warrant,  the
Company shall pay to the person  exercising  such Warrant an amount equal to the
aggregate  value  at the  time of such  exercise  of all  Liquidating  Dividends
(including  but not limited to the Common Shares which would have

                                       12
<PAGE>

been issued at the time of such earlier  exercise and all other securities which
would have been  issued with  respect to such  Common  Shares by reason of stock
splits,  stock  dividends,  amalgamations or  reorganizations,  or for any other
reason).  For the purposes of this subsection 6.3, a dividend other than in cash
shall be considered payable out of earnings or earned surplus only to the extent
that such  earnings or earned  surplus  are charged an amount  equal to the fair
value of such  dividend as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of
the Company.

        6.4. Reclassification,  Amalgamation, etc. If any capital reorganization
or  reclassification of the share capital of the Company, or amalgamation of the
Company with another corporation, or the sale of all or substantially all of its
assets to another  corporation  shall be effected in such a way that  holders of
Common  Shares  shall be entitled to receive  stock,  securities,  cash or other
property with respect to or in exchange for Common Shares,  then, as a condition
of such  reorganization,  reclassification,  amalgamation  or sale,  lawful  and
adequate provision shall be made whereby the Warrantholder  shall have the right
to acquire  and receive  upon  exercise  of this  Warrant  such shares of stock,
securities,  cash  or  other  property  issuable  or  payable  (as  part  of the
reorganization,  reclassification,  amalgamation  or sale) with respect to or in
exchange for such number of outstanding  Shares as would have been received upon
exercise of this Warrant at the Warrant  Price then in effect.  The Company will
not effect  any such  amalgamation  or sale,  unless  prior to the  consummation
thereof the amalgamated  corporation or the  corporation  purchasing such assets
shall assume by written  instrument mailed or delivered to the Warrantholder the
obligation to deliver to such holder such shares of stock,  securities or assets
as, in accordance with the foregoing provisions,  such holder may be entitled to
purchase. If a purchase, tender or exchange offer is made to and accepted by the
holders of more than 50% of the  outstanding  Common Shares of the Company,  the
Company  shall not effect any  amalgamation  or sale with the person having made
such  offer  or  with  any  Affiliate  of  such  person,  unless  prior  to  the
consummation  of such  amalgamation  or sale the  Warrantholder  shall have been
given a  reasonable  opportunity  to then elect to receive  upon the exercise of
this Warrant  either the stock,  securities or assets then issuable with respect
to the Common Shares of the Company or the stock,  securities or assets,  or the
equivalent,  issued to previous  holders of the Common Shares in accordance with
such offer.  For purposes hereof the term  "Affiliate" with respect to any given
person shall mean any person controlling,  controlled by or under common control
with  the  given  person.  In  the  event  of  a  merger  described  in  Section
368(a)(2)(E) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (or any successor  provision),
in which the Company is the surviving corporation,  the right to purchase Shares
upon  exercise of the  Warrants  shall  terminate on the date of such merger and
thereupon the Warrants shall become null and void,  but only if the  controlling
corporation  (after such event) shall agree to  substitute  for the Warrants its
warrants  entitling the  Warrantholder to purchase the kind and amount of shares
and other  securities  and property which it would have been entitled to receive
had the Warrants  been  exercised  immediately  prior to such  merger.  Any such
agreements  referred to in this  subsection  6.3 shall provide for  adjustments,
which shall be as nearly  equivalent as may be  practicable  to the  adjustments
provided for in this Section 6, and shall contain  substantially the same terms,
conditions  and  provisions as are contained  herein  immediately  prior to such
event. The provisions of this subsection 6.4 shall similarly apply to successive
amalgamations, sales or conveyances.

                                       13
<PAGE>

        6.5. No Adjustment for Exercise of Certain Options,  Warrants,  Etc. The
provisions  of this  Section  6 shall  not apply to any  Common  Shares  issued,
issuable or deemed outstanding under  subparagraphs  6.1(a)(1) to (8) inclusive:
(i) to any person  pursuant to any stock option,  stock purchase or similar plan
or  arrangement  for the benefit of employees,  consultants  or directors of the
Company or its subsidiaries in effect on the date hereof or hereafter adopted by
the Board of Directors of the Company, or (ii) pursuant to options, warrants and
conversion  rights in existence on the date hereof,  including  the  Convertible
Shares.

        6.6. Grant, Issue or Sale of Options, Convertible Securities, or Rights.
If at any time or from time to time on or after the date of this Agreement,  the
Company shall grant, issue or sell any Options, Convertible Securities or rights
to purchase  property (the "Purchase  Rights") pro rata to the record holders of
any class of share capital of the Company and such grants, issuances or sales do
not result in an adjustment of the Warrant  Price under Section  6.1(a)  hereof,
then the  Warrantholder  shall be entitled to acquire  (within  thirty (30) days
after the later to occur of the initial exercise date of such Purchase Rights or
receipt by the Warrantholder of the notice  concerning  Purchase Rights to which
the  Warrantholder  shall be  entitled  under  Section  8) and  upon  the  terms
applicable to such Purchase Rights either:

               (a) the aggregate  Purchase Rights which the Warrantholder  could
        have  acquired  if it had held the  number  of  Shares  acquirable  upon
        exercise of this Warrant immediately before the grant,  issuance or sale
        of such  Purchase  Rights;  provided  that if any  Purchase  Rights were
        distributed to the Warrantholder of Common Shares without the payment of
        additional consideration by such holders,  corresponding Purchase Rights
        shall be  distributed  to the  Warrantholder  as soon as possible  after
        exercise  of  this  Warrant  and it  shall  not  be  necessary  for  the
        Warrantholder specifically to request delivery of such rights; or

               (b) in the event that any such Purchase Rights shall have expired
        or shall  expire  prior to the end of said thirty  (30) day period,  the
        number of Shares or the amount of property which the Warrantholder could
        have  acquired  upon  such  exercise  at the time or times at which  the
        Company granted, issued or sold such expired Purchase Rights.

        6.7.  Nominal  Value of Common  Shares.  Before  taking any action which
would cause an adjustment  effectively reducing the portion of the Warrant Price
allocable to each Share below the then  nominal  value per Share  issuable  upon
exercise of the Warrants,  the Company will take any corporate action which may,
in the  opinion of its  counsel,  be  necessary  in order that the  Company  may
validly and legally issue fully paid and  nonassessable  Shares upon exercise of
the Warrants.

        6.8.  Independent Public  Accountants.  The Company may retain a firm of
independent  public  accountants of recognized  national  standing in the United
States  (which may be any such firm  regularly  employed by the Company) to make
any computation required under this Section.

                                       14
<PAGE>

        6.9. Statement on Warrant Certificates.  Irrespective of any adjustments
in the  number  of  securities  issuable  upon  exercise  of  Warrants,  Warrant
certificates  theretofore or thereafter  issued may continue to express the same
number of securities as are stated in the similar Warrant certificates initially
issuable  pursuant to this Agreement.  However,  the Company may, at any time in
its reasonable  discretion,  make any change in the form of Warrant  certificate
that it may deem appropriate and that does not affect the substance thereof; and
any Warrant certificate hereafter issued,  whether upon registration of transfer
of, or in exchange or substitution for, an outstanding Warrant certificate,  may
be in the form so changed.

        6.10. Adjustment by Board of Directors. If any event occurs as to which,
in the opinion of the Board of Directors of the Company,  the provisions of this
Section 6 are not strictly applicable or if strictly applicable would not fairly
protect the rights of the  Warrantholder in accordance with the essential intent
and  principles of such  provisions,  then the Board of Directors  shall make an
adjustment  in the  application  of such  provisions,  in  accordance  with such
essential intent and principles,  so as to protect such rights as aforesaid, but
in no event shall any adjustment have the effect of increasing the Warrant Price
as  otherwise  determined  pursuant to any of the  provisions  of this Section 6
except in the case of a combination of shares of a type  contemplated in Section
6.1(a)  and then in no event  to an  amount  larger  than the  Warrant  Price as
adjusted pursuant to Section 6.1(a).

        Section 7. Fractional Interests.  The Company shall not issue fractional
Common  Shares upon any  exercise of any  Warrants.  If any fraction of a Common
Share  would,  except for the  provisions  of this Section 7, be issuable on the
exercise of any  Warrants,  the Company shall pay an amount in cash equal to the
Market Price (as defined in Section 2(b) hereof, except if the Common Shares are
not publicly  traded,  as  determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of
the Company)  multiplied by such  fraction,  provided,  however,  that no amount
shall be paid by the Company of less than U.S. $5.00.

        Section 8. No Rights as Shareholder;  Notices to Warrantholder.  Nothing
contained in this  Agreement or in the Warrants shall be construed as conferring
upon the  Warrantholder  any rights as a shareholder  of the Company,  including
(without  limitation) the right to vote, receive  dividends,  consent or receive
notices  as a  shareholder  in respect of any  meeting of  shareholders  for the
election of  directors  of the Company or any other  matter,  except as provided
herein.  If,  however,  at any time prior to the  expiration of the Warrants and
prior to their exercise in full,  any one or more of the following  events shall
occur:

               (a) any action  which  would  require an  adjustment  pursuant to
        Section 6.1 or 6.3; or

               (b) the Company  shall  declare any cash dividend upon its Common
        Shares; or

                                       15
<PAGE>

               (c) the Company shall declare any dividend upon its Common Shares
        payable in stock or make any special  dividend or other  distribution to
        the holders of its Common Shares; or

               (d) the Company shall offer Purchase Rights to the holders of its
        Common Shares; or

               (e) there shall be any capital reorganization or reclassification
        of the share  capital  of the  Company,  including  any  subdivision  or
        combination of its  outstanding  Common Shares,  or  amalgamation of the
        Company  with,  or sale of all or  substantially  all of its  assets to,
        another corporation; or

               (f) there shall be a  dissolution,  liquidation  or winding up of
        the Company (other than in connection  with an  amalgamation  or sale of
        its property,  assets and business as an entirety or substantially as an
        entirety);

then  the   Company   shall  give  notice  in  writing  of  such  event  to  the
Warrantholder,  as provided in Section 10 hereof,  at least 20 days prior to (i)
the date fixed as a record  date or the date of closing the  transfer  books for
the  determination  of  the  shareholders  entitled  to any  relevant  dividend,
distribution,  Purchase  Rights  or other  rights  or for the  determination  of
shareholders entitled to vote on such proposed reorganization, reclassification,
amalgamation,  sale,  dissolution,  liquidation  or winding up and (ii) the date
when any such reorganization, reclassification, amalgamation, sale, dissolution,
liquidation or winding up shall take place.  Such notice in accordance  with the
foregoing  clause  (i) shall  also  specify,  in the case of any such  dividend,
distribution or Purchase Rights,  the date on which the holders of Common Shares
shall be entitled  thereto,  and such notice in  accordance  with the  foregoing
clause (ii) shall also  specify  the date on which the holders of Common  Shares
shall be  entitled to  exchange  their  Common  Shares for  securities  or other
property deliverable upon such reorganization,  reclassification,  amalgamation,
sale, dissolution, liquidation or winding up, as the case may be.

        Section 9. No Dilution or Impairment. The Company will not, by amendment
of its charter or through  reorganization,  amalgamation,  dissolution,  sale of
assets or any other voluntary  action,  avoid or seek to avoid the observance or
performance  of any of the terms of this Warrant,  but will at all times in good
faith assist in the carrying out of all such terms and in the taking of all such
action as may be necessary or  appropriate in order to protect the rights of the
Warrantholder  against  dilution  or  other  impairment.  Without  limiting  the
generality of the foregoing,  the Company will not increase the par value of any
shares  receivable  upon the exercise of this Warrant  above the amount  payable
therefor upon such  exercise,  and at all times will take all such action as may
be  necessary or  appropriate  in order that the Company may validly and legally
issue fully paid and non-assessable shares upon the exercise of this Warrant.

        Section 10. Notices.  Any notice hereunder shall be in writing and shall
be effective  when  delivered in person or by facsimile  transmission,  or seven
business  days after being  mailed

                                       16
<PAGE>

by certified or registered mail, postage prepaid,  return receipt requested,  to
the appropriate party at the following addresses:

If to the Warrantholder:

               Warburg Pincus Ventures, L.P.
               466 Lexington Avenue
               New York, New York 10017-3147
               Facsimile: 212-878-9351
               Attention:  Mr. Joel Ackerman

with a copy to:

               Willkie Farr & Gallagher
               153 East 53rd Street
               New York, New York 10022
               Facsimile: 212-821-8111
               Attention: Steven J. Gartner, Esq.

If to the Company:

               HealthCare Capital Corp.
               111 SW Fifth Avenue, Suite 2390
               Portland, Oregon 97204
               Facsimile: 503-225-9309
               Attention:  Mr. Brandon M. Dawson

with copy to:

               Carter, Ledyard & Milburn
               2 Wall Street
               New York, New York  10005
               Facsimile:  212-732-3232
               Attention:  John K. Whelan, Esq.

 or,  in each  case,  to such  other  address  as the  parties  may  hereinafter
designate by like notice.

        Section  11.  Successors.  All  the  covenants  and  provisions  of this
Agreement  for the benefit of the  Warrantholder  or the Company  shall bind and
inure to the benefit of their successors and, in the case of the  Warrantholder,
permitted assigns. This Agreement shall not be assignable by the Company.

        Section  12.  Amalgamation  of  the  Company.   The  Company  shall  not
amalgamate with any other  corporation or sell all or  substantially  all of its
property  to another  corporation,  unless  the  provisions  of Section  6.4 are
complied with.

                                       17
<PAGE>

        Section 13. Remedies. The Company stipulates that the remedies at law of
the  Warrantholder in the event of any default by the Company in the performance
of or  compliance  with any of the terms of this Warrant are not and will not be
adequate, and that the same may be specifically enforced.

        Section 14.  Subdivision  of Rights.  The  Warrants  (as well as any new
warrants  issued  pursuant to the provisions of this Section) are  exchangeable,
upon the surrender  hereof by the  Warrantholder  at the principal office of the
Company for any number of new  warrants of like tenor and date  representing  in
the aggregate the right to subscribe for and purchase the number of Shares which
may be subscribed for and purchased hereunder.

        Section 15. Applicable Law;  Submission to Jurisdiction.  This Agreement
shall be deemed to be a  contract  made  under the laws of the State of New York
and for all purposes shall be construed in accordance  with the internal laws of
said State (without reference to its rules as to conflicts of laws). The Company
hereby agrees to the  non-exclusive  jurisdiction  of the courts of the State of
New York or the  federal  courts  sitting in the City of New York in  connection
with any action arising out of this Agreement.

        Section 16.  Benefits of this  Agreement.  Except as provided in Section
1.2 and Section 11, nothing in this Agreement  shall be construed to give to any
person or corporation  other than the Company and the Warrantholder any legal or
equitable  right,  remedy or claim under this  Agreement.  Except as provided in
Section 1.2 and Section 11, this  Agreement  shall be for the sole and exclusive
benefit of the Company and the Warrantholder.

        IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the parties have caused this  Agreement to be duly
executed, all as of the date and year first above written.

                                      HEALTHCARE CAPITAL CORP.


                                      By: /s/ Brandon M. Dawson
                                          Print Name:  Brandon M. Dawson
                                          Title:  President and Chief Executive
                                                    Officer

                                      WARBURG PINCUS VENTURES, L.P.


                                      By: Warburg, Pincus & Co.,
                                          General Partner


                                      By: /s/ Patrick T. Hackett
                                          Print Name:  Patrick T. Hackett
                                          Title:       Managing Director

                                       18
<PAGE>

                                                                       EXHIBIT 1

                          [FORM OF WARRANT CERTIFICATE]

               "THE WARRANTS  REPRESENTED  BY THIS  CERTIFICATE,  AND THE COMMON
               SHARES  ISSUABLE  UPON EXERCISE OF SUCH  WARRANTS,  HAVE NOT BEEN
               REGISTERED UNDER THE UNITED STATES  SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 OR THE
               SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OF THE UNITED STATES OR ANY PROVINCE
               OF  CANADA.  SUCH  WARRANTS  MAY NOT BE SOLD,  OFFERED  FOR SALE,
               ASSIGNED,   EXCHANGED,   PLEDGED  OR  HYPOTHECATED  OR  OTHERWISE
               TRANSFERRED,  IN ANY MANNER,  AND SUCH  COMMON  SHARES MAY NOT BE
               OFFERED FOR SALE, SOLD, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED OR TRANSFERRED IN
               THE  ABSENCE  OF SUCH  REGISTRATION  OR AN  OPINION  OF  COUNSEL,
               REASONABLY  SATISFACTORY  TO THE COMPANY,  THAT AN EXEMPTION FROM
               SUCH REGISTRATION IS AVAILABLE." THE WARRANTS REPRESENTED BY THIS
               CERTIFICATE  MAY NOT BE TRADED IN CANADA  EXCEPT AS  PERMITTED BY
               RELEVANT CANADIAN SECURITIES LAWS.


                                                   WARRANT CERTIFICATE NO. -----


                            HEALTHCARE CAPITAL CORP.

                            (ORGANIZED UNDER THE LAWS
                                   OF ALBERTA)
                                                               DECEMBER --, 1997

                       WARRANTS TO PURCHASE COMMON SHARES

        This certifies that, for value received,  Warburg Pincus Ventures,  L.P.
(the  "Warrantholder")  is the registered owner of --- warrants (the "Warrants")
each to purchase from  HealthCare  Capital Corp.  (the  "Company"),  at any time
prior to 5:00 p.m.,  Pacific Time, on January --, 2001,  one common share of the
Company,  without  par value (a "Common  Share") at a purchase  price per Common
Share of U.S. $2.40 (the "Warrant Price").  The Warrants are subject to, and the
Warrantholder, by acceptance of this certificate, consents to, all the terms and
provisions of, the Warrant  Agreement dated as of January 16, 1998,  between the
Warrantholder  and the Company,  pursuant to which the Warrants were issued (the
"Warrant  Agreement").  Any capitalized terms used herein and not defined herein
shall have the  meanings  assigned to such terms in the Warrant  Agreement.  The
Termination  Date may be extended for a further period of two years, as provided
in Section 2(a) of the Warrant Agreement.

                                       19
<PAGE>

        The  Warrants  evidenced  hereby may be exercised in whole or in part by
presentation  of this Warrant  Certificate  with the  Purchase  Form herein duly
executed  (with a signature  guarantee as provided  therein),  and  simultaneous
payment of the Warrant Price for each Warrant exercised, at the principal office
of the  Company.  Payment  of such  price  shall  be made at the  option  of the
Warrantholder  in cash by certified or official bank check or by wire  transfer.
Subject  to the  terms and  conditions  set  forth in  Section 2 of the  Warrant
Agreement,  the  Warrantholder  may also receive  Common Shares without any cash
payment by presentation of this Warrant  Certificate with the Cashless  Exercise
Form herein duly executed  (with a signature  guarantee as provided  therein) at
the principal office of the Company.

        Upon any partial exercise of the Warrants evidenced hereby,  there shall
be signed and issued to the  Warrantholder a new Warrant  Certificate in respect
of the Common  Shares as to which the Warrants  evidenced  hereby shall not have
been exercised.  These Warrants may be exchanged at the office of the Company by
surrender  of this  Warrant  Certificate  properly  endorsed for one or more new
Warrants of the same aggregate  number of Common Shares as here evidenced by the
Warrant or Warrants  exchanged.  No fractional Common Shares will be issued upon
the exercise of rights to purchase hereunder, but the Company shall pay the cash
value  of any  fraction  otherwise  issuable  upon the  exercise  of one or more
Warrants, as provided in the Warrant Agreement.

        The Warrants  evidenced hereby are transferable  only in accordance with
the terms and conditions set forth in Section 1.2 of the Warrant Agreement.

        This Warrant  Certificate  does not entitle the  Warrantholder to any of
the rights of a shareholder of the Company.

                                       20
<PAGE>

                                                                       EXHIBIT 2
                                  PURCHASE FORM

HealthCare Capital Corp.
111 SW Fifth Avenue, Suite 2390
Portland, Oregon 97204

        Pursuant  to Section  2(a) of the  Warrant  Agreement,  the  undersigned
hereby irrevocably elects to exercise the right of purchase  represented by this
Warrant Certificate for, and to purchase thereunder, ---------- common shares of
the Company  (the "Common  Shares"),  and requests  that  certificates  for such
Common Shares be issued in the name of:

Warburg Pincus Ventures, L.P.
466 Lexington Avenue
New York, New York 10017-3147
Taxpayer Identification Number: ----------------

If this Warrant Certificate is hereby being exercised with respect to fewer than
all the Common Shares specified herein,  please issue a new Warrant  Certificate
for the  unexercised  balance  of the  Warrants,  registered  in the name of the
undersigned Warrantholder as below indicated and delivered to the address stated
below.

Dated: -----------------------

Name of Warrantholder:

Warburg Pincus Ventures, L.P.
466 Lexington Avenue
New York, New York 10017-3147

        By:  Warburg, Pincus & Co.
               General Partner

             By:--------------------------------
                Print Name:
                Title:

                                       21
<PAGE>

                                                                       EXHIBIT 3
                             CASHLESS EXERCISE FORM

HealthCare Capital Corp.
111 SW Fifth Avenue, Suite 2390
Portland, Oregon 97204

        Pursuant  to Section  2(b) of the  Warrant  Agreement,  the  undersigned
hereby  irrevocably  elects to exercise  the right  represented  by this Warrant
Certificate for, and to receive thereunder without any cash payment,  ----------
common shares of the Company (the "Common Shares") as provided for therein,  and
requests that certificates for such Common Shares be issued in the name of:

Warburg Pincus Ventures, L.P.
466 Lexington Avenue
New York, New York 10017-3147
Taxpayer Identification Number:

If this Warrant Certificate is hereby being exercised with respect to fewer than
all the Common Shares specified herein,  please issue a new Warrant  Certificate
for the  unexercised  balance  of the  Warrants,  registered  in the name of the
undersigned Warrantholder as below indicated and delivered to the address stated
below.

Dated: -----------------------

Name of Warrantholder :

Warburg Pincus Ventures, L.P.
466 Lexington Avenue
New York, New York 10017-3147

        By:  Warburg, Pincus & Co.
               General Partner

             By:--------------------------------
                Print Name:
                Title:

                                       22

                            HEALTHCARE CAPITAL CORP.

                          SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED

                                STOCK AWARD PLAN

                         (as amended December 18, 1997)


                                   ARTICLE 1
                           ESTABLISHMENT AND PURPOSE

                  1.1  Establishment;   Amendment  and  Restatement.  HealthCare
Capital Corp.  ("Corporation")  established the HealthCare  Capital Corp.  Stock
Award  Plan  (the  "Plan"),  effective  as of  December  10,  1996,  subject  to
shareholder  approval  as  provided  in  Article  16 of the  Plan.  The Plan was
previously  amended and restated effective February 5, 1997, was further amended
and restated effective October 15, 1997, and was further amended to increase the
number of Shares issuable hereunder to 9,000,000 Shares,  subject to shareholder
approval.

                  1.2 Purpose. The purpose of the Plan is to promote and advance
the interests of Corporation and its  shareholders  by enabling  Corporation and
its subsidiaries to attract,  retain, and reward key employees,  directors,  and
outside  consultants.  It is  also  intended  to  strengthen  the  mutuality  of
interests  between  such  employees,  directors,  and  outside  consultants  and
Corporation's shareholders. The Plan is designed to meet this intent by offering
stock  options and other  equity-based  incentive  awards,  thereby  providing a
proprietary  interest in  pursuing  the  long-term  growth,  profitability,  and
financial success of Corporation.

                                   ARTICLE 2
                                  DEFINITIONS

                  2.1 Defined  Terms.  For purposes of the Plan,  the  following
terms shall have the meanings set forth below:

                  "Award"  means  an award or  grant  made to a  Participant  of
Options,  Stock Appreciation  Rights,  Restricted Units,  Performance Awards, or
Other Stock-Based Awards pursuant to the Plan.

                  "Award  Agreement"  means an agreement as described in Section
6.4 evidencing an Award granted under the Plan.

                  "Board" means the Board of Directors of Corporation.

                  "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended and
in effect from time to time,  or any  successor  thereto,  together  with rules,
regulations,  and interpretations  promulgated thereunder.  Where the context so
requires, any reference to a particular Code section shall be construed to refer
to the successor provision to such Code section.

                                     - 1 -
<PAGE>

                  "Consultant" means any consultant or adviser to Corporation or
a Subsidiary who is not an employee of Corporation or a Subsidiary, but does not
include any person involved in a capital-raising  or investor relations activity
on behalf of the Corporation.

                  "Continuing  Restriction"  means a  Restriction  contained  in
Sections 15.4, 15.6, and 15.7 of the Plan and any other  Restrictions  expressly
designated by the Board in an Award Agreement as a Continuing Restriction.

                  "Corporation"  means  HealthCare  Capital  Corp.,  an Alberta,
Canada, corporation, or any successor corporation.

                  "Disability"  means the condition of being  "disabled"  within
the meaning of Section 22(e)(3) of the Code.  However,  the Board may change the
foregoing  definition of  "Disability"  or may adopt a different  definition for
purposes of specific Awards.

                  "Dollars" or "$" means United States dollars.

                  "Exchange Act" means the  Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended and in effect from time to time,  or any  successor  statute.  Where the
context so requires,  any reference to a particular section of the Exchange Act,
or to any rule  promulgated  under the Exchange Act, shall be construed to refer
to successor provisions to such section or rule.

                  "Fair  Market  Value" of a Share on a  particular  day  means,
without regard to any  Restrictions,  the mean between the reported high and low
sale prices,  or, if there is no sale on such day, the mean between the reported
bid and asked prices, for that day, of Shares on that day or, if that day is not
a trading day, the last prior trading day, on the principal  securities exchange
or automated securities  interdealer quotation system on which such Shares shall
have been traded.

                  "Incentive  Stock  Option" or "ISO"  means any Option  granted
pursuant to the Plan that is intended to be and is  specifically  designated  in
its Award Agreement as an "incentive stock option" within the meaning of Section
422 of the Code.

                  "Nonemployee  Director" means a member of the Board who is not
an employee of Corporation or a Subsidiary.

                  "Nonqualified  Option"  or  "NQO"  means  any  Option  granted
pursuant to the Plan that is not an Incentive Stock Option.

                  "Option" means an ISO or an NQO.

                  "Other  Stock-Based  Award"  means an Award  as  described  in
Section 11.1.

                  "Participant"  means an employee or Consultant of  Corporation
or a  Subsidiary  or a  Nonemployee  Director  who is granted an Award under the
Plan.

                                     - 2 -
<PAGE>

                  "Performance  Award"  means an Award  granted  pursuant to the
provisions  of Article 10 of the Plan,  the  Vesting of which is  contingent  on
attaining one or more Performance Goals.

                  "Performance  Cycle"  means a  designated  performance  period
pursuant to the provisions of Section 10.3 of the Plan.

                  "Performance  Goal" means a designated  performance  objective
pursuant to the provisions of Section 10.4 of the Plan.

                  "Plan" means this HealthCare  Capital Corp.  Stock Award Plan,
as amended and restated as set forth  herein and as it may be hereafter  amended
from time to time.

                  "Reporting  Person" means a Participant  who is subject to the
reporting requirements of Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act.

                  "Restricted  Unit" means an Award of stock units  representing
Shares described in Section 9.1 of the Plan.

                  "Restriction"  means a  provision  in the  Plan or in an Award
Agreement which limits the exercisability or  transferability,  or which governs
the  forfeiture,  of an Award or the Shares,  cash,  or other  property  payable
pursuant to an Award.

                  "Retirement" means:

                  (a) For Participants who are employees, retirement from active
         employment with Corporation and its Subsidiaries at or after age 65, or
         such earlier  retirement  date as approved by the Board for purposes of
         the Plan;

                  (b)   For   Participants   who  are   Nonemployee   Directors,
         termination of membership on the Board after  attaining age 65, or such
         earlier  retirement  date as approved by the Board for  purposes of the
         Plan; and

                  (c)  For   individual   Participants   who  are   Consultants,
         termination of service as a Consultant after attaining a retirement age
         specified by the Board for purposes of an Award to such Consultant.

However,  the Board may change the foregoing  definition of  "Retirement" or may
adopt a different definition for purposes of specific Awards.

                  "Shares" means the Common Shares without  nominal or par value
of Corporation or any security of Corporation issued in substitution,  exchange,
or in lieu of such securities.

                  "Stock  Appreciation  Right" or "SAR" means an Award described
in Article 8 of the Plan.

                                     - 3 -
<PAGE>

                  "Stock Option Plan" means the  Corporation's  incentive  stock
option plan adopted effective November 18, 1993.

                  "Subsidiary"  means a "subsidiary  corporation" of Corporation
within the meaning of Section 425 of the Code,  namely any  corporation in which
Corporation  directly  or  indirectly  controls  50 percent or more of the total
combined voting power of all classes of stock having voting power.

                  "Vest" or "Vested" means:

                  (a) In the case of an Award that requires  exercise,  to be or
         to  become   immediately   and  fully   exercisable  and  free  of  all
         Restrictions (other than Continuing Restrictions);

                  (b) In the case of an Award that is subject to forfeiture,  to
         be or to become  nonforfeitable,  freely transferable,  and free of all
         Restrictions (other than Continuing Restrictions);

                  (c) In the case of an Award that is  required  to be earned by
         attaining  specified  Performance  Goals, to be or to become earned and
         nonforfeitable,  freely  transferable,  and  free  of all  Restrictions
         (other than Continuing Restrictions); or

                  (d) In the case of any other Award as to which  payment is not
         dependent solely upon the exercise of a right,  election, or option, to
         be or to  become  immediately  payable  and  free  of all  Restrictions
         (except Continuing Restrictions).

                  2.2 Gender and Number. Except where otherwise indicated by the
context,  any  masculine  or  feminine  terminology  used in the Plan shall also
include the opposite  gender;  and the  definition of any term in Section 2.1 in
the singular shall also include the plural, and vice versa.

                                    ARTICLE 3
                                 ADMINISTRATION

                  3.1 General. Except as provided in Section 3.2, the Plan shall
be administered by the Board.

                  3.2 Committee.  The Board may delegate  administration  of the
Plan to a committee of two or more Nonemployee Directors. In the event the Board
delegates  administration  to such a committee,  the committee will have all the
authority of the Board with respect to  administration  of the Plan,  other than
the authority to grant Awards to Nonemployee  Directors,  which  authority shall
reside  exclusively with the Board, and subject to any additional limits on such
delegation imposed by the Board.

                  3.3  Authority  of the Board.  The Board shall have full power
and  authority to  administer  the Plan in its sole  discretion,  including  the
authority to:

                                      - 4 -
<PAGE>
                  (a) Construe and interpret the Plan and any Award Agreement;

                  (b)  Promulgate,  amend,  and  rescind  rules  and  procedures
         relating to the implementation of the Plan;

                  (c) With respect to Participants:

                           (i) Select the employees,  Nonemployee Directors, and
                  Consultants who will be granted Awards;

                           (ii)  Determine  the number and types of Awards to be
                  granted to each Participant;

                           (iii)  Determine  the  number  of  Shares,  or  Share
                  equivalents, to be subject to each Award;

                           (iv) Determine the option price, purchase price, base
                  price, or similar feature for any Award; and

                           (v)  Determine  all the terms and  conditions  of all
                  Award Agreements, consistent with the requirements of the Plan
                  and  subject  to  approval,  to the  extent  required,  by any
                  regulatory  authority having  jurisdiction over Awards granted
                  under the Plan.

Decisions of the Board, or any delegate as permitted by the Plan, will be final,
conclusive, and binding on all Participants.

                  3.4 Liability of Board Members. No member of the Board will be
liable for any action or  determination  made in good faith with  respect to the
Plan, any Award, or any Participant.

                  3.5 Costs of Plan. The costs and expenses of administering the
Plan will be borne by Corporation.

                                    ARTICLE 4
               DURATION OF THE PLAN AND SHARES SUBJECT TO THE PLAN

                  4.1 Duration of the Plan. The HealthCare  Capital Corp.  Stock
Award Plan initially became effective  December 10, 1996, subject to approval by
Corporation's  shareholders as provided in Article 16 of the Plan. The Plan will
remain in effect  until  Awards have been  granted  covering  all the  available
Shares or the Plan is otherwise terminated by the Board. Termination of the Plan
will not affect outstanding Awards.

                  4.2 Shares Subject to the Plan.

                                      - 5 -
<PAGE>

                  4.2.1 General.  The shares which may be made subject to Awards
under the Plan are Shares, which may be either authorized and unissued Shares or
reacquired Shares. No fractional Shares may be issued under the Plan.

                  4.2.2 Maximum  Number of Shares.  The maximum number of Shares
for which Awards may be granted under the Plan is 9,000,000  Shares,  subject to
adjustment  pursuant to Article 13 of the Plan; provided that the maximum number
of Shares  issuable  under the Plan may not exceed the number  permitted  by the
regulations,   guidelines  or  policies  of  any  regulatory   authority  having
jurisdiction over the issuance of Shares pursuant to the Plan.

                  4.2.3  Availability  of Shares for Future Awards.  If an Award
under the Plan is canceled or expires for any reason  prior to having been fully
Vested or exercised by a Participant  or is settled in cash in lieu of Shares or
is exchanged  for other Awards,  all Shares  covered by such Awards will be made
available for future Awards under the Plan. Furthermore, any Shares covered by a
Stock  Appreciation  Right  which  are not  issued  upon  exercise  will  become
available for future Awards.

                                    ARTICLE 5
                                   ELIGIBILITY

                  Officers  and  other  key  employees  of  Corporation  and its
Subsidiaries  (who  may  also be  directors  of  Corporation  or a  Subsidiary),
Consultants, and Nonemployee Directors who, in the Board's judgment, are or will
be  contributors  to the long-term  success of Corporation  shall be eligible to
receive Awards under the Plan.

                                    ARTICLE 6
                                     AWARDS

                  6.1 Types of Awards.  The types of Awards  that may be granted
under the Plan are:

                  (a)  Options governed by Article 7 of the Plan;

                  (b) Stock  Appreciation  Rights  governed  by Article 8 of the
         Plan;

                  (c) Restricted Units governed by Article 9 of the Plan;

                  (d) Performance Awards governed by Article 10 of the Plan; and

                  (e) Other Stock-Based Awards or combination Awards governed by
         Article 11 of the Plan.

In the discretion of the Board,  any Award may be granted alone, in addition to,
or in tandem with other Awards under the Plan.

                                      - 6 -
<PAGE>
                  6.2 General. Subject to the limitations of the Plan, the Board
may cause  Corporation to grant Awards to such  Participants,  at such times, of
such types, in such amounts, for such periods, with such option prices, purchase
prices, or base prices, and subject to such terms, conditions,  limitations, and
restrictions as the Board, in its discretion,  deems appropriate;  provided that
all Awards  granted  under the Plan are subject to  approval  by any  regulatory
authority  having  jurisdiction  over such  grants.  Awards  may be  granted  as
additional  compensation  to a Participant or in lieu of other  compensation  to
such  Participant.  A Participant  may receive more than one Award and more than
one type of Award under the Plan,  subject to approval,  to the extent required,
by any regulatory  authority having  jurisdiction  over Awards granted under the
Plan.

                  6.3  Nonuniform  Determinations.  The  Board's  determinations
under  the  Plan or  under  one or more  Award  Agreements,  including,  without
limitation,  the selection of Participants to receive  Awards,  the type,  form,
amount,  and timing of  Awards,  the terms of  specific  Award  Agreements,  and
elections  and  determinations  made by the Board with  respect to  exercise  or
payments of Awards, need not be uniform and may be made by the Board selectively
among  Participants  and  Awards,  whether  or not  Participants  are  similarly
situated.

                  6.4  Award  Agreements.  Each  Award  will be  evidenced  by a
written  Award  Agreement  between   Corporation  and  the  Participant.   Award
Agreements,  or the form thereof, must be approved by the Board and may, subject
to the  provisions  of the Plan,  contain any  provision  approved by the Board,
subject to approval,  to the extent required, by any regulatory authority having
jurisdiction over Awards granted under the Plan.

                  6.5  Provisions  Governing  All  Awards.  All  Awards  will be
subject to the following provisions:

                  (a) Alternative  Awards. If any Awards are designated in their
         Award  Agreements as alternative to each other,  the exercise of all or
         part of one Award  automatically  will cause an immediate equal (or pro
         rata)  corresponding  termination  of the  other  alternative  Award or
         Awards.

                  (b)  Rights  as  Shareholders.  No  Participant  will have any
         rights of a  shareholder  with  respect  to Shares  subject to an Award
         until such Shares are issued in the name of the Participant.

                  (c)  Employment  Rights.  Neither the adoption of the Plan nor
         the  granting  of any  Award  will  confer on any  person  the right to
         continued employment with Corporation or any Subsidiary or the right to
         remain  as a  director  of  or  a  consultant  to  Corporation  or  any
         Subsidiary,  as the case may be, and will not interfere in any way with
         the right of  Corporation  or a Subsidiary  to terminate  such person's
         employment or to remove such person as a Consultant or as a director at
         any time for any reason or for no reason, with or without cause.

                  (d) Termination Of Employment.  The terms and conditions under
         which an  Award  may be  exercised,  if at all,  after a  Participant's
         termination of employment or

                                      - 7 -
<PAGE>
         service as a Nonemployee  Director or Consultant  will be determined by
         the Board and specified in the applicable Award  Agreement,  subject to
         approval,  to the extent required,  by any regulatory  authority having
         jurisdiction over Awards granted under the Plan.

                  (e) Change in  Control.  The  Board,  in its  discretion,  may
         provide in any Award Agreement that in the event of a change in control
         of  Corporation  (as the  Board  may  define  such  term  in the  Award
         Agreement), as of the date of such change in control:

                           (i) All, or a specified  portion of, Awards requiring
                  exercise  will  become  fully  and  immediately   exercisable,
                  notwithstanding any other limitations on exercise;

                           (ii) All, or a specified  portion of, Awards  subject
                  to Restrictions will become fully Vested; and

                           (iii) All, or a specified  portion of, Awards subject
                  to Performance Goals will be deemed to have been fully earned.

         The Board, in its discretion,  may include change in control provisions
         in some Award  Agreements  and not in  others,  may  include  different
         change in control  provisions in different  Award  Agreements,  and may
         include   change  in  control   provisions  for  some  Awards  or  some
         Participants and not for others.

                  (f) Reporting Persons. Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to
         the contrary, the Board, in its sole discretion, may bifurcate the Plan
         so as to restrict,  limit, or condition the use of any provision of the
         Plan to Participants who are Reporting  Persons without so restricting,
         limiting or conditioning the Plan with respect to other Participants.

                  (g) Service Periods. At the time of granting Awards, the Board
         may specify,  by  resolution or in the Award  Agreement,  the period or
         periods of service  performed or to be performed by the  Participant in
         connection with the grant of the Award.

                  (h)  Nontransferability.  Each Award shall not be transferable
         or  assignable  otherwise  than  by will or the  laws  of  descent  and
         distribution  and shall be exercisable (if exercise is required) during
         the lifetime of the  Participant,  only by the  Participant  or, in the
         event the Participant becomes legally incompetent, by the Participant's
         guardian or legal representative.

                                    ARTICLE 7
                                     OPTIONS

                  7.1 Types of Options. Options granted under the Plan may be in
the form of Incentive Stock Options or Nonqualified  Options.  The grant of each
Option and the Award Agreement governing each Option will identify the Option as
an ISO or an NQO.  In the event the Code is amended to provide  for  tax-favored
forms of stock options other than or in addition

                                      - 8 -
<PAGE>
to Incentive  Stock Options,  the Board may grant Options under the Plan meeting
the requirements of such forms of options.

                  7.2  General.  Options  will  be  subject  to  the  terms  and
conditions set forth in Article 6 of the Plan and this Article 7 and may contain
such  additional  terms  and  conditions,  not  inconsistent  with  the  express
provisions of the Plan, as the Board deems desirable, subject to approval by any
regulatory authority having jurisdiction over Awards granted under the Plan.

                  7.3 Option Price.  Each Award Agreement for Options will state
the  option  exercise  price  per Share of Common  Stock  purchasable  under the
Option, which will not be less than:

                  (a) 75 percent of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date
         of grant for all Nonqualified Options; or

                  (b) 100  percent  of the Fair  Market  Value of a Share on the
         date of grant for all Incentive Stock Options;

provided  that at no time  shall the option  exercise  price of an Option at the
date of grant be  greater  or less than that  permitted  under the  regulations,
guidelines or policies of any  regulatory  authority  having  jurisdiction  over
Awards granted under the Plan.

                  7.4 Option  Term.  The Award  Agreement  for each  Option will
specify the term during which the Option may be exercised,  as determined by the
Board,  subject to approval by any regulatory authority having jurisdiction over
Awards granted under the Plan.

                  7.5 Time of Exercise. The Award Agreement for each Option will
specify, as determined by the Board:

                  (a) The time or times when the Option will become  exercisable
         and whether the Option will become  exercisable in full or in graduated
         amounts over a period specified in the Award Agreement;

                  (b) Such other terms, conditions,  and restrictions as to when
         the Option may be exercised as are determined by the Board; and

                  (c) The  extent,  if any,  to which  the  Option  will  remain
         exercisable after the Participant ceases to be an employee,  Consultant
         or Nonemployee Director of Corporation or a Subsidiary;

in  each  case,   subject  to  approval  by  any  regulatory   authority  having
jurisdiction  over Awards  granted  under the Plan.  An Award  Agreement  for an
Option may, in the discretion of the Board, provide whether, and to what extent,
the Option will become immediately and fully exercisable (i) in the event of the
death, Disability, or Retirement of the Participant, or (ii) upon the occurrence
of a change in control of Corporation.

                                      - 9 -
<PAGE>
                  7.6 Method of Exercise.  The Award  Agreement  for each Option
will  specify the method or methods of payment  acceptable  upon  exercise of an
Option.  An Award Agreement may provide that the option price is payable in full
in cash or, at the  discretion of the Board,  by delivery (in a form approved by
the Board) of an irrevocable  direction to a securities broker acceptable to the
Board (i) to sell  Shares  subject to the Option and to deliver all or a part of
the sales  proceeds  to  Corporation  in  payment of all or a part of the option
price and withholding  taxes due, or (ii) to pledge Shares subject to the Option
to the broker as  security  for a loan and to deliver  all or a part of the loan
proceeds  to  Corporation  in payment  of all or a part of the option  price and
withholding taxes due.

                  7.7 Special Rules for Incentive Stock Options.  In the case of
an Option  designated as an Incentive Stock Option,  the terms of the Option and
the Award  Agreement  shall be in conformance  with the statutory and regulatory
requirements specified in Section 422 of the Code, as in effect on the date such
ISO is granted.  ISOs may not be granted under the Plan after  December 9, 2006,
unless the ten-year  limitation  of Section  422(b)(2) of the Code is removed or
extended.

                                    ARTICLE 8
                            STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS

                  8.1 General.  Stock Appreciation Rights will be subject to the
terms and  conditions  set forth in Article 6 of the Plan and this Article 8 and
may contain such additional  terms and  conditions,  not  inconsistent  with the
express terms of the Plan, as the Board deems desirable, subject to approval, to
the extent required, by any regulatory authority having jurisdiction over Awards
granted under the Plan.

                  8.2 Nature of Stock  Appreciation  Right. A Stock Appreciation
Right (or SAR) is an Award entitling a Participant to receive an amount equal to
the excess (or if the Board  determines  at the time of grant,  a portion of the
excess) of the Fair  Market  Value of a Share on the date of exercise of the SAR
over  the  base  price,  as  described  below,  on the date of grant of the SAR,
multiplied  by the number of Shares with respect to which the SAR is  exercised.
The base price will be  designated  by the Board in the Award  Agreement for the
SAR and may be the Fair Market  Value of a Share on the grant date of the SAR or
such other higher or lower price as the Board determines.

                  8.3 Exercise. A Stock Appreciation Right may be exercised by a
Participant in accordance  with procedures  established by the Board.  The Board
may also  provide  that a SAR  will be  automatically  exercised  on one or more
specified dates or upon the satisfaction of one or more specified conditions.

                  8.4  Form  of  Payment.  Payment  upon  exercise  of  a  Stock
Appreciation  Right may be made in cash, in installments,  in Shares,  or in any
other form or combination of such methods as the Board shall determine.

                                     - 10 -
<PAGE>
                                    ARTICLE 9
                                RESTRICTED UNITS

                  9.1 Nature of Restricted  Units. A Restricted Unit is an Award
of stock units (with each unit having a value  equivalent to one Share)  granted
to a  Participant  subject  to such  terms and  conditions  as the  Board  deems
appropriate,  and may include a requirement  that the  Participant  forfeit such
Restricted Units upon  termination of Participant's  employment (or service as a
Consultant or  Nonemployee  Director) for specified  reasons  within a specified
period of time or upon other conditions, as set forth in the Award Agreement for
such Restricted Units.

                  9.2 General. Restricted Units will be subject to the terms and
conditions  of  Article 6 of the Plan and this  Article 9 and may  contain  such
additional terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the express provisions of
the Plan,  as the Board  deems  desirable,  subject to  approval,  to the extent
required,  by any regulatory  authority having  jurisdiction over Awards granted
under the Plan.

                  9.3  Restriction  Period.  Restricted  Units will provide that
such Awards, and the Shares subject to such Awards, may not be transferred,  and
may  provide  that,  in order  for a  Participant  to Vest in such  Awards,  the
Participant  must  remain  in the  employment  (or  remain  as a  Consultant  or
Nonemployee Director) of Corporation or its Subsidiaries,  subject to relief for
reasons specified in the Award Agreement, for a period commencing on the date of
grant of the  Award  and  ending  on such  later  date or dates as the Board may
designate  at the time of the  Award  (the  "Restriction  Period").  During  the
Restriction  Period,  a  Participant  may not sell,  assign,  transfer,  pledge,
encumber, or otherwise dispose of Shares underlying Restricted Units. The Board,
in  its  sole  discretion,   may  provide  for  the  lapse  of  restrictions  in
installments  during the Restriction  Period.  Upon expiration of the applicable
Restriction Period (or lapse of Restrictions during the Restriction Period where
the  Restrictions  lapse in  installments)  the Participant  will be entitled to
settlement  of the  Restricted  Units or  portion  thereof,  as the case may be.
Although  Restricted  Units usually will Vest based on continued  employment (or
continued  service as a Consultant  or  Nonemployee  Director)  and  Performance
Awards under  Article 10 of the Plan will usually  Vest based on  attainment  of
Performance  Goals,  the Board,  in its  discretion,  may  condition  Vesting of
Restricted  Units  on  attainment  of  Performance  Goals  as well as  continued
employment (or continued  service as a Consultant or Nonemployee  Director).  In
such case, the  Restriction  Period for such  Restricted  Units will include the
period prior to satisfaction of the Performance Goals.

                  9.4 Forfeiture.  If a Participant ceases to be an employee (or
Consultant or Nonemployee  Director) of  Corporation or a Subsidiary  during the
Restriction  Period for any reason other than reasons  which may be specified in
an  Award  Agreement  (such as  death,  Disability,  or  Retirement)  the  Award
Agreement may require that all non-Vested Restricted Units previously granted to
the Participant be forfeited and returned to Corporation.

                  9.5 Settlement of Vested  Restricted Units. Upon Vesting of an
Award (or portion  thereof) of Restricted  Units, a Participant will be entitled
to receive payment for Restricted Units in an amount equal to the aggregate Fair
Market  Value of the number of Shares  covered by such  Restricted  Units at the
expiration of the applicable Restriction Period. Payment

                                     - 11 -
<PAGE>
in settlement of a Restricted Unit will be made as soon as practicable following
the conclusion of the applicable Restriction Period in cash, in installments, in
Shares  equal  to the  number  of  Restricted  Units,  or in any  other  form or
combination of such methods as the Board, in its sole discretion, determines.

                                   ARTICLE 10
                               PERFORMANCE AWARDS

                  10.1 General.  Performance Awards will be subject to the terms
and  conditions  set forth in Article 6 of the Plan and this  Article 10 and may
contain  such other  terms and  conditions  not  inconsistent  with the  express
provisions of the Plan, as the Board deems  desirable,  subject to approval,  to
the extent required, by any regulatory authority having jurisdiction over Awards
granted under the Plan.

                  10.2 Nature of Performance  Awards. A Performance  Award is an
Award of stock  units (with each unit  having a value  equivalent  to one Share)
granted to a Participant subject to such terms and conditions as the Board deems
appropriate, including, without limitation, the requirement that the Participant
forfeit such Performance Award or a portion of such Award in the event specified
Performance Goals are not met within a designated Performance Cycle.

                  10.3 Performance Cycles. For each Performance Award, the Board
will designate a performance period (the "Performance Cycle") with a duration to
be determined by the Board in its discretion within which specified  Performance
Goals are to be attained.  There may be several  Performance Cycles in existence
at any one time and the duration of Performance  Cycles for specific  Awards may
differ from each other.

                  10.4 Performance  Goals. For each Performance Award, the Board
will establish Performance Goals on the basis of such criteria and to accomplish
such objectives as the Board may from time to time select. Performance Goals may
be based on performance criteria for Corporation,  a Subsidiary, or an operating
group  or  division,  or  based  on  a  Participant's   individual  performance.
Performance  Goals may include  objective and  subjective  criteria.  During any
Performance  Cycle,  the  Board  may  adjust  the  Performance  Goals  for  such
Performance   Cycle  as  it  deems   equitable  in  recognition  of  unusual  or
nonrecurring  events  affecting  Corporation,  changes in applicable tax laws or
accounting principles, or such other factors as the Board may determine.

                  10.5  Determination  of Vested Awards.  As soon as practicable
after the end of a  Performance  Cycle,  the Board will  determine the extent to
which  Performance  Awards  have  been  earned on the  basis of  performance  in
relation to the established Performance Goals.

                  10.6  Timing  and  Form  of  Payment.   Settlement  of  earned
Performance  Awards will be made to the Participant as soon as practicable after
the  expiration of the  Performance  Cycle and the Board's  determination  under
Section 10.5, in the form of cash,  installments,  or Shares,  or in any form or
combination of such methods as the Board determines.

                                     - 12 -
<PAGE>
                                   ARTICLE 11
                    OTHER STOCK-BASED AND COMBINATION AWARDS

                  11.1  Other  Stock-Based  Awards.  The Board  may grant  other
Awards  under the Plan  pursuant  to which  Shares  are or may in the  future be
acquired,  or Awards  denominated  in or  measured  by Share  equivalent  units,
including  Awards valued using  measures  other than the market value of Shares.
Such Other Stock-Based Awards may be granted either alone, in addition to, or in
tandem with, any other type of Award granted under the Plan.

                  11.2 Combination Awards. The Board may also grant Awards under
the Plan in tandem or combination with other Awards or in exchange of Awards, or
in tandem or combination with, or as alternatives to, grants or rights under any
other employee plan of Corporation,  including the plan of any acquired  entity.
No action  authorized  by this  section  will reduce the amount of any  existing
benefits or change the terms and conditions  thereof  without the  Participant's
consent.

                                   ARTICLE 12
                               DEFERRAL ELECTIONS

                  The Board may permit a  Participant  to elect to defer receipt
of the payment of cash or the delivery of Shares that would  otherwise be due to
such  Participant  by virtue of the exercise,  earn-out,  or Vesting of an Award
made under the Plan. If any such election is permitted, the Board will establish
rules and procedures for such payment deferrals,  including, but not limited to,
payment or crediting of a growth  factor on such  deferred  amounts  credited in
cash.

                                   ARTICLE 13
                ADJUSTMENTS UPON CHANGES IN CAPITALIZATION, ETC.

                  13.1 Plan Does Not Restrict Corporation.  The existence of the
Plan and the Awards  granted  under the Plan will not affect or  restrict in any
way the right or power of the Board or the  shareholders  of Corporation to make
or authorize any adjustment,  recapitalization,  reorganization, or other change
in Corporation's capital structure or its business,  any merger or consolidation
of  the  Corporation,  any  issue  of  bonds,  debentures,  preferred  or  prior
preference  stocks  ahead of or  affecting  Corporation's  capital  stock or the
rights  thereof,  the  dissolution  or liquidation of Corporation or any sale or
transfer of all or any part of its assets or  business,  or any other  corporate
act or proceeding.

                  13.2  Adjustments by the Board.  In the event of any change in
capitalization  affecting the Shares of  Corporation,  such as a stock dividend,
stock split, recapitalization,  merger, consolidation,  split-up, combination or
exchange  of  shares  or  other  form of  reorganization,  or any  other  change
affecting the Shares,  such proportionate  adjustments as the Board, in its sole
discretion,  deems appropriate to reflect such change, will be made with respect
to the  aggregate  number of Shares for which  Awards in respect  thereof may be
granted  under  the Plan,  the  maximum  number  of Shares  which may be sold or
awarded to any  Participant,  the number of Shares  covered by each  outstanding
Award, and the price per Share in respect of

                                     - 13 -
<PAGE>
outstanding  Awards.  The Board may also make such  adjustments in the number of
Shares  covered  by, and price or other value of any  outstanding  Awards in the
event of a spin-off or other distribution (other than normal cash dividends), of
Corporation assets to shareholders.

                                   ARTICLE 14
                            AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION

                  Without further  approval of Corporation's  shareholders,  the
Board may at any time  terminate  the Plan, or may amend it from time to time in
such respects as the Board may deem advisable;  provided that the Board may not,
without approval of the  shareholders,  make any amendment that would materially
increase  the  aggregate  number  of Shares  that may be  issued  under the Plan
(except  for  adjustments  pursuant  to Article 13 of the  Plan);  and  provided
further  that any  amendment  of the Plan shall be subject to  approval,  to the
extent required, by any regulatory authority having jurisdiction over the Plan.

                                   ARTICLE 15
                                  MISCELLANEOUS

                  15.1  Tax Withholding.

                  15.1.1 General. Corporation will have the right to deduct from
any settlement of any Award under the Plan, including the delivery or vesting of
Shares,  any  taxes of any kind  required  by the laws of any  Canadian  or U.S.
jurisdiction  to be withheld with respect to such payments or to take such other
action  as may be  necessary  in the  opinion  of  Corporation  to  satisfy  all
obligations  for the  payment of such  taxes.  The  recipient  of any payment or
distribution under the Plan may be required to make arrangements satisfactory to
Corporation  for the  satisfaction  of any  such  withholding  tax  obligations,
whether or not such  recipient is an employee of  Corporation or a Subsidiary on
the date of such  settlement.  Corporation will not be required to make any such
payment or distribution under the Plan until such obligations are satisfied.

                  15.1.2 Stock  Withholding.  The Board, in its sole discretion,
may  permit  a  Participant  to  satisfy  all or a part of the  withholding  tax
obligations incident to the settlement of an Award involving payment or delivery
of Shares to the  Participant  by having  Corporation  withhold a portion of the
Shares that would otherwise be issuable to the Participant.  Such Shares will be
valued  based on their  Fair  Market  Value on the date the tax  withholding  is
required to be made.

                  15.2 Unfunded Plan. The Plan will be unfunded and  Corporation
shall  not be  required  to  segregate  any  assets  that  may at  any  time  be
represented by Awards under the Plan. Any liability of Corporation to any person
with  respect  to any  Award  under  the  Plan  will be  based  solely  upon any
contractual  obligations  that may be  effected  pursuant  to the Plan.  No such
obligation  of  Corporation  shall be deemed to be  secured by any pledge of, or
other encumbrance on, any property of Corporation.

                                     - 14 -
<PAGE>
                  15.3 Payments to Trust. The Board is authorized to cause to be
established a trust agreement or several trust  agreements  whereunder the Board
may make payments of amounts due or to become due to  Participants  in the Plan.
However, the Board has no obligation to establish such a trust or fund.

                  15.4 Annulment of Awards. Any Award Agreement may provide that
the  grant of an Award  payable  in cash is  provisional  until  cash is paid in
settlement  of such  Award or that the  grant of an Award  payable  in Shares is
provisional  until the Participant  becomes entitled to the stock certificate in
settlement  of  such  Award.  In the  event  the  employment  (or  service  as a
Consultant or Nonemployee Director) of a Participant is terminated for cause (as
defined below), any Award that is provisional will be annulled as of the date of
such  termination for cause. For the purpose of this Section 15.4, the term "for
cause"  will  have  the  meaning  set  forth  in  the  Participant's  employment
agreement, if any, or otherwise means any discharge (or removal) for material or
flagrant  violation of the policies and  procedures of  Corporation or for other
job performance or conduct that is materially  detrimental to the best interests
of Corporation, as determined by the Board.

                  15.5  Engaging  in  Competition  With  Corporation.  Any Award
Agreement  may  provide  that,  if  a  Participant  terminates  employment  with
Corporation  or a  Subsidiary  for any reason  whatsoever,  and within 18 months
after the date of such termination accepts employment with any competitor of (or
otherwise  engages in  competition  with)  Corporation,  the Board,  in its sole
discretion,  may require such  Participant to return to Corporation the economic
value  of any  Award  that is  realized  or  obtained  (measured  at the date of
exercise, Vesting, or payment) by such Participant at any time during the period
beginning on the date that is six months prior to the date of such Participant's
termination of employment with Corporation.

                  15.6 Other  Corporation  Benefit  and  Compensation  Programs.
Payments  and other  benefits  received  by a  Participant  under an Award  made
pursuant  to the Plan  will not be  deemed  a part of a  Participant's  regular,
recurring  compensation  for purposes of the termination  indemnity or severance
pay law of any state or country and will not be included  in, or have any effect
on, the  determination  of benefits  under any other  employee  benefit  plan or
similar arrangement  provided by Corporation or a Subsidiary unless expressly so
provided by such other plan or arrangements, or except where the Board expressly
determines that an Award or portion of an Award should be included to accurately
reflect  competitive  compensation  practices or to recognize  that an Award has
been made in lieu of a portion of cash  compensation.  Awards under the Plan may
be made in combination  with or in tandem with, or as  alternatives  to, grants,
awards,   or  payments  under  any  other   Corporation  or  Subsidiary   plans,
arrangements,  or  programs.  The  Plan  notwithstanding,   Corporation  or  any
Subsidiary   may  adopt  such  other   compensation   programs  and   additional
compensation  arrangements as it deems necessary to attract,  retain, and reward
employees and directors for their service with Corporation and its Subsidiaries.

                  15.7  Securities  Law  Restrictions.  No Shares will be issued
under the Plan unless  counsel for  Corporation  is satisfied that such issuance
will be in compliance  with the  applicable  securities  laws of any Canadian or
U.S.  jurisdiction.  Certificates  for  Shares  delivered  under the Plan may be
subject to such stop-transfer orders and other restrictions as the Board deems

                                     - 15 -
<PAGE>
advisable under the rules, regulations, and other requirements of the Securities
and Exchange Commission, the Alberta or British Columbia Securities Commissions,
any stock  exchange  upon which the Shares are then listed,  and any  applicable
securities  law.  The Board may cause a legend or  legends to be put on any such
certificates to make appropriate reference to such restrictions.

                  15.8 Governing  Law.  Except with respect to references to the
Code or applicable  securities  laws, the Plan and all actions taken  thereunder
will be governed by and  construed in  accordance  with the laws of the State of
Oregon.

                                   ARTICLE 16
                              SHAREHOLDER APPROVAL

                  The adoption of the Plan,  as amended and  restated  effective
October 15, 1997,  and any grant of Awards under the Plan are expressly  subject
to the approval of the Plan by the  shareholders  at the 1997 annual  meeting of
Corporation's  shareholders.  In the event  that such  shareholder  approval  is
received, no additional stock options will be granted thereafter under the Stock
Option  Plan and such  plan  will  immediately  terminate;  provided  that  such
termination will have no effect on any options previously granted thereunder.

                                   ARTICLE 17
                                 OTHER APPROVALS

                  For so long as the  Shares  are  listed on The  Alberta  Stock
Exchange,  the Plan is subject to approval by such Exchange and compliance  with
all  conditions  imposed by such  Exchange from time to time with respect to the
granting and administration of Awards under the Plan.

                                     - 16 -

                                  AMENDMENT TO
                              EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT


         This Amendment is made and entered into effective November 14, 1997, by
and  between   HEALTHCARE  CAPITAL  CORP.,  an  Alberta,   Canada,   corporation
("Corporation"),  and BRANDON M.  DAWSON  ("Executive").

                                    RECITALS

         A. Effective November 14, 1997,  Corporation and Executive entered into
an employment agreement (the "Agreement").

         B. Corporation and Executive  mutually desire to amend the Agreement as
set forth in this Amendment.

                                   AMENDMENT

         1.  Section 4.1 of the  Agreement  is amended to read as follows:

         "4.1  Base  Salary.   As  compensation   for  the  performance  of
    Executive's services hereunder, inclusive of services as an officer and
    director of Corporation's Affiliates, Corporation will pay to Executive
    in accordance  with its normal payroll  practices an annual salary (the
    "Base Salary") of $185,000 per year, subject to such increases (but not
    decreases)  as are  determined  from  time to time by the  Board,  or a
    compensation committee designated by the Board."

         2. Except as expressly  provided in this Amendment,  the Agreement will
continue in full force and effect.

CORPORATION:                           HEALTHCARE CAPITAL CORP.


                                       By /s/ Edwin J. Kawasaki

                                       Its Vice President - Finance


EXECUTIVE:                             
                                       /s/ Brandon M. Dawson
                                       BRANDON M. DAWSON

<PAGE>
                              EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

         THIS EMPLOYMENT  AGREEMENT is made and entered into effective  November
14, 1997,  between  HEALTHCARE  CAPITAL CORP.,  an Alberta,  Canada  corporation
("Corporation"), and BRANDON M. DAWSON ("Executive").

                                    RECITALS

         A. Executive is currently Chief  Executive  Officer and President and a
director of Corporation.  Executive is an innovative,  highly  experienced,  and
knowledgeable  executive  whose  creativity,  expertise,  and  effort  have been
instrumental in the development of the business and growth of Corporation.

         B. Corporation  recognizes that the future growth,  profitability,  and
success of the business of Corporation and its subsidiaries require, and will be
substantially and materially advanced by, the continued employment of Executive.
Corporation desires, therefore, to secure for Corporation and its affiliates the
continued benefit of Executive's experience,  ability, and leadership.  In order
to retain the services of Executive  and to maximize the period of his continued
availability, and in recognition of his continuing contribution to Corporation's
success, Corporation desires to offer Executive the compensation, amenities, and
other benefits that  executives of comparable  experience and ability  generally
receive.

                                    AGREEMENT

         NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements
contained herein, the parties agree as follows:

         1. DEFINITIONS. As used in this Agreement, the following terms have the
meanings set forth in this Section 1:

         "AFFILIATE" - Any person, firm, corporation, association, organization,
or  unincorporated  trade or  business  that,  now or  hereinafter,  directly or
indirectly,  controls,  is  controlled  by,  or is  under  common  control  with
Corporation.

         "BOARD" - The board of directors of Corporation.

         "CAUSE" - Cause for termination of employment means:

         (i) A material act of fraud or dishonesty by Executive  within the
    course of performing his duties for Corporation or its Affiliates;

         (ii) Gross  negligence or  intentional  misconduct by Executive in
    performing  material  duties  for  Corporation  or its  Affiliates,  or
    unjustifiable


                                     - 1 -
<PAGE>
    neglect  by  Executive  of  the  performance  of  material  duties  for
    Corporation or its Affiliates;

         (iii)  Commission  of an  act  (or  failure  to  take  an  action)
    intentionally  against the interest of  Corporation  or its  Affiliates
    that causes Corporation or an Affiliate material injury; or

         (iv) An act of serious moral turpitude that causes  Corporation or
    an Affiliate material injury.

Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  Executive  will  not be  deemed  to have  been
terminated  for Cause  unless and until there has been  delivered to Executive a
copy of a  resolution  duly adopted by the  affirmative  vote of not less than a
majority  of the entire  membership  of the Board  (excluding  Executive),  at a
meeting of the Board called and held for that purpose, finding that, in the good
faith opinion of the Board,  Executive was guilty of conduct  constituting Cause
as defined in this Agreement and specifying the  particulars  thereof in detail.
Executive must have been given reasonable  notice of such meeting and Executive,
together  with his  counsel,  must have been  given an  opportunity  to be heard
before the Board at the meeting.  This  provision will not be deemed to restrict
the  authority,  discretion,  or  power of the  Board,  by any  action  taken in
compliance with  Corporation's  articles of incorporation  and bylaws, to remove
Executive  as an officer or  director  of  Corporation,  with or without  Cause.
Rather,  the foregoing  provisions  merely  define,  for purposes of Executive's
contractual rights and remedies under this Agreement, the circumstances in which
termination of Executive's employment will constitute termination for Cause.

         "CHANGE IN CONTROL" - A change in control of Corporation means:

         (i) The acquisition by any Person of beneficial  ownership (within
    the meaning of Rule 13d-3  promulgated  under the  Exchange  Act) of 50
    percent or more of the combined  voting  power of the then  outstanding
    Voting  Securities;  provided,  however,  that  for  purposes  of  this
    paragraph (i), the following  acquisitions will not constitute a Change
    of Control:  (A) any  acquisition  directly from  Corporation,  (B) any
    acquisition by Corporation, (C) any acquisition by any employee benefit
    plan (or related  trust)  sponsored or maintained by Corporation or any
    corporation controlled by Corporation,  (D) any acquisition by Warburg,
    Pincus   Ventures,   L.P.  ("WPV")  or  by  any  Person  that,  now  or
    hereinafter,  directly or indirectly  controls,  is  controlled  by, is
    under common control with, or is otherwise an affiliate of, WPV, or (E)
    any  acquisition  by any  corporation  pursuant to a transaction  which
    complies with clauses (A), (B), and (C) of paragraph (iii) below; or

         (ii) individuals who, as of the date of this Agreement, constitute
    the Board (the "Incumbent Board") cease for any reason to constitute at
    least a majority of the Board;  provided,  however, that any individual
    becoming  a director  subsequent  to the date of this  Agreement  whose
    election, or

                                     - 2 -
<PAGE>
    nomination for election by Corporation's shareholders,  was approved by
    a vote of at least a majority  of the  directors  then  comprising  the
    Incumbent  Board will be  considered as though such  individual  were a
    member of the Incumbent  Board,  but excluding,  for this purpose,  any
    such individual  whose initial  assumption of office occurs as a result
    of an  actual  or  threatened  election  contest  with  respect  to the
    election  or  removal  of  directors  or  other  actual  or  threatened
    solicitation  of proxies or consents by or on behalf of a Person  other
    than the Board; or

         (iii)  consummation of a reorganization,  merger, or consolidation
    or sale or other  disposition of all or substantially all of the assets
    of  Corporation  (a  "Business  Combination")  in  each  case,  unless,
    following such Business  Combination,  (A) all or substantially  all of
    the  individuals  and  entities who were the  beneficial  owners of the
    Voting  Securities  outstanding  immediately  prior  to  such  Business
    Combination  beneficially  own,  directly or  indirectly,  more than 50
    percent of,  respectively,  the then outstanding shares of common stock
    and the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities
    entitled to vote  generally in the election of  directors,  as the case
    may be, of the  corporation  resulting  from such Business  Combination
    (including, without limitation, a corporation which as a result of such
    transaction   owns   Corporation  or  all  or   substantially   all  of
    Corporation's   assets   either   directly   or  through  one  or  more
    subsidiaries) in substantially the same proportions as their ownership,
    immediately  prior  to  such  Business   Combination,   of  the  Voting
    Securities,  (B) no Person  (excluding  any  employee  benefit plan (or
    related trust) of Corporation or such  corporation  resulting from such
    Business  Combination)  beneficially owns,  directly or indirectly,  50
    percent or more of, respectively, the then outstanding shares of common
    stock of the  corporation  resulting from such Business  Combination or
    the combined voting power of the then outstanding  voting securities of
    such corporation except to the extent that such ownership existed prior
    to the Business  Combination and (C) at least a majority of the members
    of the  board of  directors  of the  corporation  resulting  from  such
    Business Combination were members of Incumbent Board at the time of the
    execution  of the  initial  agreement,  or of the  action of the Board,
    providing for such Business Combination.

         "COMPETITIVE  ENTITY"  - A  Person,  firm,  or  entity  engaged  in the
national  or  regional  (in the United  States or Canada)  retail  provision  of
audiology services and/or dispensing of hearing aids.

         "DISABILITY"   OR  "DISABLED"  -  Inability  to  perform   duties  with
Corporation  on a  full-time  basis by reason of "Total  Disability"  within the
meaning  of  Corporation's  Group  Long Term  Disability  Insurance  Plan or any
successor plan or program maintained by Corporation. In the event Corporation no
longer  maintains  a similar  plan or  program,  Disability  or  Disabled  means
inability  to  engage  in any  substantial  gainful  activity  by  reason of any
medically determinable physical or mental impairment.

                                     - 3 -
<PAGE>
         "EFFECTIVE DATE" - December 24, 1997.

         "EXCHANGE ACT" - The Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

         "GOOD  REASON" - For all  purposes of this  Agreement,  termination  by
Executive of his employment  with  Corporation  during the  Employment  Term for
"Good Reason" means termination based on any of the following:

         (a) A change in  Executive's  status or position or positions with
    Corporation that represents a material demotion from Executive's status
    or position or positions as of the date of this Agreement or a material
    change in Executive's duties or  responsibilities  that is inconsistent
    with such status or position or positions;

         (b) Removal of  Executive as a member of the Board (other than for
    cause or by reason of his failure to be re-elected to the Board);

         (c) A reduction by Corporation  in Executive's  Base Salary (as in
    effect on the date of this Agreement or as increased at any time during
    the Term of this Agreement);

         (d)  The   failure  of   Corporation   to   continue   Executive's
    participation (on terms comparable to those for other key executives of
    Corporation)  in any Plans and  vacation  programs or  arrangements  in
    which other key executives of Corporation are participants (unless such
    failure to continue is caused by an action or status of Executive); or

         (e)  Corporation's  requiring  Executive  to be based more than 35
    miles  from  Corporation's   principal  executive  office,  except  for
    required travel on  Corporation's  business to an extent  substantially
    consistent with Executive's  business travel obligations as of the date
    of this Agreement.

         "PERSON" - Any individual, corporation,  partnership, limited liability
company, group, association,  or other "person," as such term is used in Section
13(d)(3) or Section 14(d) of the Exchange  Act,  other than  Corporation  or any
employee benefit plan or plans sponsored by Corporation.

         "PLAN" - Any  compensation  plan such as a plan providing for incentive
or deferred  compensation,  stock options or other stock or stock-related grants
or awards, or any employee benefit plan such as a thrift,  investment,  savings,
pension,  profit  sharing,  medical,   disability,   accident,  life  insurance,
cafeteria,  or  relocation  plan  or any  other  plan,  policy,  or  program  of
Corporation providing similar types of benefits to employees of Corporation.

         "SEVERANCE  PAYMENTS" - The severance payments described in Section 5.4
of this Agreement.

                                     - 4 -
<PAGE>
         "TERM" - The period from the Effective Date through  December 24, 2001;
provided,  however, that the Term will automatically be extended to December 24,
2002  (and  thereafter  will  be  similarly  extended  in  additional   one-year
extensions)  unless,  on or  before  June  30,  2001  (or,  if the Term has been
extended,  June 30 of the last day of the Term), either Corporation or Executive
gives written notice of non-extension of the Term.

         "TERMINATION BENEFITS" - The payments and benefits described in Section
5 of this Agreement.

         "TERMINATION  DATE" - The date Executive's  employment with Corporation
is terminated for any reason by Corporation or by Executive.

         "VOTING SECURITIES" - Corporation's  issued and outstanding  securities
ordinarily having the right to vote at elections of Corporation's Board.

         2. EMPLOYMENT AND MEMBERSHIP ON THE BOARD. Corporation hereby agrees to
employ  Executive and retain  Executive as a member of the Board,  and Executive
hereby accepts employment with Corporation, during the Term of this Agreement on
the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement. Corporation's agreement to
employ  Executive  and retain him as a director  is subject to the  reservations
provided in the definition of "Cause" in Section 1 and in Section 3.3.

         3. EXECUTIVE DUTIES.

         3.1  Position  and  Duties.  Executive  agrees  to render  services  to
Corporation as Chief  Executive  Officer and President and a member of the Board
of Corporation and as an executive  officer of such of Corporation's  Affiliates
as the parties to this Agreement mutually agree,  including  Affiliates that may
be formed or acquired  subsequent  to the  Effective  Date.  As Chief  Executive
Officer of Corporation,  Executive will have  responsibility  for policy matters
affecting  Corporation's  business and will have such  executive and  managerial
duties as the Board prescribes from time to time.

         3.2 Exclusive Employment. Executive agrees that during the Term of this
Agreement:

         (a) Executive will devote  substantially  all his regular business
    time solely and  exclusively  to the business of  Corporation,  whether
    such  business is operated  directly by  Corporation  or through one or
    more Affiliates of Corporation;

         (b) Executive will diligently carry out his responsibilities under
    this Agreement;

         (c) Executive will not, directly or indirectly,  without the prior
    approval of the Board,  provide  services on behalf of any  Competitive
    Entity or

                                     - 5-
<PAGE>
    on  behalf  of any  subsidiary  or  affiliate  of any such  Competitive
    Entity, as an employee, consultant, independent contractor, agent, sole
    proprietor,  partner,  member,  joint venturer,  corporate officer,  or
    director;

         (d) Executive will not acquire by reason of purchase the ownership
    of more  than 1  percent  of the  outstanding  equity  interest  in any
    Competitive Entity; and

         (e) Except as expressly  set forth above,  Executive may engage in
    personal business and investment activities.

         3.3  Corporation  Reserved  Rights.  Corporation  reserves,  on its own
behalf and on behalf of its shareholders, the right to elect, from time to time,
any person to its Board, to appoint any person as an officer of Corporation, and
to remove any officer or director,  including Executive,  in any manner and upon
the basis or bases  presently  or  subsequently  provided for by its articles of
incorporation and bylaws. Nothing in this Agreement will be deemed to constitute
any restriction on the authority,  discretion, or power of the Board, but rather
will only give Executive contractual rights and remedies.

         3.4  Nondisclosure.  During  and  after  the  Term of  this  Agreement,
Executive  agrees not to  disclose  to any  persons  with  interests  adverse or
potentially  adverse  to  Corporation  (other  than  an  employee  or  agent  of
Corporation or any Affiliate entitled to receive such information)  confidential
information  relating  to the  business  of  Corporation  or any  Affiliate  and
obtained by Executive while  providing  services to Corporation or any Affiliate
without  the  consent  of the  Board,  or until  the  information  ceases  to be
confidential.  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  Executive will not be precluded
from  making  disclosures  respecting  Corporation  or any  Affiliate  where the
disclosures  are made  pursuant to compulsory  legal  process or when  otherwise
required by an appropriate government agency.

         4. COMPENSATION AND BENEFITS.

         4.1 Base Salary.  As  compensation  for the  performance of Executive's
services  hereunder,  inclusive  of  services  as an  officer  and  director  of
Corporation's  Affiliates,  Corporation will pay to Executive in accordance with
its normal  payroll  practices an annual salary (the "Base  Salary") of $195,000
per year,  subject to such increases (but not decreases) as are determined  from
time to time by the Board, or a compensation committee designated by the Board.

         4.2 Annual Bonus. During the Term of this Agreement,  Executive will be
eligible to receive an incentive  bonus for each fiscal year (beginning with the
fiscal  year  ending  July 31,  1998)  (an  "Annual  Bonus")  in an  amount  (as
determined by the Board) up to 100 percent of  Executive's  Base Salary for such
fiscal year. The Annual Bonus for each fiscal year will be payable no later than
120 days following the end of each fiscal year.

                                     - 6 -
<PAGE>
         4.3 Stock Options

         4.3.1 Option Limitations.  Corporation's  common stock is traded on the
Alberta Stock Exchange ("ASE").  The rules of the ASE limit the number of shares
of  Corporation's  common stock with respect to which its listed  companies  may
grant stock options. Corporation has granted options up to the maximum permitted
under such rules. Corporation intends to apply for listing on the American Stock
Exchange ("AMEX") when it is able to meet the listing requirements for the AMEX.
At such time as  Corporation  obtains an AMEX  listing,  it will be permitted to
grant additional stock options.

         4.3.2 Option Awards.  At such time as Corporation is permitted to grant
additional  options,  Corporation will immediately grant Executive  nonqualified
stock option awards (the "Options") under Corporation's Stock Award Plan for the
following  number of shares of  Corporation's  common  stock with the  following
option exercise prices:

                                               Per Share
         Group       No. Shares          Option Exercise Price(1)
         -----       ----------          ------------------------

           1         1,800,000                    US $1.35
           2           400,000                    US $2.00
           3           500,000                    US $2.40

The Options will have the following additional features:

         o The number of shares  subject to the Options and the  respective
    option  exercise  prices will be adjusted to reflect any reverse  stock
    split or other similar restructuring of Corporation's common stock;

         o The effective  date of the option grants (the "Grant Date") will
    be the date the Board takes action to grant the Options;

         o The  Options  will have a term of the shorter of (a) the maximum
    term  allowable  under the rules of the  principal  stock  exchange  or
    market system on which shares of Corporation's  common stock are traded
    on the Grant Date or (b) 10 years, commencing on the Grant Date;

- --------------
(1) The option exercise prices will be the greater of the fair market value of a
share of common stock on the Grant Date or the minimum prices shown in the table
so that the  grant of the  Options  will not  result  in any  direct  charge  to
Corporation's reported earnings.

                                      - 7 -
<PAGE>
         o The  Options  of each group will  become  exercisable  over four
    years at 25 percent per year as follows,  based on the anniversaries of
    the Grant Date:

                                               Cumulative
           Anniversary of                      Percentage
             Grant Date                        Exercisable
           --------------                      -----------

           Prior to First                          0%
           First                                  25%
           Second                                 50%
           Third                                  75%
           Fourth                                100%

         o The Options will become immediately and fully exercisable in the
    event  that,  within  two  years  following  a  Change  in  Control  of
    Corporation, Executive is terminated without Cause or one of the events
    described  in the  definition  of  Good  Reason  in  Section  1 of this
    Agreement  occurs  (provided,   however,  that  for  this  purpose,  an
    acquisition of more than 50 percent of the Voting Securities by WPV, or
    any person that directly or indirectly  controls,  is controlled by, is
    under common  control with, or is otherwise  affiliated  with WPV, will
    constitute a Change in Control);

         o In the event Executive's employment is terminated by Corporation
    without Cause or by Executive for Good Reason,  the Options will become
    exercisable as of the date of such termination to the following extent:

                   o  The   portion  of  the   Options   that   become
         exercisable   prior  to  the  Termination  Date  will  remain
         exercisable; and

                   o The Options will become fully  exercisable  as of
         the Termination Date as to the number of shares:

                        (a) That  would have  become  exercisable
              (had  Executive's  employment not terminated) as of
              the  anniversary  of the Grant Date next  following
              the Termination Date; plus

                        (b) A pro rata  portion  of the number of
              shares that would have become exercisable as of the
              second anniversary of the Grant Date next following
              the  Termination  Date,  determined on the ratio of
              the  number  of  days  from  the  Grant  Date or an
              anniversary   of  the  Grant   Date   through   the
              Termination Date to 365.

                                      - 8 -
<PAGE>
         o Corporation agrees to register the shares subject to the Option;

         o The Option will be governed by an Award  Agreement as approved by the
    Board; and

         o Vested Options will remain  exercisable for 90 days after termination
    of employment or, in the case of termination due to death or Disability, for
    one year.

         4.4 Other Benefits.  During the Term of this Agreement,  Executive will
be entitled to participate in all Plans (including  Plans adopted  following the
Effective Date) covering Corporation's key executive and managerial employees as
described  in  Corporation's  employee  manual,  as  amended  from time to time,
including,  without limitation,  Plans providing medical,  disability,  and life
insurance  benefits,  and vacation pay. In addition  Corporation  will pay up to
$1,000 per  calendar  month  during the Term of this  Agreement  for lease of an
automobile for Executive's use (subject to normal Corporation policies regarding
accounting for personal use of such automobile).

         4.5   Expenses.   Executive  is   authorized  to  incur  on  behalf  of
Corporation, and Corporation will directly pay or will fully reimburse Executive
for all customary and reasonable  out-of-pocket expenses incurred for promoting,
pursuing, or otherwise furthering the business of Corporation or its affiliates.

         4.6 Split-Dollar  Life Insurance.  Corporation  will provide  Executive
with an equity split-dollar life insurance policy with the following features:

         (a) The face amount of the policy will be $2 million;

         (b) Subject to Section 4.6(c),  Corporation  will pay the premiums
    on the policy  and will treat an amount  equal to the PS-58 cost of the
    policy as taxable income to Executive;

         (c) Corporation  will not be required to pay more than $20,000 per
    year in premiums or other fees on the policy;

         (d) The policy will be owned by Executive, subject to a collateral
    assignment in favor of Corporation (covering,  without limitation,  all
    rights to collect death benefit, surrender value, policy loan proceeds,
    and other policy distributions and to exercise all nonforfeiture rights
    with  respect to the policy) to secure an amount  equal to the premiums
    paid by Corporation; and

         (e) A $2 million portion of Corporation's existing $7 million term
    key-man  policy  on  Executive's   life  will  be  converted  into  the
    split-dollar policy described in this Section 4.6 (or, at Corporation's
    option, a separate split-dollar policy will be obtained).

                                      - 9 -
<PAGE>
         5. TERMINATION OF AGREEMENT.

         5.1 Death.  If Executive  dies prior to the  expiration  of the Term of
this  Agreement,  Corporation  will pay to Executive's  representative  his Base
Salary through the date of death.  All benefits,  including death  benefits,  to
which Executive is then entitled under Plans in which Executive is a participant
will be payable as provided in those Plans.  This Agreement will terminate as of
the date of death and Corporation will have no further  obligations to Executive
under this Agreement.

         5.2  Disability.  In the event  Executive  becomes  Disabled during the
Term,  the  Agreement  will remain in effect and  Executive  will be entitled to
continue to receive the compensation  and benefits  described in Section 4 until
the expiration of the Term with the following modifications:

         (a) The Annual Bonus,  if any, that  otherwise  would be earned by
    Executive for the year in which his  employment is terminated by reason
    of Disability  (the  "Disability  Year") will be prorated  based on the
    number of days before and after the Termination Date;

         (b)  Executive  will not be entitled to any Annual Bonus for years
    following the Disability Year; and

         (c) The  amounts  otherwise  payable to  Executive  as Base Salary
    following the Termination  Date will be reduced by the amount,  if any,
    of  benefits  paid to  Executive  under  Corporation's  Group Long Term
    Disability Insurance Plan. To the extent allowable under applicable law
    and other Corporation  Plans,  Executive will be treated as an employee
    of Corporation during the period after the Termination Date and through
    the end of the Term for  purposes  of this  Agreement  and the Plans in
    which Executive is a participant.

         5.3 Termination for Cause or Voluntary Termination Without Good Reason.
Pending  the  determination  by the  Board  whether  or  not  Cause  exists  for
termination  of  Executive's  employment  pursuant to the definition of Cause in
Section 1, the Board may suspend Executive or relieve Executive of his duties as
an  officer,   but  may  not  terminate   Executive's   employment.   Upon  such
determination   that  Cause  exists,   Corporation  may  terminate   Executive's
employment.  If  Corporation  terminates  Executive's  employment  for  Cause or
Executive terminates employment other than for Good Reason, Corporation will pay
Executive his Base Salary  through the effective date of such  termination  and,
only if  Corporation  elects,  additional  compensation  equal  to  one-half  of
Executive's  Base Salary for the period during which  Executive is obligated not
to compete  pursuant  to Section  5.7 of this  Agreement.  This  Agreement  will
terminate  as of the  Termination  Date,  and  Corporation  will have no further
obligations to Executive  under this  Agreement.  All accrued  benefits to which
Executive  is then  entitled  under Plans in which he is a  participant  will be
payable as provided in those Plans.

                                     - 10 -
<PAGE>
         5.4  Termination  Without  Cause or With Good  Reason.  If  Executive's
employment  with  Corporation  is terminated  (other than for Disability or upon
Executive's  death)  by  Corporation  without  Cause or by  Executive  with Good
Reason,  Corporation  will  pay  Executive  the  following  amounts  ("Severance
Payments"):

         (a) Executive's Base Salary through the Termination Date; and

         (b) In  lieu of any  further  salary  payments  to  Executive  for
    periods  subsequent to the Termination Date, an amount of severance pay
    (payable in 24 substantially equal monthly  installments  commencing on
    the  first  day  of  the  first  calendar  month  beginning  after  the
    Termination Date) equal to two times the sum of:

                   (i) Executive's Base Salary,  at the rate in effect
         on the Termination Date, and

                   (ii) The  average  Annual  Bonus  (if any)  paid to
         Executive or accrued to his benefit (the "Average  Bonus") in
         respect  of the two  fiscal  years  last  ended  prior to the
         fiscal  year  in  which  the  Termination  Date  occurs.  For
         purposes of this Section 5.4(b)(ii),  if the Termination Date
         is prior to the date that  Executive's  Annual  Bonus for the
         fiscal year ending July 31, 1999, has been  determined by the
         Board,  the  Average  Bonus  will be the amount of the Annual
         Bonus paid to  Executive  for the fiscal year ending July 31,
         1998.

         5.5 Related  Benefits.  Except in connection with Executive's  death or
termination by Corporation  for Cause or Disability or by voluntary  termination
by  Executive  without Good  Reason,  Corporation  will retain in full force and
effect  for  the  continued  benefit  of  Executive  for  two  years  after  the
Termination  Date all  Plans in which  Executive  was  entitled  to  participate
immediately prior to the Termination Date,  provided that Executive's  continued
participation  is possible under the general terms and provisions of such Plans;
provided,  however, that if the participation by Executive in any Plan is barred
by the provisions of such Plan,  Corporation  will arrange to provide  Executive
with benefits  substantially  similar to those to which Executive is entitled to
receive under such Plan (provided,  however, that the cost of such benefits does
not  exceed  125  percent  of the  prevailing  cost of  similar  benefits  under
Corporation's Plans).

         5.6 No  Mitigation.  Executive  will not be required  to  mitigate  the
amount of any payment provided for in this Section 5 by seeking other employment
or otherwise.  However, except in the case of a termination of Executive without
Cause or with Good  Reason  within  two years  following  a Change in Control of
Corporation,  the amount of any payment or related benefit  provided for in this
Section 5 will be reduced by any compensation earned or related benefit received
by  Executive  as  a  result  of  either   employment  by  another  employer  or
self-employment   after  the  Termination  Date.  Executive

                                     - 11 -
<PAGE>
agrees to provide  Corporation  with any  information  reasonably  necessary  to
determine the amount of such reduction.

         5.7 Noncompetition  Following Termination.  Executive acknowledges that
the  agreements  and  covenants  contained in this Section 5.7 are  essential to
protect the value of Corporation's  business and assets and that, by his current
employment  with  Corporation and its  subsidiaries,  Executive has obtained and
will obtain such knowledge,  contacts,  know-how,  training and experience,  and
that such knowledge,  contacts,  know-how, training and experience could be used
to the  substantial  advantage  of a  Competitive  Entity  and to  Corporation's
substantial detriment. Therefore Executive agrees that:

         (a) In the event Executive's  employment is terminated (whether by
    Corporation  or by Executive)  for any reason before the  expiration of
    the Term,  Executive  will not,  for a period of three  years  from the
    Termination Date, participate (as an owner, employee, officer, partner,
    member,  shareholder,   director,  consultant,  or  otherwise)  in  any
    Competitive   Entity.   The  benefits  payable  under  this  Agreement,
    including without limitation  Corporation's obligation to pay Severance
    Benefits pursuant to Section 5.4 of this Agreement, and, if Corporation
    so elects, the additional  compensation provided in Section 5.3 of this
    Agreement,  are in  consideration  of  Executive's  performance  of the
    covenants in this Section 5.7.

         (b)  Executive  acknowledges  that  pursuant  to the terms of this
    Agreement,  he is receiving a "bona fide  advancement"  in terms of his
    employment  with  Corporation   within  the  meaning  of  ORS  653.295.
    Executive further acknowledges that he is receiving consideration under
    this Agreement in addition to such  consideration  as to which he would
    be entitled in the absence of this Agreement,  and he acknowledges that
    his  agreement  to the  provisions  of this  Section 5.7 is a necessary
    condition  for  Corporation  to enter into this  Agreement  and pay the
    consideration provided for in this Agreement.

         (c) Executive  acknowledges that Corporation's remedy at law for a
    breach by him of the provisions of this Section 5.7 will be inadequate.
    Accordingly,  in the  event  of the  breach  or  threatened  breach  by
    Executive of any  provision of this  Section 5.7,  Corporation  will be
    entitled to  injunctive  relief in addition to any other  remedy it may
    have.  If any of the  provisions  of, or covenants  contained  in, this
    Section 5.7 are hereafter  construed to be invalid or  unenforceable in
    any  jurisdiction,  the  same  will not  affect  the  remainder  of the
    provisions  or the  enforceability  thereof in any other  jurisdiction,
    which will be given full effect,  without  regard to the  invalidity or
    unenforceability in such other  jurisdiction.  If any of the provisions
    of,  or  covenants  contained  in,  this  Section  5.7  are  held to be
    unenforceable   in  any   jurisdiction   because  of  the  duration  or
    geographical  scope  of  such  provision  or  covenant,  Executive  and
    Corporation  agree that the court making such  determination  will have
    the  power  to  reduce  the  duration  or  geographical  scope

                                  - 12 -
<PAGE>
    of such  provision  or covenant  and that,  in its reduced  form,  such
    provision or covenant will be enforceable;  provided, however, that the
    determination of such court will not affect the  enforceability of this
    Section 5.7 in any other jurisdiction.

         6. EFFECT OF CHANGE IN CONTROL.  The Severance  Benefits  payable under
Section 5.4 of this  Agreement are not  conditioned  upon a Change in Control of
Corporation  but are payable upon any  termination  described  in that  Section,
whether or not a Change in Control has occurred. Thus, it is the parties' mutual
intention  that the  Severance  Benefits  are not to be treated as  payments  in
connection with a Change in Control.

         7. SUCCESSORS; BINDING EFFECT.

         7.1  Corporation.  This  Agreement will inure to the benefit of, and be
binding upon, any corporate or other  successor or assignee of Corporation  that
acquires,  directly or  indirectly,  by merger,  consolidation  or purchase,  or
otherwise,  all or  substantially  all the  business  or assets of  Corporation.
Corporation  will  require  any  such  successor,  by an  agreement  in form and
substance reasonably satisfactory to Executive, expressly to assume and agree to
perform this  Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent as Corporation
would be required to perform if no such succession had taken place.

         7.2  Executive.  This  Agreement  will  inure to the  benefit of and be
enforceable  by  Executive's  personal  or  legal  representatives,   executors,
administrators,  successors,  heirs,  distributees,  devisees,  and legatees. If
Executive  should die while any  amount  would  still be  payable  to  Executive
hereunder if Executive had continued to live, all such amounts, unless otherwise
provided herein,  will be paid in accordance with the terms of this Agreement to
Executive's  devisee,  legatee,  or  other  designee  or,  if  there  is no such
designee, to Executive's estate.

         8. WAIVER AND MODIFICATION.  Any waiver, alteration, or modification of
any of the terms of this  Agreement  will be valid only if made in  writing  and
signed by the parties to this  Agreement.  No waiver by either of the parties of
its rights  under this  Agreement  will be deemed to  constitute  a waiver  with
respect to any  subsequent  occurrences  or  transactions  hereunder  unless the
waiver specifically states that it is to be construed as a continuing waiver.

         9.  GOVERNING   LAW;   SEVERABILITY.   The  validity,   interpretation,
construction,  and  performance  of  this  Agreement  will  be  governed  by and
construed in accordance  with the laws of the state of Oregon.  Any provision of
this Agreement that is prohibited or  unenforceable  will be ineffective only to
the extent of that  prohibition or  unenforceability  without  invalidating  the
remaining provisions of this Agreement.

         10.  NOTICES.  For the  purposes  of this  Agreement,  notices  and all
communications  provided  for in this  Agreement  must be in writing and will be
deemed to have been given  upon the  earlier of (i)  personal  delivery  or (ii)
three business days after
    
                                     - 13 -
<PAGE>
being mailed by United States  registered mail, return receipt  requested,  with
postage  prepaid,  addressed  to the  respective  party at the address set forth
below (or to such other address as either party may have  furnished to the other
in writing in  accordance  with this Section 9, except that notices of change of
address will be effective only upon receipt):

       To Corporation:              HealthCare Capital Corp.
                                    111 S.W. Fifth Avenue
                                    Suite 2390
                                    Portland, Oregon 97204
                                    Attn: Brian Thompson, Corporate Counsel

       To Executive:                Brandon M. Dawson
                                    9847 S.E. Westview Court
                                    Happy Valley, Oregon 97266

         11. HEADINGS.  Headings herein are for convenience only, are not a part
of this Agreement, and are not to be used in construing this Agreement.

         12.  ARBITRATION.  Any  dispute  or claim  that  arises  out of or that
relates to this Agreement or to the  interpretation,  breach,  or enforcement of
this Agreement, must be resolved by mandatory arbitration in accordance with the
then effective  arbitration rules of Arbitration Service of Portland,  Inc., and
any judgment upon the award rendered pursuant to such arbitration may be entered
in any court having jurisdiction thereof.

         13.  ATTORNEYS' FEES. In the event of any suit or action or arbitration
proceeding to enforce or interpret any provision of this  Agreement (or which is
based on this Agreement),  the prevailing party will be entitled to recover,  in
addition to other costs,  reasonable  attorneys'  fees in  connection  with such
suit,  action,  arbitration,  and in any appeal. The determination of who is the
prevailing party and the amount of reasonable  attorneys' fees to be paid to the
prevailing party will be decided by the arbitrator or arbitrators  (with respect
to attorneys' fees incurred prior to and during the arbitration proceedings) and
by the court or courts,  including any appellate  courts, in which the matter is
tried, heard, or decided, including the court which hears any exceptions made to
an  arbitration  award  submitted  to it for  confirmation  as a judgment  (with
respect to attorneys' fees incurred in such confirmation proceedings).

         14.  EFFECT  OF  TERMINATION   OF  AGREEMENT.   If  this  Agreement  is
terminated,  all rights and benefits that have become vested  hereunder prior to
termination  will remain in full force and effect,  and the  termination  of the
Agreement  will not be construed as relieving any party from the  performance of
any accrued obligation incurred to the other under this Agreement.

         15.  ENTIRE  AGREEMENT.  This  Agreement  constitutes  and embodies the
entire understanding and agreement of the parties hereto relating to the matters
addressed in this  Agreement.  Except as otherwise  provided in this  Agreement,
there are no other agreements

                                     - 14 -
<PAGE>
or  understandings,  written or oral, in effect between the parties  relating to
the matters addressed herein.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have entered into this Agreement
effective as of the Effective Date.

Corporation:                          HEALTHCARE CAPITAL CORP.


                                      By /s/ Edwin J. Kawasaki


EXECUTIVE:                            /s/ Brandon M. Dawson
                                      Brandon M. Dawson

                                     - 15 -

                              EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT


         THIS EMPLOYMENT  AGREEMENT is made and entered into effective  November
14, 1997,  between  HEALTHCARE  CAPITAL CORP.,  an Alberta,  Canada  corporation
("Corporation"), and EDWIN J. KAWASAKI ("Executive").

                                    RECITALS

         A. Executive is currently Vice President - Finance and Chief  Financial
Officer of  Corporation.  Executive is an innovative,  highly  experienced,  and
knowledgeable  executive  whose  creativity,  expertise,  and  effort  have been
instrumental in the development of the business and growth of Corporation.

         B. Corporation  recognizes that the future growth,  profitability,  and
success of the business of Corporation and its subsidiaries require, and will be
substantially and materially advanced by, the continued employment of Executive.
Corporation desires, therefore, to secure for Corporation and its affiliates the
continued benefit of Executive's experience,  ability, and leadership.  In order
to retain the services of Executive  and to maximize the period of his continued
availability, and in recognition of his continuing contribution to Corporation's
success, Corporation desires to offer Executive the compensation, amenities, and
other benefits that  executives of comparable  experience and ability  generally
receive.

                                    AGREEMENT

         NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements
contained herein, the parties agree as follows:

         1. DEFINITIONS. As used in this Agreement, the following terms have the
meanings set forth in this Section 1:

         "AFFILIATE" - Any person, firm, corporation, association, organization,
or  unincorporated  trade or  business  that,  now or  hereinafter,  directly or
indirectly,  controls,  is  controlled  by,  or is  under  common  control  with
Corporation.

         "BOARD" - The board of directors of Corporation.

         "CAUSE" - Cause for termination of employment means:

         (i) A material act of fraud or dishonesty by Executive  within the
    course of performing his duties for Corporation or its Affiliates;

         (ii) Gross  negligence or  intentional  misconduct by Executive in
    performing  material  duties  for  Corporation  or its  Affiliates,  or
    unjustifiable

                                   - 1 -
<PAGE>
    neglect  by  Executive  of  the  performance  of  material  duties  for
    Corporation or its Affiliates;

         (iii)  Commission  of an  act  (or  failure  to  take  an  action)
    intentionally  against the interest of  Corporation  or its  Affiliates
    that causes Corporation or an Affiliate material injury; or

         (iv) An act of serious moral turpitude that causes  Corporation or
    an Affiliate material injury.

Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  Executive  will  not be  deemed  to have  been
terminated  for Cause  unless and until there has been  delivered to Executive a
copy of a  resolution  duly adopted by the  affirmative  vote of not less than a
majority of the entire  membership of the Board  (excluding  Executive if at the
time he is member of the Board),  at a meeting of the Board  called and held for
that purpose,  finding  that, in the good faith opinion of the Board,  Executive
was  guilty of conduct  constituting  Cause as  defined  in this  Agreement  and
specifying  the  particulars  thereof in detail.  Executive must have been given
reasonable notice of such meeting and Executive, together with his counsel, must
have been given an opportunity to be heard before the Board at the meeting. This
provision will not be deemed to restrict the authority,  discretion, or power of
the Board,  by any action taken in  compliance  with  Corporation's  articles of
incorporation  and  bylaws,  to remove  Executive  as an officer or  director of
Corporation,  with or without Cause.  Rather,  the foregoing  provisions  merely
define,  for purposes of Executive's  contractual rights and remedies under this
Agreement, the circumstances in which termination of Executive's employment will
constitute termination for Cause.

         "CHANGE IN CONTROL" - A change in control of Corporation means:

         (i) The acquisition by any Person of beneficial  ownership (within
    the meaning of Rule 13d-3  promulgated  under the  Exchange  Act) of 50
    percent or more of the combined  voting  power of the then  outstanding
    Voting  Securities;  provided,  however,  that  for  purposes  of  this
    paragraph (i), the following  acquisitions will not constitute a Change
    of Control:  (A) any  acquisition  directly from  Corporation,  (B) any
    acquisition by Corporation, (C) any acquisition by any employee benefit
    plan (or related  trust)  sponsored or maintained by Corporation or any
    corporation controlled by Corporation,  (D) any acquisition by Warburg,
    Pincus   Ventures,   L.P.  ("WPV")  or  by  any  Person  that,  now  or
    hereinafter,  directly or indirectly  controls,  is  controlled  by, is
    under common control with, or is otherwise an affiliate of, WPV, or (E)
    any  acquisition  by any  corporation  pursuant to a transaction  which
    complies with clauses (A), (B), and (C) of paragraph (iii) below; or

         (ii) individuals who, as of the date of this Agreement, constitute
    the Board (the "Incumbent Board") cease for any reason to constitute at
    least a majority of the Board;  provided,  however, that any individual
    becoming  a 

                                   - 2 -
<PAGE>
    director  subsequent to the date of this Agreement whose  election,  or
    nomination for election by Corporation's shareholders,  was approved by
    a vote of at least a majority  of the  directors  then  comprising  the
    Incumbent  Board will be  considered as though such  individual  were a
    member of the Incumbent  Board,  but excluding,  for this purpose,  any
    such individual  whose initial  assumption of office occurs as a result
    of an  actual  or  threatened  election  contest  with  respect  to the
    election  or  removal  of  directors  or  other  actual  or  threatened
    solicitation  of proxies or consents by or on behalf of a Person  other
    than the Board; or

         (iii)  consummation of a reorganization,  merger, or consolidation
    or sale or other  disposition of all or substantially all of the assets
    of  Corporation  (a  "Business  Combination")  in  each  case,  unless,
    following such Business  Combination,  (A) all or substantially  all of
    the  individuals  and  entities who were the  beneficial  owners of the
    Voting  Securities  outstanding  immediately  prior  to  such  Business
    Combination  beneficially  own,  directly or  indirectly,  more than 50
    percent of,  respectively,  the then outstanding shares of common stock
    and the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities
    entitled to vote  generally in the election of  directors,  as the case
    may be, of the  corporation  resulting  from such Business  Combination
    (including, without limitation, a corporation which as a result of such
    transaction   owns   Corporation  or  all  or   substantially   all  of
    Corporation's   assets   either   directly   or  through  one  or  more
    subsidiaries) in substantially the same proportions as their ownership,
    immediately  prior  to  such  Business   Combination,   of  the  Voting
    Securities,  (B) no Person  (excluding  any  employee  benefit plan (or
    related trust) of Corporation or such  corporation  resulting from such
    Business  Combination)  beneficially owns,  directly or indirectly,  50
    percent or more of, respectively, the then outstanding shares of common
    stock of the  corporation  resulting from such Business  Combination or
    the combined voting power of the then outstanding  voting securities of
    such corporation except to the extent that such ownership existed prior
    to the Business  Combination and (C) at least a majority of the members
    of the  board of  directors  of the  corporation  resulting  from  such
    Business Combination were members of Incumbent Board at the time of the
    execution  of the  initial  agreement,  or of the  action of the Board,
    providing for such Business Combination.

         "COMPETITIVE  ENTITY"  - A  Person,  firm,  or  entity  engaged  in the
national  or  regional  (in the United  States or Canada)  retail  provision  of
audiology services and/or dispensing of hearing aids.

         "DISABILITY"   OR  "DISABLED"  -  Inability  to  perform   duties  with
Corporation  on a  full-time  basis by reason of "Total  Disability"  within the
meaning  of  Corporation's  Group  Long Term  Disability  Insurance  Plan or any
successor plan or program maintained by Corporation. In the event Corporation no
longer  maintains  a similar  plan or  program,

                                      - 3 -
<PAGE>
Disability  or Disabled  means  inability to engage in any  substantial  gainful
activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment.

         "EFFECTIVE DATE" - December 24, 1997.

         "EXCESS  PARACHUTE  PAYMENT" - Has the meaning given in Section 280G(b)
of the Code.

         "EXCHANGE ACT" - The Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

         "EXCISE  TAX" - A tax  imposed by Section  4999(a) of the Code,  or any
successor provision, with respect to an Excess Parachute Payment.

         "GOOD  REASON" - For all  purposes of this  Agreement,  termination  by
Executive of his employment  with  Corporation  during the  Employment  Term for
"Good Reason" means termination based on any of the following:

         (a) A change in  Executive's  status or position or positions with
    Corporation that represents a material demotion from Executive's status
    or position or positions as of the date of this Agreement or a material
    change in Executive's duties or  responsibilities  that is inconsistent
    with such status or position or positions;

         (b) A reduction by Corporation  in Executive's  Base Salary (as in
    effect on the date of this Agreement or as increased at any time during
    the Term of this Agreement);

         (c)  The   failure  of   Corporation   to   continue   Executive's
    participation (on terms comparable to those for other key executives of
    Corporation)  in any Plans and  vacation  programs or  arrangements  in
    which other key executives of Corporation are participants (unless such
    failure to continue is caused by an action or status of Executive); or

         (d)  Corporation's  requiring  Executive  to be based more than 35
    miles  from  Corporation's   principal  executive  office,  except  for
    required travel on  Corporation's  business to an extent  substantially
    consistent with Executive's  business travel obligations as of the date
    of this Agreement.

         "OTHER AGREEMENT" - A plan, arrangement, or agreement pursuant to which
an Other Payment is made.

         "OTHER  PAYMENT"  - Any  payment or benefit  payable  to  Executive  in
connection  with a Change  in  Control  of  Corporation  pursuant  to any  plan,
arrangement,  or agreement  (other than this  Agreement) with  Corporation,  any
person whose actions result in a change in control of Corporation, or any person
affiliated with Corporation or such person.

                                      - 4 -
<PAGE>
         "OUTSIDE TAX COUNSEL" - Outside tax counsel selected by Corporation and
reasonably acceptable to Executive.

         "PARACHUTE  PAYMENT"  - A payment or benefit  payable to  Executive  in
connection  with a  Change  in  Control  of  Corporation  that is  treated  as a
parachute payment within the meaning of Code Section 280G(b)(2).

         "PERSON" - Any individual, corporation,  partnership, limited liability
company, group, association,  or other "person," as such term is used in Section
13(d)(3) or Section 14(d) of the Exchange  Act,  other than  Corporation  or any
employee benefit plan or plans sponsored by Corporation.

         "PLAN" - Any  compensation  plan such as a plan providing for incentive
or deferred  compensation,  stock options or other stock or stock-related grants
or awards, or any employee benefit plan such as a thrift,  investment,  savings,
pension,  profit  sharing,  medical,   disability,   accident,  life  insurance,
cafeteria,  or  relocation  plan  or any  other  plan,  policy,  or  program  of
Corporation providing similar types of benefits to employees of Corporation.

         "SEVERANCE  PAYMENTS" - The severance payments described in Section 5.4
of this Agreement.

         "TERM" - The period from the Effective Date through  December 24, 2001;
provided,  however, that the Term will automatically be extended to December 24,
2002  (and  thereafter  will  be  similarly  extended  in  additional   one-year
extensions)  unless,  on or  before  June  30,  2001  (or,  if the term has been
extended, June 30 of the last year of the Term), either Corporation or Executive
gives written notice of non-extension of the Term.

         "TERMINATION BENEFITS" - The payments and benefits described in Section
5 of this Agreement.

         "TERMINATION  DATE" - The date Executive's  employment with Corporation
is terminated for any reason by Corporation or by Executive.

         "TOTAL  PAYMENTS" - All  payments or benefits  payable to  Executive in
connection with a Change in Control of Corporation, including Severance Payments
and Other Payments.

         "VOTING SECURITIES" - Corporation's  issued and outstanding  securities
ordinarily having the right to vote at elections of Corporation's Board.

                                      - 5 -
<PAGE>
         2.  EMPLOYMENT.  Corporation  hereby  agrees to employ  Executive,  and
Executive hereby accepts  employment with  Corporation,  during the Term of this
Agreement on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement. Corporation's
agreement  to employ  Executive is subject to the  reservations  provided in the
definition of "Cause" in Section 1 and in Section 3.3.

         3. EXECUTIVE DUTIES.

         3.1  Position  and  Duties.  Executive  agrees  to render  services  to
Corporation as Vice President and Chief Financial  Officer of Corporation and as
an executive officer of such of Corporation's  Affiliates as the parties to this
Agreement  mutually agree,  including  Affiliates that may be formed or acquired
subsequent to the Effective  Date. As Chief  Financial  Officer of  Corporation,
Executive  will have  responsibility  for all financial and  accounting  matters
affecting  Corporation's  business and will have such  executive and  managerial
duties as  Corporation's  Chief Executive  Officer or President  prescribes from
time to time.

         3.2 Exclusive Employment. Executive agrees that during the Term of this
Agreement:

         (a) Executive will devote  substantially  all his regular business
    time solely and  exclusively  to the business of  Corporation,  whether
    such  business is operated  directly by  Corporation  or through one or
    more Affiliates of Corporation;

         (b) Executive will diligently carry out his responsibilities under
    this Agreement;

         (c) Executive will not, directly or indirectly,  without the prior
    approval of the Board,  provide  services on behalf of any  Competitive
    Entity  or on  behalf  of any  subsidiary  or  affiliate  of  any  such
    Competitive Entity, as an employee, consultant, independent contractor,
    agent,  sole proprietor,  partner,  member,  joint venturer,  corporate
    officer, or director;

         (d) Executive will not acquire by reason of purchase the ownership
    of more  than 1  percent  of the  outstanding  equity  interest  in any
    Competitive Entity; and

         (e) Except as expressly  set forth above,  Executive may engage in
    personal business and investment activities.

         3.3  Corporation  Reserved  Rights.  Corporation  reserves,  on its own
behalf and on behalf of its shareholders, the right to elect, from time to time,
any person to its Board, to appoint any person as an officer of Corporation, and
to remove any officer or director,  including Executive,  in any manner and upon
the basis or bases  presently  or

                                      - 6 -
<PAGE>
subsequently  provided for by its articles of incorporation and bylaws.  Nothing
in this Agreement will be deemed to constitute any restriction on the authority,
discretion,  or  power  of the  Board,  but  rather  will  only  give  Executive
contractual rights and remedies.

         3.4  Nondisclosure.  During  and  after  the  Term of  this  Agreement,
Executive  agrees not to  disclose  to any  persons  with  interests  adverse or
potentially  adverse  to  Corporation  (other  than  an  employee  or  agent  of
Corporation or any Affiliate entitled to receive such information)  confidential
information  relating  to the  business  of  Corporation  or any  Affiliate  and
obtained by Executive while  providing  services to Corporation or any Affiliate
without  the  consent  of the  Board,  or until  the  information  ceases  to be
confidential.  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  Executive will not be precluded
from  making  disclosures  respecting  Corporation  or any  Affiliate  where the
disclosures  are made  pursuant to compulsory  legal  process or when  otherwise
required by an appropriate government agency.

         4. COMPENSATION AND BENEFITS.

         4.1 Base Salary.  As  compensation  for the  performance of Executive's
services  hereunder,  inclusive  of  services  as an  officer  and  director  of
Corporation's  Affiliates,  Corporation will pay to Executive in accordance with
its normal  payroll  practices an annual salary (the "Base  Salary") of $115,000
per year,  subject to such increases (but not decreases) as are determined  from
time to time by the Board, or a compensation committee designated by the Board.

         4.2 Incentive Bonuses.

         4.2.1 Initial Bonus. Upon execution of this Agreement, Corporation will
pay Executive a bonus for services performed in Corporation's  fiscal year ended
July 31, 1997, in an amount equal to $42,500.

         4.2.2 Annual Bonus.  During the Term of this Agreement,  Executive will
be eligible to receive an incentive  bonus for each fiscal year  (beginning with
the fiscal  year  ending  July 31,  1998) (an  "Annual  Bonus") in an amount (as
determined  by the Board) up to 50 percent of  Executive's  Base Salary for such
fiscal year. The Annual Bonus for each fiscal year will be payable no later than
120 days following the end of each fiscal year.

         4.3 Stock Options

         4.3.1 Option Limitations.  Corporation's  common stock is traded on the
Alberta Stock Exchange ("ASE").  The rules of the ASE limit the number of shares
of  Corporation's  common stock with respect to which its listed  companies  may
grant stock options. Corporation has granted options up to the maximum permitted
under such rules. Corporation intends to apply for listing on the American Stock
Exchange ("AMEX") when it is able to meet the listing requirements for the AMEX.
At such time as  Corporation  obtains an AMEX  listing,  it will be permitted to
grant additional stock options.

                                      - 7 -
<PAGE>
         4.3.2 Option Awards.  At such time as Corporation is permitted to grant
additional  options,  Corporation will immediately grant Executive  nonqualified
stock option awards (the "Options") under Corporation's Stock Award Plan for the
following  number of shares of  Corporation's  common  stock with the  following
option exercise prices:

                                                Per Share
         Group         No. Shares        Option Exercise Price(1)
         -----         ----------        ------------------------

           1             640,000                  US $1.35
           2             160,000                  US $2.00
           3             200,000                  US $2.40

The Options will have the following additional features:

         o The number of shares  subject to the Options and the  respective
    option  exercise  prices will be adjusted to reflect any reverse  stock
    split or other similar restructuring of Corporation's common stock;

         o The effective  date of the option grants (the "Grant Date") will
    be the date the Board takes action to grant the Options;

         o The  Options  will have a term of the shorter of (a) the maximum
    term  allowable  under the rules of the  principal  stock  exchange  or
    market system on which shares of Corporation's  common stock are traded
    on the Grant Date or (b) 10 years, commencing on the Grant Date;

         o The  Options  of each group will  become  exercisable  over four
    years at 25 percent per year as follows,  based on the anniversaries of
    the Grant Date:

                                                  Cumulative
             Anniversary of                       Percentage
              Grant Date                          Exercisable
             --------------                       -----------

              Prior to First                          0%
              First                                  25%
              Second                                 50%
              Third                                  75%
              Fourth                                100%

- -------------------
(1) The option exercise prices will be the greater of the fair market value of a
share of common stock on the Grant Date or the minimum prices shown in the table
so that the  grant of the  Options  will not  result  in any  direct  charge  to
Corporation's reported earnings.

                                   - 8 -
<PAGE>
         o The Options will become immediately and fully exercisable in the
    event  that,   within  one  year  following  a  Change  in  Control  of
    Corporation, Executive is terminated without Cause or one of the events
    described  in the  definition  of  Good  Reason  in  Section  1 of this
    Agreement  occurs  (provided,   however,  that  for  this  purpose,  an
    acquisition of more than 50 percent of the Voting Securities by WPV, or
    any person that directly or indirectly  controls,  is controlled by, is
    under common  control with, or is otherwise  affiliated  with WPV, will
    constitute a Change in Control);

         o Corporation agrees to register the shares subject to the Option;

         o The Option will be governed by an Award Agreement as approved by
    the Board; and

         o  Vested  Options  will  remain  exercisable  for 90  days  after
    termination of employment  or, in the case of termination  due to death
    or Disability, for one year.

         4.4 Other Benefits.  During the Term of this Agreement,  Executive will
be entitled to participate in all Plans (including  Plans adopted  following the
Effective Date) covering  Corporation's  key executive and managerial  employees
(as described in Corporation's  employee manual,  as amended from time to time),
including,  without limitation,  Plans providing medical,  disability,  and life
insurance  benefits,  and vacation pay. In addition  Corporation  will pay up to
$500 per  calendar  month  during  the Term of this  Agreement  for  lease of an
automobile for Executive's use (subject to normal Corporation policies regarding
accounting for personal use of such automobile).

         4.5   Expenses.   Executive  is   authorized  to  incur  on  behalf  of
Corporation, and Corporation will directly pay or will fully reimburse Executive
for all customary and reasonable  out-of-pocket expenses incurred for promoting,
pursuing, or otherwise furthering the business of Corporation or its affiliates.

         5. TERMINATION OF AGREEMENT.

         5.1 Death.  If Executive  dies prior to the  expiration  of the Term of
this  Agreement,  Corporation  will pay to Executive's  representative  his Base
Salary through the date of death.  All benefits,  including death  benefits,  to
which Executive is then entitled under Plans in which Executive is a participant
will be payable as provided in those Plans.  This Agreement will terminate as of
the date of death and Corporation will have no further  obligations to Executive
under this Agreement.

         5.2  Disability.  In the event  Executive  becomes  Disabled during the
Term,  the  Agreement  will remain in effect and  Executive  will be entitled to
continue to receive the compensation  and benefits  described in Section 4 until
the expiration of the Term with the following modifications:

                                      - 9 -
<PAGE>
         (a) The Annual Bonus,  if any, that  otherwise  would be earned by
    Executive for the year in which his  employment is terminated by reason
    of Disability  (the  "Disability  Year") will be prorated  based on the
    number of days before and after the Termination Date;

         (b)  Executive  will not be entitled to any Annual Bonus for years
    following the Disability Year; and

         (c) The  amounts  otherwise  payable to  Executive  as Base Salary
    following the Termination  Date will be reduced by the amount,  if any,
    of  benefits  paid to  Executive  under  Corporation's  Group Long Term
    Disability Insurance Plan. To the extent allowable under applicable law
    and other Corporation  Plans,  Executive will be treated as an employee
    of Corporation during the period after the Termination Date and through
    the end of the Term for  purposes  of this  Agreement  and the Plans in
    which Executive is a participant.

         5.3 Termination for Cause or Voluntary Termination Without Good Reason.
Pending  the  determination  by the  Board  whether  or  not  Cause  exists  for
termination  of  Executive's  employment  pursuant to the definition of Cause in
Section 1, the Board may suspend Executive or relieve Executive of his duties as
an  officer,   but  may  not  terminate   Executive's   employment.   Upon  such
determination   that  Cause  exists,   Corporation  may  terminate   Executive's
employment.  If  Corporation  terminates  Executive's  employment  for  Cause or
Executive terminates employment other than for Good Reason, Corporation will pay
Executive his Base Salary  through the effective date of such  termination  and,
only if  Corporation  elects,  additional  compensation  equal  to  one-half  of
Executive's  Base Salary for the period during which  Executive is obligated not
to compete  pursuant  to Section  5.7 of this  Agreement.  This  Agreement  will
terminate  as of the  Termination  Date,  and  Corporation  will have no further
obligations to Executive  under this  Agreement.  All accrued  benefits to which
Executive  is then  entitled  under Plans in which he is a  participant  will be
payable as provided in those Plans.

         5.4  Termination  Without  Cause or With Good  Reason.  If  Executive's
employment  with  Corporation  is terminated  (other than for Disability or upon
Executive's  death)  by  Corporation  without  Cause or by  Executive  with Good
Reason,  Corporation  will  pay  Executive  the  following  amounts  ("Severance
Payments"):

         (a) Executive's Base Salary through the Termination Date; and

         (b) In  lieu of any  further  salary  payments  to  Executive  for
    periods  subsequent to the Termination Date, an amount of severance pay
    equal to Executive's  Base Salary  (payable in 12  substantially  equal
    monthly installments  commencing on the first day of the first calendar
    month beginning after the Termination Date).

                                   - 10 -
<PAGE>
         5.5 Related  Benefits.  Except in connection with Executive's  death or
Termination by Corporation  for Cause or Disability or by voluntary  Termination
by  Executive  without Good  Reason,  Corporation  will retain in full force and
effect for the continued benefit of Executive for one year after the Termination
Date all Plans in which Executive was entitled to participate  immediately prior
to the Termination Date,  provided that Executive's  continued  participation is
possible  under  the  general  terms and  provisions  of such  Plans;  provided,
however,  that if the  participation  by  Executive in any Plan is barred by the
provisions  of such Plan,  Corporation  will arrange to provide  Executive  with
benefits  substantially  similar  to those to which  Executive  is  entitled  to
receive under such Plan (provided,  however, that the cost of such benefits does
not  exceed  125  percent  of the  prevailing  cost of  similar  benefits  under
Corporation's Plans).

         5.6 No  Mitigation.  Executive  will not be required  to  mitigate  the
amount of any payment provided for in this Section 5 by seeking other employment
or otherwise.  However, except in the case of a termination of Executive without
Cause or with Good  Reason  within  one year  following  a Change in  Control of
Corporation,  the amount of any payment or related benefit  provided for in this
Section 5 will be reduced by any compensation earned or related benefit received
by  Executive  as a result of either  employment  by another  employer  or self-
employment after the Termination Date.  Executive agrees to provide  Corporation
with any  information  reasonably  necessary  to  determine  the  amount of such
reduction.

         5.7 Noncompetition  Following Termination.  Executive acknowledges that
the  agreements  and  covenants  contained in this Section 5.7 are  essential to
protect the value of Corporation's  business and assets and that, by his current
employment  with  Corporation and its  subsidiaries,  Executive has obtained and
will obtain such knowledge,  contacts,  know-how,  training and experience,  and
that such knowledge,  contacts,  know-how, training and experience could be used
to the  substantial  advantage  of a  Competitive  Entity  and to  Corporation's
substantial detriment. Therefore Executive agrees that:

         (a) In the event Executive's  employment is terminated (whether by
    Corporation  or by Executive)  for any reason before the  expiration of
    the  Term,  Executive  will not,  for a period  of two  years  from the
    Termination Date, participate (as an owner, employee, officer, partner,
    member,  shareholder,   director,  consultant,  or  otherwise)  in  any
    Competitive   Entity.   The  benefits  payable  under  this  Agreement,
    including without limitation  Corporation's obligation to pay Severance
    Benefits pursuant to Section 5.4 of this Agreement, and, if Corporation
    so elects, the additional  compensation provided in Section 5.3 of this
    Agreement,  are in  consideration  of  Executive's  performance  of the
    covenants in this Section 5.7.

         (b)  Executive  acknowledges  that  pursuant  to the terms of this
    Agreement,  he is receiving a "bona fide  advancement"  in terms of his
    employment  with  Corporation   within  the  meaning  of  ORS  653.295.
    Executive further acknowledges that he is receiving consideration under
    this Agreement

                                   - 11 -
<PAGE>
    in addition to such  consideration  as to which he would be entitled in
    the absence of this Agreement,  and he acknowledges  that his agreement
    to the  provisions  of this  Section 5.7 is a necessary  condition  for
    Corporation  to enter  into this  Agreement  and pay the  consideration
    provided for in this Agreement.

         (c) Executive  acknowledges that Corporation's remedy at law for a
    breach by him of the provisions of this Section 5.7 will be inadequate.
    Accordingly,  in the  event  of the  breach  or  threatened  breach  by
    Executive of any  provision of this  Section 5.7,  Corporation  will be
    entitled to  injunctive  relief in addition to any other  remedy it may
    have.  If any of the  provisions  of, or covenants  contained  in, this
    Section 5.7 are hereafter  construed to be invalid or  unenforceable in
    any  jurisdiction,  the  same  will not  affect  the  remainder  of the
    provisions  or the  enforceability  thereof in any other  jurisdiction,
    which will be given full effect,  without  regard to the  invalidity or
    unenforceability in such other  jurisdiction.  If any of the provisions
    of,  or  covenants  contained  in,  this  Section  5.7  are  held to be
    unenforceable   in  any   jurisdiction   because  of  the  duration  or
    geographical  scope  of  such  provision  or  covenant,  Executive  and
    Corporation  agree that the court making such  determination  will have
    the  power  to  reduce  the  duration  or  geographical  scope  of such
    provision or covenant and that, in its reduced form,  such provision or
    covenant will be enforceable; provided, however, that the determination
    of such court will not affect the enforceability of this Section 5.7 in
    any other jurisdiction.

         6. EFFECT OF CHANGE IN CONTROL.

         6.1 Treatment of Severance  Benefits.  The Severance  Benefits  payable
under Section 5.4 of this Agreement are not conditioned upon a Change in Control
of Corporation but are payable upon any  termination  described in that Section,
whether or not a Change in Control has occurred. Thus, it is the parties' mutual
intention that the Severance  Benefits are not to be treated as Total  Payments.
In the event a  termination  of employment  that would  otherwise be governed by
Section 5.4 occurs following a Change in Control and the Severance  Payments are
deemed to be Total Payments,  the Severance Payments will be reduced pursuant to
Section 6.2.

         6.2  Reduction in  Severance  Payments to Avoid  Excess  Parachute  Tax
Payments.

         6.2.1  Reduction.  In the event that any portion of the Total  Payments
received by  Executive  in  connection  with a Change in Control of  Corporation
would constitute an Excess  Parachute  Payment that is subject to an Excise Tax,
the Severance  Payments  otherwise  payable under Section 5.4 will be reduced to
the extent  necessary  to avoid such Excess Tax,  until either (i) no portion of
the Total Payments are subject to such Excise Tax or (ii) the Severance Payments
are reduced to zero.

                                   - 12 -
<PAGE>
         6.2.2 Application. For purposes of this limitation:

         (a) No portion of the Total Payments, the receipts or enjoyment of
    which Executive has effectively  waived in writing prior to the date of
    payment of the Severance Payments, will be taken into account;

         (b) No portion of the Total  Payments  will be taken into  account
    which,  in the opinion of Outside Tax  Counsel,  does not  constitute a
    Parachute Payment;

         (c) If Executive and Corporation  disagree  whether any payment of
    Severance  Payments  will result in an Excise  Tax,  the matter will be
    conclusively resolved by an opinion of Outside Tax Counsel;

         (d)  Executive  agrees to provide  Outside  Tax  Counsel  with all
    financial information necessary to determine the after-tax consequences
    of payments of Severance Payments for purposes of determining  whether,
    or to what extent,  Severance  Payments  are to be reduced  pursuant to
    this Section 6.2.

         (e) The  Severance  Payments  will be  reduced  only to the extent
    necessary so that the Total  Payments  (other than those referred to in
    Section  6.2.2(a) or 6.2.2(b))  in their  entirety  constitute,  in the
    opinion of Tax Counsel,  reasonable  compensation for services actually
    rendered within the meaning of Section 280G(b)(4) of the Code; and

         (f) The value of any noncash  benefit or any  deferred  payment or
    benefit  included  in the Total  Payments,  and whether or not all or a
    portion of any payment or benefit is a Parachute  Payment for  purposes
    of Section  6.2.2(b),  will be determined by Corporation's  independent
    accountants in accordance  with the principles of Section  280(G)(d)(3)
    and (4) of the Code.

         6.2.3 Effect on Other Agreements. In the event that any Other Agreement
has a provision that requires a reduction in the Other Payment  governed by such
Other Agreement to avoid or eliminate an Excess Parachute Payment, the reduction
in Severance  Payments  pursuant to this Section 6.2 will be given effect before
any  reduction  in the Other  Payment  pursuant to the Other  Agreement.  To the
extent  possible,  Corporation  and Executive  agree that reductions in benefits
under any Plan will be reduced in the following order of priority:

         (i) Severance Payments under this Agreement;

         (ii) Plan benefit continuation; and

         (iii) The acceleration in the  exercisability  of any stock option
    or other stock related award granted to Executive by Corporation.

                                   - 13 -
<PAGE>
         7. SUCCESSORS; BINDING EFFECT.

         7.1  Corporation.  This  Agreement will inure to the benefit of, and be
binding upon, any corporate or other  successor or assignee of Corporation  that
acquires,  directly or  indirectly,  by merger,  consolidation  or purchase,  or
otherwise,  all or  substantially  all the  business  or assets of  Corporation.
Corporation  will  require  any  such  successor,  by an  agreement  in form and
substance reasonably satisfactory to Executive, expressly to assume and agree to
perform this  Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent as Corporation
would be required to perform if no such succession had taken place.

         7.2  Executive.  This  Agreement  will  inure to the  benefit of and be
enforceable  by  Executive's  personal  or  legal  representatives,   executors,
administrators,  successors,  heirs,  distributees,  devisees,  and legatees. If
Executive  should die while any  amount  would  still be  payable  to  Executive
hereunder if Executive had continued to live, all such amounts, unless otherwise
provided herein,  will be paid in accordance with the terms of this Agreement to
Executive's  devisee,  legatee,  or  other  designee  or,  if  there  is no such
designee, to Executive's estate.

         8. WAIVER AND MODIFICATION.  Any waiver, alteration, or modification of
any of the terms of this  Agreement  will be valid only if made in  writing  and
signed by the parties to this  Agreement.  No waiver by either of the parties of
its rights  under this  Agreement  will be deemed to  constitute  a waiver  with
respect to any  subsequent  occurrences  or  transactions  hereunder  unless the
waiver specifically states that it is to be construed as a continuing waiver.

         9.  GOVERNING   LAW;   SEVERABILITY.   The  validity,   interpretation,
construction,  and  performance  of  this  Agreement  will  be  governed  by and
construed in accordance  with the laws of the state of Oregon.  Any provision of
this Agreement that is prohibited or  unenforceable  will be ineffective only to
the extent of that  prohibition or  unenforceability  without  invalidating  the
remaining provisions of this Agreement.

         10.  NOTICES.  For the  purposes  of this  Agreement,  notices  and all
communications  provided  for in this  Agreement  must be in writing and will be
deemed to have been given  upon the  earlier of (i)  personal  delivery  or (ii)
three business days after being mailed by United States  registered mail, return
receipt  requested,  with postage prepaid,  addressed to the respective party at
the address set forth below (or to such other  address as either  party may have
furnished to the other in writing in accordance with this Section 9, except that
notices of change of address will be effective only upon receipt):

         To Corporation:               HealthCare Capital Corp.
                                       111 S.W. Fifth Avenue
                                       Suite 2390
                                       Portland, Oregon 97204
                                       Attn: Brandon M. Dawson

                                     - 14 -
<PAGE>
         To Executive:                 Edwin J. Kawasaki
                                       2391 S.W. College View Drive
                                       West Linn, Oregon 97068

         11. HEADINGS.  Headings herein are for convenience only, are not a part
of this Agreement, and are not to be used in construing this Agreement.

         12.  ARBITRATION.  Any  dispute  or claim  that  arises  out of or that
relates to this Agreement or to the  interpretation,  breach,  or enforcement of
this Agreement, must be resolved by mandatory arbitration in accordance with the
then effective  arbitration rules of Arbitration Service of Portland,  Inc., and
any judgment upon the award rendered pursuant to such arbitration may be entered
in any court having jurisdiction thereof.

         13.  ATTORNEYS' FEES. In the event of any suit or action or arbitration
proceeding to enforce or interpret any provision of this  Agreement (or which is
based on this Agreement),  the prevailing party will be entitled to recover,  in
addition to other costs,  reasonable  attorneys'  fees in  connection  with such
suit,  action,  arbitration,  and in any appeal. The determination of who is the
prevailing party and the amount of reasonable  attorneys' fees to be paid to the
prevailing party will be decided by the arbitrator or arbitrators  (with respect
to attorneys' fees incurred prior to and during the arbitration proceedings) and
by the court or courts,  including any appellate  courts, in which the matter is
tried, heard, or decided, including the court which hears any exceptions made to
an  arbitration  award  submitted  to it for  confirmation  as a judgment  (with
respect to attorneys' fees incurred in such confirmation proceedings).

         14.  EFFECT  OF  TERMINATION   OF  AGREEMENT.   If  this  Agreement  is
terminated,  all rights and benefits that have become vested  hereunder prior to
termination  will remain in full force and effect,  and the  termination  of the
Agreement  will not be construed as relieving any party from the  performance of
any accrued obligation incurred to the other under this Agreement.

         15.  ENTIRE  AGREEMENT.  This  Agreement  constitutes  and embodies the
entire understanding and agreement of the parties hereto relating to the matters
addressed in this  Agreement.  Except as otherwise  provided in this  Agreement,
there are no other  agreements  or  understandings,  written or oral,  in effect
between the parties relating to the matters addressed herein.

                                     - 15 -
<PAGE>
         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have entered into this Agreement
effective as of the Effective Date.

Corporation:                          HEALTHCARE CAPITAL CORP.



                                      By  /s/ Brandon M. Dawson


EXECUTIVE:                            /s/ Edwin J. Kawasaki
                                      Edwin J. Kawasaki

                              EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT


         THIS EMPLOYMENT  AGREEMENT is made and entered into effective  November
14, 1997,  between  HEALTHCARE  CAPITAL CORP.,  an Alberta,  Canada  corporation
("Corporation"), and RANDALL E. DRULLINGER ("Executive").

                                    RECITALS

         A. Executive is currently  Vice President of Marketing of  Corporation.
Executive is an innovative,  highly  experienced,  and  knowledgeable  executive
whose  creativity,   expertise,   and  effort  have  been  instrumental  in  the
development of the business and growth of Corporation.

         B. Corporation  recognizes that the future growth,  profitability,  and
success of the business of Corporation and its subsidiaries require, and will be
substantially and materially advanced by, the continued employment of Executive.
Corporation desires, therefore, to secure for Corporation and its affiliates the
continued benefit of Executive's experience,  ability, and leadership.  In order
to retain the services of Executive  and to maximize the period of his continued
availability, and in recognition of his continuing contribution to Corporation's
success, Corporation desires to offer Executive the compensation, amenities, and
other benefits that  executives of comparable  experience and ability  generally
receive.

                                    AGREEMENT

         NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements
contained herein, the parties agree as follows:

         1. DEFINITIONS. As used in this Agreement, the following terms have the
meanings set forth in this Section 1:

         "AFFILIATE" - Any person, firm, corporation, association, organization,
or  unincorporated  trade or  business  that,  now or  hereinafter,  directly or
indirectly,  controls,  is  controlled  by,  or is  under  common  control  with
Corporation.

         "BOARD" - The board of directors of Corporation.

         "CAUSE" - Cause for termination of employment means:

         (i) A material act of fraud or dishonesty by Executive  within the
    course of performing his duties for Corporation or its Affiliates;

         (ii) Gross  negligence or  intentional  misconduct by Executive in
    performing  material  duties  for  Corporation  or its  Affiliates,  or
    unjustifiable

                                      - 1 -
<PAGE>
    neglect  by  Executive  of  the  performance  of  material  duties  for
    Corporation or its Affiliates;

         (iii)  Commission  of an  act  (or  failure  to  take  an  action)
    intentionally  against the interest of  Corporation  or its  Affiliates
    that causes Corporation or an Affiliate material injury; or

         (iv) An act of serious moral turpitude that causes  Corporation or
    an Affiliate material injury.

Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  Executive  will  not be  deemed  to have  been
terminated  for Cause  unless and until there has been  delivered to Executive a
copy of a  resolution  duly adopted by the  affirmative  vote of not less than a
majority of the entire  membership of the Board  (excluding  Executive if at the
time he is member of the Board),  at a meeting of the Board  called and held for
that purpose,  finding  that, in the good faith opinion of the Board,  Executive
was  guilty of conduct  constituting  Cause as  defined  in this  Agreement  and
specifying  the  particulars  thereof in detail.  Executive must have been given
reasonable notice of such meeting and Executive, together with his counsel, must
have been given an opportunity to be heard before the Board at the meeting. This
provision will not be deemed to restrict the authority,  discretion, or power of
the Board,  by any action taken in  compliance  with  Corporation's  articles of
incorporation  and  bylaws,  to remove  Executive  as an officer or  director of
Corporation,  with or without Cause.  Rather,  the foregoing  provisions  merely
define,  for purposes of Executive's  contractual rights and remedies under this
Agreement, the circumstances in which termination of Executive's employment will
constitute termination for Cause.

         "CHANGE IN CONTROL" - A change in control of Corporation means:

         (i) The acquisition by any Person of beneficial  ownership (within
    the meaning of Rule 13d-3  promulgated  under the  Exchange  Act) of 50
    percent or more of the combined  voting  power of the then  outstanding
    Voting  Securities;  provided,  however,  that  for  purposes  of  this
    paragraph (i), the following  acquisitions will not constitute a Change
    of Control:  (A) any  acquisition  directly from  Corporation,  (B) any
    acquisition by Corporation, (C) any acquisition by any employee benefit
    plan (or related  trust)  sponsored or maintained by Corporation or any
    corporation controlled by Corporation,  (D) any acquisition by Warburg,
    Pincus   Ventures,   L.P.  ("WPV")  or  by  any  Person  that,  now  or
    hereinafter,  directly or indirectly  controls,  is  controlled  by, is
    under common control with, or is otherwise an affiliate of, WPV, or (E)
    any  acquisition  by any  corporation  pursuant to a transaction  which
    complies with clauses (A), (B), and (C) of paragraph (iii) below; or

         (ii) individuals who, as of the date of this Agreement, constitute
    the Board (the "Incumbent Board") cease for any reason to constitute at
    least a majority of the Board;  provided,  however, that any individual
    becoming

                                      - 2 -
<PAGE>
    a director subsequent to the date of this Agreement whose election,  or
    nomination for election by Corporation's shareholders,  was approved by
    a vote of at least a majority  of the  directors  then  comprising  the
    Incumbent  Board will be  considered as though such  individual  were a
    member of the Incumbent  Board,  but excluding,  for this purpose,  any
    such individual  whose initial  assumption of office occurs as a result
    of an  actual  or  threatened  election  contest  with  respect  to the
    election  or  removal  of  directors  or  other  actual  or  threatened
    solicitation  of proxies or consents by or on behalf of a Person  other
    than the Board; or

         (iii)  consummation of a reorganization,  merger, or consolidation
    or sale or other  disposition of all or substantially all of the assets
    of  Corporation  (a  "Business  Combination")  in  each  case,  unless,
    following such Business  Combination,  (A) all or substantially  all of
    the  individuals  and  entities who were the  beneficial  owners of the
    Voting  Securities  outstanding  immediately  prior  to  such  Business
    Combination  beneficially  own,  directly or  indirectly,  more than 50
    percent of,  respectively,  the then outstanding shares of common stock
    and the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities
    entitled to vote  generally in the election of  directors,  as the case
    may be, of the  corporation  resulting  from such Business  Combination
    (including, without limitation, a corporation which as a result of such
    transaction   owns   Corporation  or  all  or   substantially   all  of
    Corporation's   assets   either   directly   or  through  one  or  more
    subsidiaries) in substantially the same proportions as their ownership,
    immediately  prior  to  such  Business   Combination,   of  the  Voting
    Securities,  (B) no Person  (excluding  any  employee  benefit plan (or
    related trust) of Corporation or such  corporation  resulting from such
    Business  Combination)  beneficially owns,  directly or indirectly,  50
    percent or more of, respectively, the then outstanding shares of common
    stock of the  corporation  resulting from such Business  Combination or
    the combined voting power of the then outstanding  voting securities of
    such corporation except to the extent that such ownership existed prior
    to the Business  Combination and (C) at least a majority of the members
    of the  board of  directors  of the  corporation  resulting  from  such
    Business Combination were members of Incumbent Board at the time of the
    execution  of the  initial  agreement,  or of the  action of the Board,
    providing for such Business Combination.

         "COMPETITIVE  ENTITY"  - A  Person,  firm,  or  entity  engaged  in the
national  or  regional  (in the United  States or Canada)  retail  provision  of
audiology services and/or dispensing of hearing aids.

         "DISABILITY"   OR  "DISABLED"  -  Inability  to  perform   duties  with
Corporation  on a  full-time  basis by reason of "Total  Disability"  within the
meaning  of  Corporation's  Group  Long Term  Disability  Insurance  Plan or any
successor plan or program maintained by Corporation. In the event Corporation no
longer maintains a similar plan or program,

                                      - 3 -
<PAGE>
Disability  or Disabled  means  inability to engage in any  substantial  gainful
activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment.

         "EFFECTIVE DATE" - December 24, 1997.

         "EXCESS  PARACHUTE  PAYMENT" - Has the meaning given in Section 280G(b)
of the Code.

         "EXCHANGE ACT" - The Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

         "EXCISE  TAX" - A tax  imposed by Section  4999(a) of the Code,  or any
successor provision, with respect to an Excess Parachute Payment.

         "GOOD  REASON" - For all  purposes of this  Agreement,  termination  by
Executive of his employment  with  Corporation  during the  Employment  Term for
"Good Reason" means termination based on any of the following:

         (a) A change in  Executive's  status or position or positions with
    Corporation that represents a material demotion from Executive's status
    or position or positions as of the date of this Agreement or a material
    change in Executive's duties or  responsibilities  that is inconsistent
    with such status or position or positions;

         (b) A reduction by Corporation  in Executive's  Base Salary (as in
    effect on the date of this Agreement or as increased at any time during
    the Term of this Agreement);

         (c)  The   failure  of   Corporation   to   continue   Executive's
    participation (on terms comparable to those for other key executives of
    Corporation)  in any Plans and  vacation  programs or  arrangements  in
    which other key executives of Corporation are participants (unless such
    failure to continue is caused by an action or status of Executive); or

         (d)  Corporation's  requiring  Executive  to be based more than 35
    miles  from  Corporation's   principal  executive  office,  except  for
    required travel on  Corporation's  business to an extent  substantially
    consistent with Executive's  business travel obligations as of the date
    of this Agreement.

         "OTHER AGREEMENT" - A plan, arrangement, or agreement pursuant to which
an Other Payment is made.

         "OTHER  PAYMENT"  - Any  payment or benefit  payable  to  Executive  in
connection  with a Change  in  Control  of  Corporation  pursuant  to any  plan,
arrangement,  or agreement  (other than this  Agreement) with  Corporation,  any
person whose actions result in a change in control of Corporation, or any person
affiliated with Corporation or such person.

                                      - 4 -
<PAGE>
         "OUTSIDE TAX COUNSEL" - Outside tax counsel selected by Corporation and
reasonably acceptable to Executive.

         "PARACHUTE  PAYMENT"  - A payment or benefit  payable to  Executive  in
connection  with a  Change  in  Control  of  Corporation  that is  treated  as a
parachute payment within the meaning of Code Section 280G(b)(2).

         "PERSON" - Any individual, corporation,  partnership, limited liability
company, group, association,  or other "person," as such term is used in Section
13(d)(3) or Section 14(d) of the Exchange  Act,  other than  Corporation  or any
employee benefit plan or plans sponsored by Corporation.

         "PLAN" - Any  compensation  plan such as a plan providing for incentive
or deferred  compensation,  stock options or other stock or stock-related grants
or awards, or any employee benefit plan such as a thrift,  investment,  savings,
pension,  profit  sharing,  medical,   disability,   accident,  life  insurance,
cafeteria,  or  relocation  plan  or any  other  plan,  policy,  or  program  of
Corporation providing similar types of benefits to employees of Corporation.

         "SEVERANCE  PAYMENTS" - The severance payments described in Section 5.4
of this Agreement.

         "TERM" - The period from the Effective Date through  December 24, 2001;
provided,  however, that the Term will automatically be extended to December 24,
2002  (and  thereafter  will  be  similarly  extended  in  additional   one-year
extensions)  unless,  on or  before  June  30,  2001  (or,  if the term has been
extended, June 30 of the last year of the Term), either Corporation or Executive
gives written notice of non-extension of the Term.

         "TERMINATION BENEFITS" - The payments and benefits described in Section
5 of this Agreement.

         "TERMINATION  DATE" - The date Executive's  employment with Corporation
is terminated for any reason by Corporation or by Executive.

         "TOTAL  PAYMENTS" - All  payments or benefits  payable to  Executive in
connection with a Change in Control of Corporation, including Severance Payments
and Other Payments.

         "VOTING SECURITIES" - Corporation's  issued and outstanding  securities
ordinarily having the right to vote at elections of Corporation's Board.

                                      - 5 -
<PAGE>
         2.  EMPLOYMENT.  Corporation  hereby  agrees to employ  Executive,  and
Executive hereby accepts  employment with  Corporation,  during the Term of this
Agreement on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement. Corporation's
agreement  to employ  Executive is subject to the  reservations  provided in the
definition of "Cause" in Section 1 and in Section 3.3.

         3. EXECUTIVE DUTIES.

         3.1  Position  and  Duties.  Executive  agrees  to render  services  to
Corporation as Vice  President of Marketing of  Corporation  and as an executive
officer of such of  Corporation's  Affiliates  as the parties to this  Agreement
mutually agree,  including  Affiliates that may be formed or acquired subsequent
to the Effective Date. As Vice President of Marketing of Corporation,  Executive
will have  responsibility  for all  marketing  matters  affecting  Corporation's
business and will have such  executive and  managerial  duties as  Corporation's
Chief Executive Officer or President prescribes from time to time.

         3.2 Exclusive Employment. Executive agrees that during the Term of this
Agreement:

         (a) Executive will devote  substantially  all his regular business
    time solely and  exclusively  to the business of  Corporation,  whether
    such  business is operated  directly by  Corporation  or through one or
    more Affiliates of Corporation;

         (b) Executive will diligently carry out his responsibilities under
    this Agreement;

         (c) Executive will not, directly or indirectly,  without the prior
    approval of the Board,  provide  services on behalf of any  Competitive
    Entity  or on  behalf  of any  subsidiary  or  affiliate  of  any  such
    Competitive Entity, as an employee, consultant, independent contractor,
    agent,  sole proprietor,  partner,  member,  joint venturer,  corporate
    officer, or director;

         (d) Executive will not acquire by reason of purchase the ownership
    of more  than 1  percent  of the  outstanding  equity  interest  in any
    Competitive Entity; and

         (e) Except as expressly  set forth above,  Executive may engage in
    personal business and investment activities.

         3.3  Corporation  Reserved  Rights.  Corporation  reserves,  on its own
behalf and on behalf of its shareholders, the right to elect, from time to time,
any person to its Board, to appoint any person as an officer of Corporation, and
to remove any officer or director,  including Executive,  in any manner and upon
the basis or bases  presently  or  subsequently  provided for by its articles of
incorporation and bylaws. Nothing in this

                                      - 6 -
<PAGE>
Agreement  will be  deemed  to  constitute  any  restriction  on the  authority,
discretion,  or  power  of the  Board,  but  rather  will  only  give  Executive
contractual rights and remedies.

         3.4  Nondisclosure.  During  and  after  the  Term of  this  Agreement,
Executive  agrees not to  disclose  to any  persons  with  interests  adverse or
potentially  adverse  to  Corporation  (other  than  an  employee  or  agent  of
Corporation or any Affiliate entitled to receive such information)  confidential
information  relating  to the  business  of  Corporation  or any  Affiliate  and
obtained by Executive while  providing  services to Corporation or any Affiliate
without  the  consent  of the  Board,  or until  the  information  ceases  to be
confidential.  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  Executive will not be precluded
from  making  disclosures  respecting  Corporation  or any  Affiliate  where the
disclosures  are made  pursuant to compulsory  legal  process or when  otherwise
required by an appropriate government agency.

         4. COMPENSATION AND BENEFITS.

         4.1 Base Salary.  As  compensation  for the  performance of Executive's
services  hereunder,  inclusive  of  services  as an  officer  and  director  of
Corporation's  Affiliates,  Corporation will pay to Executive in accordance with
its normal  payroll  practices an annual salary (the "Base  Salary") of $104,000
per year,  subject to such increases (but not decreases) as are determined  from
time to time by the Board, or a compensation committee designated by the Board.

         4.2 Annual Bonus. During the Term of this Agreement,  Executive will be
eligible to receive an incentive  bonus for each fiscal year (beginning with the
fiscal  year  ending  July 31,  1998)  (an  "Annual  Bonus")  in an  amount  (as
determined  by the Board) up to 50 percent of  Executive's  Base Salary for such
fiscal year. The Annual Bonus for each fiscal year will be payable no later than
120 days following the end of each fiscal year.

         4.3 Stock Options

         4.3.1 Option Limitations.  Corporation's  common stock is traded on the
Alberta Stock Exchange ("ASE").  The rules of the ASE limit the number of shares
of  Corporation's  common stock with respect to which its listed  companies  may
grant stock options. Corporation has granted options up to the maximum permitted
under such rules. Corporation intends to apply for listing on the American Stock
Exchange ("AMEX") when it is able to meet the listing requirements for the AMEX.
At such time as  Corporation  obtains an AMEX  listing,  it will be permitted to
grant additional stock options.

         4.3.2 Option Awards.  At such time as Corporation is permitted to grant
additional  options,  Corporation will immediately grant Executive  nonqualified
stock option awards (the "Options") under Corporation's Stock Award Plan for the
following  number of shares of  Corporation's  common  stock with the  following
option exercise prices:

                                      - 7 -
<PAGE>
                                                Per Share
          Group           No. Shares       Option Exercise Price(1)
          -----           ----------       ------------------------
            1              220,000                 US $1.35
            2               80,000                 US $2.00
            3              100,000                 US $2.40

The Options will have the following additional features:

         o The number of shares  subject to the Options and the  respective
    option  exercise  prices will be adjusted to reflect any reverse  stock
    split or other similar restructuring of Corporation's common stock;

         o The effective  date of the option grants (the "Grant Date") will
    be the date the Board takes action to grant the Options;

         o The  Options  will have a term of the shorter of (a) the maximum
    term  allowable  under the rules of the  principal  stock  exchange  or
    market system on which shares of Corporation's  common stock are traded
    on the Grant Date or (b) 10 years, commencing on the Grant Date;

         o The  Options  of each group will  become  exercisable  over four
    years at 25 percent per year as follows,  based on the anniversaries of
    the Grant Date:

                                              Cumulative
                 Anniversary of               Percentage
                   Grant Date                 Exercisable
                 --------------               -----------

                 Prior to First                    0%
                 First                            25%
                 Second                           50%
                 Third                            75%
                 Fourth                          100%

         o The Options will become immediately and fully exercisable in the
    event  that,   within  one  year  following  a  Change  in  Control  of
    Corporation, Executive is terminated without Cause or one of the events
    described  in the  definition  of  Good  Reason  in  Section  1 of this
    Agreement  occurs  (provided,   however,  that  for  this  purpose,  an
    acquisition of more than 50 percent of the

- --------
(1) The option exercise prices will be the greater of the fair market value of a
share of common stock on the Grant Date or the minimum prices shown in the table
so that the  grant of the  Options  will not  result  in any  direct  charge  to
Corporation's reported earnings.

                                      - 8 -
<PAGE>
    Voting  Securities  by WPV, or any person that  directly or  indirectly
    controls,  is  controlled  by,  is under  common  control  with,  or is
    otherwise affiliated with WPV, will constitute a Change in Control);

         o Corporation agrees to register the shares subject to the Option;

         o The Option will be governed by an Award Agreement as approved by
    the Board; and

         o  Vested  Options  will  remain  exercisable  for 90  days  after
    termination of employment  or, in the case of termination  due to death
    or Disability, for one year.

         4.4 Other Benefits.  During the Term of this Agreement,  Executive will
be entitled to participate in all Plans (including  Plans adopted  following the
Effective Date) covering  Corporation's  key executive and managerial  employees
(as  described in  Corporation's  employee  manual as amended from time to time)
including,  without limitation,  Plans providing medical,  disability,  and life
insurance  benefits,  and vacation pay. In addition  Corporation  will pay up to
$500 per  calendar  month  during  the Term of this  Agreement  for  lease of an
automobile for Executive's use (subject to normal Corporation policies regarding
accounting for personal use of such automobile).

         4.5   Expenses.   Executive  is   authorized  to  incur  on  behalf  of
Corporation, and Corporation will directly pay or will fully reimburse Executive
for all customary and reasonable  out-of-pocket expenses incurred for promoting,
pursuing, or otherwise furthering the business of Corporation or its affiliates.

         5. TERMINATION OF AGREEMENT.

         5.1 Death.  If Executive  dies prior to the  expiration  of the Term of
this  Agreement,  Corporation  will pay to Executive's  representative  his Base
Salary through the date of death.  All benefits,  including death  benefits,  to
which Executive is then entitled under Plans in which Executive is a participant
will be payable as provided in those Plans.  This Agreement will terminate as of
the date of death and Corporation will have no further  obligations to Executive
under this Agreement.

         5.2  Disability.  In the event  Executive  becomes  Disabled during the
Term,  the  Agreement  will remain in effect and  Executive  will be entitled to
continue to receive the compensation  and benefits  described in Section 4 until
the expiration of the Term with the following modifications:

         (a) The Annual Bonus,  if any, that  otherwise  would be earned by
    Executive for the year in which his  employment is terminated by reason
    of Disability  (the  "Disability  Year") will be prorated  based on the
    number of days before and after the Termination Date;

                                   - 9 -
<PAGE>
         (b)  Executive  will not be entitled to any Annual Bonus for years
    following the Disability Year; and

         (c) The  amounts  otherwise  payable to  Executive  as Base Salary
    following the Termination  Date will be reduced by the amount,  if any,
    of  benefits  paid to  Executive  under  Corporation's  Group Long Term
    Disability Insurance Plan. To the extent allowable under applicable law
    and other Corporation  Plans,  Executive will be treated as an employee
    of Corporation during the period after the Termination Date and through
    the end of the Term for  purposes  of this  Agreement  and the Plans in
    which Executive is a participant.

         5.3 Termination for Cause or Voluntary Termination Without Good Reason.
Pending  the  determination  by the  Board  whether  or  not  Cause  exists  for
termination  of  Executive's  employment  pursuant to the definition of Cause in
Section 1, the Board may suspend Executive or relieve Executive of his duties as
an  officer,   but  may  not  terminate   Executive's   employment.   Upon  such
determination   that  Cause  exists,   Corporation  may  terminate   Executive's
employment.  If  Corporation  terminates  Executive's  employment  for  Cause or
Executive terminates employment other than for Good Reason, Corporation will pay
Executive his Base Salary  through the effective date of such  termination  and,
only if  Corporation  elects,  additional  compensation  equal  to  one-half  of
Executive's  Base Salary for the period during which  Executive is obligated not
to compete  pursuant  to Section  5.7 of this  Agreement.  This  Agreement  will
terminate  as of the  Termination  Date,  and  Corporation  will have no further
obligations to Executive  under this  Agreement.  All accrued  benefits to which
Executive  is then  entitled  under Plans in which he is a  participant  will be
payable as provided in those Plans.

         5.4  Termination  Without  Cause or With Good  Reason.  If  Executive's
employment  with  Corporation  is terminated  (other than for Disability or upon
Executive's  death)  by  Corporation  without  Cause or by  Executive  with Good
Reason,  Corporation  will  pay  Executive  the  following  amounts  ("Severance
Payments"):

         (a) Executive's Base Salary through the Termination Date; and

         (b) In  lieu of any  further  salary  payments  to  Executive  for
    periods  subsequent to the Termination Date, an amount of severance pay
    equal to Executive's  Base Salary  (payable in 12  substantially  equal
    monthly installments  commencing on the first day of the first calendar
    month beginning after the Termination Date).

         5.5 Related  Benefits.  Except in connection with Executive's  death or
Termination by Corporation  for Cause or Disability or by voluntary  Termination
by  Executive  without Good  Reason,  Corporation  will retain in full force and
effect for the continued benefit of Executive for one year after the Termination
Date all Plans in which Executive was entitled to participate  immediately prior
to the Termination Date, provided

                                     - 10 -

<PAGE>
that Executive's  continuedparticipation is possible under the general terms and
provisions  of such  Plans;  provided,  however,  that if the  participation  by
Executive in any Plan is barred by the provisions of such Plan, Corporation will
arrange to provide  Executive  with benefits  substantially  similar to those to
which Executive is entitled to receive under such Plan (provided,  however, that
the cost of such benefits does not exceed 125 percent of the prevailing  cost of
similar benefits under Corporation's Plans).

         5.6 No  Mitigation.  Executive  will not be required  to  mitigate  the
amount of any payment provided for in this Section 5 by seeking other employment
or otherwise.  However, except in the case of a termination of Executive without
Cause or with Good  Reason  within  one year  following  a Change in  Control of
Corporation,  the amount of any payment or related benefit  provided for in this
Section 5 will be reduced by any compensation earned or related benefit received
by  Executive  as a result of either  employment  by another  employer  or self-
employment after the Termination Date.  Executive agrees to provide  Corporation
with any  information  reasonably  necessary  to  determine  the  amount of such
reduction.

         5.7 Noncompetition  Following Termination.  Executive acknowledges that
the  agreements  and  covenants  contained in this Section 5.7 are  essential to
protect the value of Corporation's  business and assets and that, by his current
employment  with  Corporation and its  subsidiaries,  Executive has obtained and
will obtain such knowledge,  contacts,  know-how,  training and experience,  and
that such knowledge,  contacts,  know-how, training and experience could be used
to the  substantial  advantage  of a  Competitive  Entity  and to  Corporation's
substantial detriment. Therefore Executive agrees that:

         (a) In the event Executive's  employment is terminated (whether by
    Corporation  or by Executive)  for any reason before the  expiration of
    the  Term,  Executive  will not,  for a period  of two  years  from the
    Termination Date, participate (as an owner, employee, officer, partner,
    member,  shareholder,   director,  consultant,  or  otherwise)  in  any
    Competitive   Entity.   The  benefits  payable  under  this  Agreement,
    including without limitation  Corporation's obligation to pay Severance
    Benefits pursuant to Section 5.4 of this Agreement, and, if Corporation
    so elects, the additional  compensation provided in Section 5.3 of this
    Agreement,  are in  consideration  of  Executive's  performance  of the
    covenants in this Section 5.7.

         (b)  Executive  acknowledges  that  pursuant  to the terms of this
    Agreement,  he is receiving a "bona fide  advancement"  in terms of his
    employment  with  Corporation   within  the  meaning  of  ORS  653.295.
    Executive further acknowledges that he is receiving consideration under
    this Agreement in addition to such  consideration  as to which he would
    be entitled in the absence of this Agreement,  and he acknowledges that
    his  agreement  to the  provisions  of this  Section 5.7 is a necessary
    condition  for  Corporation  to enter into this  Agreement  and pay the
    consideration provided for in this Agreement.

                                     - 11 -
<PAGE>
         (c) Executive  acknowledges that Corporation's remedy at law for a
    breach by him of the provisions of this Section 5.7 will be inadequate.
    Accordingly,  in the  event  of the  breach  or  threatened  breach  by
    Executive of any  provision of this  Section 5.7,  Corporation  will be
    entitled to  injunctive  relief in addition to any Other  remedy it may
    have.  If any of the  provisions  of, or covenants  contained  in, this
    Section 5.7 are hereafter  construed to be invalid or  unenforceable in
    any  jurisdiction,  the  same  will not  affect  the  remainder  of the
    provisions  or the  enforceability  thereof in any other  jurisdiction,
    which will be given full effect,  without  regard to the  invalidity or
    unenforceability in such other  jurisdiction.  If any of the provisions
    of,  or  covenants  contained  in,  this  Section  5.7  are  held to be
    unenforceable   in  any   jurisdiction   because  of  the  duration  or
    geographical  scope  of  such  provision  or  covenant,  Executive  and
    Corporation  agree that the court making such  determination  will have
    the  power  to  reduce  the  duration  or  geographical  scope  of such
    provision or covenant and that, in its reduced form,  such provision or
    covenant will be enforceable; provided, however, that the determination
    of such court will not affect the enforceability of this Section 5.7 in
    any other jurisdiction.

         6. EFFECT OF CHANGE IN CONTROL.

         6.1 Treatment of Severance  Benefits.  The Severance  Benefits  payable
under Section 5.4 of this Agreement are not conditioned upon a Change in Control
of Corporation but are payable upon any  termination  described in that Section,
whether or not a Change in Control has occurred. Thus, it is the parties' mutual
intention that the Severance  Benefits are not to be treated as Total  Payments.
In the event a  termination  of employment  that would  otherwise be governed by
Section 5.4 occurs following a Change in Control and the Severance  Payments are
deemed to be Total Payments,  the Severance Payments will be reduced pursuant to
Section 6.2.

         6.2  Reduction in  Severance  Payments to Avoid  Excess  Parachute  Tax
Payments.

         6.2.1  Reduction.  In the event that any portion of the Total  Payments
received by  Executive  in  connection  with a Change in Control of  Corporation
would constitute an Excess  Parachute  Payment that is subject to an Excise Tax,
the Severance  Payments  otherwise  payable under Section 5.4 will be reduced to
the extent  necessary  to avoid such Excess Tax,  until either (i) no portion of
the Total Payments are subject to such Excise Tax or (ii) the Severance Payments
are reduced to zero.

                                     - 12 -
<PAGE>
         6.2.2 Application. For purposes of this limitation:

         (a) No portion of the Total Payments, the receipts or enjoyment of
    which Executive has effectively  waived in writing prior to the date of
    payment of the Severance Payments, will be taken into account;

         (b) No portion of the Total  Payments  will be taken into  account
    which,  in the opinion of Outside Tax  Counsel,  does not  constitute a
    Parachute Payment;

         (c) If Executive and Corporation  disagree  whether any payment of
    Severance  Payments  will result in an Excise  Tax,  the matter will be
    conclusively resolved by an opinion of Outside Tax Counsel;

         (d)  Executive  agrees to provide  Outside  Tax  Counsel  with all
    financial information necessary to determine the after-tax consequences
    of payments of Severance Payments for purposes of determining  whether,
    or to what extent,  Severance  Payments  are to be reduced  pursuant to
    this Section 6.2.

         (e) The  Severance  Payments  will be  reduced  only to the extent
    necessary so that the Total  Payments  (other than those referred to in
    Section  6.2.2(a) or 6.2.2(b))  in their  entirety  constitute,  in the
    opinion of Tax Counsel,  reasonable  compensation for services actually
    rendered within the meaning of Section 280G(b)(4) of the Code; and

         (f) The value of any noncash  benefit or any  deferred  payment or
    benefit  included  in the Total  Payments,  and whether or not all or a
    portion of any payment or benefit is a Parachute  Payment for  purposes
    of Section  6.2.2(b),  will be determined by Corporation's  independent
    accountants in accordance  with the principles of Section  280(G)(d)(3)
    and (4) of the Code.

         6.2.3 Effect on Other Agreements. In the event that any Other Agreement
has a provision that requires a reduction in the Other Payment  governed by such
Other Agreement to avoid or eliminate an Excess Parachute Payment, the reduction
in Severance  Payments  pursuant to this Section 6.2 will be given effect before
any  reduction  in the Other  Payment  pursuant to the Other  Agreement.  To the
extent  possible,  Corporation  and Executive  agree that reductions in benefits
under any Plan will be reduced in the following order of priority:

         (i) Severance Payments under this Agreement;

         (ii) Plan benefit continuation; and

         (iii) The acceleration in the  exercisability  of any stock option
    or other stock related award granted to Executive by Corporation.

                                   - 13 -
<PAGE>
         7. SUCCESSORS; BINDING EFFECT.

         7.1  Corporation.  This  Agreement will inure to the benefit of, and be
binding upon, any corporate or other  successor or assignee of Corporation  that
acquires,  directly or  indirectly,  by merger,  consolidation  or purchase,  or
otherwise,  all or  substantially  all the  business  or assets of  Corporation.
Corporation  will  require  any  such  successor,  by an  agreement  in form and
substance reasonably satisfactory to Executive, expressly to assume and agree to
perform this  Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent as Corporation
would be required to perform if no such succession had taken place.

         7.2  Executive.  This  Agreement  will  inure to the  benefit of and be
enforceable  by  Executive's  personal  or  legal  representatives,   executors,
administrators,  successors,  heirs,  distributees,  devisees,  and legatees. If
Executive  should die while any  amount  would  still be  payable  to  Executive
hereunder if Executive had continued to live, all such amounts, unless otherwise
provided herein,  will be paid in accordance with the terms of this Agreement to
Executive's  devisee,  legatee,  or  other  designee  or,  if  there  is no such
designee, to Executive's estate.

         8. WAIVER AND MODIFICATION.  Any waiver, alteration, or modification of
any of the terms of this  Agreement  will be valid only if made in  writing  and
signed by the parties to this  Agreement.  No waiver by either of the parties of
its rights  under this  Agreement  will be deemed to  constitute  a waiver  with
respect to any  subsequent  occurrences  or  transactions  hereunder  unless the
waiver specifically states that it is to be construed as a continuing waiver.

         9.  GOVERNING   LAW;   SEVERABILITY.   The  validity,   interpretation,
construction,  and  performance  of  this  Agreement  will  be  governed  by and
construed in accordance  with the laws of the state of Oregon.  Any provision of
this Agreement that is prohibited or  unenforceable  will be ineffective only to
the extent of that  prohibition or  unenforceability  without  invalidating  the
remaining provisions of this Agreement.

         10.  NOTICES.  For the  purposes  of this  Agreement,  notices  and all
communications  provided  for in this  Agreement  must be in writing and will be
deemed to have been given  upon the  earlier of (i)  personal  delivery  or (ii)
three business days after being mailed by United States  registered mail, return
receipt  requested,  with postage prepaid,  addressed to the respective party at
the address set forth below (or to such other  address as either  party may have
furnished to the other in writing in accordance with this Section 9, except that
notices of change of address will be effective only upon receipt):

         To Corporation:                HealthCare Capital Corp.
                                        111 S.W. Fifth Avenue
                                        Suite 2390
                                        Portland, Oregon 97204
                                        Attn: Brandon M. Dawson

                                     - 14 -
<PAGE>
         To Executive:                  Randall E. Drullinger
                                        14134 S.W. Warbler Place
                                        Portland, Oregon 97236

         11. HEADINGS.  Headings herein are for convenience only, are not a part
of this Agreement, and are not to be used in construing this Agreement.

         12.  ARBITRATION.  Any  dispute  or claim  that  arises  out of or that
relates to this Agreement or to the  interpretation,  breach,  or enforcement of
this Agreement, must be resolved by mandatory arbitration in accordance with the
then effective  arbitration rules of Arbitration Service of Portland,  Inc., and
any judgment upon the award rendered pursuant to such arbitration may be entered
in any court having jurisdiction thereof.

         13.  ATTORNEYS' FEES. In the event of any suit or action or arbitration
proceeding to enforce or interpret any provision of this  Agreement (or which is
based on this Agreement),  the prevailing party will be entitled to recover,  in
addition to other costs,  reasonable  attorneys'  fees in  connection  with such
suit,  action,  arbitration,  and in any appeal. The determination of who is the
prevailing party and the amount of reasonable  attorneys' fees to be paid to the
prevailing party will be decided by the arbitrator or arbitrators  (with respect
to attorneys' fees incurred prior to and during the arbitration proceedings) and
by the court or courts,  including any appellate  courts, in which the matter is
tried, heard, or decided, including the court which hears any exceptions made to
an  arbitration  award  submitted  to it for  confirmation  as a judgment  (with
respect to attorneys' fees incurred in such confirmation proceedings).

         14.  EFFECT  OF  TERMINATION   OF  AGREEMENT.   If  this  Agreement  is
terminated,  all rights and benefits that have become vested  hereunder prior to
termination  will remain in full force and effect,  and the  termination  of the
Agreement  will not be construed as relieving any party from the  performance of
any accrued obligation incurred to the other under this Agreement.

         15.  ENTIRE  AGREEMENT.  This  Agreement  constitutes  and embodies the
entire understanding and agreement of the parties hereto relating to the matters
addressed in this  Agreement.  Except as otherwise  provided in this  Agreement,
there are no other  agreements  or  understandings,  written or oral,  in effect
between the parties relating to the matters addressed herein.

                                     - 15 -
<PAGE>
         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have entered into this Agreement
effective as of the Effective Date.

Corporation:                    HEALTHCARE CAPITAL CORP.



                                By /s/ Brandon M. Dawson



EXECUTIVE:                      /s/ Randall E. Drullinger
                                Randall E. Drullinger


                                     - 16 -

                        STOCK PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT
                        ---------------------------------
                                   (INGLEWOOD)

         AGREEMENT  dated as of January 5, 1998, by and between the  individuals
named in Section 1.1 below  (referred  to herein  individually  as "Seller"  and
collectively  as  "Sellers")  and  SONUS-USA,  INC.,  a  Washington  corporation
("Purchaser").

                                    RECITALS
                                    --------

         A. Hearing Care  Associates-Inglewood,  Inc., a California  corporation
(the  "Company"),  operates an  audiology  and hearing aid clinic in  Inglewood,
California,   which  performs  testing  and  evaluation  of  patients'  hearing,
prescribes and fits hearing aids, and provides related services and products.

         B. Sellers own all shares of the issued and  outstanding  capital stock
of the Company (the "Shares").

         C. Purchaser and Sellers desire that Purchaser acquire ownership of the
Company through a purchase of the Shares.

                                      TERMS
                                      -----

         In  consideration  of  the  premises  and  of  the  mutual   covenants,
representations,  warranties and agreements  contained herein, the parties agree
as follows:

                                    ARTICLE I
                           PURCHASE AND SALE OF SHARES

         1.1 Ownership of Shares. The Shares are owned by Sellers as follows:

                  Sellers                   Shares       Percentage
                  -------                   ------       ----------

             Gregory J. Frazer                50             50
             Rhonda Jespersen                 50             50
                                             ---            ---
                                             100            100

         1.2 Purchase and Sale of Shares.  At the Closing (as defined in Section
2.1), on the terms and subject to the  conditions  set forth in this  Agreement,
Sellers shall sell and deliver to Purchaser,  and Purchaser  shall  purchase the
Shares from Sellers.

         1.3 Purchase  Price.  Subject to adjustment as set forth in Section 1.4
hereof,  the purchase  price for the Shares (the  "Purchase  Price")  shall be a
total of $197,000 payable to Sellers as follows:


                                      - 1 -
<PAGE>



                      Sellers
                      -------

                  Gregory J. Frazer                                    98,500
                  Rhonda Jespersen                                     98,500
                                                                      -------
                                                                     $197,000

At the Closing,  Purchaser shall pay the Purchase Price to Sellers by delivering
(i) to each  Seller a  certified  check in the  amount of  $50,000,  and (ii) to
Sellers jointly, a promissory note in the amount of $97,000, bearing interest at
the rate of 6  percent  per  annum  with  quarterly  payments  of not less  than
$8,892.96  in the form of  Schedule  1.3  attached  hereto,  which note shall be
subject to adjustment as set forth in Section 1.4 hereof.

         1.4 Purchase Price  Adjustment.  Sellers  acknowledge that the Purchase
Price was  negotiated  on the  assumption  that Company  would have no long-term
liabilities, including debt at Closing. In the event that at Closing Company has
long-term  liabilities,  the $97,000 note payable to Sellers shall be reduced by
the total amount of such long term  liabilities or at Sellers'  election Sellers
may pay to Purchaser,  on a pro rata basis,  an amount equal to the total of any
such long-term liabilities.

                                   ARTICLE II
                                     CLOSING

         2.1 Closing.  The closing of the  transaction  provided for herein (the
"Closing")  shall occur on such date on or before January ---, 1998, and at such
time and place as the parties shall mutually agree.

         2.2  Closing  Transactions.  The  following  actions  shall be taken at
Closing,  each of which shall be conditional on completion of all the others and
all of which shall be deemed to have taken place simultaneously:

                  (a) Deliveries by Sellers. Sellers shall deliver to Purchaser:

                           (i) Certificates representing the Shares;

                           (ii) The stock and minute books of the Company; and

                           (iii) All consents  required in  connection  with the
                  transactions contemplated hereunder.

                  (b)  Deliveries  by  Purchaser.  Purchaser  shall  deliver  to
         Sellers the checks and note provided for in Section 1.3.

                  (c) Joint Delivery.


                                      - 2 -
<PAGE>


                           (i)  Purchaser  and Sellers shall execute and deliver
                  counterparts of the Noncompetition  Agreements provided for in
                  Section 6.5(a) hereof; and

                           (ii) Purchaser and Rhonda Jespersen shall execute and
                  deliver to each other counterparts of the Employment Agreement
                  provided for in Subsection 6.5(b) hereof.

                                   ARTICLE III
                  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE SELLERS

         Except as  otherwise  set forth in the  Disclosure  Statement  attached
hereto as Schedule III, Sellers  represent and warrant to Purchaser as set forth
below in this  Article  III.  Subject  to the  limitations  set forth in Section
8.1(a),  the Sellers shall be jointly and severally  liable for breaches of such
representations  and  warranties  except to the extent  otherwise  expressly set
forth in Section 3.1(b) hereof.

         3.1 Corporate.

                  (a) Organization.  The Company is a corporation duly organized
         and existing under the laws of the state of California.

                  (b)  Capitalization.  The  authorized  capital  stock  of  the
Company  consists  of a single  class of common  stock,  of which 100 shares are
issued and  outstanding.  All issued and  outstanding  Shares have been  validly
issued and are fully paid and  nonassessable.  Each Seller  separately  warrants
that such  Seller is the owner of the  number  of shares  shown in  Section  1.1
hereof  (beneficially  and of record) free and clear of all liens,  claims,  and
encumbrances  whatsoever.  The Shares  constitute all the outstanding  shares of
capital  stock of the  Company.  Except  for a  Buy-Out  Agreement  to which the
Sellers are parties, no person has any agreement, option or other right, present
or future, to purchase or otherwise  acquire any of the shares of Company.  Such
Buy-Out Agreement will be terminated effective as of the Closing date.

                  (c) Corporate Power.  The Company has all requisite  corporate
         power and  authority to own,  operate and lease its  properties  and to
         carry on its business as and where such is now being conducted.

                  (d) No  Subsidiaries.  The Company does not own an interest in
         any corporation, partnership or other entity.

                  (e) Articles of Incorporation; Bylaws. The copies of Company's
         articles  of  incorporation  (certified  by the  Secretary  of State of
         California) and bylaws  (certified by Company's  secretary)  which have
         heretofore  been  delivered  to  Purchaser  are complete and correct as
         amended or restated to the date hereof.


                                      - 3 -
<PAGE>


         3.2 No Violation.  Neither the execution and delivery of this Agreement
or the other  documents  and  instruments  to be executed  and  delivered by the
Sellers pursuant hereto, nor the consummation by the Sellers of the transactions
contemplated hereby and thereby (a) will violate any statute or law or any rule,
regulation,  order,  writ,  injunction  or decree  of any court or  governmental
authority, (b) will require any authorization,  consent, approval,  exemption or
other action by or notice to any court,  administrative or governmental  agency,
instrumentality,  commission,  authority,  board or body or (c) will  violate or
conflict with, or constitute a default (or an event which,  with notice or lapse
of time,  or both,  would  constitute  a default)  under,  or will result in the
termination  of, or  accelerate  the  performance  required by, or result in the
creation of any  material  Lien (as defined in Section  3.8(b))  upon any of the
assets  of  the  Company  under,  any  term  or  provision  of the  articles  of
incorporation or bylaws of the Company or of any material contract,  commitment,
understanding, arrangement, agreement or restriction of any kind or character to
which the  Company is a party or by which the  Company  or any of the  Company's
assets or properties or the shares of the Company may be bound or affected.

         3.3  Financial  Statements.  The Sellers have  heretofore  delivered to
Purchaser the following  financial  statements of the Company  including balance
sheets and statements of income (the "Financial Statements"):

                  (a) Financial  Statements for the Company's fiscal years ended
         December 31, 1994, 1995, and 1996; and

                  (b) Financial Statements for the interim period ended November
         30, 1997.

The Financial  Statements are correct and complete in all material  respects and
fairly present the financial condition of the Company at the dates indicated and
results of its operations and changes in its financial  position for the periods
then ended.

         3.4  Absence  of  Certain  Changes.  Since the date of the most  recent
balance sheet included in the Financial Statements, there has not been:

                  3.4(a)  Adverse  Change.  Any material  adverse  change in the
         financial  condition,  assets,  liabilities,   business,  prospects  or
         operations of the Company;

                  3.4(b)  Damage.  Any  material  loss,  damage or  destruction,
         whether covered by insurance or not,  affecting the Company's  business
         or assets;

                  3.4(c)   Increase  in   Compensation.   Any  increase  in  the
         compensation,  salaries  or wages  payable or to become  payable to any
         employee or agent of the Company (including,  without  limitation,  any
         increase or change  pursuant  to any bonus,  pension,  profit  sharing,
         retirement or other plan or commitment), or any bonus or other employee
         benefit granted, made or accrued;


                                      - 4 -
<PAGE>


                  3.4(d) Labor Disputes. Any labor dispute or disturbance, other
         than  routine  individual  grievances  which  are not  material  to the
         business, financial condition or results of operations of the Company;

                  3.4(e)  Commitments.  Any  commitment  or  transaction  by the
         Company (including,  without limitation, any capital expenditure) other
         than in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice;

                  3.4(f) Dividends.  Any declaration,  setting aside, or payment
         of any dividend or any other  distribution  in respect of the Company's
         capital stock;  any  redemption,  purchase or other  acquisition by the
         Company of any capital stock of the Company,  or any security  relating
         thereto; or any other payment to any Shareholder as a shareholder;

                  3.4(g)  Disposition  of  Property.  Except  as  set  forth  on
         Schedule  3.4(g),  any sale,  lease or other transfer or disposition of
         any  properties or assets of the Company except for sales of inventory,
         consumption of supplies, and nonmaterial dispositions of worn or broken
         parts and equipment in the ordinary course of business;

                  3.4(h)  Indebtedness.  Any  indebtedness  for  borrowed  money
         incurred,  assumed or  guaranteed  by the Company other than changes in
         the Company's line of credit in the ordinary course of business;

                  3.4(i) Amendment of Contracts. Any entering into, amendment or
         termination  by the Company of any contract,  or any waiver of material
         rights thereunder, other than in the ordinary course of business;

                  3.4(j) Loans,  Advances, or Credit. Any loan or advance or any
         grant of credit by the Company; or

                  3.4(k)   Unusual   Events.   Any  other  event  or   condition
         specifically  related  to the  Company  not in the  ordinary  course of
         business  which would have a material  adverse  effect on the assets or
         the business of the Company.

         3.5  Absence of  Undisclosed  Liabilities.  Except as and to the extent
specifically  disclosed  in  the  most  recent  balance  sheet  included  in the
Financial  Statements  or  this  Agreement,   the  Company  does  not  have  any
liabilities other than commercial liabilities and obligations incurred since the
date of such balance sheet in the ordinary  course of business  consistent  with
past practices  none of which has or will have a material  adverse effect on the
business, financial condition or results of operations of the Company.

         3.6 No Litigation.  There is no action, suit, arbitration,  proceeding,
investigation  or inquiry pending or to the knowledge of the Sellers  threatened
against the Company,  its directors (in such  capacity),  its business or any of
its assets,  nor do the Sellers know of any such  proceeding,  investigation  or
inquiry threatened against the Company. The Disclosure


                                      - 5 -
<PAGE>


Schedule  identifies  all  actions,  suits,   proceedings,   investigations  and
inquiries to which the Company has been a party since  January 1, 1993.  Neither
the Company nor its business or assets are subject to any judgment,  order, writ
or injunction of any court, arbitrator or federal, state, foreign,  municipal or
other   governmental   department,   commission,   board,   bureau,   agency  or
instrumentality.

         3.7      Compliance With Laws.

                  3.7(a)  Compliance.  Except as set forth in Section  3.7(a) of
         the Disclosure  Schedule,  the Company  (including  each and all of its
         operations, practices, properties and assets) is in material compliance
         with all applicable federal, state, local and foreign laws, ordinances,
         orders,  rules  and  regulations  (collectively,   "Laws"),  including,
         without  limitation,  those applicable to discrimination in employment,
         occupational   safety  and  health,   trade  practices,   environmental
         protection,   competition  and  pricing,  product  warranties,  zoning,
         building and sanitation,  employment,  retirement and labor  relations,
         and product  advertising  except to the extent any noncompliance  would
         not have a material  adverse  effect upon the assets or the business of
         the Company  taken as a whole.  The Company has not received  notice of
         any violation or alleged  violation of, and is not subject to liability
         for past or continuing  violation of, any Laws. All reports and returns
         required to be filed by the  Company  with any  governmental  authority
         have been filed,  and were  accurate and complete  when filed except to
         the extent any deficiency would not have a material adverse effect upon
         the assets or the business of the Company taken as whole.

                  3.7(b)  Licenses  and  Permits.  The Company has  obtained all
         licenses,  permits,  approvals,  authorizations  and  consents  of  all
         governmental   and  regulatory   authorities   and  all   certification
         organizations  required for the conduct of its businesses (as presently
         conducted)  except  to the  extent  failure  to do so would  not have a
         material  adverse effect upon the assets or the business of the Company
         taken as a whole. All such licenses, permits, approvals, authorizations
         and consents are described in the  Disclosure  Schedule and are in full
         force and effect. The Company (including its operations, properties and
         assets)  is and has  been in  compliance  with  all  such  permits  and
         licenses, approvals,  authorizations and consents, except to the extent
         any  noncompliance  would not have a material  adverse  effect upon the
         assets or the business of the Company taken as a whole.

         3.8 Title to and Condition of Properties.

                  3.8(a) Real  Property.  Except as set forth on the  Disclosure
         Schedule,  the Company does not own any  interest in any real  property
         other than the leases referred to in Section 3.10(a) hereof.

                  3.8(b) Personal Property.  The Company has good and marketable
         title  to all its  assets,  free  and  clear  of all  mortgages,  liens
         (statutory  or  otherwise),   security  interests,   claims,   pledges,
         equities, options, conditional sales contracts, assessments,


                                      - 6 -
<PAGE>


         levies, easements, covenants, reservations,  restrictions,  exceptions,
         limitations,   charges  or  encumbrances   of  any  nature   whatsoever
         (collectively,  "Liens"). All the Company's tangible assets are located
         at the business  premises leased by the Company.  No personal  property
         owned by Sellers is located at Company's business premises.

                  3.8(c) Condition. All the Company's tangible assets are, taken
         as a whole,  in good  operating  condition and repair,  normal wear and
         tear excepted.

                  3.8(d)  Land  Use  Regulations.  There  are  no  condemnation,
         environmental,  zoning,  land  use,  or other  regulatory  proceedings,
         pending or, to the knowledge of the Sellers,  planned to be instituted,
         that could detrimentally affect the ownership, use, or occupancy of the
         real  property  presently  occupied  by the  Company  or the  continued
         operation of the Company's business as it is presently being conducted.

         3.9  Insurance.  The  Company  maintain  policies  of fire,  liability,
product  liability,  workers  compensation,  health and other forms of insurance
with such coverage  limits and deductible  amounts as are reasonable and prudent
in light of the nature of its assets and the risks of its business.

         3.10     Contracts and Commitments.

                  3.10(a)  Leases.   Set  forth  in  Schedule   3.10(a)  of  the
         Disclosure  Schedule is a list of all real and personal property leases
         to which the Company is a party.  Complete  and correct  copies of each
         lease  listed  on  the  schedule,  and  all  amendments  thereto,  have
         heretofore been made available to Purchaser.

                  3.10(b) Purchase Commitments. Set forth in Schedule 3.10(b) of
         the Disclosure  Schedule is a list of all agreements  (written or oral)
         between  the Company  and third  parties for the  purchase of goods and
         supplies by the Company which  individually call for the payment by the
         Company after the date hereof of more than $1,000 or which obligate the
         Company  for a  period  of more  than 90 days  from  the  date  hereof.
         Complete  and  correct  copies  of all  such  written  agreements  have
         heretofore been made available to Purchaser.

                  3.10(c) Sales  Commitments.  Set forth in Schedule  3.10(c) of
         the  Disclosure  Schedule is a list and  description  of all  presently
         effective  agreements  (written or oral)  between the Company and third
         parties for the  distribution  and sale of its  products.  Complete and
         correct copies of all such written  contracts have heretofore been made
         available to Purchaser.

                  3.10(d) Contracts With Sellers and Certain Others.  Except for
         the  employment  relationships  which exist between the Sellers and the
         Company,  the  Company  has no  agreement,  understanding,  contract or
         commitment  (written  or oral) with any  Seller,  or any  relative of a
         Seller.


                                      - 7 -
<PAGE>


                  3.10(e) Collective Bargaining Agreements. The Company is not a
         party to any collective bargaining agreement with any union.

                  3.10(f) Loan Agreements. Except as set forth on the Disclosure
         Schedule,  the  Company  is not  obligated  under  any loan  agreement,
         promissory note, letter of credit, or other evidence of indebtedness as
         signatories, guarantors or otherwise.

                  3.10(g)  Guarantees.  The Company has not under any instrument
         which is presently  effective  guaranteed the payment or performance of
         any person, firm or corporation,  agreed to indemnify any person or act
         as a surety,  or otherwise  agreed to be  contingently  or  secondarily
         liable for the obligations of any person.

                  3.10(h) Restrictive Agreements.  The Company is not a party to
         nor is it bound by any agreement requiring it to assign any interest in
         any  trade  secret  or  proprietary  information,   or  prohibiting  or
         restricting it from competing in any business or  geographical  area or
         soliciting  customers or otherwise  restricting it from carrying on its
         business anywhere in the world.

                  3.10(i) Other Material  Contracts.  The Company is not a party
         to any lease, license, contract (including without limitation contracts
         with health  maintenance  organizations)  or  commitment  of any nature
         involving  consideration or other  expenditure in excess of $1,000,  or
         involving  performance over a period of more than 90 days from the date
         hereof, or which is otherwise  individually  material to the operations
         of the  Company,  except  as  set  forth  in  Schedule  3.10(i)  of the
         Disclosure Schedule.

                  3.10(j) No Default.  The  Company is not in default  under any
         lease, agreement, contract or commitment, nor has any event or omission
         occurred which through the passage of time or the giving of notice,  or
         both, would  constitute a default  thereunder or cause the acceleration
         of any of the  Company's  obligations  or result in the creation of any
         Lien on any of the assets  owned,  used or occupied by the Company.  To
         the  knowledge of the Sellers,  no third party is in default  under any
         lease,  agreement,  contract  or  commitment  to which the Company is a
         party,  nor has any  event or  omission  occurred  which,  through  the
         passage of time or the giving of notice,  or both,  would  constitute a
         default  thereunder  or give rise to an automatic  termination,  or the
         right of discretionary termination thereof.

         3.11  Employee  Benefit  Plans.  Set  forth  in  Schedule  3.11  of the
Disclosure  Schedule,   is  a  description  of  all  pension,   profit  sharing,
retirement, bonus, executive or deferred compensation, hospitalization and other
similar fringe or employee  benefit plans,  programs and  arrangements,  and any
employment or consulting contracts, "golden parachutes," severance agreements or
plans,  vacation  and  sick  leave  plans  including,  without  limitation,  all
"employee benefit plans" (as defined in Section 3(3) of the Employee  Retirement
Income Security Act of 1974, as amended  ("ERISA")),  all employee manuals,  and
all written or binding oral statements of policies,  practices or understandings
relating to


                                      - 8 -
<PAGE>


employment, which are provided to, for the benefit of, or relate to, any persons
employed by the  Company.  The items  described  in the  foregoing  sentence are
hereinafter  sometimes referred to collectively as "Employee  Plans/Agreements."
True and correct copies of all written Employee Plans/Agreements,  including all
amendments thereto,  have heretofore been provided to Purchaser.  The Company is
in  compliance   with  and  have  made  all  payments  due  under  all  Employee
Plans/Agreements  and with respect thereto the Company is in compliance with all
applicable  federal  and  state  laws  and  regulations.  The  Company  is not a
contributor to any  multi-employer  pension plan which has an unfunded liability
with respect to benefits due its participants.

         3.12  Employment  Compensation.  Set  forth  in  Schedule  3.12  of the
Disclosure Schedule is a true and correct list of:

                  (a) All employees to whom the Company is paying  compensation;
         and in the case of salaried  employees such list identifies the current
         annual rate of compensation for each employee and in the case of hourly
         or commission  employees  identifies certain reasonable ranges of rates
         and the number of employees falling within each such range;

                  (b) All amounts owed to  employees  of the Company  (including
         the Sellers) for accrued sick pay, vacation pay, and bonus pay.

         3.13  Patents,  Trademarks,  etc.  Set  forth in  Schedule  3.13 of the
Disclosure  Schedule  attached hereto is a list of all United States and foreign
trademarks,  service  marks,  trade names,  brand names,  copyrights,  including
registrations and  applications,  patent and patent  applications,  and employee
covenants and agreements  respecting  intellectual  property ("Trade Rights") in
which the Company now has any interest, specifying the basis on which such Trade
Rights are owned,  controlled,  used or held (under license or otherwise) by the
Company,  and also  indicating  which of such Trade Rights are  registered.  All
Trade Rights shown as  registered in Schedule  3.13 of the  Disclosure  Schedule
have been properly registered,  all pending  registrations and applications have
been  properly  made and filed and all annuity,  maintenance,  renewal and other
fees relating to registrations or applications are current.  In order to conduct
the business of the Company,  as such is currently being conducted,  the Company
does not require any Trade Rights that it does not already have.  The Company is
not  infringing  and has not  infringed  on any Trade  Rights of  another in the
operation  of its  business,  nor to the  knowledge  of the Sellers is any other
person  infringing  on the Trade  Rights of the  Company.  The  Company  has not
granted  any  license  or made any  assignment  of any Trade  Right and no other
person has any right to use any Trade  Right owned or held by the  Company.  The
Company does not pay any royalties or other  consideration  for the right to use
any  Trade  Rights  of  others.  Except  as set  forth in  Schedule  3.13 of the
Disclosure  Schedule,  to the  knowledge  of  Sellers,  there are no  inquiries,
investigations  or claims or litigation  challenging or threatening to challenge
the  Company's  right,  title and interest with respect to its continued use and
right to preclude  others  from using any Trade  Rights of the  Company.  To the
knowledge of Sellers, all Trade


                                      - 9 -
<PAGE>


Rights of the Company are valid, enforceable and in good standing, and there are
no  equitable  defenses  to  enforcement  based  on any act or  omission  of the
Company.

         3.14 Product Warranty and Product Liability. Set forth in Schedule 3.14
of the Disclosure Schedule is a true, correct and complete copy of the Company's
standard warranty or warranties for sales of its products.

         3.15 Tax  Matters.  The Company  has  properly  completed  and filed in
correct form all federal, state, and other tax returns (including Forms 1099 and
other informational  returns) of every nature required to be filed by it and has
paid all taxes  (whether or not requiring  the filing of returns)  including all
deficiencies,  assessments,  additions to tax,  penalties  and interest of which
notice has been received to the extent such amounts have become due. The Company
has  obtained  all  required  Forms  W-9.  Complete  and  correct  copies of the
Company's  federal and  California  income tax returns for 1994,  1995, and 1996
have been delivered by the Sellers to Purchaser.  All tax liabilities  have been
fully and properly reflected in the Financial Statements. The income tax returns
of the Company have not been examined by the Internal Revenue Service. There are
no  outstanding   agreements  or  waivers  extending  the  statutory  period  of
limitation  for any  federal or state tax return of the  Company for any period.
The Company has made all  required  deductions  and  payments  and has  properly
prepared and delivered all required documents in connection with the withholding
of taxes from the wages and other compensation of its employees. The Company has
filed all  sales/use  tax returns and have paid all such taxes for all states in
which they have responsibility to do so. The Company has obtained and maintains,
to the extent required by law, a current sales and use tax exemption certificate
for each customer to which it makes tax-exempt sales.

         3.16 Key  Employees;  Bank;  Etc.  Set  forth in  Schedule  3.16 of the
Disclosure Schedule is a list showing:

                  (a)  The names of all the Company's officers and directors;

                  (b) The name of each  bank at  which  the  Company  has (i) an
         account  and the  numbers of all  accounts,  (ii) a line of credit,  or
         (iii) a safe deposit box and the name of each person authorized to draw
         thereon or have access thereto; and

                  (c) The name of each person  holding a power of attorney  from
         the Company and a summary of the terms thereof.

         3.17 Records.  The books of account of the Company  fairly  reflect the
items of income and  expense and the assets,  liabilities,  and  accruals of its
business and operations.

         3.18 Disclosure.  No  representation or warranty by the Sellers in this
Agreement, nor any statement,  certificate, schedule or exhibit hereto furnished
or to be  furnished by or on behalf of the Sellers  pursuant to this  Agreement,
nor any document or certificate delivered


                                     - 10 -
<PAGE>


to Purchaser  pursuant to this  Agreement  or in  connection  with  transactions
contemplated hereby,  contains or shall contain any untrue statement of material
fact or omits or shall omit a material  fact  necessary  to make the  statements
contained therein not misleading.

                                   ARTICLE IV
                   REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF PURCHASER

         Purchaser hereby represents and warrants to the Sellers as follows:

         4.1 Corporate.

                  (a)  Organization.  Purchaser is a corporation  duly organized
         and validly existing under the laws of the state of Washington.

                  (b) Corporate  Power.  Purchaser  has all requisite  corporate
         power and authority to own, operate and lease its properties,  to carry
         on its business as and where such is now being conducted, to enter into
         this Agreement and the other  documents and  instruments to be executed
         and  delivered  by  Purchaser  pursuant  hereto  and to  carry  out the
         transactions contemplated hereby and thereby.

                  (c)  Authority.  The execution and delivery of this  Agreement
         and the consummation of the transactions  contemplated hereby have been
         duly authorized by the board of directors of HealthCare. This Agreement
         constitutes the valid and binding  agreement of Purchaser,  enforceable
         against Purchaser in accordance with its terms.

                  (d) Qualification.  Purchaser is duly licensed or qualified to
         do business as a foreign corporation,  and is in good standing, in each
         jurisdiction wherein the character of the properties owned or leased by
         it,  or  the  nature  of  its   business,   makes  such   licensing  or
         qualification necessary.

         4.2 No Violation.  Neither the execution and delivery of this Agreement
or the other documents and instruments to be executed and delivered by Purchaser
pursuant  hereto,   nor  the  consummation  by  Purchaser  of  the  transactions
contemplated hereby and thereby (a) will violate any statute or law or any rule,
regulation,  order,  writ,  injunction  or decree  of any court or  governmental
authority, (b) will require any authorization,  consent, approval,  exemption or
other action by or notice to any court,  administrative or governmental  agency,
instrumentality,  commission,  authority,  board or body, or (c) will violate or
conflict with, or constitute a default (or an event which,  with notice or lapse
of time,  or both,  would  constitute  a default)  under,  or will result in the
termination  of, or  accelerate  the  performance  required by, or result in the
creation of any  material  Lien upon any of the assets of Purchaser  under,  any
term or provision of the Articles of Incorporation or By-laws of Purchaser or of
any material contract, commitment, understanding, arrangement, agreement


                                     - 11 -
<PAGE>


or  restriction  of any kind or  character  to which  Purchaser is a party or by
which Purchaser or any of its assets or properties may be bound or affected.

         4.3  Disclosure.  No  representation  or warranty by  Purchaser in this
Agreement nor any statement,  certificate,  schedule or exhibit hereto furnished
or to be furnished by or on behalf of Purchaser pursuant to this Agreement,  nor
any document or certificate delivered to Purchaser pursuant to this Agreement or
in connection with transactions  contemplated hereby,  contains or shall contain
any untrue  statement  of material  fact or omits or shall omit a material  fact
necessary to make the statements contained therein not misleading.

                                    ARTICLE V
                                    COVENANTS

         5.1 Covenants of Sellers.

                  (a) Access to Information and Records.  The Sellers agree that
         during  the  period  after the date  hereof  and prior to the  Closing,
         Purchaser, its counsel,  accountants and other representatives shall be
         provided (i) reasonable  access during normal  business hours to all of
         the properties,  books, records, contracts and documents of the Company
         for the  purpose  of such  inspection,  investigation  and  testing  as
         Purchaser deems  appropriate  (and Sellers shall furnish or cause to be
         furnished to Purchaser and its  representatives  all  information  with
         respect to the  business  and affairs of the Company as  Purchaser  may
         reasonably request);  (ii) reasonable access to employees and agents of
         the  Company  for  such  meetings  and   communications   as  Purchaser
         reasonably desires;  and (iii) with the prior consent of the Company in
         each  instance  (which  consent  shall not be  unreasonably  withheld),
         access to vendors,  customers, and others having business dealings with
         the Company.

                  (b) Conduct of Business Pending the Closing. The Sellers agree
         that from the date  hereof  until  the  Closing,  except  as  otherwise
         approved in writing by Purchaser:

                           (i)  No  Changes.  The  Company  will  carry  on  its
                  business  diligently  and in the same manner as heretofore and
                  will not make or  institute  any  changes  in its  methods  of
                  purchase, sale, management, accounting or operation.

                           (ii) Maintain Organization.  The Company will use its
                  best  efforts to maintain,  preserve,  renew and keep in force
                  and effect the existence, rights and franchises of the Company
                  and to  preserve  the  business  organization  of the  Company
                  intact,  to keep  available to Purchaser the present  officers
                  and  employees of the Company,  and to preserve for  Purchaser
                  its present  relationships  with  suppliers  and customers and
                  others having business relationships with the Company.


                                     - 12 -
<PAGE>


                           (iii)  No  Breach.  The  Company  will  use its  best
                  efforts to avoid any act, or any  omission  to act,  which may
                  cause  a  breach  of  any  material  contract,  commitment  or
                  obligation,  or any  breach of any  representation,  warranty,
                  covenant or agreement made by the Sellers.

                           (iv) No Material Contracts. No contract or commitment
                  will be entered into,  and no purchase of assets  (tangible or
                  intangible)  will be made,  by or on  behalf  of the  Company,
                  except contracts, commitments, purchases or sales which are in
                  the  ordinary  course of  business  and  consistent  with past
                  practice.

                           (v) No Corporate Changes. The Company shall not amend
                  its Articles of Incorporation or Bylaws or make any changes in
                  its authorized or issued capital stock;  the Company shall not
                  grant any option or other  right to  acquire  any share of its
                  authorized capital stock;

                           (vi)  Maintenance  of  Insurance.  The Company  shall
                  maintain all of its  insurance in effect as of the date hereof
                  or replace such insurance with  comparable  coverage and shall
                  procure  such  additional  insurance  as shall  be  reasonably
                  requested by Purchaser at Purchaser's expense.

                           (vii) Maintenance of Property. The Company shall use,
                  operate,  maintain and repair all its assets and properties in
                  a normal  business  manner  consistent with the Company's past
                  practices.

                           (viii) Interim  Financials.  The Company will provide
                  Purchaser with interim monthly financial  statements and other
                  management reports as and when they are available.

                           (ix) No  Dividends.  The Company shall not declare or
                  pay any dividend  (whether in cash, stock or property) or make
                  any  other  distribution  to  the  Sellers,   except  for  the
                  repayment of loans made by the Sellers to the Company.

                           (x) Compensation.  The Company shall not increase the
                  compensation  or benefits of any of its employees nor make any
                  other change in the terms of their employment.

                  (c) Repayment of Sellers'  Loans.  As of the date hereof,  the
         Company is indebted  to the  Sellers as set forth on  Schedule  5.1(c).
         Notwithstanding  any other provision of this Agreement,  on or prior to
         the Closing date,  Sellers shall have the right to cause the Company to
         repay such  indebtedness  to the extent the Company has funds available
         for such  purposes.  To the extent any such debts are not paid prior to
         Closing,  the  total  amount  thereof  shall  be  deemed  to have  been
         contributed to the capital of Company as of the Closing date.


                                     - 13 -
<PAGE>


                  (d)  Reimbursement  of Sick and Vacation Pay. In preparing the
         Statement  of Net  Working  Capital it has been  agreed that no accrual
         shall be made for sick and vacation pay  entitlements  for employees of
         Company. In consideration of this exclusion, Sellers agree to reimburse
         Purchaser  for any sick or vacation pay payments  Purchaser is required
         to  make to  former  employees  of  Company  who  become  employees  of
         Purchaser  and whose  employment  terminates  for any reason within the
         first six months following the Closing date to the extent such payments
         relate to accruals of sick or vacation pay prior to the Closing date.

         5.2 Release of  Sellers'  Personal  Guarantees.  Certain  Sellers  have
provided personal  guarantees or have otherwise become  individually liable with
respect to certain leases,  line of credit agreements,  purchase agreements with
manufacturers,  or other agreements for the benefit for the Company,  including,
without  limitation,  those  described on Schedule  5.2.  Following the Closing,
Purchaser  will use its best  efforts to obtain the release of the Sellers  from
all such  personal  liabilities.  To the extent that any such release  cannot be
obtained, Purchaser will indemnify and hold the Sellers harmless with respect to
any  loss,  cost,  or  expense  the  Sellers  may incur as a result of not being
released.

                                   ARTICLE VI
                 CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO PURCHASER'S OBLIGATIONS

         Each and every obligation of Purchaser to be performed at Closing shall
be  subject to the  satisfaction  prior to or at the  Closing  (or the waiver by
Purchaser) of each of the following conditions:

         6.1  Representations  and  Warranties  True  at  Closing.  Each  of the
representations and warranties made by the Sellers in this Agreement,  or in any
instrument, schedule, list, certificate or writing delivered by Sellers pursuant
to this  Agreement,  shall be true and  correct  when made and shall be true and
correct  in all  material  respects  at and as of the  Closing  as  though  such
representations and warranties were made as of the Closing.

         6.2 Compliance With  Agreement.  The Sellers shall have in all material
respects  performed and complied with all of their  agreements  and  obligations
under this Agreement which are to be performed or complied with by them prior to
or on the Closing,  including the delivery of the closing documents specified in
Section 2.2(a) hereof.

         6.3  Absence of Suit.  No action,  suit,  investigation  or  proceeding
before any court or any  governmental  authority  shall have been  commenced  or
threatened, against Purchaser, the Company or any of the affiliates, officers or
directors  of  any  of  them,  seeking  to  restrain,   prevent  or  change  the
transactions contemplated hereby, or questioning the validity or legality of any
such  transactions,  or seeking  damages in  connection  with,  or imposing  any
condition on, any such transactions;  provided that the obligations of Purchaser
shall not be affected  unless there is a reasonable  likelihood that as a result
of such action, suit,  investigation,  or proceeding Purchaser will be unable to
retain  substantially all the practical  benefits of the transaction to which it
is entitled under this Agreement.


                                     - 14 -
<PAGE>


         6.4 Approvals;  Consents. All consents, permits, approvals, licenses or
orders from any governmental or regulatory body or other third party required to
be obtained by Sellers for the consummation of the transactions  contemplated by
this  Agreement  shall have been  obtained  except where  failure to obtain such
consents,  permits,  approvals,  licenses  or orders  would not have a  material
adverse  effect  (whether or not such effect is referred to or  described in any
Schedule) on the business, prospects,  financial conditions, assets, reserves or
operations of the Company taken as a whole.

         6.5      Agreements.

                  (a)  Noncompetition   Agreements.   Both  Sellers  shall  have
         executed  and  delivered  to  Purchaser  a   Noncompetition   Agreement
         substantially in the form attached hereto as Schedule 6.5(a).

                  (b) Employment Agreement. Rhonda Jespersen shall have executed
         and delivered to Purchaser an Employment Agreement substantially in the
         form of Schedule 6.5(b) hereto.

                                   ARTICLE VII
                CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO THE SELLERS' OBLIGATIONS

         Each and every  obligation  of the Sellers to be  performed  at Closing
shall be subject to the  satisfaction  prior to or at the Closing (or the waiver
by the Sellers) of the following conditions:

         7.1  Representations  and  Warranties  True  at  Closing.  Each  of the
representations  and warranties made by Purchaser in this  Agreement,  or in any
instrument, list, certificate or writing delivered by Purchaser pursuant to this
Agreement,  shall be true and correct when made and shall be true and correct at
and as of the Closing as though such representations and warranties were made as
of the Closing.

         7.2 Compliance  With  Agreement.  Purchaser  shall have in all material
respects  performed  and  complied  with  all  of  Purchaser's   agreements  and
obligations  under this Agreement  which are to be performed or complied with by
Purchaser  prior to or on the  Closing,  including  the  delivery of the closing
documents specified in Section 2.2(b) hereof.

         7.3 Absence of Suit.  No action,  suit,  investigation,  or  proceeding
before any court or any  governmental  authority  shall have been  commenced  or
threatened against Purchaser, the Company or any of the affiliates,  officers or
directors  of  any  of  them,  seeking  to  restrain,   prevent  or  change  the
transactions contemplated hereby, or questioning the validity or legality of any
such  transactions,  or seeking  damages in  connection  with,  or imposing  any
condition  on,  any such  transactions;  provided  that the  obligations  of the
Sellers shall not be affected unless there is a reasonable  likelihood that as a
result of such action,  suit,  proceeding or investigation,  the Sellers will be
unable to retain  substantially all the consideration to which they are entitled
under this Agreement.


                                     - 15 -
<PAGE>


         7.4 Agreements.

                  (a) Noncompetition  Agreements.  Purchaser shall have executed
         and delivered to each Seller a Noncompetition  Agreement  substantially
         in the form attached hereto as Schedule 6.5(a).

                  (b) Employment  Agreement.  Purchaser  shall have executed and
         delivered to Rhonda Jespersen an Employment Agreement  substantially in
         the form attached hereto as Schedule 6.5(b).

                                  ARTICLE VIII
                  INDEMNIFICATION; SURVIVAL OF REPRESENTATIONS

         8.1 Indemnification by the Sellers.

                  (a) The Sellers  hereby agree to indemnify,  defend,  and hold
         Purchaser  (and  its  directors,  officers,  shareholders,   employees,
         affiliates,  agents and assigns)  harmless  from and against all Claims
         (as defined  below)  asserted  against,  resulting to, imposed upon, or
         incurred by Purchaser  directly or indirectly by reason of, arising out
         of,  or   resulting   from  (a)  the   inaccuracy   or  breach  of  any
         representation or warranty of the Sellers contained in or made pursuant
         to this Agreement or (b) the non-performance or breach of any covenant,
         term or  provision  to be  performed  by the Sellers  contained in this
         Agreement. The indemnification  obligation of Sellers hereunder is with
         respect to the full amount of the Claims (as defined below). As used in
         this Article  VIII,  the term "Claim" shall include any and all losses,
         liabilities,  damages,  deficiencies,  assessments,  judgments, awards,
         settlements,   costs,  and  expenses   including   without   limitation
         penalties,  court costs, and attorney fees and expenses at trial and on
         appeal.  Notwithstanding the foregoing,  Sellers' indemnity obligations
         shall be subject to the following limitations:

                           (i) Sellers  shall be  responsible  for  indemnifying
                  Purchaser  only to the extent Claims in the  aggregate  exceed
                  the sum of $5,000.

                           (ii)  Each  Seller  shall be solely  responsible  for
                  indemnification  with  respect to such  Seller's  warranty  of
                  title  regarding  Seller's  Shares and such Seller's  warranty
                  regarding the absence of liens and encumbrances  applicable to
                  such Shares;

                           (iii) Each Seller's liability with respect to a Claim
                  shall be limited to a  percentage  of such Claim equal to such
                  Seller's  percentage  ownership  of the Shares as set forth in
                  Section 1.1; and

                           (iv) Each Seller's maximum liability to Purchaser for
                  indemnification  shall not exceed an amount  equal the portion
                  of the  Purchase  Price being paid to such Seller as set forth
                  in Section 1.3 hereof.


                                     - 16 -
<PAGE>


                           (v) Any Claims shall be asserted by Purchaser jointly
                  against Sellers on a uniform basis and any waiver,  compromise
                  or settlement of a Claim offered by Purchaser shall be offered
                  on the same terms to both Sellers.

                  (b) Purchaser shall be entitled, at its option, to set off any
         amount due from Sellers to Purchaser under this Section 8.1 against any
         amount  Purchaser is obligated to pay Sellers under the notes  provided
         for in Section 1.3 hereof, under the Noncompetition Agreements provided
         for in Section 6.5(a) hereof or otherwise.

                  (c) Purchaser's right to  indemnification  as provided in this
         Section 8.1 shall not be eliminated,  reduced or modified in any way as
         a result  of the fact  that (i)  Purchaser  had  notice  of a breach or
         inaccuracy of any representation, warranty or covenant contained herein
         (except as set forth in the  Disclosure  Schedule),  (ii) Purchaser had
         been provided with access,  as requested by Purchaser,  to officers and
         employees  of the  Company  and  such of  Company's  books,  documents,
         contracts  and records as has been provided to Purchaser in response to
         Purchaser's requests.

         8.2 Indemnification by Purchaser. Purchaser hereby agrees to indemnify,
defend,  and hold  harmless  the Sellers  from and  against all Claims  asserted
against,  resulting to,  imposed  upon,  or incurred by the Sellers  directly or
indirectly by reason of, arising out of, or resulting from (a) the inaccuracy or
breach of any  representation  or warranty  of  Purchaser  contained  in or made
pursuant to this Agreement or in any of the documents delivered pursuant hereto,
or (b) the  non-performance  or breach of any covenant,  term or provision to be
performed by Purchaser  contained in this  Agreement or in any of the  documents
delivered pursuant hereto. The indemnification obligation of Purchaser hereunder
is with respect to the full amount of the Claims.

         8.3  Notice;  Defense  of  Claims.  If a claim is to be made by a party
entitled   to   indemnification   hereunder,   the   party   entitled   to  such
indemnification  shall give written notice to the indemnifying party immediately
after the party entitled to indemnification becomes aware of any fact, condition
or event  which  may give  rise to a matter  for  which  indemnification  may be
sought; provided that the failure of any indemnified party to give timely notice
shall not affect the rights to  indemnification  hereunder  except to the extent
that the indemnifying party  demonstrates  actual damage caused by such failure.
If any lawsuit or enforcement  action is filed against any party entitled to the
benefit of indemnity hereunder,  and if the indemnifying party shall acknowledge
in  writing  to the  indemnified  party  that the  indemnifying  party  shall be
obligated  under the terms of its indemnity  hereunder in  connection  with such
lawsuit,  action or claim, then the indemnifying party shall be entitled,  if it
so elects,  to take control of the defense and  investigation of such lawsuit or
action and to employ and engage attorneys of its own choice to handle and defend
the same, at the  indemnifying  party's cost, risk and expense provided that the
indemnifying  party and its counsel  shall  proceed with  diligence  and in good
faith with  respect  thereto.  The  indemnified  party  shall  cooperate  in all
reasonable  respects  with the  indemnifying  party  and such  attorneys  in the
investigation, trial and defense of such lawsuit or action and any appeal


                                     - 17 -
<PAGE>


arising therefrom; provided, however, that the indemnified party may, at its own
cost,  participate  in the  investigation,  trial and defense of such lawsuit or
action and any appeal arising therefrom.

         8.4 Survival of  Representations.  All  representations  and warranties
made by the  parties  in this  Agreement  are  made  only as of the date of this
Agreement but will survive the consummation of the transactions  contemplated by
this  Agreement  until  October 31, 1999  (except  for the  representations  and
warranties of the Sellers set forth in Section 3.10 hereof which shall expire 90
days after the applicable  statutes of limitation shall have run with respect to
all tax returns  filed by the  Company  for all  periods  ended on or before the
Closing),  after which all such  representations  and  warranties  shall  expire
except with respect to claims asserted in writing prior to such date.

                                   ARTICLE IX
                                  MISCELLANEOUS

         9.1 Termination.

                  (a) Right of Termination Without Breach. This Agreement may be
         terminated  without further liability of any party at any time prior to
         the Closing:

                           (i) By mutual written agreement of the parties, or

                           (ii)  By  either  Purchaser  or  the  Sellers  if the
                  Closing  shall not have  occurred  on or  before  the 90th day
                  after the date hereof, provided the terminating party has not,
                  through  breach of a  representation,  warranty  or  covenant,
                  prevented the Closing from occurring on or before such date.

                  (b) Termination for Breach.

                           (i)  Termination  by  Purchaser.  If there has been a
                  material  breach by the  Sellers  of any of their  agreements,
                  representations  or  warranties  contained  in this  Agreement
                  which  has not been  waived  in  writing  by  Purchaser,  then
                  Purchaser  may, by written notice to Sellers at any time prior
                  to the Closing that such breach is continuing,  terminate this
                  Agreement  with the effect  set forth in  Section  9.1(b)(iii)
                  hereof.

                           (ii)  Termination  by  Sellers.  If there  has been a
                  material  breach  by  Purchaser  of  any  of  its  agreements,
                  representations  or  warranties  contained  in this  Agreement
                  which has not been waived in writing by the Sellers,  then the
                  Sellers may, by written  notice to Purchaser at any time prior
                  to the Closing that such breach is continuing,  terminate this
                  Agreement with the effect set forth in Section 9.1(b)(iii).


                                     - 18 -
<PAGE>


                           (iii)  Effect  of  Termination.  Termination  of this
                  Agreement  pursuant  to this  Section 9.1 shall not in any way
                  terminate,  limit or restrict  the rights and  remedies of any
                  party  hereto  against any other  party which has  breached or
                  failed  to  perform  any of the  representations,  warranties,
                  covenants,   or   agreements  of  this   Agreement   prior  to
                  termination hereof.

         9.2  Waiver.  Sellers  or  Purchaser  may (a)  extend  the time for the
performance of any of the obligations or other acts of the other,  (b) waive any
inaccuracies in the representations and warranties of the other contained herein
or in any document  delivered  pursuant hereto and (c) waive compliance with any
of the agreements of the other or  satisfaction  of any of the conditions to its
obligations  contained  herein.  Any  extension or waiver made  pursuant to this
Section 9.2 must be by an  instrument  in writing  signed on behalf of the party
granting the extension or waiver.  A waiver by any party of any provision hereof
or breach  hereof  shall not operate or be  construed as the waiver of any other
provision or any subsequent breach.

         9.3 Binding Effect; No Assignment. This Agreement shall be binding upon
and inure to the  benefit of the  parties and their  respective  successors  and
legal  representatives.  This  Agreement  is not  assignable  and any  purported
assignment shall be null and void.  Nothing contained in this Agreement shall be
deemed to confer any right or benefit  upon any  person  other than the  parties
hereto to the extent herein provided.

         9.4 Dollars.  "Dollars"  and "$" mean lawful money of the United States
of America,  which  shall be legal  tender on the date of payment for all public
and private debts.

         9.5 Brokers and Finders.  Sellers on the one hand and  Purchaser on the
other,  each agree to indemnify and hold the other harmless from and against any
claim made for a broker's or a finder's fee or other similar  compensation  (and
all related  costs and expenses)  asserted  against an  indemnified  party which
arises out of or results from an action taken by an indemnifying party.

         9.6  Headings;  Severability.  The headings in this  Agreement  are for
reference only, and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement.  Each
and every  provision of this Agreement shall be treated as separate and distinct
and, in the event of any provision hereof being declared  invalid,  such invalid
provision shall be deemed to be severable and all other provisions  hereof shall
remain in full force and effect.

         9.7  Schedules.  The Schedules are a part of this Agreement as if fully
set forth herein.

         9.8 Disclosures and  Announcements.  Both the timing and the content of
all  disclosures  to third  parties  and  public  announcements  concerning  the
transactions provided for in this Agreement by either Sellers or Purchaser shall
be subject to the approval of the other in all essential  respects,  except that
the Sellers' approval shall not be required as to any


                                     - 19 -
<PAGE>


announcements or filings Purchaser may be required to make under applicable laws
or regulations.

         9.9 Expenses. Sellers agree that all fees and expenses incurred by them
in connection with this Agreement shall be borne by Sellers  including,  without
limitation,  all fees of counsel and accountants;  and Purchaser agrees that all
fees and expenses  incurred by it in  connection  with this  Agreement  shall be
borne by it, including, without limitation, all fees of counsel and accountants.

         9.10 Notice. All notices,  requests,  demands and other  communications
hereunder shall be given in writing and shall be: (a) personally delivered;  (b)
sent  by  telecopier,  facsimile  transmission  or  other  electronic  means  of
transmitting  written documents;  or (c) sent to the parties at their respective
addresses indicated herein by private overnight courier service.  The respective
addresses  and  telephone  numbers to be used for all such  notices,  demands or
requests are as follows:

         If to Purchaser:            SONUS-USA, Inc.
                                     111 S.W. Fifth Avenue, Suite 2390
                                     Portland, Oregon  97204
                                     Attn: President
                                               Personal & Confidential
                                     Facsimile:  (503) 225-9309

         with a copy to:             Miller, Nash, Wiener, Hager & Carlsen
                                     111 S.W. Fifth Avenue, Suite 3500
                                     Portland, Oregon  97204
                                     Attn: G. Todd Norvell
                                     Facsimile: (503) 224-0155

         If to Sellers:              Rhonda Jespersen-PERSONAL & CONFIDENTIAL
                                     318 East Hillcrest Blvd., #5
                                     Inglewood, California 90301

         with a copy to:             Richard P. Manson
                                     Graham & James
                                     801 S. Figueroa St., 14 Fl.
                                     Los Angeles, California 90017
                                     Facsimile: (213) 623-4581

         and to:                     Gregory J. Frazer
                                     1477 Dwight Drive
                                     Glendale, California 91207
                                     Facsimile (818) 244-8889


                                     - 20 -
<PAGE>


         with a copy to:             Ms. Nancy Borders
                                     Gardner, Carton & Douglas
                                     321 N. Clark Street, Ste. 3400
                                     Chicago, Illinois  60610
                                     Facsimile:  (312) 644-3381

         If personally  delivered,  such communication shall be deemed delivered
upon actual receipt; if electronically transmitted,  such communication shall be
deemed delivered the next business day after  transmission (and the sender shall
bear the burden of proof of delivery);  if sent by overnight courier pursuant to
this paragraph,  such communication shall be deemed delivered upon receipt.  Any
party  to this  Agreement  may  change  its  address  for the  purposes  of this
Agreement by giving notice thereof in accordance with this section.

         9.11     Resolution of Disputes.

                  (a) Arbitration. Any dispute, controversy or claim arising out
         of or relating to this  Agreement or the  performance by the parties of
         its terms shall be settled by binding  arbitration held in Los Angeles,
         California,  in accordance with the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the
         American Arbitration Association then in effect, except as specifically
         otherwise provided in this Section 9.11.

                  (b)  Arbitrators.  If the matter in controversy  (exclusive of
         attorney fees and expenses) shall appear,  as at the time of the demand
         for  arbitration,  to exceed  $50,000,  then the panel to be  appointed
         shall  consist of three  neutral  arbitrators;  otherwise,  one neutral
         arbitrator.

                  (c) Procedures;  No Appeal. The arbitrator(s) shall allow such
         discovery  as  the  arbitrator(s)   determine   appropriate  under  the
         circumstances  and  shall  resolve  the  dispute  as  expeditiously  as
         practicable,  and if reasonably practicable,  within 120 days after the
         selection  of the  arbitrator(s).  The  arbitrator(s)  shall  give  the
         parties written notice of the decision,  with the reasons  therefor set
         out,  and shall have  thirty (30) days  thereafter  to  reconsider  and
         modify  such  decision  if any party so  requests  within ten (10) days
         after the decision. Thereafter, the decision of the arbitrator(s) shall
         be final,  binding,  and  nonappealable  with  respect to all  persons,
         including  (without  limitation)  persons who have failed or refused to
         participate in the  arbitration  process.  If the amount in controversy
         exceeds  $10,000,  the  arbitrator's  decision  shall include a written
         statement  specifying  the basis for and  compensation  of any monetary
         amount.

                  (d) Authority. The arbitrator(s) shall have authority to award
         relief  under  legal or  equitable  principles,  including  interim  or
         preliminary relief, and to allocate responsibility for the costs of the
         arbitration and to award recovery of attorney fees and expenses in such
         manner as is determined to be appropriate by the arbitrator(s).


                                     - 21 -
<PAGE>


                  (e) Entry of Judgment. Judgment upon the award rendered by the
         arbitrator(s)  may be  entered  in any  court  having in  personam  and
         subject matter  jurisdiction.  The Shareholders  and HealthCare  hereby
         submit to the in personam  jurisdiction of the federal and state courts
         in California for the purpose of confirming any such award and entering
         judgment thereon.

                  (f) Confidentiality.  All proceedings under this Section 9.11,
         and  all  evidence  given  or  discovered  pursuant  hereto,  shall  be
         maintained in confidence by all parties.

                  (g)   Continued   Performance.   The  fact  that  the  dispute
         resolution  procedures  specified in this Section 13 shall have been or
         may  be  invoked  shall  not  excuse  any  party  from  performing  its
         obligations  under this Agreement,  and during the pendency of any such
         procedure  all  parties  shall  continue  to perform  their  respective
         obligations  in good  faith,  subject to any rights to  terminate  this
         Agreement that may be available to any party.

         9.12  Governing  Law. This  Agreement may not be modified or terminated
orally, and shall be construed and interpreted  according to the internal law of
the state of  California,  excluding any choice of law rules that may direct the
application of the laws of another jurisdiction.

         9.13 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed by the parties hereto
in separate counterparts,  each of which when so executed and delivered shall be
an original,  but all such  counterparts  shall together  constitute one and the
same instrument.  Each counterpart may consist of a number of copies hereof each
signed by less than all, but together signed by all, of the parties hereto.

         9.14 Entire  Agreement.  This instrument  embodies the entire agreement
between the parties hereto with respect to the transactions contemplated herein,
and there have been and are no agreements, representations or warranties between
the parties other than those set forth or provided for herein.

         9.15 Further Assurances.  Both before and after the Closing, each party
will  cooperate  in good faith  with the  others  and will take all  appropriate
action and execute any documents,  instruments,  or conveyances of any kind that
may be  reasonable  necessary or desirable to carry out any of the  transactions
contemplated hereunder.

         9.16 Sellers  Action.  Whenever in this Agreement the Sellers are given
the  discretion  to take or not to take any action,  the decision of the Sellers
shall be made  pursuant  to the vote of the  Sellers  holding a majority  of the
Shares.

         9.17  Termination  of  Restrictions.   Upon  the  consummation  of  the
transactions provided for herein, any restrictions on the transfer of the Shares
shall be waived by Sellers and shall become void and of no further effect.


                                     - 22 -
<PAGE>


         IN  WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the  parties  hereto  have  duly  executed  this
Agreement effective as of the date first above written.


SELLERS:                              PURCHASER:

                                      SONUS-USA, Inc., a Washington corporation


/s/ Rhonda Jespersen                  By: /s/ Edwin J. Kawasaki
Rhonda Jespersen                                   Edwin J. Kawasaki
                                                   Vice President

/s/ Gregory J. Frazer
Gregory J. Frazer

The  undersigned,  being the  spouse of a Seller  named in the  foregoing  Stock
Purchase and Sale Agreement,  hereby relinquish all right,  title, and interest,
including,  without  limitation,  any community property rights under California
law to the Shares (as defined in such Agreement) and hereby consent and agree to
the transfer of such Shares pursuant to such Agreement.


/s/ Carissa Bennett
Carissa Bennett


                                     - 23 -
<PAGE>


                                    SCHEDULES


Schedule 1.3      Note Payable to Sellers

Schedule III      Disclosure Schedule

         Schedule 3.4(g)            Disposition of Property
         Schedule 3.7(a)            Compliance with laws
         Schedule 3.10(a)           Leases
         Schedule 3.10(b)           Purchase Commitments
         Schedule 3.10(c)           Sales Commitments
         Schedule 3.10(i)           Other Material Contracts
         Schedule 3.11              Employee Benefit Plans
         Schedule 3.12              Employee Compensation
         Schedule 3.13              Patents, Trademarks
         Schedule 3.14              Product Warranty
         Schedule 3.16              Key Employees; Banks

Schedule 5.1(c)            Sellers' Loans
Schedule 5.2               Sellers' Personal Guarantees

Schedule 6.5(a)            Noncompetition Agreement
Schedule 6.5(b)            Employment Agreement


                                     - 24 -

                        STOCK PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT
                                   (MONTCLAIR)

         AGREEMENT dated as of February 12, 1998, by and between the individuals
named in Section 1.1 below  (referred  to herein  individually  as "Seller"  and
collectively  as  "Sellers")  and  SONUS-USA,  INC.,  a  Washington  corporation
("Purchaser").

                                    RECITALS
                                    --------

         A. Hearing Care  Associates-Montclair,  Inc., a California  corporation
(the  "Company"),  operates an  audiology  and hearing aid clinic in  Montclair,
California,   which  performs  testing  and  evaluation  of  patients'  hearing,
prescribes and fits hearing aids, and provides related services and products.

         B. Sellers own all shares of the issued and  outstanding  capital stock
of the Company (the "Shares").

         C. Purchaser and Sellers desire that Purchaser acquire ownership of the
Company through a purchase of the Shares.

                                      TERMS
                                      -----

         In  consideration  of  the  premises  and  of  the  mutual   covenants,
representations,  warranties and agreements  contained herein, the parties agree
as follows:

                                    ARTICLE I
                           PURCHASE AND SALE OF SHARES

         1.1 Ownership of Shares. The Shares are owned by Sellers as follows:

          Sellers                                    Shares       Percentage
          -------                                    ------       ----------

      Gregory J. Frazer                                50              50
      Donal M. Welch                                   50              50
                                                      ---             ---
                                                      100             100

         1.2 Purchase and Sale of Shares.  At the Closing (as defined in Section
2.1), on the terms and subject to the  conditions  set forth in this  Agreement,
Sellers shall sell and deliver to Purchaser,  and Purchaser  shall  purchase the
Shares from Sellers.

         1.3 Purchase  Price.  Subject to adjustment as set forth in Section 1.4
hereof,  the purchase  price for the Shares (the  "Purchase  Price")  shall be a
total of $76,000 payable to Sellers as follows:


                                      - 1 -
<PAGE>



                       Sellers
                       -------

                  Gregory J. Frazer                         38,000
                  Donal M. Welch                            38,000
                                                            ------
                                                           $76,000

At the Closing,  Purchaser shall pay the Purchase Price to Sellers by delivering
(i) to each  Seller a  certified  check in the  amount of  $25,000,  and (ii) to
Sellers  jointly,  a  three-year  promissory  note (the "Note") in the amount of
$26,000,  bearing  interest  at the rate of 6  percent  per  annum  with  annual
payments of not less than $8,666.67 plus accrued interest due on March 31, 1999,
2000,  and 2001.  The note shall be in the form of Schedule 1.3 attached  hereto
and shall be subject to adjustment as set forth in Sections 1.4 and 1.5 hereof.

         1.4 Purchase Price  Adjustment.  Sellers  acknowledge that the Purchase
Price was  negotiated  on the  assumption  that at  Closing  Company  would have
long-term  liabilities,  including debt of $15,000 or less. In the event that at
Closing Company has long-term  liabilities in excess of $15,000,  the Note shall
be reduced by the  amount of the  excess and the amount of the  reduction  shall
offset  payments  due under the Note  until the  amount  thereof  has been fully
offset.

         1.5 EBITDA  Adjustment.  For years ending  January 31, 1999,  2000, and
2001,  the  earnings  of the clinic  owned by  Company,  before  deductions  for
interest,  taxes,  depreciation,  and  amortization,  less a corporate  overhead
charge of 6 percent of revenues ("EBITDA"),  shall be calculated.  To the extent
EBITDA is less than $30,000 for any such year, an amount equal to the deficiency
shall be deducted  from the Note payment due on the  following  March 31. If the
amount to be deducted cannot be fully recovered from the Note payment due on the
next March 31, the unrecovered portion shall be recovered as provided in Section
1.6 below and Section 3.2 of the employment agreement provided for in subsection
6.5 hereof (the "Employment  Agreement").  To the extent that after such further
recoveries  have been  made,  there  remains a final  amount  which has not been
recovered,  it shall be carried over and recovered from subsequent Note payments
and to the  extent  permitted  in  Section  1.6  below  and  Section  3.2 of the
Employment Agreement in the next year.

         1.6  Seller  Reimbursement.  In the event that an amount  Purchaser  is
entitled to recover  pursuant to Section 1.5 above  exceeds the Note payment due
in 1999 or 2000, Gregory J. Fraser shall pay to Purchaser one-half of the excess
up to a maximum of $5,000 on the Note payment date in each of such years.

         1.7 Adjustment Reconciliation. Not later than March 31, 2001, Purchaser
shall compute total EBITDA for years ending January 31, 1999, 2000, and 2001. To
the extent  Purchaser has recovered,  pursuant to Sections 1.5 and 1.6 above and
Section 3.2 of the  Employment  Agreement an amount which exceeds the difference
between  such  total and  $90,000,  the  excess  shall be  refunded  pro rata to
Shareholders.

                                      - 2 -
<PAGE>


         1.8 Accounts Receivable  Payments.  During the 365-day period following
the Closing date, purchaser shall use commercially reasonable efforts to collect
Company's  accounts  receivable as of the Closing date. Within 10 days after the
90th, 180th,  270th, and 365th days following the Closing date,  Purchaser shall
pay to  Shareholders  in  equal  amounts  one-half  of such  Company's  accounts
receivable  collected  during  the  period  just  ended.  Donal M.  Welch  shall
reasonably be permitted to participate in the collection of such receivables.

                                   ARTICLE II
                                     CLOSING

         2.1 Closing.  The closing of the  transaction  provided for herein (the
"Closing") shall occur on such date on or before February ---, 1998, and at such
time and place as the parties shall mutually agree.

         2.2  Closing  Transactions.  The  following  actions  shall be taken at
Closing,  each of which shall be conditional on completion of all the others and
all of which shall be deemed to have taken place simultaneously:

                  (a) Deliveries by Sellers. Sellers shall deliver to Purchaser:

                           (i) Certificates representing the Shares;

                           (ii) The stock and minute books of the Company; and

                           (iii) All consents  required in  connection  with the
                  transactions contemplated hereunder.

                  (b)  Deliveries  by  Purchaser.  Purchaser  shall  deliver  to
         Sellers the checks and note provided for in Section 1.3.

                  (c) Joint Delivery.

                           (i)  Purchaser  and Sellers shall execute and deliver
                  counterparts of the Noncompetition  Agreements provided for in
                  Section 6.5(a) hereof; and

                           (ii)  Purchaser  and Donal M. Welch shall execute and
                  deliver to each other counterparts of the Employment Agreement
                  provided for in Subsection 6.5(b) hereof.

                                   ARTICLE III
                  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE SELLERS

         Except as  otherwise  set forth in the  Disclosure  Statement  attached
hereto as Schedule III, Sellers  represent and warrant to Purchaser as set forth
below in this  Article  III.  Subject  to the  limitations  set forth in Section
8.1(a), the Sellers shall be jointly and severally


                                      - 3 -
<PAGE>


liable for breaches of such  representations and warranties except to the extent
otherwise expressly set forth in Section 3.1(b) hereof.

         3.1 Corporate.

                  (a) Organization.  The Company is a corporation duly organized
         and existing under the laws of the state of California.

                  (b)  Capitalization.  The  authorized  capital  stock  of  the
Company  consists  of a single  class of common  stock,  of which 100 shares are
issued and  outstanding.  All issued and  outstanding  Shares have been  validly
issued and are fully paid and  nonassessable.  Each Seller  separately  warrants
that such  Seller is the owner of the  number  of shares  shown in  Section  1.1
hereof  (beneficially  and of record) free and clear of all liens,  claims,  and
encumbrances  whatsoever.  The Shares  constitute all the outstanding  shares of
capital  stock of the  Company.  Except  for a  Buy-Out  Agreement  to which the
Sellers are parties, no person has any agreement, option or other right, present
or future, to purchase or otherwise  acquire any of the shares of Company.  Such
Buy-Out Agreement will be terminated effective as of the Closing date.

                  (c) Corporate Power.  The Company has all requisite  corporate
         power and  authority to own,  operate and lease its  properties  and to
         carry on its business as and where such is now being conducted.

                  (d) No  Subsidiaries.  The Company does not own an interest in
         any corporation, partnership or other entity.

                  (e) Articles of Incorporation; Bylaws. The copies of Company's
         articles  of  incorporation  (certified  by the  Secretary  of State of
         California) and bylaws  (certified by Company's  secretary)  which have
         heretofore  been  delivered  to  Purchaser  are complete and correct as
         amended or restated to the date hereof.

         3.2 No Violation.  Neither the execution and delivery of this Agreement
or the other  documents  and  instruments  to be executed  and  delivered by the
Sellers pursuant hereto, nor the consummation by the Sellers of the transactions
contemplated hereby and thereby (a) will violate any statute or law or any rule,
regulation,  order,  writ,  injunction  or decree  of any court or  governmental
authority, (b) will require any authorization,  consent, approval,  exemption or
other action by or notice to any court,  administrative or governmental  agency,
instrumentality,  commission,  authority,  board or body or (c) will  violate or
conflict with, or constitute a default (or an event which,  with notice or lapse
of time,  or both,  would  constitute  a default)  under,  or will result in the
termination  of, or  accelerate  the  performance  required by, or result in the
creation of any  material  Lien (as defined in Section  3.8(b))  upon any of the
assets  of  the  Company  under,  any  term  or  provision  of the  articles  of
incorporation or bylaws of the Company or of any material contract,  commitment,
understanding, arrangement, agreement or restriction of any kind or character to
which the  Company is a party or by which the  Company  or any of the  Company's
assets or properties or the shares of the Company may be bound or affected.


                                      - 4 -
<PAGE>


         3.3  Financial  Statements.  The Sellers have  heretofore  delivered to
Purchaser the following  financial  statements of the Company  including balance
sheets and statements of income (the "Financial  Statements")  for the Company's
fiscal years ended December 31, 1995, 1996, and 1997.

The Financial  Statements are correct and complete in all material  respects and
fairly present the financial condition of the Company at the dates indicated and
results of its operations and changes in its financial  position for the periods
then ended.

         3.4  Absence  of  Certain  Changes.  Since the date of the most  recent
balance sheet included in the Financial Statements, there has not been:

                  3.4(a)  Adverse  Change.  Any material  adverse  change in the
         financial  condition,  assets,  liabilities,   business,  prospects  or
         operations of the Company;

                  3.4(b)  Damage.  Any  material  loss,  damage or  destruction,
         whether covered by insurance or not,  affecting the Company's  business
         or assets;

                  3.4(c)   Increase  in   Compensation.   Any  increase  in  the
         compensation,  salaries  or wages  payable or to become  payable to any
         employee or agent of the Company (including,  without  limitation,  any
         increase or change  pursuant  to any bonus,  pension,  profit  sharing,
         retirement or other plan or commitment), or any bonus or other employee
         benefit granted, made or accrued;

                  3.4(d) Labor Disputes. Any labor dispute or disturbance, other
         than  routine  individual  grievances  which  are not  material  to the
         business, financial condition or results of operations of the Company;

                  3.4(e)  Commitments.  Any  commitment  or  transaction  by the
         Company (including,  without limitation, any capital expenditure) other
         than in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice;

                  3.4(f) Dividends.  Any declaration,  setting aside, or payment
         of any dividend or any other  distribution  in respect of the Company's
         capital stock;  any  redemption,  purchase or other  acquisition by the
         Company of any capital stock of the Company,  or any security  relating
         thereto; or any other payment to any Shareholder as a shareholder;

                  3.4(g)  Disposition  of  Property.  Except  as  set  forth  on
         Schedule  3.4(g),  any sale,  lease or other transfer or disposition of
         any  properties or assets of the Company except for sales of inventory,
         consumption of supplies, and nonmaterial dispositions of worn or broken
         parts and equipment in the ordinary course of business;

                  3.4(h)  Indebtedness.  Any  indebtedness  for  borrowed  money
         incurred,  assumed or  guaranteed  by the Company other than changes in
         the Company's line of credit in the ordinary course of business;


                                      - 5 -
<PAGE>


                  3.4(i) Amendment of Contracts. Any entering into, amendment or
         termination  by the Company of any contract,  or any waiver of material
         rights thereunder, other than in the ordinary course of business;

                  3.4(j) Loans,  Advances, or Credit. Any loan or advance or any
         grant of credit by the Company; or

                  3.4(k)   Unusual   Events.   Any  other  event  or   condition
         specifically  related  to the  Company  not in the  ordinary  course of
         business  which would have a material  adverse  effect on the assets or
         the business of the Company.

         3.5  Absence of  Undisclosed  Liabilities.  Except as and to the extent
specifically  disclosed  in  the  most  recent  balance  sheet  included  in the
Financial  Statements  or  this  Agreement,   the  Company  does  not  have  any
liabilities other than commercial liabilities and obligations incurred since the
date of such balance sheet in the ordinary  course of business  consistent  with
past practices  none of which has or will have a material  adverse effect on the
business, financial condition or results of operations of the Company.

         3.6 No Litigation.  There is no action, suit, arbitration,  proceeding,
investigation  or inquiry pending or to the knowledge of the Sellers  threatened
against the Company,  its directors (in such  capacity),  its business or any of
its assets,  nor do the Sellers know of any such  proceeding,  investigation  or
inquiry threatened against the Company.  The Disclosure  Schedule identifies all
actions, suits,  proceedings,  investigations and inquiries to which the Company
has been a party since January 1, 1993.  Neither the Company nor its business or
assets are subject to any  judgment,  order,  writ or  injunction  of any court,
arbitrator  or  federal,   state,  foreign,   municipal  or  other  governmental
department, commission, board, bureau, agency or instrumentality.

         3.7 Compliance With Laws.

                  3.7(a)  Compliance.  Except as set forth in Schedule 3.7(a) of
         the Disclosure  Schedule,  the Company  (including  each and all of its
         operations, practices, properties and assets) is in material compliance
         with all applicable federal, state, local and foreign laws, ordinances,
         orders,  rules  and  regulations  (collectively,   "Laws"),  including,
         without  limitation,  those applicable to discrimination in employment,
         occupational   safety  and  health,   trade  practices,   environmental
         protection,   competition  and  pricing,  product  warranties,  zoning,
         building and sanitation,  employment,  retirement and labor  relations,
         and product  advertising  except to the extent any noncompliance  would
         not have a material  adverse  effect upon the assets or the business of
         the Company  taken as a whole.  The Company has not received  notice of
         any violation or alleged  violation of, and is not subject to liability
         for past or continuing  violation of, any Laws. All reports and returns
         required to be filed by the  Company  with any  governmental  authority
         have been filed,  and were  accurate and complete  when filed except to
         the extent any deficiency would not have a material adverse effect upon
         the assets or the business of the Company taken as whole.


                                      - 6 -
<PAGE>


                  3.7(b)  Licenses  and  Permits.  The Company has  obtained all
         licenses,  permits,  approvals,  authorizations  and  consents  of  all
         governmental   and  regulatory   authorities   and  all   certification
         organizations  required for the conduct of its businesses (as presently
         conducted)  except  to the  extent  failure  to do so would  not have a
         material  adverse effect upon the assets or the business of the Company
         taken as a whole. All such licenses, permits, approvals, authorizations
         and consents are described in the  Disclosure  Schedule and are in full
         force and effect. The Company (including its operations, properties and
         assets)  is and has  been in  compliance  with  all  such  permits  and
         licenses, approvals,  authorizations and consents, except to the extent
         any  noncompliance  would not have a material  adverse  effect upon the
         assets or the business of the Company taken as a whole.

         3.8 Title to and Condition of Properties.

                  3.8(a) Real  Property.  Except as set forth on the  Disclosure
         Schedule,  the Company does not own any  interest in any real  property
         other than the leases referred to in Section 3.10(a) hereof.

                  3.8(b) Personal Property.  The Company has good and marketable
         title  to all its  assets,  free  and  clear  of all  mortgages,  liens
         (statutory  or  otherwise),   security  interests,   claims,   pledges,
         equities, options,  conditional sales contracts,  assessments,  levies,
         easements,   covenants,   reservations,    restrictions,    exceptions,
         limitations,   charges  or  encumbrances   of  any  nature   whatsoever
         (collectively,  "Liens"). All the Company's tangible assets are located
         at the business  premises leased by the Company.  No personal  property
         owned by Sellers is located at Company's business premises.

                  3.8(c) Condition. All the Company's tangible assets are, taken
         as a whole,  in good  operating  condition and repair,  normal wear and
         tear excepted.

                  3.8(d)  Land  Use  Regulations.  There  are  no  condemnation,
         environmental,  zoning,  land  use,  or other  regulatory  proceedings,
         pending or, to the knowledge of the Sellers,  planned to be instituted,
         that could detrimentally affect the ownership, use, or occupancy of the
         real  property  presently  occupied  by the  Company  or the  continued
         operation of the Company's business as it is presently being conducted.

         3.9  Insurance.  The  Company  maintain  policies  of fire,  liability,
product  liability,  workers  compensation,  health and other forms of insurance
with such coverage  limits and deductible  amounts as are reasonable and prudent
in light of the nature of its assets and the risks of its business.

         3.10 Contracts and Commitments.

                  3.10(a)  Leases.   Set  forth  in  Schedule   3.10(a)  of  the
         Disclosure  Schedule is a list of all real and personal property leases
         to which the Company is a party.


                                      - 7 -
<PAGE>


         Complete and correct  copies of each lease listed on the schedule,  and
         all  amendments  thereto,   have  heretofore  been  made  available  to
         Purchaser.

                  3.10(b) Purchase Commitments. Set forth in Schedule 3.10(b) of
         the Disclosure  Schedule is a list of all agreements  (written or oral)
         between  the Company  and third  parties for the  purchase of goods and
         supplies by the Company which  individually call for the payment by the
         Company after the date hereof of more than $1,000 or which obligate the
         Company  for a  period  of more  than 90 days  from  the  date  hereof.
         Complete  and  correct  copies  of all  such  written  agreements  have
         heretofore been made available to Purchaser.

                  3.10(c) Sales  Commitments.  Set forth in Schedule  3.10(c) of
         the  Disclosure  Schedule is a list and  description  of all  presently
         effective  agreements  (written or oral)  between the Company and third
         parties for the  distribution  and sale of its  products.  Complete and
         correct copies of all such written  contracts have heretofore been made
         available to Purchaser.

                  3.10(d) Contracts With Sellers and Certain Others.  Except for
         the  employment  relationships  which exist between the Sellers and the
         Company,  the  Company  has no  agreement,  understanding,  contract or
         commitment  (written  or oral) with any  Seller,  or any  relative of a
         Seller.

                  3.10(e) Collective Bargaining Agreements. The Company is not a
         party to any collective bargaining agreement with any union.

                  3.10(f) Loan Agreements. Except as set forth on the Disclosure
         Schedule,  the  Company  is not  obligated  under  any loan  agreement,
         promissory note, letter of credit, or other evidence of indebtedness as
         signatories, guarantors or otherwise.

                  3.10(g)  Guarantees.  The Company has not under any instrument
         which is presently  effective  guaranteed the payment or performance of
         any person, firm or corporation,  agreed to indemnify any person or act
         as a surety,  or otherwise  agreed to be  contingently  or  secondarily
         liable for the obligations of any person.

                  3.10(h) Restrictive Agreements.  The Company is not a party to
         nor is it bound by any agreement requiring it to assign any interest in
         any  trade  secret  or  proprietary  information,   or  prohibiting  or
         restricting it from competing in any business or  geographical  area or
         soliciting  customers or otherwise  restricting it from carrying on its
         business anywhere in the world.

                  3.10(i) Other Material  Contracts.  The Company is not a party
         to any lease, license, contract (including without limitation contracts
         with health  maintenance  organizations)  or  commitment  of any nature
         involving  consideration or other  expenditure in excess of $1,000,  or
         involving  performance over a period of more than 90 days from the date
         hereof, or which is otherwise individually material to the


                                      - 8 -
<PAGE>


         operations of the Company,  except as set forth in Schedule  3.10(i) of
         the Disclosure Schedule.

                  3.10(j) No Default.  The  Company is not in default  under any
         lease, agreement, contract or commitment, nor has any event or omission
         occurred which through the passage of time or the giving of notice,  or
         both, would  constitute a default  thereunder or cause the acceleration
         of any of the  Company's  obligations  or result in the creation of any
         Lien on any of the assets  owned,  used or occupied by the Company.  To
         the  knowledge of the Sellers,  no third party is in default  under any
         lease,  agreement,  contract  or  commitment  to which the Company is a
         party,  nor has any  event or  omission  occurred  which,  through  the
         passage of time or the giving of notice,  or both,  would  constitute a
         default  thereunder  or give rise to an automatic  termination,  or the
         right of discretionary termination thereof.

         3.11  Employee  Benefit  Plans.  Set  forth  in  Schedule  3.11  of the
Disclosure  Schedule,   is  a  description  of  all  pension,   profit  sharing,
retirement, bonus, executive or deferred compensation, hospitalization and other
similar fringe or employee  benefit plans,  programs and  arrangements,  and any
employment or consulting contracts, "golden parachutes," severance agreements or
plans,  vacation  and  sick  leave  plans  including,  without  limitation,  all
"employee benefit plans" (as defined in Section 3(3) of the Employee  Retirement
Income Security Act of 1974, as amended  ("ERISA")),  all employee manuals,  and
all written or binding oral statements of policies,  practices or understandings
relating to employment, which are provided to, for the benefit of, or relate to,
any persons  employed  by the  Company.  The items  described  in the  foregoing
sentence  are  hereinafter  sometimes  referred  to  collectively  as  "Employee
Plans/Agreements."   True  and   correct   copies   of  all   written   Employee
Plans/Agreements,   including  all  amendments  thereto,  have  heretofore  been
provided  to  Purchaser.  The  Company is in  compliance  with and have made all
payments due under all Employee  Plans/Agreements  and with respect  thereto the
Company  is in  compliance  with  all  applicable  federal  and  state  laws and
regulations. The Company is not a contributor to any multi-employer pension plan
which has an unfunded liability with respect to benefits due its participants.

         3.12  Employment  Compensation.  Set  forth  in  Schedule  3.12  of the
Disclosure Schedule is a true and correct list of:

                  (a) All employees to whom the Company is paying  compensation;
         and in the case of salaried  employees such list identifies the current
         annual rate of compensation for each employee and in the case of hourly
         or commission  employees  identifies certain reasonable ranges of rates
         and the number of employees falling within each such range;

                  (b) All amounts owed to  employees  of the Company  (including
         the Sellers) for accrued sick pay, vacation pay, and bonus pay.

         3.13  Patents,  Trademarks,  etc.  Set  forth in  Schedule  3.13 of the
Disclosure  Schedule  attached hereto is a list of all United States and foreign
trademarks, service marks,


                                      - 9 -
<PAGE>


trade names, brand names, copyrights,  including registrations and applications,
patent and patent applications, and employee covenants and agreements respecting
intellectual  property  ("Trade  Rights")  in  which  the  Company  now  has any
interest, specifying the basis on which such Trade Rights are owned, controlled,
used or held (under  license or otherwise) by the Company,  and also  indicating
which of such Trade Rights are registered.  All Trade Rights shown as registered
in Schedule 3.13 of the Disclosure Schedule have been properly  registered,  all
pending registrations and applications have been properly made and filed and all
annuity,  maintenance,  renewal  and other fees  relating  to  registrations  or
applications  are current.  In order to conduct the business of the Company,  as
such is currently being conducted, the Company does not require any Trade Rights
that it does  not  already  have.  The  Company  is not  infringing  and has not
infringed on any Trade Rights of another in the operation of its  business,  nor
to the  knowledge  of the Sellers is any other  person  infringing  on the Trade
Rights of the  Company.  The  Company  has not  granted  any license or made any
assignment of any Trade Right and no other person has any right to use any Trade
Right owned or held by the Company.  The Company  does not pay any  royalties or
other  consideration for the right to use any Trade Rights of others.  Except as
set forth in Schedule  3.13 of the  Disclosure  Schedule,  to the  knowledge  of
Sellers,  there  are  no  inquiries,  investigations  or  claims  or  litigation
challenging or threatening to challenge the Company's right,  title and interest
with respect to its  continued  use and right to preclude  others from using any
Trade Rights of the Company.  To the  knowledge of Sellers,  all Trade Rights of
the  Company  are  valid,  enforceable  and in good  standing,  and there are no
equitable defenses to enforcement based on any act or omission of the Company.

         3.14 Product Warranty and Product Liability. Set forth in Schedule 3.14
of the Disclosure Schedule is a true, correct and complete copy of the Company's
standard warranty or warranties for sales of its products.

         3.15 Tax  Matters.  The Company  has  properly  completed  and filed in
correct form all federal, state, and other tax returns (including Forms 1099 and
other informational  returns) of every nature required to be filed by it and has
paid all taxes  (whether or not requiring  the filing of returns)  including all
deficiencies,  assessments,  additions to tax,  penalties  and interest of which
notice has been received to the extent such amounts have become due. The Company
has  obtained  all  required  Forms  W-9.  Complete  and  correct  copies of the
Company's  federal and  California  income tax returns for 1994,  1995, and 1996
have been delivered by the Sellers to Purchaser.  All tax liabilities  have been
fully and properly reflected in the Financial Statements. The income tax returns
of the Company have not been examined by the Internal Revenue Service. There are
no  outstanding   agreements  or  waivers  extending  the  statutory  period  of
limitation  for any  federal or state tax return of the  Company for any period.
The Company has made all  required  deductions  and  payments  and has  properly
prepared and delivered all required documents in connection with the withholding
of taxes from the wages and other compensation of its employees. The Company has
filed all  sales/use  tax returns and have paid all such taxes for all states in
which they have responsibility to do so. The Company has obtained and maintains,
to the extent required by law, a current sales and use tax exemption certificate
for each customer to which it makes tax-exempt sales.


                                     - 10 -
<PAGE>


         3.16 Key  Employees;  Bank;  Etc.  Set  forth in  Schedule  3.16 of the
Disclosure Schedule is a list showing:

                  (a)  The names of all the Company's officers and directors;

                  (b) The name of each  bank at  which  the  Company  has (i) an
         account  and the  numbers of all  accounts,  (ii) a line of credit,  or
         (iii) a safe deposit box and the name of each person authorized to draw
         thereon or have access thereto; and

                  (c) The name of each person  holding a power of attorney  from
         the Company and a summary of the terms thereof.

         3.17 Records.  The books of account of the Company  fairly  reflect the
items of income and  expense and the assets,  liabilities,  and  accruals of its
business and operations.

         3.18 Fraud and Abuse  Disclaimer.  Neither  Company nor any employee of
Company has in the operation of Company's  business committed a violation of the
Medicare and Medicaid fraud and abuse  provisions of the Social  Security Act or
any  similar  provisions  of other  federal,  state,  or local laws  relating to
kickbacks, illegal referrals, illegal billings, or the like.

         3.19 Disclosure.  No  representation or warranty by the Sellers in this
Agreement, nor any statement,  certificate, schedule or exhibit hereto furnished
or to be  furnished by or on behalf of the Sellers  pursuant to this  Agreement,
nor  any  document  or  certificate  delivered  to  Purchaser  pursuant  to this
Agreement or in connection with transactions  contemplated  hereby,  contains or
shall  contain any untrue  statement  of material  fact or omits or shall omit a
material fact necessary to make the statements contained therein not misleading.

                                   ARTICLE IV
                   REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF PURCHASER

         Purchaser hereby represents and warrants to the Sellers as follows:

         4.1 Corporate.

                  (a)  Organization.  Purchaser is a corporation  duly organized
         and validly existing under the laws of the state of Washington.

                  (b) Corporate  Power.  Purchaser  has all requisite  corporate
         power and authority to own, operate and lease its properties,  to carry
         on its business as and where such is now being conducted, to enter into
         this Agreement and the other  documents and  instruments to be executed
         and  delivered  by  Purchaser  pursuant  hereto  and to  carry  out the
         transactions contemplated hereby and thereby.


                                     - 11 -
<PAGE>


                  (c)  Authority.  The execution and delivery of this  Agreement
         and the consummation of the transactions  contemplated hereby have been
         duly authorized by the board of directors of HealthCare. This Agreement
         constitutes the valid and binding  agreement of Purchaser,  enforceable
         against Purchaser in accordance with its terms.

                  (d) Qualification.  Purchaser is duly licensed or qualified to
         do business as a foreign corporation,  and is in good standing, in each
         jurisdiction wherein the character of the properties owned or leased by
         it,  or  the  nature  of  its   business,   makes  such   licensing  or
         qualification necessary.

         4.2 No Violation.  Neither the execution and delivery of this Agreement
or the other documents and instruments to be executed and delivered by Purchaser
pursuant  hereto,   nor  the  consummation  by  Purchaser  of  the  transactions
contemplated hereby and thereby (a) will violate any statute or law or any rule,
regulation,  order,  writ,  injunction  or decree  of any court or  governmental
authority, (b) will require any authorization,  consent, approval,  exemption or
other action by or notice to any court,  administrative or governmental  agency,
instrumentality,  commission,  authority,  board or body, or (c) will violate or
conflict with, or constitute a default (or an event which,  with notice or lapse
of time,  or both,  would  constitute  a default)  under,  or will result in the
termination  of, or  accelerate  the  performance  required by, or result in the
creation of any  material  Lien upon any of the assets of Purchaser  under,  any
term or provision of the Articles of Incorporation or By-laws of Purchaser or of
any material  contract,  commitment,  understanding,  arrangement,  agreement or
restriction  of any kind or character to which  Purchaser is a party or by which
Purchaser or any of its assets or properties may be bound or affected.

         4.3  Disclosure.  No  representation  or warranty by  Purchaser in this
Agreement nor any statement,  certificate,  schedule or exhibit hereto furnished
or to be furnished by or on behalf of Purchaser pursuant to this Agreement,  nor
any document or certificate delivered to Purchaser pursuant to this Agreement or
in connection with transactions  contemplated hereby,  contains or shall contain
any untrue  statement  of material  fact or omits or shall omit a material  fact
necessary to make the statements contained therein not misleading.

                                    ARTICLE V
                                    COVENANTS

         5.1 Covenants of Sellers.

                  (a) Access to Information and Records.  The Sellers agree that
         during  the  period  after the date  hereof  and prior to the  Closing,
         Purchaser, its counsel,  accountants and other representatives shall be
         provided (i) reasonable  access during normal  business hours to all of
         the properties,  books, records, contracts and documents of the Company
         for the  purpose  of such  inspection,  investigation  and  testing  as
         Purchaser deems  appropriate  (and Sellers shall furnish or cause to be
         furnished to Purchaser and its  representatives  all  information  with
         respect to the  business  and affairs of the Company as  Purchaser  may
         reasonably request); (ii)


                                     - 12 -
<PAGE>


         reasonable  access to  employees  and  agents of the  Company  for such
         meetings and communications as Purchaser  reasonably desires; and (iii)
         with the prior consent of the Company in each instance  (which  consent
         shall not be unreasonably withheld),  access to vendors, customers, and
         others having business dealings with the Company.

                  (b) Conduct of Business Pending the Closing. The Sellers agree
         that from the date  hereof  until  the  Closing,  except  as  otherwise
         approved in writing by Purchaser:

                           (i)  No  Changes.  The  Company  will  carry  on  its
                  business  diligently  and in the same manner as heretofore and
                  will not make or  institute  any  changes  in its  methods  of
                  purchase, sale, management, accounting or operation.

                           (ii) Maintain Organization.  The Company will use its
                  best  efforts to maintain,  preserve,  renew and keep in force
                  and effect the existence, rights and franchises of the Company
                  and to  preserve  the  business  organization  of the  Company
                  intact,  to keep  available to Purchaser the present  officers
                  and  employees of the Company,  and to preserve for  Purchaser
                  its present  relationships  with  suppliers  and customers and
                  others having business relationships with the Company.

                           (iii)  No  Breach.  The  Company  will  use its  best
                  efforts to avoid any act, or any  omission  to act,  which may
                  cause  a  breach  of  any  material  contract,  commitment  or
                  obligation,  or any  breach of any  representation,  warranty,
                  covenant or agreement made by the Sellers.

                           (iv) No Material Contracts. No contract or commitment
                  will be entered into,  and no purchase of assets  (tangible or
                  intangible)  will be made,  by or on  behalf  of the  Company,
                  except contracts, commitments, purchases or sales which are in
                  the  ordinary  course of  business  and  consistent  with past
                  practice.

                           (v) No Corporate Changes. The Company shall not amend
                  its Articles of Incorporation or Bylaws or make any changes in
                  its authorized or issued capital stock;  the Company shall not
                  grant any option or other  right to  acquire  any share of its
                  authorized capital stock;

                           (vi)  Maintenance  of  Insurance.  The Company  shall
                  maintain all of its  insurance in effect as of the date hereof
                  or replace such insurance with  comparable  coverage and shall
                  procure  such  additional  insurance  as shall  be  reasonably
                  requested by Purchaser at Purchaser's expense.

                           (vii) Maintenance of Property. The Company shall use,
                  operate,  maintain and repair all its assets and properties in
                  a normal  business  manner  consistent with the Company's past
                  practices.


                                     - 13 -
<PAGE>


                           (viii) Interim  Financials.  The Company will provide
                  Purchaser with interim monthly financial  statements and other
                  management reports as and when they are available.

                           (ix) No  Dividends.  The Company shall not declare or
                  pay any dividend  (whether in cash, stock or property) or make
                  any  other  distribution  to  the  Sellers,   except  for  the
                  repayment of loans made by the Sellers to the Company.

                           (x) Compensation.  The Company shall not increase the
                  compensation  or benefits of any of its employees nor make any
                  other change in the terms of their employment.

                  (c) Repayment of Sellers'  Loans.  As of the date hereof,  the
         Company is indebted  to the  Sellers as set forth on  Schedule  5.1(c).
         Notwithstanding  any other provision of this Agreement,  on or prior to
         the Closing date,  Sellers shall have the right to cause the Company to
         repay such  indebtedness  to the extent the Company has funds available
         for such  purposes.  To the extent any such debts are not paid prior to
         Closing,  the  total  amount  thereof  shall  be  deemed  to have  been
         contributed to the capital of Company as of the Closing date.

                  (d) Sick and Vacation Pay.  Sellers shall cause Company to pay
         on the Closing  Date all amounts due  employees of Company for sick and
         vacation  pay  accrued  through  the  date of  Closing.  Sellers  shall
         indemnify  and hold  Purchaser  harmless from and against any claims by
         employees  of Company,  including  Sellers,  for sick and  vacation pay
         which may have accrued prior to the Closing Date.

         5.2 Release of Sellers'  Personal  Guarantees.  Sellers  have  provided
personal guarantees or have otherwise become individually liable with respect to
certain   leases,   line  of  credit   agreements,   purchase   agreements  with
manufacturers,  or other agreements for the benefit for the Company,  including,
without  limitation,  those  described on Schedule  5.2.  Following the Closing,
Purchaser  will use its best  efforts to obtain the release of the Sellers  from
all such  personal  liabilities.  To the extent that any such release  cannot be
obtained, Purchaser will indemnify and hold the Sellers harmless with respect to
any  loss,  cost,  or  expense  the  Sellers  may incur as a result of not being
released.

                                   ARTICLE VI
                 CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO PURCHASER'S OBLIGATIONS

         Each and every obligation of Purchaser to be performed at Closing shall
be  subject to the  satisfaction  prior to or at the  Closing  (or the waiver by
Purchaser) of each of the following conditions:

         6.1  Representations  and  Warranties  True  at  Closing.  Each  of the
representations and warranties made by the Sellers in this Agreement,  or in any
instrument, schedule, list,


                                     - 14 -
<PAGE>


certificate or writing delivered by Sellers pursuant to this Agreement, shall be
true and  correct  when  made and  shall be true  and  correct  in all  material
respects at and as of the Closing as though such  representations and warranties
were made as of the Closing.

         6.2 Compliance With  Agreement.  The Sellers shall have in all material
respects  performed and complied with all of their  agreements  and  obligations
under this Agreement which are to be performed or complied with by them prior to
or on the Closing,  including the delivery of the closing documents specified in
Section 2.2(a) hereof.

         6.3  Absence of Suit.  No action,  suit,  investigation  or  proceeding
before any court or any  governmental  authority  shall have been  commenced  or
threatened, against Purchaser, the Company or any of the affiliates, officers or
directors  of  any  of  them,  seeking  to  restrain,   prevent  or  change  the
transactions contemplated hereby, or questioning the validity or legality of any
such  transactions,  or seeking  damages in  connection  with,  or imposing  any
condition on, any such transactions;  provided that the obligations of Purchaser
shall not be affected  unless there is a reasonable  likelihood that as a result
of such action, suit,  investigation,  or proceeding Purchaser will be unable to
retain  substantially all the practical  benefits of the transaction to which it
is entitled under this Agreement.

         6.4 Approvals;  Consents. All consents, permits, approvals, licenses or
orders from any governmental or regulatory body or other third party required to
be obtained by Sellers for the consummation of the transactions  contemplated by
this  Agreement  shall have been  obtained  except where  failure to obtain such
consents,  permits,  approvals,  licenses  or orders  would not have a  material
adverse  effect  (whether or not such effect is referred to or  described in any
Schedule) on the business, prospects,  financial conditions, assets, reserves or
operations of the Company taken as a whole.

         6.5 Agreements.

                  (a)  Noncompetition   Agreements.   Both  Sellers  shall  have
         executed  and  delivered  to  Purchaser  a   Noncompetition   Agreement
         substantially in the form attached hereto as Schedule 6.5(a).

                  (b) Employment  Agreement.  Donal M. Welch shall have executed
         and delivered to Purchaser an Employment Agreement substantially in the
         form of Schedule 6.5(b) hereto.

                                   ARTICLE VII
                CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO THE SELLERS' OBLIGATIONS

         Each and every  obligation  of the Sellers to be  performed  at Closing
shall be subject to the  satisfaction  prior to or at the Closing (or the waiver
by the Sellers) of the following conditions:

         7.1  Representations  and  Warranties  True  at  Closing.  Each  of the
representations  and warranties made by Purchaser in this  Agreement,  or in any
instrument, list, certificate or


                                     - 15 -
<PAGE>


writing  delivered by Purchaser  pursuant to this  Agreement,  shall be true and
correct  when made and shall be true and  correct  at and as of the  Closing  as
though such representations and warranties were made as of the Closing.

         7.2 Compliance  With  Agreement.  Purchaser  shall have in all material
respects  performed  and  complied  with  all  of  Purchaser's   agreements  and
obligations  under this Agreement  which are to be performed or complied with by
Purchaser  prior to or on the  Closing,  including  the  delivery of the closing
documents specified in Section 2.2(b) hereof.

         7.3 Absence of Suit.  No action,  suit,  investigation,  or  proceeding
before any court or any  governmental  authority  shall have been  commenced  or
threatened against Purchaser, the Company or any of the affiliates,  officers or
directors  of  any  of  them,  seeking  to  restrain,   prevent  or  change  the
transactions contemplated hereby, or questioning the validity or legality of any
such  transactions,  or seeking  damages in  connection  with,  or imposing  any
condition  on,  any such  transactions;  provided  that the  obligations  of the
Sellers shall not be affected unless there is a reasonable  likelihood that as a
result of such action,  suit,  proceeding or investigation,  the Sellers will be
unable to retain  substantially all the consideration to which they are entitled
under this Agreement.

         7.4 Agreements.

                  (a) Noncompetition  Agreements.  Purchaser shall have executed
         and delivered to each Seller a Noncompetition  Agreement  substantially
         in the form attached hereto as Schedule 6.5(a).

                  (b) Employment  Agreement.  Purchaser  shall have executed and
         delivered to Donal M. Welch an Employment  Agreement  substantially  in
         the form attached hereto as Schedule 6.5(b).

                                  ARTICLE VIII
                  INDEMNIFICATION; SURVIVAL OF REPRESENTATIONS

         8.1 Indemnification by the Sellers.

                  (a) The Sellers  hereby agree to indemnify,  defend,  and hold
         Purchaser  (and  its  directors,  officers,  shareholders,   employees,
         affiliates,  agents and assigns)  harmless  from and against all Claims
         (as defined  below)  asserted  against,  resulting to, imposed upon, or
         incurred by Purchaser  directly or indirectly by reason of, arising out
         of,  or   resulting   from  (a)  the   inaccuracy   or  breach  of  any
         representation or warranty of the Sellers contained in or made pursuant
         to this Agreement or (b) the non-performance or breach of any covenant,
         term or  provision  to be  performed  by the Sellers  contained in this
         Agreement. The indemnification  obligation of Sellers hereunder is with
         respect to the full amount of the Claims (as defined below). As used in
         this Article  VIII,  the term "Claim" shall include any and all losses,
         liabilities,  damages,  deficiencies,  assessments,  judgments, awards,
         settlements,   costs,  and  expenses   including   without   limitation
         penalties, court costs, and attorney fees and


                                     - 16 -
<PAGE>


         expenses  at  trial  and  on  appeal.  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,
         Sellers'  indemnity  obligations  shall  be  subject  to the  following
         limitations:

                           (i) Sellers  shall be  responsible  for  indemnifying
                  Purchaser  only to the extent Claims in the  aggregate  exceed
                  the sum of $2,500.

                           (ii)  Each  Seller  shall be solely  responsible  for
                  indemnification  with  respect to such  Seller's  warranty  of
                  title  regarding  Seller's  Shares and such Seller's  warranty
                  regarding the absence of liens and encumbrances  applicable to
                  such Shares;

                           (iii) Each Seller's liability with respect to a Claim
                  shall be limited to a  percentage  of such Claim equal to such
                  Seller's  percentage  ownership  of the Shares as set forth in
                  Section 1.1; and

                           (iv) Each Seller's maximum liability to Purchaser for
                  indemnification  shall not exceed an amount  equal the portion
                  of the  Purchase  Price being paid to such Seller as set forth
                  in Section 1.3 hereof.

                           (v) Any Claims shall be asserted by Purchaser jointly
                  against Sellers on a uniform basis and any waiver,  compromise
                  or settlement of a Claim offered by Purchaser shall be offered
                  on the same terms to both Sellers.

                  (b) Purchaser shall be entitled, at its option, to set off any
         amount due from Sellers to Purchaser under this Section 8.1 against any
         amount  Purchaser is obligated to pay Sellers under the notes  provided
         for in Section 1.3 hereof, under the Noncompetition Agreements provided
         for in Section 6.5(a) hereof or otherwise.

                  (c) Purchaser's right to  indemnification  as provided in this
         Section 8.1 shall not be eliminated,  reduced or modified in any way as
         a result  of the fact  that (i)  Purchaser  had  notice  of a breach or
         inaccuracy of any representation, warranty or covenant contained herein
         (except as set forth in the  Disclosure  Schedule),  (ii) Purchaser had
         been provided with access,  as requested by Purchaser,  to officers and
         employees  of the  Company  and  such of  Company's  books,  documents,
         contracts  and records as has been provided to Purchaser in response to
         Purchaser's requests.

         8.2 Indemnification by Purchaser. Purchaser hereby agrees to indemnify,
defend,  and hold  harmless  the Sellers  from and  against all Claims  asserted
against,  resulting to,  imposed  upon,  or incurred by the Sellers  directly or
indirectly by reason of, arising out of, or resulting from (a) the inaccuracy or
breach of any  representation  or warranty  of  Purchaser  contained  in or made
pursuant to this Agreement or in any of the documents delivered pursuant hereto,
or (b) the  non-performance  or breach of any covenant,  term or provision to be
performed by Purchaser  contained in this  Agreement or in any of the  documents
delivered pursuant hereto. The indemnification obligation of Purchaser hereunder
is with respect to the full amount of the Claims.


                                     - 17 -
<PAGE>


         8.3  Notice;  Defense  of  Claims.  If a claim is to be made by a party
entitled   to   indemnification   hereunder,   the   party   entitled   to  such
indemnification  shall give written notice to the indemnifying party immediately
after the party entitled to indemnification becomes aware of any fact, condition
or event  which  may give  rise to a matter  for  which  indemnification  may be
sought; provided that the failure of any indemnified party to give timely notice
shall not affect the rights to  indemnification  hereunder  except to the extent
that the indemnifying party  demonstrates  actual damage caused by such failure.
If any lawsuit or enforcement  action is filed against any party entitled to the
benefit of indemnity hereunder,  and if the indemnifying party shall acknowledge
in  writing  to the  indemnified  party  that the  indemnifying  party  shall be
obligated  under the terms of its indemnity  hereunder in  connection  with such
lawsuit,  action or claim, then the indemnifying party shall be entitled,  if it
so elects,  to take control of the defense and  investigation of such lawsuit or
action and to employ and engage attorneys of its own choice to handle and defend
the same, at the  indemnifying  party's cost, risk and expense provided that the
indemnifying  party and its counsel  shall  proceed with  diligence  and in good
faith with  respect  thereto.  The  indemnified  party  shall  cooperate  in all
reasonable  respects  with the  indemnifying  party  and such  attorneys  in the
investigation,  trial and  defense  of such  lawsuit  or action  and any  appeal
arising therefrom; provided, however, that the indemnified party may, at its own
cost,  participate  in the  investigation,  trial and defense of such lawsuit or
action and any appeal arising therefrom.

         8.4 Survival of  Representations.  All  representations  and warranties
made by the  parties  in this  Agreement  are  made  only as of the date of this
Agreement but will survive the consummation of the transactions  contemplated by
this  Agreement  until  October 31, 1999  (except  for the  representations  and
warranties of the Sellers set forth in Section 3.10 hereof which shall expire 90
days after the applicable  statutes of limitation shall have run with respect to
all tax returns  filed by the  Company  for all  periods  ended on or before the
Closing),  after which all such  representations  and  warranties  shall  expire
except with respect to claims asserted in writing prior to such date.

                                   ARTICLE IX
                                  MISCELLANEOUS

         9.1 Termination.

                  (a) Right of Termination Without Breach. This Agreement may be
         terminated  without further liability of any party at any time prior to
         the Closing:

                           (i) By mutual written agreement of the parties, or

                           (ii)  By  either  Purchaser  or  the  Sellers  if the
                  Closing  shall not have  occurred  on or  before  the 90th day
                  after the date hereof, provided the terminating party has not,
                  through  breach of a  representation,  warranty  or  covenant,
                  prevented the Closing from occurring on or before such date.


                                     - 18 -
<PAGE>


                  (b) Termination for Breach.

                           (i)  Termination  by  Purchaser.  If there has been a
                  material  breach by the  Sellers  of any of their  agreements,
                  representations  or  warranties  contained  in this  Agreement
                  which  has not been  waived  in  writing  by  Purchaser,  then
                  Purchaser  may, by written notice to Sellers at any time prior
                  to the Closing that such breach is continuing,  terminate this
                  Agreement  with the effect  set forth in  Section  9.1(b)(iii)
                  hereof.

                           (ii)  Termination  by  Sellers.  If there  has been a
                  material  breach  by  Purchaser  of  any  of  its  agreements,
                  representations  or  warranties  contained  in this  Agreement
                  which has not been waived in writing by the Sellers,  then the
                  Sellers may, by written  notice to Purchaser at any time prior
                  to the Closing that such breach is continuing,  terminate this
                  Agreement with the effect set forth in Section 9.1(b)(iii).

                           (iii)  Effect  of  Termination.  Termination  of this
                  Agreement  pursuant  to this  Section 9.1 shall not in any way
                  terminate,  limit or restrict  the rights and  remedies of any
                  party  hereto  against any other  party which has  breached or
                  failed  to  perform  any of the  representations,  warranties,
                  covenants,   or   agreements  of  this   Agreement   prior  to
                  termination hereof.

         9.2  Waiver.  Sellers  or  Purchaser  may (a)  extend  the time for the
performance of any of the obligations or other acts of the other,  (b) waive any
inaccuracies in the representations and warranties of the other contained herein
or in any document  delivered  pursuant hereto and (c) waive compliance with any
of the agreements of the other or  satisfaction  of any of the conditions to its
obligations  contained  herein.  Any  extension or waiver made  pursuant to this
Section 9.2 must be by an  instrument  in writing  signed on behalf of the party
granting the extension or waiver.  A waiver by any party of any provision hereof
or breach  hereof  shall not operate or be  construed as the waiver of any other
provision or any subsequent breach.

         9.3 Binding Effect; No Assignment. This Agreement shall be binding upon
and inure to the  benefit of the  parties and their  respective  successors  and
legal  representatives.  This  Agreement  is not  assignable  and any  purported
assignment shall be null and void.  Nothing contained in this Agreement shall be
deemed to confer any right or benefit  upon any  person  other than the  parties
hereto to the extent herein provided.

         9.4 Dollars.  "Dollars"  and "$" mean lawful money of the United States
of America,  which  shall be legal  tender on the date of payment for all public
and private debts.

         9.5 Brokers and Finders.  Sellers on the one hand and  Purchaser on the
other,  each agree to indemnify and hold the other harmless from and against any
claim made for a broker's or a finder's fee or other similar  compensation  (and
all related  costs and expenses)  asserted  against an  indemnified  party which
arises out of or results from an action taken by an indemnifying party.


                                     - 19 -
<PAGE>


         9.6  Headings;  Severability.  The headings in this  Agreement  are for
reference only, and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement.  Each
and every  provision of this Agreement shall be treated as separate and distinct
and, in the event of any provision hereof being declared  invalid,  such invalid
provision shall be deemed to be severable and all other provisions  hereof shall
remain in full force and effect.

         9.7  Schedules.  The Schedules are a part of this Agreement as if fully
set forth herein.

         9.8 Disclosures and  Announcements.  Both the timing and the content of
all  disclosures  to third  parties  and  public  announcements  concerning  the
transactions provided for in this Agreement by either Sellers or Purchaser shall
be subject to the approval of the other in all essential  respects,  except that
the Sellers'  approval shall not be required as to any  announcements or filings
Purchaser may be required to make under applicable laws or regulations.

         9.9 Expenses. Sellers agree that all fees and expenses incurred by them
in connection with this Agreement shall be borne by Sellers  including,  without
limitation,  all fees of counsel and accountants;  and Purchaser agrees that all
fees and expenses  incurred by it in  connection  with this  Agreement  shall be
borne by it, including, without limitation, all fees of counsel and accountants.

         9.10 Notice. All notices,  requests,  demands and other  communications
hereunder shall be given in writing and shall be: (a) personally delivered;  (b)
sent  by  telecopier,  facsimile  transmission  or  other  electronic  means  of
transmitting  written documents;  or (c) sent to the parties at their respective
addresses indicated herein by private overnight courier service.  The respective
addresses  and  telephone  numbers to be used for all such  notices,  demands or
requests are as follows:

         If to Purchaser:           SONUS-USA, Inc.
                                    111 S.W. Fifth Avenue, Suite 2390
                                    Portland, Oregon  97204
                                    Attn: President
                                              Personal & Confidential
                                    Facsimile:  (503) 225-9309

         with a copy to:            Miller, Nash, Wiener, Hager & Carlsen
                                    111 S.W. Fifth Avenue, Suite 3500
                                    Portland, Oregon  97204
                                    Attn: G. Todd Norvell
                                    Facsimile: (503) 224-0155

         If to Sellers:             Donal M. Welch-PERSONAL & CONFIDENTIAL
                                    1292 Tam O'Shanter
                                    Azusa, California 91702


                                     - 20 -
<PAGE>



         with a copy to:            Richard P. Manson
                                    Graham & James
                                    801 S. Figueroa St., 14 Fl.
                                    Los Angeles, California 90017
                                    Facsimile: (213) 623-4581

         and to:                    Gregory J. Frazer
                                    1477 Dwight Drive
                                    Glendale, California 91207
                                    Facsimile (818) 244-8889


         with a copy to:            Ms. Nancy Borders
                                    Gardner, Carton & Douglas
                                    321 N. Clark Street, Ste. 3400
                                    Chicago, Illinois  60610
                                    Facsimile:  (312) 644-3381

         If personally  delivered,  such communication shall be deemed delivered
upon actual receipt; if electronically transmitted,  such communication shall be
deemed delivered the next business day after  transmission (and the sender shall
bear the burden of proof of delivery);  if sent by overnight courier pursuant to
this paragraph,  such communication shall be deemed delivered upon receipt.  Any
party  to this  Agreement  may  change  its  address  for the  purposes  of this
Agreement by giving notice thereof in accordance with this section.

         9.11 Resolution of Disputes.

                  (a) Arbitration. Any dispute, controversy or claim arising out
         of or relating to this  Agreement or the  performance by the parties of
         its terms shall be settled by binding  arbitration held in Los Angeles,
         California,  in accordance with the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the
         American Arbitration Association then in effect, except as specifically
         otherwise provided in this Section 9.11.

                  (b)  Arbitrators.  If the matter in controversy  (exclusive of
         attorney fees and expenses) shall appear,  as at the time of the demand
         for  arbitration,  to exceed  $50,000,  then the panel to be  appointed
         shall  consist of three  neutral  arbitrators;  otherwise,  one neutral
         arbitrator.

                  (c) Procedures;  No Appeal. The arbitrator(s) shall allow such
         discovery  as  the  arbitrator(s)   determine   appropriate  under  the
         circumstances  and  shall  resolve  the  dispute  as  expeditiously  as
         practicable,  and if reasonably practicable,  within 120 days after the
         selection  of the  arbitrator(s).  The  arbitrator(s)  shall  give  the
         parties written notice of the decision,  with the reasons  therefor set
         out,  and shall have  thirty (30) days  thereafter  to  reconsider  and
         modify  such  decision  if any party so  requests  within ten (10) days
         after the decision. Thereafter, the decision of the arbitrator(s) shall
         be final,  binding,  and  nonappealable  with  respect to all  persons,
         including


                                     - 21 -
<PAGE>


         (without  limitation) persons who have failed or refused to participate
         in the  arbitration  process.  If the  amount  in  controversy  exceeds
         $10,000,  the arbitrator's  decision shall include a written  statement
         specifying the basis for and compensation of any monetary amount.

                  (d) Authority. The arbitrator(s) shall have authority to award
         relief  under  legal or  equitable  principles,  including  interim  or
         preliminary relief, and to allocate responsibility for the costs of the
         arbitration and to award recovery of attorney fees and expenses in such
         manner as is determined to be appropriate by the arbitrator(s).

                  (e) Entry of Judgment. Judgment upon the award rendered by the
         arbitrator(s)  may be  entered  in any  court  having in  personam  and
         subject matter  jurisdiction.  The Shareholders  and HealthCare  hereby
         submit to the in personam  jurisdiction of the federal and state courts
         in California for the purpose of confirming any such award and entering
         judgment thereon.

                  (f) Confidentiality.  All proceedings under this Section 9.11,
         and  all  evidence  given  or  discovered  pursuant  hereto,  shall  be
         maintained in confidence by all parties.

                  (g)   Continued   Performance.   The  fact  that  the  dispute
         resolution  procedures  specified in this Section 13 shall have been or
         may  be  invoked  shall  not  excuse  any  party  from  performing  its
         obligations  under this Agreement,  and during the pendency of any such
         procedure  all  parties  shall  continue  to perform  their  respective
         obligations  in good  faith,  subject to any rights to  terminate  this
         Agreement that may be available to any party.

         9.12  Governing  Law. This  Agreement may not be modified or terminated
orally, and shall be construed and interpreted  according to the internal law of
the state of  California,  excluding any choice of law rules that may direct the
application of the laws of another jurisdiction.

         9.13 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed by the parties hereto
in separate counterparts,  each of which when so executed and delivered shall be
an original,  but all such  counterparts  shall together  constitute one and the
same instrument.  Each counterpart may consist of a number of copies hereof each
signed by less than all, but together signed by all, of the parties hereto.

         9.14 Entire  Agreement.  This instrument  embodies the entire agreement
between the parties hereto with respect to the transactions contemplated herein,
and there have been and are no agreements, representations or warranties between
the parties other than those set forth or provided for herein.

         9.15 Further Assurances.  Both before and after the Closing, each party
will  cooperate  in good faith  with the  others  and will take all  appropriate
action and execute any documents,  instruments,  or conveyances of any kind that
may be  reasonable  necessary or desirable to carry out any of the  transactions
contemplated hereunder.


                                     - 22 -
<PAGE>


         9.16 Sellers  Action.  Whenever in this Agreement the Sellers are given
the  discretion  to take or not to take any action,  the decision of the Sellers
shall be made  pursuant  to the vote of the  Sellers  holding a majority  of the
Shares.

         9.17  Termination  of  Restrictions.   Upon  the  consummation  of  the
transactions provided for herein, any restrictions on the transfer of the Shares
shall be waived by Sellers and shall become void and of no further effect.

         IN  WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the  parties  hereto  have  duly  executed  this
Agreement effective as of the date first above written.


SELLERS:                               PURCHASER:

                                       SONUS-USA, Inc., a Washington corporation


/s/ Donal M. Welch                     By: /s/ Randall E. Drullinger
Donal M. Welch                             Randall E. Drullinger
                                           Vice President

/s/ Gregory J. Frazer
Gregory J. Frazer

The  undersigned,  being the  spouse of a Seller  named in the  foregoing  Stock
Purchase and Sale Agreement,  hereby relinquish all right,  title, and interest,
including,  without  limitation,  any community property rights under California
law to the Shares (as defined in such Agreement) and hereby consent and agree to
the transfer of such Shares pursuant to such Agreement.

- ----------------------------
Carissa Bennett


                                     - 23 -
<PAGE>


                                    SCHEDULES


Schedule 1.3      Note Payable to Sellers

Schedule III      Disclosure Schedule

         Schedule 3.4(g)            Disposition of Property
         Schedule 3.7(a)            Compliance with laws
         Schedule 3.10(a)           Leases
         Schedule 3.10(b)           Purchase Commitments
         Schedule 3.10(c)           Sales Commitments
         Schedule 3.10(i)           Other Material Contracts
         Schedule 3.11              Employee Benefit Plans
         Schedule 3.12              Employee Compensation
         Schedule 3.13              Patents, Trademarks
         Schedule 3.14              Product Warranty
         Schedule 3.16              Key Employees; Banks

Schedule 5.1(c)            Sellers' Loans
Schedule 5.2               Sellers' Personal Guarantees

Schedule 6.5(a)            Noncompetition Agreement
Schedule 6.5(b)            Employment Agreement


                                     - 24 -

SHIKAZE RALSTON
CHARTERED ACCOUNTANTS



February 27, 1998

The Board of Directors
Sonus Corp.

RE: POST-EFFECTIVE AMENDMENT TO REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON FORM SB-2

Dear Sirs:

We consent to the use of our reports  included  herein and to the  references to
our firm under the heading "Experts".

Yours very truly,

/s/ Shikaze Ralston

Shikaze Ralston
Chartered Accountants



                  Consent of Independent Certified Accountants

The Board of Directors
Sonus Corporation:

We consent to the use of our reports included herein and to the reference to our
firm under the heading "Experts" in the Prospectus.


/S/ KPMG PEAT MARWICK LLP


Portland, Oregon
March 4, 1998

                                POWER OF ATTORNEY



         KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS that the person whose signature  appears
below constitutes and appoints Brandon M. Dawson and Edwin J. Kawasaki, and each
of them, such person's true and lawful  attorneys-in-fact  and agents, with full
power of  substitution  and  re-substitution,  for such person and in his or her
name,  place and stead, in such person's  capacity as a director of Sonus Corp.,
an  Alberta,   Canada   corporation  (the  "Company"),   to  sign  any  and  all
post-effective amendments to the registration statement on Form SB-2 relating to
the  registration of the Company's  common shares and to file the same, with all
exhibits  thereto,  and  other  documents  in  connection  therewith,  with  the
Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended,
granting unto said  attorneys-in-fact  and agents,  and each of them, full power
and  authority  to do and  perform  each and every act and thing  requisite  and
necessary to be done,  as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could
do in person,  hereby  ratifying and confirming all that said  attorneys-in-fact
and agents,  or each of them,  or their or his  substitute or  substitutes,  may
lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

         IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  this power of attorney  has been  executed by the
undersigned as of this 27th day of February, 1998.


            Signature                                Title
            ---------                                -----


/s/ Joel Ackerman                                 Director
Joel Ackerman

<TABLE> <S> <C>

<ARTICLE>                     5
<LEGEND>
THIS  SCHEDULE  CONTAINS  SUMMARY  FINANCIAL   INFORMATION  EXTRACTED  FROM  THE
COMPANY'S  CONSOLIDATED  BALANCE SHEETS AND RELATED  CONSOLIDATED  STATEMENTS OF
OPERATIONS  FOR THE PERIOD  ENDED  OCTOBER 31,  1997,  AND IS  QUALIFIED  IN ITS
ENTIRETY BY REFERENCE TO SUCH FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.
</LEGEND>
<MULTIPLIER>                     1,000
       
<S>                               <C>               <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                     12-MOS            3-MOS
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                 JUL-31-1997       JUL-31-1998
<PERIOD-START>                    AUG-01-1996       AUG-01-1997
<PERIOD-END>                      JUL-31-1997       OCT-31-1997
<CASH>                             1,099                 0
<SECURITIES>                           0                 0
<RECEIVABLES>                      2,875             3,107
<ALLOWANCES>                        (361)              393
<INVENTORY>                          425               626
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                   4,612             4,241
<PP&E>                             2,976             2,490
<DEPRECIATION>                       699                 0
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                    16,544            16,646
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>              6,512             6,841
<BONDS>                            1,197             1,002
                  0                 0
                            0                 0
<COMMON>                          11,131            11,259
<OTHER-SE>                        (2,296)           (2,456)
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>      16,544            16,646
<SALES>                           11,627             5,307
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                  13,462             5,307
<CGS>                              5,010             1,753
<TOTAL-COSTS>                     10,995             3,997
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                   4,200             1,389
<LOSS-PROVISION>                      47                 0
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                    47               (26)
<INCOME-PRETAX>                   (1,701)              (96)
<INCOME-TAX>                           0                 0
<INCOME-CONTINUING>               (1,701)              (96)
<DISCONTINUED>                         0                 0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                        0                 0
<CHANGES>                              0                 0
<NET-INCOME>                      (1,701)              (96)
<EPS-PRIMARY>                      (0.08)                0
<EPS-DILUTED>                      (0.08)                0
                                                    
                                

</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission